[000га JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors VOLUME 32 1930 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. Dodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. January, 1930. No. 373. CONTENTS: Aster amethystinus an obvious Hybrid. H.C. Benke............ 1 A New Form of Aster amethystinus. E. W. Bemis.............. 3 Additions to the Newfoundland Flora. R. B. Kennedy........... 3 A New Loco from the Edwards Plateau, Texas. V.L.Cory...... 4 Ligusticum scothicum of the North Atlantic and of the North Paco M. LE. Fernald .....— усе з, у ТИ, 7 Carex macrocephala and C. anthericoides. М. L. Fernald....... 9 Dynamic Forces in the Flora of Quebec (review). C. H. Knowlton 11 A Callitriche new to Massachusetts. F.C. Seymour............. 15 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other pee ni of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 іп. by 3-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 9 (49}U90) AVITONY-AVAON ^y рин '(3J9[) SQUOTALLION ^V (93и) SANILSAHLAWNY H4LSV COL Юа v1opoujr TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. January, 1930. No. 373. ASTER AMETHYSTINUS AN OBVIOUS HYBRID H. C. BENKE (Plate 192) ALTHOUGH no positive proof through experiment has come to my notice, yet, in view of personal experience with the very pretty and rare Aster amethystinus Nutt., I feel quite safe in declaring it to be a hybrid. Hybridism has long been suspected, so it is well to add my own observations here. The genus Aster is a favorite of mine and I have had opportunity for nearly thirty years to study it in the field, especially in the Central States, where the species under dis- cussion grows. In that long period of time and among vast numbers of asters seen, only on three occasions was Aster amethystinus found. 1. While waiting for a train at the station at Kaukauna, Wis- consin, fifteen years ago, a field of asters was noted along a ditch or canal some 100 feet to the north. Walking closer to the plants, I came upon à large, bushy, vigorous-growing plant of the species under consideration. There were numerous plants of A. novae- angliae L. about, for this species is common in the region. Of. A. multiflorus Ait.! there were but a few plants, for it was rare in that locality, but they were quite close by—not more than five feet away. Sample branchlets of the plant were obtained for the herbarium. There was but a single plant in evidence. It is my number 767, Kaukauna, Wisconsin, 1914, and is now in the Public Museum of Milwaukee. 1 This aster, so well known as A. multiflorus Ait., appears to be the original Linnaean species Aster ericoides L. Sp. Pl. 875. 1753. See Mackenzie, Кнорока 28, p. 65. 1926. 2 Rhodora [JANUARY 2. Many thousands of wild asters were seen through the succeeding years in Wisconsin, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, and other states, all in its range, but not until October 2, 1926, did I come upon another specimen, which was found growing in the edge of a Chicago suburb on a bit of original prairie. "This is my number 4316 in the herbarium of Field Museum. With the sheet is placed another giving samples of species in closest proximity and bearing a notation, in part, as follows: “ Aster amethystinus Nutt., no. 4316, was found growing іп a vacant lot about one-half mile south-east of the railroad station at Edison Park, a suburb north-west of Chicago. "On this sheet are aster species found growing in proximity only species within a hundred feet or so. “A. Aster multiforus Ait., plants within five feet north and also south of No. 4316; and B. Aster novae-angliae L., a few plants a bit farther north and north-east of same. The only other species in proximity was C. Aster ericoides L., var. villosus 'T. & G. “The characteristics of No. 4316 are so evidently an average be- tween A and B in every way that one may regard Aster amethystinus as a hybrid with constant qualities between the two, No. С being out of the reckoning.” 3. It was two years later, on September 29, 1928, that I came upon my third specimen in an extensive field of original prairie,’ several miles to the north-east of the locality previously mentioned, about Norwood Park, another suburb of Chicago. Specimens of branchlets were again obtained—my No. 4868 in the herbarium of Field Museum. A photograph, submitted herewith (plate ), was taken in the field showing one of the tufted branches of Aster amethystinus at the right in the picture, other branches—not shown—being widely spreading or reclined, while a plant of A. novae-angliae is growing quite close by with A. multiflorus somewhat farther removed, as indicated in the left of the picture. To summarize the evidence: In each case there was but a single plant (or tuft, branching from the base), the herbarium specimens on file being but branchlets or off-shoots and not complete plants.’ The plants were all out of the range of A. oblongifolius Nutt., which the 1 Tt is to be regretted that this fine field of virgin prairie plants is being destroyed by a large colony of workmen, camping there with their horses. 2 It was my good fortune to be able to revisit the site of the second plant discussed each fall since 1926, and I found the plant persisting, but it is still the single plant it was when first seen, no other plants having appeared to this time. 1930] Kennedy,—Additions to the Newfoundland Flora 3 does not occur in the regions cited, a species with which it might be confounded except for its strict habit as seen in the field and its occurrence as solitary and rare plants—a second specimen was not to be found in the neighborhood in any case cited. It might be over- looked, however, because of other similarities in regions where A. oblongifolius is common—the Illinois and Wisconsin banks of the Mississippi River, for example. The presence in close proximity of the two species before mentioned in each case observed and the strikingly intermediate characteristics of the plant between the two furnish added circumstantial evidence that this charming aster may, with good reason, be regarded as a hybrid. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 192 ASTER AMETHYSTINUS (right) with А. MULTIFLORUS (left) and A. NOVAE- ANGLIAE (center). A New FORM OF ASTER AMETHYSTINUS.—On October 5, 1924, while in the western part of Worcester, Massachusetts, on a quest of Aster amethystinus, I found a group of plants, with altogether some thirty stalks, all bearing pink-rayed flowers, a specimen living plant of which has been placed in the Botanic Garden at Cambridge. This plant, elsewhere unknown, is here proposed as ASTER AMETHYSTINUS Nutt., f. leucerythros, n. f., ligulis roseis.— MASSACHUSETTS: along remnants of old wall once a boundary of Liberty Farm of Abby Kelly Foster fame, Worcester, October 5, 1924, Е. W. Bemis (TYPE in Gray Herbarium).—Eanr W. Bemis, Worcester, Massachusetts. SOME ADDITIONS TO THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLora.—The summer of 1929 from mid-June to mid-September I botanized in southwestern Newfoundland while my husband fished the salmon streams. Mr. Richard P. Whittington from his headquarters at Spruce Brook furnished us cabins on Barachois Brook, Harry's Brook and Highlands Pond successively. Professor Fernald had said “ Bring back anything rare or interest- ing"—a puzzling commission to an amateur guided only by the manuals published several years ago. And I frequently put specimens to press with a feeling that, absorbingly interesting as they were to 4 Rhodora [JANUARY me, they were probably very old stories to the Gray Herbarium. Four, however, turn out to have significance. On the right bank of Barachois Brook near the mouth Hydrocotyle americana L. was abundant. Rare? Hardly likely. Yet now Professor Fernald tells me that my specimens are the first from New- foundland. Beside the cabin at Force le Plain pool on Harry’s Brook grew handsome clumps of an Anemone taken to be A. virginiana L. Professor Fernald says it is A. riparia Fernald, not before found in Newfoundland. New also is Impatiens pallida Nutt. which grew luxuriantly on Crabbes Brook at the entrance to the path which leads from Whitecliff Pool (1 mile above the railroad bridge) to Crabbes station. And new an unfamiliar Potamogeton pulled up with a handful of P. bupleuroides near the bridge pool on Highlands Brook. This proved to be P. subnitens Hagstróm, a hybrid between P. bupleuroides Fernald and P. gramineus L. Four plants not previously reported from the island make, I submit, as satisfying a season's catch as did the salmon and trout long since devoured. Of Lotus corniculatus L. and Crepis biennis L., also found there for the first time, the less said the better except to hope, for the sake of Newfoundland farmers, that I pulled up the sole specimens of each and that they will never be found there again.— К. B. Kennepy [Mrs. SiNCLAIR. KENNEDY], Patterson, Putnam County, New York. A NEW LOCO FROM THE EDWARDS PLATEAU OF TEXAS V. L. Cory, Grazing Research Botanist INTRODUCTION From about the middle of March to the middle of May of this year (1929) a survey of the loco plants of western Texas and southern New Mexico was made by the Bureau of Animal Industry of the U. S. De- partment of Agriculture. "Through the courtesy of Dr. C. D. Marsh, under whose direction the work was done, and his associates of the Department of Agriculture an opportunity was afforded the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station to coóperate in this important work, and this opportunity was gratefully accepted. Thus it was the writer's good fortune to have a small share in this undertaking, and 1930) Cory,—A New Loco from the Edwards Plateau, Texas 5 he wishes, both on behalf of the Texas Station and of himself, to ex- press deep appreciation of the consideration and courtesy shown to us in this matter. Each of the five field workers engaged in this survey was allotted a definite territory to cover, and the area worked by the writer con- sisted of that portion of the Edwards Plateau lying east of the Pecos River. This paper is a contribution to the knowledge of the distri- bution of loco in that area as gained through the prosecution of this work. In the identification of species the writer has been greatly assisted by Dr. Ivan M. Johnston of the Gray Herbarium. DESCRIPTION Astragalus argillophilus Cory, sp. nov. Perennial, decumbent, in vigorous specimens as much as a meter across, much branched from a woody root and with the tips of frui. ing branches ascending or erect, densely silky-villous throughout and tomentose; stipules 10 mm. long, whitish, membranaceous, prominently green-veined, long-acuminate, adnate to the petiole; leaves 10-20 cm. long with long petioles and about 11 or 12 pairs of leaflets, villous throughout with weak, spread- ing hairs; leaflets 19-29, 4-15 mm. wide and 7-30 mm. long, elliptic to ovate, acute, entire, villous-tomentose on both surfaces; flowers in dense axillary racemes, which are 4-12 cm. long; peduncles 10—20 ст. long, with pedicels 1 mm. long subtended by very villous subulate bracts 5 or 6 mm. long, or as long as the calyx-tube; calyx cylindric, 9-12 mm. long, the subulate teeth nearly equaling the tube, villous; corolla ochroleucous, rarely yellow or purplish, about 15 mm. long, the wings and banner considerably surpassing the obtuse keel; pod 15-20 mm. long and 6-7 mm. broad, shortly stipitate, coriaceous, completely 2-celled, several-seeded, sulcate at both sutures, acute to acuminate, at length incurved, ascending, glabrous. Specimens of this species were collected in Sutton, Schleicher, Crockett, Irion, Reagan, and Upton counties, the total number of sheets being 152. The TYPE specimen, No. 134, was collected May 5, 1929 from a northern tributary of Bates Draw at a point six miles north of Big Lake in Reagan County, Texas. It is deposited in the herbarium of the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station at College Station, Texas. Authentic material has been deposited in the Gray Herbarium. This species is related to A. mollissimus Torr., with which it agrees in having glabrous fruit but differs in having yellowish-white flowers and the calyx teeth nearly equaling the tube. While these differences are quite distinctive neither species occurs within the range of the other one and, moreover, one grows in sandy soils and the other grows in clayey soils. 6 Rhodora [JANUARY DISCUSSION The new species grows in clayey soils in grass-land along draws and in depressions or lake-beds on the divides, but not in weedy valleys or weedy lake-beds; and it is limited in distribution to the north- western part of that portion of the Edwards Plateau lying east of the Pecos River. It occurs as far south as 215 miles below the north line of Sutton County near its northwestern corner, as far east as 3 miles south of Mertzon in Irion County, as far north as the north line of Reagan County, and as far west as 6 miles southwest of Rankin and 6 miles northwest of Upland in Upton County. Outside of the territory thus outlined a collection of this loco was received from an isolated station about fifteen miles southeast of Sterling City. While this collection was from along the North Concho River the writer was unable to find any loco along this stream or its tributaries in Sterling County. From this station to the south and southwest it 1s thirty miles or more to the nearest occurrence of loco on the tributaries of the Middle Concho River. "This collection was received in the mail after the writer had visited the North Concho River drainage area and had come to the conclusion that the same was free from loco, or otherwise a more inclusive inspection would have been made. As it was, that portion of this area lying northwest of Sterling City was not visited at all. From this cireumstance it seems possible that other scattering outposts of this loco may be located in the North Concho River drainage area. Other species of loco grow both to the west and to the north of this one, but apparently intervening is a wide belt wherein no loco grows. Astragalus argillophilus does not extend to the Pecos River, its nearest approach to the same being about twelve miles from it on Five Mile Creek in Upton County; and it has not been reported from the western side of that river, nor does it reach the boundary of the Edwards Plateau and the High Plains. A detailed study of the southern limit of Astragalus mollissimus, the loco plant extending furthest south on the High Plains, has not been made, but that species has not been found on the Edwards Plateau. The species described herewith is definitely known as a loco plant by reason of authenticated instances of horses, cattle, and goats becoming locoed through feeding upon it. It has at no time caused any extensive losses, and those occurring have been confined largely to horses and steers in seasons of short range. 1930] Fernald,—Distribution of Ligusticum scothicum 7 In certain localities much determined effort has been made toward the eradication of this species, but its complete extermination will be long delayed if, indeed, it ever takes place. TEXAS AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. LXXXVII I. LIGUSTICUM SCOTHICUM OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC AND OF THE NORTH PACIFIC M. L. FERNALD (Plates 193 and 194) TuE Scotch Lovage, Ligusticum scothicum L., is generally treated as having two widely separated areas of distribution, one on the North Atlantic: the coasts of Scandinavia, the British Isles and Iceland at the east and of southern Greenland, Labrador, eastern Canada, New England and southeastern New York at the west; the other on the North Pacific: southern Alaska and Kamtchatka to Japan. The two areas are, obviously, quite isolated; and, whenever I have had for identification material from the North Pacific, I have at first failed to recognize it as Ligusticum scothicum, for in its small and compact convex-topped flowering umbels it has always seemed very different from the plant I have intimately known for forty years on the shores from Long Island to Labrador, the latter plant having the primary umbels much broader and flat-topped. From time to time I have undertaken a closer comparison of the plants of these two remote areas but, owing to lack of mature fruit of the plant of the North Pacific, have as regularly abandoned the study. Recently, however, realizing that the great student of the Kamtchatkan flora, Dr. Eric Hultén of the Riksmuseum at Stockholm, must have before him abundant material of both plants, I referred the question to him. My attempt thus to delegate the problem, however, proved a “ boom- erang”; Dr. Hultén responded by supplying me with excellent fruiting material from Kamtchatka and from Japan, thus encouraging me to look further into the question. "The result of this renewed study is the proposal of Liausticum Hultenii, n. sp. (t. ), L. scothicum simulans; foliolis Ы Rhodora [JANUARY foliorum inferiorum subrotundatis vel late rhomboideis 1-7 em. longis crenato-dentatis, venulis plerumque confluentibus areolas clausas formantibus; umbellis hemisphaericis ad anthesin convexis primariis 3-5.5(-7) cm. latis; fructu anguste oblongo 8-10 mm. longo 2-2.5 mm. lato.—Alaska and Kamtchatka to Japan. | ALASKA: Fort St. Michael, Norton Sound, 1865-66, H. M. Bannister; False Pass, Alaska Penin- sula, August 3, 1925, O. J. Murie, no. 67; Lake Iliamna region, 1902, Gorman, no. 114; Ocean Cape, Yakutat Bay, July 18, 1892, Funston, no. 70; grassy edge of woods, Prince of Wales Island, August 8, 1915, Walker, no. 916a; Sitka, Mertens; shore, Sitka, August 8, 1907, Cowles, no. 1089; Ilinlink, Unalaska, September, 1871, M. W. Har- rington; Unalaska, July 25, 1891, J. M. Macoun; on moisture-bathed rock or in moist lowlands along streams, Unalaska, July 6, 1907, Van Dyke, no. 7; moist places, Makushin Bay, Unalaska, July 14, 1907, Van Dyke, no. 169; Amchitka Island, July 25, 1873, Dall; Nazan Bay, Atka, July 26, 1907, Van Dyke, no. 238 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Akutan, August 21, 1907, Van Dyke, no. 325. KAMTCHATKA: Petropavlovsk, 1853-56, C. Wright, August 17, 1920, Hultén, no. 932. JAPAN: Kokodate, 1859, Wilford, 1861, Mazximowicz, July 10, 1890, Miyabe & Tokubuchi; Sapporo, July 7, 1903, Arimoto. Named for Dr. Eric Hultén, whose critical studies of the flora of Kamtchatka are clearing the identities of plants of many other sections of the northern hemisphere. Superficially, Ligusticum Hultenii is at once separated from well- developed L. scothicum by the smaller and more rounded crenate- dentate leaflets of the lower leaves and the very small and convex umbels. The lower leaves of L. scothicum of shores of the North Atlantic have the leaflets usually narrower, more cuneate at base, more cleft and commonly acute to acuminate and more serrate- dentate (though in small northern forms they may be crenate), and the lower leaflets are often 1 (sometimes even 1.5) dm. long; and the primary umbels of L. scothicum are broader, in anthesis 4-10 em. broad and essentially flat on top. The fruit of E. Hultenii is slightly but appreciably narrower, the mature merocarps 2-2.5 mm. wide, while in L. scothicum they are 2.5-4 mm. broad. Probably the most positive difference in the foliage is found in the venation of the leaflets of the lower leaves: in L. scothicum (Plate ——) the larger veinlets are confluent, thus forming areolae, but a large proportion of the ultimate ones have free ends; in L. Hultenii (Plate —) most of the veinlets of the lower leaves are confluent, forming areolae. This difference is clearly brought out in the micro-photographs kindly prepared by Mr. Albert N. Steward. Rhodora Plate 193 Photo. by A. N. Steward. VENATION OF Basau LEAFLET OF LIGUSTICUM SCOTHICUM (UPPER FIG. X 3, LOWER FIG. X 20) Rhodora Plate 194 Photo. by A. N. Steward. VENATION OF BasSaL LEAFLET or LiGusTICUM HULTENII (UPPER FIG. X 3, LOWER FIG. X 20) 1930] Fernald,—Carex macrocephala and C. anthericoides 9 EXPLANATION OF PLATES 193 and 194 PLATE 193, upper fig., basal leaflet of LirausTICUM scoTHiCUM, to show venation, X 3; lower fig., venation X 20. PLATE 194, upper fig., basal leaflet of L. Ноитеми, to show venation, X 3; lower fig., venation, X 20 П. CAREX MACROCEPHALA AND C. ANTHERICOIDES M. L. FERNALD Dr. Charles W. Townsend sent me in November last a much battered “pocket specimen " of a grass-like plant which he had found “on a sand dune near Seaside Park, near Tom's River, New Jersey," with the additional information that “it was said to have spread rapidly over the dune, and that it was never planted there The care-taker of the property thought it would be an excellent sand binder, which it appears to be, as it makes a close mat." "The plant had nearly cylindric culms and no fruit, so, taking it upon casual inspection to be a grass, I sent half the material to Mrs. Agnes Chase for identification. In the absence of Mrs. Chase, the plant was examined by Mr. E. C. Leonard who has correctly identified it as Carex macrocephala Willd. of the sandy coast of eastern Asia, from eastern Kamtchatka, Sachalin Island and Japan to Shantung. It is apparently quite at home on the New Jersey sands, for Mr. J. R. Swallen of the Bureau of Plant Industry writes: “This is the second specimen that has been sent in from New Jersey." Carex macrocephala is generally supposed to occur on the Pacific coast of North America, from southern Alaska to Oregon; but Dr. Townsend’s material so closely matches the Asiatic specimens and so far departs from the fine series in the Gray Herbarium from the sands of British Columbia, Washington and Oregon that I have compared the two series with some care. It now becomes clear that the plant of western North America is a thoroughly distinct species, for more than a century wrongly identified with the Asiatic C. macrocephala. The American species is C. ANTHERICOIDES Presl., Rel. Haenk. 204 (1828), originally collected at Nootka Sound on Vancouver Island; and it is distinguished from the Asiatic by characters of the rootstock, lowest leaves, rosette-leaves, culm, scales, anthers and achenes. The original description by Willdenow of the Asiatic plant was meagre, but the very complete description of true C. macrocephala given by Regel! and beautifully illustrated by him may be compared 1 Regel, Tent. Fl. Ussur. 164, t. xii. figs. 8-12 (1861). 10 Rhodora [JANUARY with the equally full original description by Presl of his C. anthericoides or the beautiful plate (as C. macrocephala) of Francis Boott.' The Regel and Presl descriptions and the Regel and Boott plates accurately portray the two species, while Kükenthal's description? was based primarily upon Asiatic material and Mackenzie's description and accurate figure of the American plant in Abrams's Illustrated Flora? are drawn from American specimens. The rootstock of C. macrocephala soon loses the shredded sheaths, that of C. anthericoides retains them tightly investing the internodes. In C. macrocephala the leafy shoots have few if any bladeless basal leaves, and the bases of the true foliage-leaves quickly disintegrate into fibres (*Culmi . . . basi fibris foliorum emarcidorum vestiti "— Regel); in C. anthericoides the basal leaves are reduced, dry and bladeless and they, as well as the long green leaves above them, rarely if ever disintegrate into fibres. In C. macrocephala the upper leaf-surface is scarcely ribbed, in C. anthericoides prominently so; in C. macrocephala the fresh leaf-margins are coarsely (often papil- lately) toothed (“Folia . . . marginibus grosse — serrata’’— Kükenthal), in C. anthericoides the serration is much finer and spinulose (“margins minutely but sharply serrulate’””— Mackenzie). The culm of C. macrocephala is very obtusely angled, almost cylindric, and smooth (“Culmi . . . obtuse triangulares, leaves, glabri"— Hegel; *Culmus . . . obtusangulus laevis "—Kükenthal); the culm of C. anthericoides harshly serrate on the sharp angles (* Culmus triqueter striatus angulis serrato-scaber’’—Presl; “ Cul- mus . . . triqueter, scaber’—Boott; “Culms . . . often strongly roughened on the angles” —Mackenzie). In C. macrocephala the scales of the spikes are herbaceous and greenish, with pale firm borders, becoming drab, and they are conspicuously toothed on the margin (“Squamae . . . praecipue apicem versus serrulatae, herbaceae,"—Regel; "Squamae . . . in acumen . . . mar- ginibus eroso-denticulatum attenuatae"— KA ükenthal); m С. antheri- coides the scales have thin, scarious or hyaline brown sides and, except for the outer bracteal ones, are quite entire (* Glumae . dorso nervoso-striatae virescentes, margine fuscae’’—Presl; “ squama ferruginea ”—Boott; "scales . . . brownish with green — Mackenzie), the margins beautifully center and hyaline margins” 1 Boott, Ill. Carex, i. 27, t. Ixix (1858). 2 Kükenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv?. 187 (1909). s Mackenzie in Abrams, Ill. Fl. i. 293, fig. 691 (1923). 1930] Knowlton,— Dynamic Forces in the Flora of Quebec 11 shown in the illustrations cited, Regel's fig. 12 of the Asiatic plant showing the characteristically toothed scale, Boott’s figs. с, g and h and Mackenzie's figure of the American correctly representing entire scales. The anthers of the Asiatic C. macrocephala, as shown by 4 staminate inflorescences before me, are 4.5-6 mm. long; in the American C. anthericoides, as shown by Boott's illustration and by several sheets of specimens, only 2-3.3 mm. long. The achene of the Asiatic C. macrocephala tapers to the base, that of the American is strongly rounded at both ends, as clearly shown in Boott's figs. ff. Altogether, the specific distinctness of the plants of the two sides of the North Pacific is apparent. Geographically they parallel numerous other cases and it is at least worth noting that true Carex macrocephala, now establishing itself on the Atlantic coast of North America comes from the same region as the other sea-shore species, Artemisia Stelleriana Besser, which has rapidly fixed itself upon our coastal dunes and beaches. It is also not without interest that the coarse Sand Reed or Psamma of Atlantic America, Ammophila breviligulata Fernald! should have proved to be specifically quite unlike the European A. arenaria (L.) Link; but that the European, rather than the Atlantic American, plant should have made itself at home on the Pacific coast of North America. (To be continued.) Dynamic Forces IN THE FLORA OF QuEBEC.2—In this interesting address, delivered by Frére Marie-Victorin, as retiring president of the Société Canadienne d’Histoire Naturelle, we have the Quebec Flora viewed as something dynamic, mobile, feeling the surge of life, and the constant impulse to change. The apparent stability of the flora during a period of years, or even a century, cannot hide the fact that all is changing. ‘Plant associations are living mosaics where slowly, parallel to the physical evolution of the ecologic factors, and often outside of it, substitutions take place. The equilibrium which impresses us by its apparent stability is only an equilibrium of the whole, and not the equili- brium of the parts; it is only a resultant, a product which remains ap- parently the same during very long periods at least, but the factors of which are subject to perpetual changes of order and importance.” The influences which affect the flora of a region may be classified more or less arbitrarily as intrinsic, those which arise from the possibilities inherent in the plant life itself, and extrinsic, those which arise from 1 Fernald, RHODORA, xxii. 71 (1920). ? Le Dynamisme dans la Flore du Québec, par Frére Marie-Victorin. 89 pages, 42 figures, 1929. $1.00. Contributions du Laboratoire de Botanique de L'Université de Montréal, No. 13. 12 Rhodora - [JANUARY modifications in the external or ecologic conditions under which the plants live. The forces of evolution have first claim as intrinsic factors. The emphasis in evolutionary studies has been on lines of descent; here it is necessary to take a broader view of the subject, to consider the develop- ment of the whole flora. “Тһе view which the flora of our country offers us, and the lessons which may be drawn by studying it attentively, can only strengthen this conviction that vegetable life continues a develop- ment begun long since, that it brings forth still more or less rapidly new specific or varietal entities, and that the possibilities of development are by no means exhausted by the actual development of the species and the normal development of the individual." As examples of discontinuous evolution, Brother Victorin cites two species of Senecio which show veritable mutations, S. pauperculus with its forma verecundus Fernald and 5 Pseudo-Arnica and its variation which is here elevated to specific rank as S. Rollandii. Both of these are found in abundance, for Brother Victorin usually has ‘‘des milliers" of plants before he is willing to venture a new description. As the next instance of discontinuous evolution he cites the involved group Crataegus, fifty species of which, several endemic, are known from Quebec. *'For the thorns are not forest species; their expansion demands dry places and abundant light. In prehistoric times all Quebec was covered with thick forests, and open places other than marshes and peat- bogs were decidedly rare. The thorns could only establish themselves with difficulty in little isolated groups along the watercourses. It is thus that we see them today at the limits of their distribution, at their vanguard, on the shores of Lake St. John, at Temiscaming and at Anti- costi. It seems then that the great development of the genus in America is the immediate result of the break in ecologic equilibrium caused by deforestation. Not that the new environment thus created at once formed new entities in molding them to its conditions. That is an a priori concept that everything today forces us to abandon. It seems indeed rather that the species, because of a dynamic force which we still fail to understand, and under the stimulus of environment, produced by chance, in all directions, mutations which have in themselves no connection with either environment or utility." An excellent map shows the different routes by which the species of Crataegus entered Quebec, and distributed themselves in the Province. Evolution, apparently continuous, has produced many floral changes. Conspicuous among these is the differentiation between the gymnosperms of the Cordilleran region and those of eastern America, brought about at the end of the Cretaceous period, when an inland sea occupied the central part of our continent, and continued later by the wide belt of prairies which in the Tertiary took the place of the sea. Accordingly the western pines, fir and larch are parallel to our eastern species, but not identical with them. Another change was brought about during early Tertiary (période nummulithique) when the North Atlantic land bridge between America and Europe gradually disappeared. Species which we now think of as distinctly American, like Liriodendron tulipifera, Fraxinus americana, Tsuga canadensis, Sassafras officinale, and even Brasenia Schreberi and Dulichium arundinaceum, had flourished in Europe during the early 1930] Knowlton,—Dynamic Forces in the Flora of Quebec 13 Tertiary, but now became extinct there. Other plants which persisted gradually became different from their parallel species in America, till Juniperus communis is perhaps the only tree left which is approximately the same on both continents. ‘But the present flora of the Gulf of St. Lawrence contains a small but rather important little flora, the Alpine, Scandinavian or Baltic affinities of which are most startling. Certain elements like Scirpus alpinus, Carex salina, var. kattegatensis, Poly- gonum acadiense, Carex vesicaria, var. Grahami, have remained unchanged, while others like Carex Hostiana, var. laurentiana, of Newfoundland and Anticosti, have diverged more or less from the primitive type.” There followed the glacial period with its violent changes, and the milder interglacial epochs. In Quebec the Ginkgo biloba became extinct, and also several maples, among them Acer pleistocenium, closely parallel with Acer platanoides of Europe. During the last interglacial epoch the northern part of our continent seems to have been covered with a flora closely related to the Cordilleran flora of today. Scattered mountain peaks in the Shickshocks of Gaspé and other limited areas in Quebec, as well as much of the mountainous part of western Newfoundland escaped the general glaciation, either as nunataks rising above the level of the ice-sheet, or as lobal areas between diverging branches of the glacier. Numerous Cordilleran species survived in these places, and with the departure of the ice-sheet these spots became centers of endemism. The explorations of Fernald and his associates, as well as those of Brother Victorin and his Quebec botanical friends have made these known to science. Among the endemies which remained near their place of origin may be cited Myriophyllum magdalenense of the Magdalen Islands, Anten- naria eucosma of Newfoundland, Arnica Griscomi of the Shickshocks, and Draba pycnosperma of Percé. Other species have left the places where they survived, and spread. Among these may be mentioned Botrychium minganense, Gentiana nesophila and Orobanche terrae-novae. Streptopus oreopolus is of special interest, as it has been found on the White Mts., and recently by G. L. Stebbins, on Mt. Katahdin. Another group of plants which show the dynamic forces still active in the Quebec flora are the estuarine plants investigated by Fassett,! especi- ally Bidens hyperborea and its numerous variants. So far the essay has dealt with constructive forces in the flora. “It seems also probable that under the continual influence of external condi- tions, certain species can retrograde and disappear through degeneration, although the facts are less easy to verify." Several types of the epibiotic Cordilleran group show a very clear retrogressive tendency. In this way may be explained, in reference to their type such variations as Erigeron lonchophyllus, var. laurentiana, Draba luteola, var. minganensis, and Cypripedium passerinum, var. minganense, recent discoveries of Brother Victorin in his summer explorations,? as well as other isolated species. “А law of death seems to weight down this Cordilleran group of plants, a law which reduces it to burying itself in protected ravines to escape the final destruction which awaits it. Which is the real cause here, intrinsic insufficiency or external pressure?" 1 Fassett, №. C., Bidens hyperborea and its varieties. Кнорона xxvii, 166-171, 1925. 2 Deux Epibiotes remarquables de la Minganie, par Frére Marie-Victorin. Con- tributions du Laboratoire de Botanique de l'Université de Montréal. No. 12, 1928. 14 Rhodora [JANUARY The intrinsie forces of evolution modify the flora profoundly in time, by modifying the elements of which it is composed. The extrinsic factors work much more quickly, not on the individual plant, but on the expansion of species and their grouping in time and place. Changes of climate and physiographic conditions are of first importance. Thus the mild elimate which surrounded the Champlain sea even before all the glaciers had completely melted, may explain the northern extensions of such plants as Lycopodium tristachyum and Solidago puberula and the genus Crataegus. There is some reason to think that the continental side of the strait of Belle Isle may once have been wooded heavily, though there are different explanations for the presence of large stumps at Blane Sablon. At any rate there are found in this region, mixed with a strietly boreal flora, such plants as Botrychium virginianum, Milium effusum, Carex Deweyana, Streptopus amplexifolius, Viola Selkirkii and Solidago macrophylla, а group which only needs the spruce forest to be perfectly at home several degrees further south in the St. Lawrence valley, or in the Green Mts. of Vermont. In like manner there is some question as to whether the spruce forest which covers the north shore of Anticosti is not a case of the survival of the existent. There is much doubt whether under present climatic conditions such a forest could reéstablish itself in that locality again. Local chilling of the sort which may be indicated here and at Blane Sablon is, however, probably due to changing currents or something of the sort, and is an episode of no general importance, compared with the great climatic changes known to have occurred in the earth’s history. Human life has also had a tremendous extrinsic influence on our flora, for when man had once begun to domesticate plants, he had to wrest the soil from other species to make room for them. ‘‘When the shelter of the cave and the skin tent ceased to be sufficient for him, man with his stone axe attacked the tree, and opened the forest. Then began the deforestation of the planet, the contest of a spiritual factor against the agelong forces of nature. A most violent action of itself, deforestation released a whole series of dynamic reactions among the floras of the world.” Important among these is the beneficent change of climate, which has already abated the rigors of such new sections as Abitibi and the region of Lake St. John. Fire also broke loose as an agent for clearing the land. When left to itself the burnt land by a series of plant successions gradually tends back toward primitive conditions. But where the land is permanently cleared, European plants, mostly annuals, which have crossed the Atlantic with man, become quickly acclimated, “sometimes (as around the city of Quebec) nearly displacing the indigenous plants, and becoming veritable scourges." Other waifs have followed the railways and other routes of travel, some, an increasing number, coming from the west, and at least one, Galinsoga, from tropical America. There have indeed been many changes since the old-time botanists first visited Quebec. “What would the spring be without the resplendent flowering of the dandelions; what would our summer fields be without the starry daisies, the caerulean touch of the chicory, and without the blood-tinged vividness of the orange hawkweed? And how different now are the shores of the St. Lawrence between Montreal and Three Rivers, with the rich mantle which the purple loosestrife gives to the 1930] Seymour,—A Callitriche New to Massachusetts 15 low islands, and the Butomus to the river flats" This latter is a new- comer which in less than forty years has taken possession. “Tt is a fine example of the overturn which can be brought about in a flora by a single species, when it is well equipped and leaves its horde of enemies behind as it enters a new territory—a fine illustration of dynamie violence in time and space." “From this rapid survey, some conclusions stand out, it seems, rather clearly. “The intrinsic influences, forces of evolution or elimination which have dynamie influence on floras in general, and on the flora of Quebec in particular, are a function of the nature of organic beings, and will continue to work out slowly but relentlessly in the direction of development, or in the direction of retrogression. “The extrinsic influences, which have to do especially with the intelli- gent activity of man, and his means of action on nature, are essentially more rapid and brutal. They tend to blend and blur the floras, to lead them to a state of equilibrium quite different from the natural equilibrium. By destroying barriers, by suppressing distances, by setting in motion agents of transportation which upset the agelong balance of the elements of the biosphere, they tend to establish on the planet a certain uniformity which would be a state of equilibrium analogous to that toward which the forces of erosion tend. But these extrinsic forces would gradually lose their intensity in case of the destruction of our civilization and a return to barbarism; they would cease to act with the disappearance of the human race. The old balance ought then to reéstablish itself, in considerable measure. "The hordes of plants long held in check by human toil, the plants of prey long treated as enemies, would advance over our fields, would rise to the assault of our cities and towns, would cover the ruins of them with thick masses of vegetation, while above the ashes of the human edifice, in an atmosphere become more pure, above an earth once more silent, would shine again, liberated, wild, yet magnificent, the torch of life."—CraAnENcE Н. KNowrroN, Hingham, Massachusetts. A CALLITRICHE NEW TO MassACHUSETTS.—Callitriche deflexa А. Br., var. Austini (Engelm.) Hegelm. is one of the most obscure flowering plants. Prostrate upon the ground, little branched, with leaves “2-4 mm. long," it looks like nothing at all, or at most like sterile basal shoots which may later grow to be something. This probably accounts for its having been so long overlooked on one of the most frequented trails on Mt. Toby. Here it was first collected by the writer on 27 July 1927. It was seen again in 1928, but not collected again until 10 July 1929, as its rarity was not at first sus- pected. The identification has been kindly verified by Mr. C. A. Weatherby of the Gray Herbarium, who states that it appears to be the first collection of this species in Massachusetts. The Manual records its range as far north as Connecticut, only. This station is 16 Rhodora [JANUARY in the town of Sunderland, Franklin County. There is a considerable quantity of the plant scattered along quite a long strip of old lumber road through the woods.—FRANK C. Seymour, North Amherst, Mass. Vol. 31, no. 372, including pages 245 to 271, one portrait and title-page of the volume, was issued 7 December, 1929. ' FEB do log № rane © JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Assecínte лын LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 32. February, 1930. No. 374. CONTENTS: Botanical Notes from Northern Vermont. А. S. Pease........... 17 Butomus umbellatus at Lake Champlain. С. Н. Knowlton........ 18 Butomus umbellatus in the Lake Champlain Basin. И. С. Muenscher 19 Some New Species and Varieties from Oregon. L. F. Henderson... 20 Rare Introductions near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Н. А. Ward.. 28 A New Lepidium from North China. А. Р. Jacot..............++. 28 What is Scirpus glaucescens Willd.? 0. A. Farwell.............. 30 Willdenow’s Type of Scirpus glaucescens. M. L. Fernald........ 31 New Forms and Varieties of Indiana Plants. P.C. Standley....... 32 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (Gf available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. ` CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other ei of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. А series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. February, 1930. No. 374. BOTANICAL NOTES FROM NORTHERN VERMONT ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE From Burke Mountain, near East Burke, Vermont, there is a remarkable view of Willoughby Lake and its enclosing mountains, Hor and Pisgah, and thence, on August 7, 1929, I also observed, about four miles to the east of Mt. Pisgah, a mountain with steep cliffs, facing, not west, like the classic cliffs and talus of Pisgah, but east- ward. On inquiry I learned that this mountain was named Bald Mountain and that it lay in the eastern corner of the town of West- more, and in the hope that so near a neighbor of the Willoughby mountains might itself be not without interest I determined to visit it the next day. During the same afternoon, as I drove on from Seymour Lake in Morgan through the town of Holland, I stopped at an interesting stretch of road in the latter township and immediately found Linum catharticum L., growing in abundance in the ditch and in an adjacent rich clearing. This European species has been reported from various stations along the coast, particularly in Maine, but not hitherto, so far as I am aware, from the interior of New England. Here it ap- peared thoroughly at home. After a night spent near Salem Pond in Derby I explored, on August 8, the beach at its northern end, finding a large amount of Spartina Michauxiana Hitchc., and, in sandy woods nearby, much Halenia deflexa (Sm.) Griseb. (also found later in the day along a wood road in the town of Ferdinand). А pasture near a farmhouse at the lower end of the lake contained conspicuous patches of Thymus Serpyllum L., some of them several yards in diameter. I8 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Later that forenoon I drove through the township of Brighton to the most convenient approach to the Bald Mountain cliffs, near Job’s pond in the eastern part of Westmore. There I left the road and skirted the pond to the foot of the mountain. A scramble up steep slopes led to slides upon which sprawled Astragalus Blakei Eggleston. On reaching the top of the talus (where Rhus Toxico- dendron L. was abundant) I found the line of cliffs very extensive, probably nearly as far outstretched as those of Mt. Pisgah, though not so lofty, and on the lower parts of the calcareous ledges and the upper and finer portions of the talus was able to gather, in embarras- singly rapid succession, Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl, Woodsia glabella R. Br., Muhlenbergia racemosa (Michx.) BSP., a Calamagrostis as yet undetermined but near C. hyperborea Lange, Sphenopholis pallens (Spreng.) Scribn., Carex scirpoidea Michx., C. eburnea Boott, Clematis verticillaris DC., Draba arabisans Michx., Braya humilis (C. A. Mey.) Robinson, var. novae-angliae (Rydb.) Fern., Saxifraga oppositifolia L., Potentilla fruticosa L., Rubus odo- ratus L., Rosa blanda Ait., Celastrus scandens L., Apocynum cannabi- num L., Asclepias syriaca L., Satureja vulgaris (L.) Fritsch, Cam- panula rotundifolia L., Lobelia Kalmii L., Eupatorium urticaefolium Reichard, Artemisia canadensis Michx., and Senecio Balsamitae Muhl. Of most of these specimens have been deposited in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, and duplicates of many in that of Amherst College. Further search, especially at a different season, and an examination of the crests of the cliffs (which I did not investigate) might well yield yet others of the characteristic Willoughby rarities. AMHERST COLLEGE. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS АТ LAKE CHAMPLAIN. —So abundant is the newcomer from Europe, Butomus umbellatus, along the shores of the St. Lawrence near Montreal and elsewhere,! that Ihave been expecting .to find scattered specimens of it on muddy shores in the northern part of Lake Champlain. Instead of this, however, my first discovery of this interesting plant was more than a hundred miles south of the Ca- nadian border. Here I found it, August 11, 1929, well established and flourishing, on the South Bay of Lake Champlain, in Dresden, New ! C. H. Knowlton, RHODORA xxv, 220-221, 1923; Frére Marie-Victorin, Contri- butions du Laboratoire de Botanique de l'Université de Montréal, No. 13, 83-84, 1929. 1930] Muenscher,—Butomus umbellatus in Champlain Basin 19 York, near the bridgefrom Whitehall. It was associated here with such plants as Potentilla Anserina, Proserpinaca palustris, and a ripened sedge of the Eleocharis palustris group. As it is fruiting rather heavily in its new home it is more than likely to spread, especially along the marshy rice-meadows of southern Lake Champlain, and ought soon to be reported from Vermont. This * Flowering Rush " has a large umbel of pink flowers, the three sepals and the three petals veined with darker color. It has six sep- arate carpels, and has no placentae, the seeds being borne directly on the sides of the carpel in large numbers.—CLARENCE HINCKLEY KNowrroN, Hingham, Massachusetts. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS IN THE LAKE CHAMPLAIN BASIN W. C. MUENSCHER WHILE crossing the temporary bridge over South Bay, an arm of the southern part of Lake Champlain, on August 16th, 1929, my attention was attracted by what from a distance appeared to be a large Allium-like plant growing in extensive areas of muddy flats and shallow water along both shores. Upon closer examination the plant proved to be the flowering rush, Butomus umbellatus L., of the family Butomaceae closely related to the Alismaceae. As far as I am aware, this species has been reported in North America only from Canada where it grows over extensive areas in marshes along the St. Lawrence River. During the latter part of August, while I was engaged in a study of the aquatic vegetation of Lake Champlain as a part of the biological survey of the Lake Champlain watershed conducted by the New York State Conservation Department, I had an opportunity to observe that Butomus is very generally distributed in the marshes and shallow water bordering the southern part of Lake Champlain. It was not observed in the northern part of the lake. In Washington county, New York, Butomus was observed in the following localities: South Bay, very abundant on clay flats and in water up to one meter deep; Whitehall, along the border of a mill pond and along the Cham- plain canal from Whitehall northward for about ten miles to the Dresden Narrows in Lake Champlain. In Vermont Butomus was observed in Rutland county, along the shore of Lake Champlain northward to the Dresden Narrows, and in Addison county along the outlet of East Creek. 20 Rhodora [FEBRUARY In Europe Butomus occurs in marshes and along borders of streams and lakes from Italy northward to Norway. Thomé! gives a good colored plate and description of the species. Butomus not only produces many seeds but also numerous small ¢ornlike buds are developed on the submerged rhizome. It is, therefore, well adapted for spreading rapidly under favorable conditions. Knowlton,’ 1923, in discussing the distribution and rapid spread of Butomus umbellatus along the St. Lawrence River, concluded with the following statement: “As it has many seeds it would seem quite possiblefor it to work gradually up the St. Lawrence and its tributaries, so that some day it may make its appearance by Lake Ontario or Lake Champlain within the limits of the United States." The extent of the area already occupied by Butomus in the southern Champlain Valley indicates that probably it became established prior to 1923. It is now one of the dominant species of the marsh and shore vegetation in this region, and in the future it may be expected to appear in similar situations over a wider area. CORNELL UNIVERSITY. SOME NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES FROM OREGON L. F. HENDERSON Scirpus malheurensis, sp. nov. Stems 18-24 dm. high; primary involucral bract slightly exceeding the inflorescence, secondary ones much shorter; spikelets cylindric-ovoid, 8-12 mm. long by 4-5 mm. thick, greenish-brown, 2-4 in the clusters; rays from sessile to 2.5 cm. long; scales much cleft, their edges ciliate with long many-celled hairs; midvein long-excurrent, the tip either included between the long lobes of the scale or rather long-aristate, serrate or hispid with long fang-like brown teeth which are 1-celled and extend, reduced in size, far down the back of the scale; filaments of the 3 stamens strap- shaped; bristles 6, slightly longer or shorter than the akene, retrorsely barbellate to near the base; style 2-cleft; akene 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.25-1.5 mm. wide, obovate, plano-convex and often angled on the back, generally light-olivaceous, strongly mucronate, finely pitted under high magnification.—In water or on wet shores of Malheur Lake, Harney County, OREGON, July 15, 1927. My no. 8655. Close to Scirpus acutus Muhl., but differing in having the involucral 1Thomé, Flora von Deutschland 1: p. 84. 1880. ? Knowlton, Clarence Н. Butomus umbellatus on the St. Lawrence River. RHODORA 25: 220-221, 1923. 1930] Henderson,—New Species and Varieties from Oregon 21 bract longer than the inflorescence; the scales nearly round and much- cleft; the long hairs on the edge of the scales; the remarkable dark teeth or papillae on the back of the scale and on the long-exserted midrib. Scirpus Сомвромі, Britton, var. minor, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species in lower stature, at most 28-35 cm. high; shorter rays; stem leaf-bearing at middle; lower leaves only 1 dm. long or less; short scales merely acute to short-acuminate.— Collected by me along a creek, Mackenzie Pass, OREGON, my no. 7108; also by Lyle Wynd at Pole Bridge Creek, Crater Lake Park. His no. 1769. Juncus (SNoposr) inventus, sp. nov. Stems 3-6 dm. high, arising singly from somewhat enlarged nodes of a very long rootstock; basal leaves longer than or shorter than the stem, stiff, terete as are those of the stem; stem-leaves erect, the upper internode of the stem diverging strongly from the leaves; heads few in a rather dense cluster, brown, 8-12 mm. in diameter; perianth 4—5 mm. long, its outer segments slightly longer and more subulate than the inner; stamens 6, half the length of the perianth, anthers slightly longer than the filaments; capsule oval to ovate, but sloping gradually to an apicula- tion 1-1.5 mm. long, 3-sided, 1-celled; seeds yellow, either acute or truncate, with a white apiculate tip, reticulate with 20—30 longi- tudinal lines and cross-lined areolae.—Moist, sandy shores of Siltcoos Lake, 2 miles from the ocean, Lane County, OREGON. My no. 6091. I first named this plant for the lake where it was found and made a few distributions under that unpublished name, but I am now con- vinced that this plant occurs in other spots in sand along the Pacific, hence the change in name. Juncus inventus is related to J. nodosus L., more nearly to J. Torreyi, Coville. It were better, it seems to me, to put these all together as varieties of J. nodosus, but since J. Torreyr has been cut off, we must recognize this species, as there is more difference between this and either J. nodosus or J. Torreyi than there is between those two species. This differs from J. Torreyi in darker heads; strongly divergent upper joint of stem; wider, less subulate capsule; and nearly equal perianth-segments, the outer slightly longer and more apiculate, and all noticeably scarious-edged. DAMASONIUM CALIFORNICUM, var. Biddlei, var. nov. Differs from typical D. californicum, Torr. in narrower leaves, most of them long, narrow phyllodes; petals more deeply dentate and with more teeth; and rather more akenes.—Common in ditches, in water or mud, near Burns, Harney County, OREGON, June 23, 1927. My no. 8256. Dedicated to the memory of the late Henry J. Biddle, an amateur botanist of Portland and a most helpful friend. 22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY ALLIUM GEYERI, Wats., var. graniferum, var. nov. Differs from the ordinary form of northern Idaho in having numerous bulblets amongst the flowers or entirely taking their places.—Moist to wet natural meadows, Austin Ranch, near Austin, Grant County, OREGON, my no. 5397, also Cusick, no. 1827. The spathe is often 3-valved, sometimes 2-valved. Though the crests are lower than in the typical form of the species, I can find no good specific characters to separate them. ALLIUM Robinsonii, sp. nov. Bulb ovoid, large for the size of the plant, devoid of special reticulation; stem slender, 24 under ground, slightly 2-edged, 3-7 cm. long; leaves much exceeding the stem, arcuate, 1.5-2 mm. wide; bracts 2, ovate, abruptly acute, rose-purple; flowers few, 5-12, 7-9 mm. long: pedicels slightly shorter; perianth- segments white to light-pink, with red midvein, obtuse, oblong; stamens 15 to 14 the length of the segments; ovary distinctly crested; style shorter than the stamens or about equaling them; filaments rather coarsely confluent.—Gravel and drifting sand, confluence of John Day River with the Columbia, OREGON. My no. 5110. Differs from the related Allium Brandegei in crested ovary, obtuse segments of corolla, and larger bulbs, with no special reticulation; from A. parvum, Kell. in its 2-edged stem, narrower leaves and conspicuously crested ovary. I take pleasure in dedicating this pretty species to Dr. В. L. Ковіхѕох of the Gray Herbarium, to whom I am under many obligations for past courtesies. ALLIUM mirabile, sp. nov. Plant 15-20 cm. high, very slender and sinuous, with central bulb generally wanting, but with 1, mainly 2, oblong, tuber-like, strongly divaricate bulbs at base, with many filiform root-fibres from the base of the stem; leaves filiform, 2-3, shorter than the stem; bract one, often 2-lobed, ovate, very thin, abruptly acuminate; umbel 7—12-flowered; flowers on slender pedicels (7-12 mm. long), white to light-pink; segments 10-12 mm. long, narrowly lingulate, but involute and appearing acuminate; stamens half as long as the segments, slender, with small cordate-sagittate, sharply pointed anthers; filaments dilated at base and united into a scalloped ring; ovary blunt and crestless, ripening only 1 or 2 seeds.— Dry, shady fir woods in loose, rocky soil, Eight Dollar Mt., near Selma, Josephine County, OREGON, June 17, 1926. Му no. 6098. Allium mirabile greatly resembles A. Bolanderi, they agreeing in the peculiar bulbs and serrate inner perianth-segments. But, while the perianth-segments in true A. Bolanderi, according to an examination at the Gray Herbarium, are acuminate, they are never so in A. mira- bile, but lingulate and obtuse or at most acutish; the leaves are only 0.5 mm. wide in this species, wider in A. Bolanderi; the bract is 1930] Henderson,—New Species and Varieties from Oregon 23 single, at most 2-parted, broadly ovate and apiculate; stamens nearer L4 than 15 the length of the perianth; filaments dilated at base. From an examination of 4. Bolanderi, made for me at the Gray Herbarium, I am informed that “the outer bulb-coats in A. Bolanderi are rather thick and firm; in your plants they are very thin, and, when wet, become flaccid.” ALLIUM punctum, sp. nov. Plant 6-9 cm. high, slender; leaves 2, slightly to strongly falcate, 2-3 mm. wide, slightly to much exceeding the stem and closely investing it to about its middle, where they widely diverge; bulb ovoid, 1.5-2 cm. long; outer coats of bulb very dark, central yellowish-gray, inner white, some of the central coats with oblong-hexagonal cells marked all over their faces and walls with minute indentations as if made by the point of a pin; bracts 2, abruptly acuminate or acute, 0.66-1 cm. long, colored like the peri- anth; flowers 12-16, on pedicels about 1 cm. long, dark wine-color to nearly black-purple; perianth-segments 8-10 mm. long, oblong, rounded to acutish at apex; stamens 24 the length of the perianth, filaments thick-subulate at base and united into a scalloped ring; crests of ovary 3, wide and mountain-like, slightly retuse at apex, white.—In moist, or later dry, rocky flats, near the Donner-and- Blitzen River, 8 to 10 miles north of Frenchglen, Harney County, OnEGON, May 20, 1927. My no. 8813. The beautifully punctate middle coats of the bulb account for the name. Iris innominata, sp. nov. Plant about 30 cm. high or less, from a slender ascending rootstock 3-4 mm. in diameter; leaves abundant, dark-green above, lighter below, violet-purple or green at base, 2-3 mm. wide, ordinarily with revolute margins, longer or shorter than the stems, the apex narrowly pointed; bracts or stem-leaves 2 or 3, their clasping bases 4-9 cm. long, the free portion 1.5-3 cm. long; bracts subtending the flowers about 4 cm. long, nearly equal, green, broadly lanceolate to ovate when opened, scarious at edges; flowers generally 2, on pedicels 5-10 mm. long; flower-tube 2-3 cm. long, almost filiform, the whole flower brilliant dark-yellow, with delicate purple lines on the sepals; sepals oblanceolate, about 4.5 ст. long above the short throat, very narrow at base; petals slightly shorter, lighter yellow and without purple lines, narrowly oblanceolate to elliptic, entire; capsule oblong to oval, 2-3 cm. long; seeds 3 mm. long, nearly round in outline, strongly angled, their sides vermiformly marked.— Dry, sunny woods, Rogue River, about 8 miles above the ferry at Wedderburn, Curry County, OREGON, fl. May 23, fr. July 14, 1929. My no. 10,086. Differs from [тїз Purdyi, Eastwood in dark-green leaves only 2 mm. wide; lower bracts or stem-leaves not overlapping, their sheathing 24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY bases not inflated; flower-bracts shorter; sepals shorter, as is the perianth-tube; capsule obtuse at base. From J. californica it differs in narrower, darker leaves; stem-leaves more sheathing; shorter and less acuminate bracts; and much shorter perianth-tube. The color of the flower is exactly that of I. bracteata, or even darker. J. Doug- lasiana was in places up the Rogue River, associated with J. innomin- ata, and wherever this was the case it had much more yellow than usual, showing the beginnings of hybridization. Monta Sweetseri, sp. nov. Plant procumbent to accumbent, with numerous stems diminishing in size to a flagellate tip and strongly resembling those of M. parvifolia, all from an exposed rootstock or caudex 1-10 cm. long and 4-6 mm. thick; radical leaves round to ovate, 3-4 cm. long including the petiole (2-3 cm.); stem-leaves of the same shape but on short petioles, the smallest only 3-4 mm. long; flowers pink, on pedicels about 1 cm. long, these lengthening in fruit to even 2 cm.; sepals round, 3-4 mm. long, greenish-pink; petals oblanceolate, emarginate, mostly about 14 mm. long; seeds slightly pitted, shining, 1.5 mm. in length, 1 mm. in width.—Discovered by Prof. and Mrs. A. R. Sweetser of the University of Oregon, on exposed rocks and earth at the base of Humbug Mountain, which overlooks the ocean at Brush Creek, Curry County, OREGON, May 30, 1929, later by myself, and in fruit in July. My no. 10,193. In many ways this plant superficially resembles Montia parvifolia, but it differs in every character: size and length of rootstock, size of leaves, shape of cauline leaves, greater size of flowers, and larger seeds, those of M. parvifolia never being over 1 mm. long; and to show that this is not merely size due to location I may say that M. parvifolia was collected by me north, east and south of this spot. SILENE insectivora, sp. nov. Plant 6-18 cm. tall, very glandular from top to bottom; lower leaves from 4-18 cm. long, those of the lower part of the stem much longer than the radical, from obovate- spatulate to linear-oblanceolate, obtuse to acute; upper leaves de- creasing rapidly to bracts, 1-2 ст. long at summit; peduncles branch- ing, 1-3 em. long; pedicels long, erect to nodding; flowering calyx oblong, 15-20 mm. long by 6 mm. wide in center, its lobes narrowly triangular to lingulate, often over L4 the length of the tube, not ciliate but with abundant long glands; petals 14 longer than the calyx, nar- rowly cuneate, the claw somewhat lacerate above, the blade divided into 2 foot-like parts; appendages narrowly lanceolate, acute; stamens slightly shorter than the styles; ovary oblong, with styles about 14 the length of the petals; ripened capsules and seeds unknown.— Collected by L. Constance, student at the University of Oregon, in meadows of Sprague River, Klamath County, OREGON, June 28, 1928. My no. 9427. 1930] Henderson,—New Species and Varieties from Oregon 25 This plant is related to Silene Scouleri and S. Hallii, but differs from both in general appearance, long peduncles and pedicels, stems and foliage so glandular as to be covered from top to bottom with small insects, very long calyx-lobes, oblique foot-like lobes to corolla, and lanceolate acute appendages. SILENE MONTANA Wats., var. viscida, var. nov. Agreeing with Watson’s description of S. montana, save that the whole plant, in- stead of being finely pubescent, is finely glandular from top to bottom. —Collected by Lyle Wynd, student at the University of Oregon, in dry woods, Crater Lake Park, Овесом, in High Canadian Zone, July 27, 1928. His no. 2357. RANUNCULUS OCCIDENTALIS, var. dissectus, var. nov. This plant, from its pubescence and long, hooked akenes, belongs with R. occi- dentalis, but in its deeply cleft to divided radical leaves it looks, at first view, like some form of R. orthorynchus.—Dry slopes of Crater Lake Park, OREGON, near Pole Creek Bridge, where collected by Lyle Wynd, July 12, 1928. His no. 2221. It was also collected by Wm. C. Cusick in Summit Prairie (no. 2643), later by L. E. Dethling, of the University of Oregon, on moist banks of Upper Paulina Creek, Paulina Mts., Oregon (no. 77). CARDAMINE Pattersoni, sp. nov. Plant annual, 11-12 cm. high, much branched from the base or near it, so as to be 7-9 ст. wide at top; whole plant glabrous, or at most puberulent at base; leaves with 3-5 round to obovate leaflets 3-4 mm. long, the terminal leaflet often slightly undulate; pedicels becoming thick and lengthening in fruit, about 5-6 mm. long in flower, 15-20 mm. in fruit; rachis rather zigzag; sepals colored, 2 mm. long, ovate; corolla dark-pink or rose; petals 6 mm. long, obovate, retuse; capsule including style 24 mm. long, style about 3 mm., capsule 1.5 mm. wide; seeds yellowish-brown, 1 mm. wide by 1.25 mm. long; cotyledons accumbent, radicle very noticeable.—Discovered by Rollo Patterson, student at the University of Oregon, on moist, mossy cliffs of Saddle Mt., Clatsop County, OREGON, at about 2800 feet elevation, June 10, 1928. No. 22 of his Saddle Mountain collection. Only two specimens of this pretty little plant were collected, but fortunately both were in flower and ripe fruit. This plant is so unique that no other comes very near it, at least in the Western United States. ARABIS Wyndii, sp. nov. Plant about 4 dm. high, branching at base; leaves and lowest part of stem with abundant forked hairs, most of the stem and upper surfaces of leaves mainly glabrous; leaves crowded at base, oblanceolate, entire, 1-2 cm. long, strongly ciliate with forked hairs, mainly glabrous above, hairy below; stem- leaves 8-12 mm. long, mainly lacking auricles, linear; raceme rather many-fruited, flowers as yet unknown; mature pedicels reflexed, glabrous, slender, 3-6 mm. long; capsules 5-8 cm. long, 1.5-2 mm. 26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY wide, straight or slightly arcuate, the point 1-3 mm. long, style and stigma very short, valves nerved at base 14 their length; seeds more or less 2-rowed, orbicular, narrow-winged, 1.5 mm. wide.—Collected by Lyle Wynd, student at the University of Oregon, in Crater Lake Park, OREGON. Wynd’s no. 2322. This plant appears to belong with A. pulchra, Jones, but differs in its furcate hairs toward the base of the plant; glabrous upper stem and leaves, the latter with ciliate edges; and glabrous capsules. TurRMoPsis subglabra, sp. nov. Plant 9-10 dm. high, entirely glabrous save the calyx, edges of bracts and back of suture of pod, which are appressed-pubescent; stipules about 4 cm. long, oval to ovate, apiculate to obtuse, more than 2 cm. wide; petioles slender, 3-4 cm. long; leaflets oblanceolate to obovate on the same plant, 3-5 em. long, 1-2.5 em. wide; flowers 10-13, about 2 cm. long, on slender, glabrous pedicels 5-10 mm. long; bracts ciliate, oblong to ovate, 6-8 mm. long; calyx appressed-pubescent to slightly villous, nearly regular, campanulate, with ovate nearly equal teeth; corolla with banner much shorter than the wings and keel; young legume glabrous save the upper edge, which is appressed-ciliate; mature fruit unknown from this locality. (An unnamed specimen in fruit, John К. Leiberg, no. 4195, “from grassy slopes of Umpqua-Rogue River Divide, near Head of Elk Creek" is undoubtedly the same, as it is equally glabrous on fruit and all other places save the calyx).— Shady woods of Culp Creek, near base of Bohemia Mt. Divide, between Lane and Douglas Counties, OREGON. First collected by Rollo Patterson; afterward by myself. My no. 9959. Close to Howell's Thermopsis gracilis, but of larger size and lacking its abundant pubescence. CorvLEDoN glandulifera, sp. nov. Plant erect, 22-27 cm. high, from a cluster of spatulate leaves at the summit of the rather bare, thick, long rootstocks (6-8 mm. thick); whole plant, save flowers of a decided red-purple; lower 24 of stem bare, upper 14 glandular and thickly clad with reddish, glandular-ciliate oblong bracts; flowers greenish-yellow, 12-14 mm. long; calyx-lobes ovate, very acute, 5 mm. long, glandular-ciliate and slightly united; stamens slightly longer than the calyx, with oblong anthers, filaments triangular-subulate; carpels nearly erect, slightly united at base, finely papillate, 10 mm. long, reddish; pedicels shorter than the corollas, rather thick, glandular- pubescent; seeds many, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, striate and cross-barred.—Discovered by Mr. and Mrs. J. В. Leach of Portland, Oregon, June 1, 1928, along the trail down the Rogue River, 3 miles below Alameda, Josephine County, OREGON. Their no. 1599. The discoverers say of it: “The whole plant strikes your eye at some distance by its red color." 1930] Henderson,—New Species and Varieties from Oregon 27 DopECATHEON poeticum, sp. nov. Stem eventually 22-30 cm. high, glandular-puberulent its whole length, the base swollen and bearing many descending delicate fibrous roots; leaves obovate to oblanceolate, obtuse to apiculate, the blade 5-12 cm. long, petioles from as long as to 14 as long; flowers 1-10, on pedicels 1—4 ст. long; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, slightly shorter than the ripe capsule; corolla with slightly yellow circle at base, then a crimson, crenate narrow band, next a broad yellow band, then the main rose-pink outer: portions; stamineal tube generally black, sometimes with some yellow, half as long as the 5 anthers; capsule ovoid, 4-7 mm. long, opening generally through the teeth.— Bluffs of the Columbia River, near the east line of Hood River County, OREGON, April 2, 1924, fruit May 13. My no. 503 of the 1924 collection. I wrote up this species in 1924 and submitted flowers and fruit to the late Prof. C. V. Piper at Washington. He thought it a good species and advised publication. I hesitated at that time to add to the flood of new species of Dodecatheon, and laid it by. Last year I sent it to Prof. Morton E. Peck, studying at the Gray Herbarium, and he agreed with Piper that it is an undescribed species, differing, at any rate, from anything in the Gray Herbarium. Since the crimson ring on the flower so simulates in miniature that of Narcissus poeticus І have given it this specific name. SYNTHYRIS ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. Sweetseri, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species only in remarkably long, rather than round, and more incised leaves; larger stature and bluer flowers. —Collected by Prof. A. R. Sweetser, Head of the Department of Botany at the University of Oregon, as well as by myself, on shady bluffs of Slate Creek, Redwood Highway, Josephine County, OREGON, March 22, 1925; subsequently found in many places. My no. 5860. ARTEMISIA DISCOLOR, var. glandulifera, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species in not being tomentose below, but very glandular; the flowers also conspicuously glandular and giving off a delicious aroma.—Growing on the edge of a cold stream, dropping from the subalpine heights of Eastern Stein's Mts., beyond Alvord Ranch, Harney County, Окесом, July 2, 1927. My no. 8489. CHRYSOTHAMNUS BrooMEn: (Gray) Greene, var. pubescens, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species in being pubescent, or among the heads slightly tomentose.—Sent to us from open Fremont Valley, northern Lake County, Окесох, by Mrs. Alvin S. Hawk. No. 11455 of the University of Oregon Herbarium. HIERACIUM CYNOGLOSSOIDES, Arv., var. ursinum, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species, which is always glabrous above to but slightly pubescent, in being covered nearly to the base with black, glandular hairs, giving it a resemblance to a bear's coat.— Amongst yellow pines, on serpentine outcrops, 2 miles west of Roose- 28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY velt Highway at Carpenterville, Curry County, OREGON, July 14, 1929. My no. 11426. ТАЛХА nvPoLEUCA Benth., var. dentata, var. nov. Differs from the typical form of the species in its strongly dentate leaves, their upper surfaces apparently always tomentose or floccose; flowers 14-15 mm. long.—Rocky bed and banks of the South Coquille River, at the bridge below Powers, Coos County, OrEGon, July 17, 1929. My no. 11431. SOLIDAGO CALIFORNICA, var. aperta, var. nov. Like the typical form of the species, as it exists around Grant's Pass, OREGON, but with the clusters of the panicle from contiguous to 3 em. apart.—Dry, exposed hillside, 15 miles down the Illinois River, below Selma. Josephine County, OREGON, June 18, 1926. My no. 7073. All types of these plants are in the herbarium of the University of Oregon. Many of the collectors not having used numbers, I have in such cases used my own. UNIVERSITY OF OREGON, Eugene, Oregon. SOME RARE INTRODUCTIONS NEAR HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA. — While botanizing in an abandoned field near Harrisburg, Pennsyl- vania I found a large colony of Thlaspi perfoliatum L. According to records available only two stations of this plant have been reported on this side of the Atlantic, one at Hamilton, Ontario and another at Geneva, New York. 'The colony was located on a shale hillside, together with Viola arvensis, Silene latifolia, Lychnis alba and Lepidium. campestre. In the same locality I found Thlaspi arvense L. which is not uncommon in this section. Another interesting find was an extensive colony of Cynanchum nigrum (L.) Pers. This colony was located in the South Mountain, three miles from Marsh Run, York County, Pennsylvania. There is no record of this plant from this State, except in the vicinity of Philadelphia. Both of these plants are of European origin, and it would be interesting to know how they became established in central Pennsylvania.—H. A. Warp, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. A NEW LEPIDIUM FROM NORTH CHINA ARTHUR PAUL JACOT Lepidium apetalum was described by Willdenow from a single maimed specimen from Siberia. He states that the leaves are 1930] Jacot,—A New Lepidium from North China 29 lanceolate-linear, entire, sessile and that the stems are procumbent, ascendant at tips. Busch (1913, in: Flora Sibiriae et Orientis Extremi, part 25, Cruci- ferae, pp. 90-93) redescribes and figures what Ae calls L. apetalum. 'This species is not procumbent but somewhat lax, the leaves with a tooth on each side near the apex. The description, however, calls for basal leaves which are considerably cut. This is not, therefore, L. apetalum of Willdenow but seems identical with L. micranthum Ledeb. Note the distribution on page 93 in two distinct bands across eastern Asia separated by Manchuria and Mongolia. 'Thellung in his monograph (Die Gattung Lepidium (L.) R. Br.; 1906) describes L. apetalum as having leaves auriculate, semiamplexi- caul, rarely somewhat attenuate and approaching lanceolate, and the base of capsule attenuate, acutish. "This again is another species. We are thus faced with the fact that L. apetalum, which is chiefly self-fertilized, is a group of species. 'The species common about the alkaline, semiarid plain of north China (and as represented about Tsinan) is distinct from the Siberian forms. It may be known and characterized as follows: Lepiprum chitungense sp. nov. Annual; spreading, low, rarely exceeding 10 inches in height, branches springing from close to ground, spreading, stiff, making a broad angle with axis, sometimes nearly a right angle, covered with short, clavate pubescence; leaves linear- oblong, sometimes lowest leaves narrower towards base, always broadening to a clasping sometimes semiauriculate base, the basal leaves with remote, blunt teeth, the upper similar but the teeth more slender, or with only one or two teeth near apex or none (1. e. strap- shaped), glabrous or sparsely clavate-pubescent on veins and margins; flowers apetalous (?), with 2 stamens; sepals white-margined especially at apex, center of disc of inner and outer ones often barbulate; mature capsule elliptic-ovate, emarginate at apex, with a narrow wing above. —Types: In the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the Shantung Christian University. Thus the flowers and fruits are identical with those of L. ruderale with which L. chitungense is now found intermingled on the University campus, though five years ago it was alone. It differs strikingly in its low, spreading habit of branching, in its leaves which are never more than toothed, while in L. ruderale they are lyrate, the teeth always simple, and in the clavate pubescence (showing it to belong to the apetalum group). My thanks are due to F. Gagnepain of the Paris Herbarium, M. L. 30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Fernald of the Gray Herbarium and members of the staff of the Kew Gardens for aid in this study. SHANTUNG CHRISTIAN UNIVERSITY, Tsinan, Shantung, China. WHAT IS SCIRPUS GLAUCESCENS WILLD.? OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL WILLDENOW’s description is as follows: *3. SCIRPUS glaucescens. . culmo compresso glaucescente, vaginis truncatis, spica solitaria lanceolata, squamis ovatis, radice repente. Habitat in America boreali О| D. Radix perennis repens. Culmus sesquipedalis et ultra glauco- virescens compressus. Vaginae ad culmi basin truncatae muticae laxae. Spica lanceolata vix semipollicaris. Squamae ovatae superiores ovato-lanceolatae obtusiusculae, margine membranaceae. Stamina tria. Stylus trifidus. Semen obovatum apice tubercula- tum. Setae longitudine seminis. It would be a diffieult matter to draw a better description than the above of the plant now passing as Eleocharis acuminata (Muhl.) Nees. It cannot be E. palustris (L.) R. & S., because that species is not known to have three styles; if E. palustris in any of its variations has three styles, I have been so unfortunate as not to have had any such pass under my observation. Three-styled plants should be excluded from the two-styled Eleocharis palustris. Fernald and Brackett, in this journal for April, 1929, have monographed the group Palustres of the genus Eleocharis, and have recognized eight species and two varieties. They give an extended discussion of this species, but, presumably, call it a small form of E. palustris, mainly because A. Gray identified the plant in the Willdenowian herbarium as E. palustris. Since A. Gray identified the Willd. Herb. plant as E. palustris, it is to be supposed that it must be two-styled, and therefore not the plant Willdenow described as Scirpus glaucescens, which had three styles. If the Willd. Herb. plant has three styles, then A. Gray misidentified it, and it is not Ё, palustris. Someone who has access to the plant may determine the number of styles in order to prove whether or not it is E. palustris. Willdenow’s descrip- tion, with the exception perhaps of the “ glauco-virescens" character is quite applicable to E. acuminata, and his characters of three styles and compressed stems clinch the identity. No other species of the 1930] Fernald,—Willdenow's Type of Scirpus glaucescens 31 genus known to me so well fills the bill; certainly not the plants in America masquerading as E. glaucescens, for they have two stigmas and the stems are not compressed. My conclusion is that Scirpus glaucescens Willd. ex descr. (non herb?) or ELEOCHARIS GLAUCESCENS (Willd.) Schultes is E. acuminata (Muhl.) Nees (E. compressa Sulliv.). Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich. WILLDENOW'S TYPE OF SCIRPUS GLAUCESCENS M. L. FERNALD WHEN Miss Brackett and I pointed out! that Eleocharis glaucescens (Willd.) Schultes had long been misunderstood in this country, we emphasized the fact that it was described by Willdenow as having 3style-branches. We also published Gray’s manuscript memorandum made upon studying the Willdenow type: “glaucescens! (spec. cult. but very poor) nothing to do with S. tenuis, but certainly S. palustris!" But we did not accept this identification primarily upon the authority of Gray, as might be inferred from Mr. Farwell's statement in the preceding article. Ascherson & Graebner, who certainly were so situated as to know what Willdenow had before him but who surely did not know of Gray's unpublished memorandum, had reached the same conclusion; so had Richter, Rouy,* Hegi and various other competent European students. In order again to determine what Willdenow had, Mr. J. F. Macbride, of the Field Museum, when studying type-specimens at the Botanisches Museum at Berlin- Dahlem, was asked to examine the specimen. His reply follows: * As the Willdenow specimen is very meager, so that I dared not disturb one of the two heads, I asked Dr. Mattfeld (Curator of the Cyperaceae here) to confirm my observation regarding the number of style-branches. "There are two styles visible and these appear to be unbroken and certainly to have only two branches! The specimen had been cultivated in the Garden and Dr. Mattfeld suggests that owing to the spiral arrangement of the flowers Willdenow may have seen seemingly three style-branches as this can be a mistake easy to make from fresh material when one may overtop or overlie another.” ! Ruopora, xxxi. 61, 74 (1929). 2 Aschers. & Graebn. Synop. Mitteleurop. Fl. ii?. 291 (1903). 3 Richter, Pl. Europ. i. 142 (1890). * Rouy, Fl. de France, xiii. 361 (1912). 5 Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel.-Eur. ii. 38 (1909). 32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY The identity of the Willdenow specimen need scarcely be further doubted; and certainly it has not been uncommon for technical and comparatively insignificant plants to be misdescribed. Witness Linnaeus's description of Scirpus geniculatus, Sp. Pl. i. 48 (1753), " spica subglobosa," for a plant with an elongate-lanceolate or slenderly cylindric spike. Mr. Farwell finds Willdenow's description “quite applicable to E. acuminata," except for the character “Culmus glauco-virescens." How about the “Squamae . . . superiores . . . Oobtusiusculae"? Muhlenburg’s original descrip- tion of Scirpus acuminatus said "squama . . . acuminata,” from which character he obviously derived the specific name; and Britton, who for decades has studied the group, says “scales acute or the lower obtusish."? Even if it be argued that the usually careful Willdenow described a plant different from the one preserved by him, it would be at least unfortunate to displace an established name by one about which there is obviously great doubt. Gray HERBARIUM. NEW FORMS AND VARIETIES OF INDIANA PLANTS Pau. C. STANDLEY During the summer of 1929 there have been observed in and near the Indiana dunes, at the southern end of Lake Michigan, several color forms of plants which are worthy of record. These and two new varieties of Coreopsis tripteris are described and named below. TRADESCANTIA REFLEXA Raf., f. Mariae, f. nov.—Petala prope basin alba, undique prope marginem lilacina.— This distinct color form of our common spiderwort was collected near Fowler, INDIANA, in the summer of 1929, and the plants are now growing in the Dune Forest Wild Flower Garden near Chesteton, Indiana. Specimens have not been preserved for the herbarium, because the petals of Tradescantia deliquesce in drying so that it would be im- possible to preserve their coloring. The form is named for Miss Mary Bremer, who obtained the plants. TRADESCANTIA REFLEXA Raf., f. Lesteri, f. nov.— Petala intense coccineo-purpurea.—Collected near Tremont, Porter County, Inp1- ANA, in the summer of 1929 by Mr. Lester A. Beatty. The plants have been transplanted to the Dune Forest Garden ! Muhl. Gram. 27 (1817). ? Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i, 318 (1913). 1930] Standley,—New Forms and Varieties of Indiana Plants 33 where they have continued flowering. The petals are of a bright poppy-red color, which is very beautiful, and quite distinct from the normal purple-blue of this species. ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA L., f. LUTEA Clute.—This handsome variant of the orange-flowered butterfly weed is rather frequent in the region of the sand dunes about the southern end of Lake Michigan in north- western Indiana. The flowers in this species exhibit striking varia- tions in color, most of which are scarcely worthy of nomenclatural recognition. The following form, however, apparently of rare occurrence, is easily distinguishable: ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA L., f. bicolor, f. nov.—Corolla laete lutea; coronae squamae aurantiacae, apice interdum luteae.—INDIANA: Roadside near Porter, Porter County, July 20, 1929, Paul C. Standley 57304 (Herb. Field Mus. No. 599,386, TYPE). In the dried specimens the color differences are not well preserved, but they are very conspicuous in living material. VERNONIA MISSURICA Raf., f. carnea, f. nov.—Flores carnei vel rosei.—INDIANA: Roadside near Crocker, Porter County, September 2, 1929, Paul C. Standley 57350 (Herb. Field Mus. No. 599,385, TYPE). The florets of this species are commonly purple, but in the form here described they are uniformly rose or flesh-colored. Only one clump of the pale-flowered plants was found. EvPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L., f. PURPUREUM Britton.—INDIANA: Edge of swamp near Tremont, Porter County, September 22, 1929, Standley 57362. In this handsome and strikingly colored variant of the common boneset the flowers are of almost as deep a purple as in E. purpureum. I have found it in only one locality, but there it occurred in some abundance, with the normal white-flowered type. Coreopsis TRIPTERIS L., var. Deamii, var. nov.—Folia subtus pilis brevibus plerumque patentibus et saepe crispulis plus minusve dense pubescentia, supra scaberula vel rarius glabra; involucrum pilosulum vel villosulum.—lrriNors: Dry bluffs, Henderson County, August, 1871, H. N. Patterson (Herb. Field Mus. No. 17,866, TYPE). Marion County, in 1860, Bebb. Starved Rock, Thone 232. Dallas City, Beckwith 54. INDIANA: Pine, Lansing 3911. Clarke, Aug. 20, 1898, Umbach. МіснісАМ: Jackson County, Aug. 18, 1897, S. Н. & D. R. Camp. “Southern Michigan," Burgess 433. _Missourt: Near Jefferson Barracks, Sherf 1038. Arkansas: Near Texarkana, Heller 4129. PENNSYLVANIA: Marysville, Aug. 15, 1888, Small. Nortu Carona: Salisbury, Aug. 21, 1890, Heller. Swain County, D 34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY August, 1891, Beardslee & Kofoid. Georata: Estatoah Falls, Aug. 12, 1898, Small. The usual form of Coreopsis tripteris is glabrous throughout. Linnaeus based the species upon a plate and description published by Morison (Pl. Hist. Univ. 3: 21. pl. 3, f. 44), who states! that the plant had been sent from Virginia by Banister. Morison’s descrip- tion is couched in rather general terms, and there is no mention of pubescence, nor is any indicated in the illustration. The pubescence in the variety here described is, however, so inconspicuous, although ample in amount, that one would scarcely expect to find it mentioned, especially since it has been overlooked by more recent botanists. It is here assumed, merely as a matter of convenience, that the more common, glabrous form of Coreopsis tripteris is the typical one. Var. Deamii was called to my attention recently by Mr. C. C. Deam, who showed me a large series of specimens collected at numer- ous localities in Indiana, and suggested that the form should receive a name. The variety is consequently named in his honor, since he is too modest to be willing to describe it himself. Modesty is not one of the usual besetting sins of botanists, and in this case it is all the more to be regretted upon the part of one who possesses a knowledge of the flora of the upper Mississippi Valley, such as probably. will not be attained by any other botanist in the very near future.? Mr. Deam pointed out a single variety of C. tripteris, in which both the leaves and involucres are pubescent. Examination of the material in the herbarium of Field Museum shows, however, that there is another, intermediate form, in which the leaves are pubescent be- neath, but the involucres are glabrous. This, also, seems to deserve formal recognition. CoREOPSIS TRIPTERIS L., var. intercedens, var. nov.— Folia subtus breviter pilosula vel interdum scaberulo-pilosula, supra scaberula vel glabrata; involucrum glabrum.—IrutNors: Edgewater, Chicago, Aug. 23, 1905, F. Gates 808 (Herb. Field Mus. No. 458,716, TYPE). Carthage, Gates 10104. Hinsdale, E. C. Smith 511. Athens, August, 1864, Hall. INptANa: Griffith, Peattie 2029. MaRYLAND: Potomac Flats, above the District of Columbia, Aug. 12, 1877, Ward. NonTH CAROLINA: Faith, Small & Heller 100. Fırın Museum or Natura History, Chicago. ! I am indebted to Dr. Ivan M. Johnston for a сору of Morison's description. ?'The Editors of Ruopona heartily concur, Volume 32, no. 373, including pages 1 to 16 and three plates, was issued 25 January, 1930. MA» 24 1939 Sal sex Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. March, 1930. No. 375. CONTENTS: Revision of some North American Species of Calamagrostis. G. L. Stebbins, Jr. .......... eee erento 35 Notes from Herbarium of University of WR =y. N. C. Fasel. os -oi laa д. oreet 57 The Austin Collection from the Labrador Coast. Harlow Bishop .... 59 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ;single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodor: Plate 195 G. L. S. del. CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (FIG. 1), var. ROBUSTA (FIG. 2), var. LANGSDORFI (Fics. За, 3b and Зе), var. arcta (FIGs. 5a and 5b); C. ScnuiBNEnt (FIG. 4); C. INEX- PANSA (FIGS. ба and 6b); var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE (FIGs. 7a, 7b and 7e); C. HYPERBOREA (FIG. 8); C. LAPPONICA, var. BREVIPILIS (FIG. 0); C. LABRADORICA (FIG. 10); C. NE- GLECTA (FIGs. 11а and IIb). TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. March, 1930. No. 375. CONTRIBUTION FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. LXXXVII (Continued from page 11) III. A REVISION OF SOME NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CALAMAGROSTIS G. L. STEBBINS, JR. (Plate 195) THE genus Calamagrostis is well known to students of grasses as one in which the species are exceedingly variable and difficult to define. 'The North American species, mostly boreal or alpine in distribution, have been studied by a number of the best known American grass specialists, in particular Dr. George Vasey, Dr. F. Lamson Scribner, and Dr. T. H. Kearney. The first attempt at a complete classification of the genus in North America, however, was made by Dr. Kearney in 1898.1 This monograph did a great deal toward clearing up the confusion of names that had existed before this time, and it is the basis for the treatment of the genus in most of the manuals and local floras now in use. 'The subdivision of the genus in Kearney's monograph is in many ways unsatisfactory, since it is based to a considerable extent on characters such as the expansion or contraction of the panicle and the flatness or involuteness of the leaves, characters which obviously vary with the habitat of the plant, and, in herbarium specimens, the manner in which the specimen was prepared. For a more sound ! T. Н. Kearney— The Genus Calamagrostis in North America, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. (1898). 36 Rhodora [Marcu subdivision of the genus it seems advisable to turn to European works, in which a number of subgenera and sections have been described. The treatment in Ascherson & Graebner’s “Synopsis der Mittel- Europäischen Flora" (Vol. II, part 1, pp. 197-223) is probably the most satisfactory, and the description there given of the sections of the division Quinquinerviae of the subgenus Kucalamagrostis, the only division extensively represented in North America, is therefore quoted in translation: а. Quinquenerviae T or ges Thür. BV. N. F. XII f. 1898. 23 [1899]). Glumes lanceolate, acuminate. Lemmas mostly 4-nerved above the in- sertion of the awn. 1. Calamágris (Dumortier Agrostogr. Belg. 126 [1823]. Homoeotricha Torges Thür. BV. N. F. XII f. 1898 23 (1899). Callus-hairs spread equally around the callus, forming a closed ring of hairs, and of equal length all around (the larger and straighter ones scattered throughout). Lemma considerably, mostly !4, shorter than the lower glume, completely, or at least in the upper 15 or 1$ translucent-membranaceous. Awn delicate, straight, only in rare exceptions weakly geniculate. Palea considerably shorter than the lemma. Rhachilla not prolonged behind the floret, or the prolongation persisting as a short (rarely longer) hairy (rarely glabrous) little point. 2. Deyeuxia ([Clarion in P. B. Essai d'une nouvelle Agrost. 43. t. IX fig. 9, 10 [1812] as a Genus]. Torges Thür. BV. N. F. XII f. 1898 23 [1899] as a Section). Callus-hairs quite or almost completely interrupted below the middle of the lemma (through one group of scanty probably shorter hairs), the longest hairs situated on either side of the lemma and more or less crowded together, appearing tufted. Lemma almost always very slightly shorter (14-14) than the lower glume, toward the tip, the edges, and between the nerves translucent, otherwise chartaceous, herba- ceous and more or less firm. Awn setiform, distinctly geniculate and twisted above the base, or straight and only exceptionally and indistinctly geniculate and weakly twisted. Palea little to considerably shorter than the lemma. Rhachilla always prolonged behind the base of the floret, above (in our species) with brush-like hairs. a. Orthoátherae Torges Thür. BV. N. F. XII (1898). 24 (1899). Awn straight, only exceptionally indistinctly geniculate. Palea considerably (14-14) shorter than the lemma. b. Ancylátherae (Torges Thür. BV. N. F. XII [1898]. 24 [1899]. Awn geniculate and twisted. Palea almost as long as the lemma. These subdivisions seemed to be based on more fundamental char- acters than those of Kearney, and a revision of § Calamagris, and § Deyeuxia, Subsect. Orthoatherae was undertaken with them as a basis. The Ancylatherae, most highly developed in the Condilleran Region and in South America, have been omitted on account of their great complexity and their scant representation in eastern America. It was soon found, however, that some of the characters mentioned above do not hold for the American species. Calamagrostis Seribneri 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 37 Beal has the short, unequal callus-hairs of $ Deyeuxia, although its thin, translucent-membranaceous lemma would place it in $ Calama- gris, and its habit is most nearly like that of C. canadensis, our most widely spread representative of that section. The lemma is, moreover, just as much shorter than the glumes in the species of Deyeuxia as in Calamagris, while the prolongation of the rhachilla is present in all species, and is quite as long in some varieties of C. canadensis (Michx.) Nutt. as in the majority of the species of the section Deyeuxia. The fundamental character separating the two sections, however, the texture of the lemma, is a constant one which, together with the difference in general habit, separates them quite definitely. This paper deals with the species of the section Calamagris and of the subsection Orthoatherae in North America. The species are all highly variable, and intermediate forms between many of them were found. In fact, it would probably be possible in any of the subsections to form a continuous series of forms differing but slightly from each other which would include all of the species of the subsection. Species have, therefore, been recognized wherever a clearly definable entity exists with a definite range, and with only a few intermediates be- tween it and closely related forms. Where species already described have been found to pass imperceptibly into related species, with many intermediates where their ranges overlap, it has seemed advisable to relagate them to varieties, even though, in their typical forms, they are quite distinct from each other. Calamagrostis Langsdorfi (Link) Trin. is therefore treated, following Inman (Rnopona, xxiv. 143), as a variety of C. canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., while C. Macouniana Seribn. and C. micrantha Kearney have been made varieties of C. canadensis and C. neglecta (Ehrh.) Gaertn. respectively. In view of these facts, there is little doubt that closely related species of this genus hybridize with each other, and that this is one cause of the complexity of the genus. Some of the species which have been collected only once or twice may be hybrids between more dis- tantly related species, while a few forms obviously intermediate in their characters will be discussed as such. 'The following treatment is the result of the examination of the specimens in the Gray Herbarium, the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club (cited as N. E.) and of the types and the more critical specimens in the United States National Herbarium (cited as U. S.), the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, and the National Herbarium of Canada. 38 Rhodora {Marcu KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CALAMAGROSTIS § CALAMAGRIS AND $ DEYEUYIA, SUBSECTION ORTHOATHERAE IN NORTH AMERICA a. Panicle mostly loose and open; the branches spreading at flowering time: lemma membranaceous-translucent, at least in its upper third: the nerves prominent: awn straight. . . . b. b. Sheaths glabrous at the summit: tip of the lemma erose or 4- toothed; the teeth obtuse or acute: callus-hairs equalling or exceeding the lemma, of approximately equal length, except for an outer ring of shorter hairs.............. 1. C. canadensis. b. Sheaths bearded at the summit, or more rarely glabrous: lemma sharply 4-toothed; the teeth acuminate through the excurrence of the nerves: callus-hairs distinctly shorter than the lemma, somewhat unequal in length. .2. C. Serihneri. a. Panicle sometimes loose and open, more generally narrow and contracted; its rigid branches appressed or ascending even at flowering time: lemma firm and opaque, if occasion- ally translucent the awn strongly bent and twisted; the nerves frequently indistinct: callus-hairs usually shorter than the lemma, of markedly unequal length; those at the sides of the lemma distinctly longer and tufted: awn straight, or bent and twisted... .c. . Awn straight or slightly bent: palea 24-4% as long as the lemma....d. d. Prolongation of the rhachilla bearded only at the sum- mit: caryopsis pubescent, particularly at the summit.3. C. cinnoides. d. Prolongation of the rhachilla bearded throughout its length: caryopsis glabrous. . . .e. e. Leaves broad, flat and lax: glumes translucent, pale and whitish: palea 3.5-4 mm. long, 45 as long as the 1{етта.................................. 4. C. scopulorum. . Leaves firmer and more rigid, flat or involute: glumes opaque, or if translucent distinctly green, yellowish, or purple-tinged: palea rarely over З mm. in length... .f. f. Foliage and culms harsh and scabrous: ligules of the upper culm-leaves 2.5-8 mm., averaging 4 mm., long; their margins erose or lacerate... .g. g. Branches of the panicle slender and flexuous, very slightly scabrous: spikelets 3 mm. long: prolongation of the rhachilla 0.5 mm. long..5. С. lucida. д. Branches of the panicle stout, rigid, strongly scabrous: spikelets 3-6 mm. long: prolonga- tion of the rhachilla 0.6-1.5 mm. long... .. . 6. C. inerpansa f. Foliage smooth, the leaves occasionally scabrous on the tip, the margin, and the upper surface: ligules of the upper culm-leaves 1.5-3.5, averag- ing 2 mm., long: their margins entire or slightly erose, truncate... ./. h. Culms stout: culm-leaves 3-4 mm. broad, flat or involute: panicle short and very Mer 5-8 em. long....i. . Culm-leaves involute, at least in drying, 4-13 em., the upper averaging 4—6 cm., long: glumes very thick and broad, 2 mm. broad when laid out flat: palea 45 as long as the lemma: species of the Pacific Coast. 7. С. crassiglumis, 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 39 i. Culm-leaves flat, 10-14 cm., the upper in ies 10-12 em., long: glumes thinner, often hyaline at the tip and on the mar- gins, narrower: palea 34 as long as the lemma: species of Greenland....8. C. hyperborea. h. Culms more slender: culm-leaves 2-3 mm. broad, involute at least in drying, if occa- sionally flat and over 3 mm. broad, the panicle loosely flowered and 9-15 em. long . 7. j. Glumes thick and opaque, 1.4-1.8 mm. broad when flattened out: branches of the panicle very short, the longest 15 its ЛШ ee ee oe ee 9. C. labradorica. j. Glumes hyaline and translucent, at least at the tip and on the margins, 1-1.2 mm. broad: branches of the panicle mostly longer, 15—15 its length... .k. k. Spikelets 2-4.8 mm. long:' lemma 1.8- 3.8 mm. long: palea 1.2-2.5 mm. long: awn вітае... 10. С. neglecta. k. Spikelets 4.5-5.5 mm. long: lemma 3.8-4 mm. long: palea 2.8-3 mm. long: awn curved or weakly genicu- late, not twisted.......... 11. С. lapponica. c. Awn strongly, or at least once or twice twisted at the base, and distinctly bent or geniculate: palea nearly or quite equalling the lemma................---- Subsection Ancylatherae. 1. CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Nutt. Gen. i. 46 (1818). A very variable species, of which the following are well marked varieties: a. Glumes green or purple-tinged, equal or nearly so: awn in- serted on the lower two-thirds of the lemma... . 0. b. Spikelets 2-3.8 mm. long: glumes rounded on the back, weakly keeled, acute or acuminate: lemma 1.7-3 mm. long: awn inserted near the middle of the lemma. .. .c. c. Panicle loosely flowered: spikelets 2.8-3.8 mm. long: glumes distinctly exceeding the lemma, acute or acumi- Var. typica. Var. Macouniana. b. Spikelets 3.8-6 mm. long: glumes narrow, strongly keeled, and distinctly acuminate: lemma 3-4.2 mm. long: awn inserted on the lower third of the lemma... .d. d. Spikelets 3.8-4.5 mm. long: glumes often hyaline on the tip and on the margin, short-scabrous on the keel, elsewhere minutely pubescent-scabrous: lemma 3-3.5 ime, Доп... oss) РАЕН X — Var. robusta. d. Spikelets 4.5-6 mm. long: glumes usually thick and gpeqne throughout, scabrous or ciliate on the keel, - elsewhere pubescent: lemma 3.5-4.2 mm. long. . . .e. 1 In all the species, the length of the spikelets varies considerably in the same panicle, those at the base being considerably shorter than those at the summit. For the sake of uniformity, the measurements are in every case based on spikelets taken from the middle of the panicle. 40 Rhodora [Marcu e. Culm-leaves broad and flat; their ligules 4-10 mm. long: panicle expanded at flowering time: glumes ciliate on the keel, elsewhere distinctly and rather densely pubescent.......................... Var. Langsdorfi. fourth of the lemma, considerably exceeding it............ Var. blanda. Var. typica. C. canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., as to synonymy. Arundo canadensis Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 73 (1803). Agrostis mexicana Pers. Syn. 1. 76 (1805). C. canadensis? Beauv. Agrost. 157 (1812), as nomen nudum. Arundo agrostoides Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 86 (1814). C. mexicana Nutt. Gen. i. 46 (1818). C. agrostoides "Trin. Gram. Unifl. 228 (1824). Cinna? Purshii Kunth, Enum. i. 208 (1833). Arundo fissa Willd., Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 44 (1840). Calamagrostis Michauxii Trin., Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 250 (1840). С. canadensis campestris Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. xi. 31 (1898). C. inexpansa cuprea Kearney, ibid. 37 (1898).—Newfoundland to British Columbia, south to Delaware, Ohio, Missouri, New Mexico, and California. The following are typical: NEWFOUNDLAND: talus of sandstone cliffs, Western Bay, Conception Bay, G. S. Torrey, no. 112. QueBec: Rivière Moisie, sur les alluvions prés de l'embouchure, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,200; Ile Plate, near Montreal, Victorin, no. 734; swamp, Ascot, Sherbrooke Country, E. B. Chamberlain. & C. H. Knowlton, July 29, 1923; Arbor Vitae swamp west of Locked Camp, Riviere Cap Chat, Matane County, M. L. Fernald & L. B. Smith, no. 25,478; tourbiére, Pointe Sud Ouest, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, по. 24,372. New Brunswick: Shediac Cape, F. T. Hubbard, no. 722; Lily Lake, St. John's, William Boott, August 8, 1873. MAINE: Green Mt., Mt. Desert Island, E. & C. E. Faxon, July 26, 1888; Kennebunkport, G. G. Kennedy, July 18, 1888. New HAMPSHIRE: in deep, wet woods, Jaffrey, B. L. Robinson, no. 353; roadside north of Crawford House, E. & C. E. Faxon, July 27, 1895; Breezy Point, Warren, E. F. Williams, July 24, 1908. Vermont: along the Con- necticut River, Norwich, E. F. Williams, July 11, 1910; Smuggler’s Notch, C. E. Faxon, August 10, 1877. MASSACHUSETTS: Revere, П. A. Young, June 24, 1879; Neponset Meadow, Canton, G. G. Kennedy, June 26, 1894; Holbrook, J. M. Greenman, no. 3152. RHODE IsLaAND: Cat Swamp, Providence, J. Е. Collins, July 2, 1893. Cox- NECTICUT: Southington, L. Andrews, no. 634; wet meadow, Columbia, Tolland County, C. A. Weatherby, no. 4088 (N. E.). New York: Stony Creek Ponds, Adirondack Mountains, W. W. Rowlee, K. M. Wiegand, & G. T. Hastings, July 10, 1899; shore of Oneida Lake, South Bay, Madison County, H. D. House, June 14, 1918; summit marsh, Spencer, Tioga County, F. P. Metcalf, no. 5674; Fisher's 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 41 Island, Suffolk County, Zarold St. John, no. 2556. PENNSYLVANIA: along wet ditch, Quakertown, Bucks County, W. M. Benner, June 17, 1922. DELAWARE: Newcastle, Edward Tatnall. OwTARI0: Sharbot Lake, J. Fowler, July 16, 1898; Plevna, J. Fowler, July 26, 1902. МіснівАМ: sandy shore of Douglas Lake, Cheboygan County, J. Н. Ehlers, no. 538; Isle Royale, W. S. Cooper, по. 169. Онго: swamp at Cedar Point Hotel, Sandusky, E. L. Morris, no. a.67. INDIANA: slough, Millers, О. E. Lansing, Jr., no. 2729. Wisconsin: Point Sable, Green Bay, J. H. Schuette, July 19, 1883. ILLINOIS: in a drained tamarack swamp, Lake Villa, H. A. Gleason & F. D. Shobe, no. 116. MiuwEsora: Star Island, Cass Lake, L. Н. Pammel, Н. E. Pammel & P. S. McNutt, no. 824. Iowa: Ames, C. К. Ball, no. 133; Spirit Lake, І. H. Pammel, no. 555. Missovnr: Buckner, В. F. Bush, no. 6763. Ѕоотн Daxora: Hill City, David Griffiths, no. 740. NEBRASKA: Scotia, J. M. Bates, June 22, 1908. Montana: Big Fork, Flathead Lake, Mrs. Joseph Clemens, July 22, 1905. Inano: near Britton, St. Joseph's River, J. B. Leiberg, no. 1299. WYOMING: Laramie River, Albany County, Elias Nelson, no. 442. COLORADO: Gunnison, C. Е. Baker, no. 554. New Mexico: Ponchuelo Creek, P. C. Standley, no. 4184. WasuiNcGTON: Big Meadows, lone, Frank О. Kreager, no. 411. British CoLtumBIA: above snowsheds, Glacier, Stewardson Brown, no. 630. Typical Calamagrostis canadensis, common throughout the northern United States and southern Canada, is quite constant and distinct in the southern part of its range, but in northern New England, the Gulf of St. Lawrence region, and in the Rocky Mountains passes imperceptibly into the forms with larger spikelets, while in the Great Plains and the Mississippi Valley it grades equally imperceptibly into forms with smaller spikelets and blunter glumes. It seems best, therefore, to regard all of these forms as geographic varieties of a single species rather than to split species on characters which do not hold for a large percentage of intermediate forms. Var. Macouniana (Vasey), n. comb. Deyeuxia Macouniana Vasey, Bot. Gaz. x. 297 (1885). C. Macouniana Vasey, Monogr. Grasses U. S., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 81 (1892).—Prince Edward Island and locally along the Atlantic Coast to New Jersey; and from Sas- katchewan to Alberta and Montana, south to Missouri. Specimens examined: Prince Epwarp IsraAND: fresh or slightly brackish re- claimed marshes along Hillsborough River, Mt. Stewart, M. L. Fernald et al., no. 6857. MassacHusETTS: swampy woods, Brewster, M. І. Fernald and Bayard Long, no. 17,936. Connecticut: Hartford, A. W. Driggs, July 18, 1900. New Jersey: Delanco, Burlington County, Bayard Long, August 10, 1909. Missovmr: Lake City, В. Е. Bush, no. 6839. NonruwEsT TERRITORY: borders of marshes, J. Macoun, 1883. Norra Dakora: Leeds, Benson County, J. Lunell, July 13, 1902. 42 Rhodora [Marcu There seems to be no sharp difference between Calamagrostis Macouniana Vasey and C. canadensis. The spikelets are smaller in the former, and the glumes less acute, but forms with spikelets inter- mediate in both characters are common. The original material from Assiniboia, and the specimens from North Dakota and Missouri have narrow leaves and short, more contracted panicles, but these charac- ters, are by no means constant, and the specimens from the Atlantic coast, while having the spikelets of C. Macouniana, have broad leaves and longer panicles, although the panicle is still more densely flowered than in typical C. canadensis. О. L. Inman (Кнорока, xxiv. 143) states, in addition to these characters, that the palea and lemma are subequal in C. Macouniana, but the writer has found the same range of proportions between the lengths of the two as in typical C. canaden- sis, and the original description of C. Macouniana states that the palea is 13 shorter than the lemma. C. Macouniana, therefore, is not distinet enough from C. canadensis to be considered a separate species. Var. RoBUsTA Vasey in Hothr. in Wheeler Rep. vi. 285 (1878). Var. acuminata Vasey in Rydberg & Shear, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. v. 26 (1897).—Labrador to Alaska, south to northern New England, New York, the mountains of North Carolina, Ontario, Isle Royale, Michigan, and in the mountains to New Mexico, and California. Also northern Asia. The following are typical: LABRADOR: Kikkertasoak Island, Saglek Bay, R. H. Woodworth, no. 58; Hopedale, J. D. Sornborger, no. 242; boggy thickets, Forteau, Bayard Long, no. 27,487. NEWFOUNDLAND: wet places along the railroad, Stephenville Crossing, К. А. Mackenzie & Ludlow Griscom, no. 10,072; on hill south of St. John's, M. L. Fernald & К. М. Wiegand, no. 4570. QuEBEC: sur les dunes au nord de l'estuaire, Natashquan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,204; subalpine meadows, 900-1100 m., western slope of Mt. Logan, Matane County, M. L. Fernald & L. B. Smith, no. 25,479; Little Metis, J. Fowler, July 25, 1906; meadows and swamps south- east of Bie, Rimouski County, M. L. Fernald & J. F. Collins, no. S77; alluvium, River Ste. Anne-des-Monts, J. F. Collins & M. L. Fernald, August 3-17, 1915; Lae Tremblant, Terrebonne County, J. R. Churchill, July 19, 1922; bois humides, Riviére Natiskotek, Anticosti Island, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,837; basin, Ile du Havre-au-Ber, Magdalen Islands, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9030. Nova Scoria: summit of Bird Island, Cape Breton, George E. Nichols, no. 590; Canso, J. Fowler, August 10, 1901, MAINE: Allagash River at Two Brooks, Aroostook County, Emile F. Williams, July 28, 1900; Slide, west wall of North Basin, Mt. Katahdin, M. L. Fernald, July 13, 1900. New Hampsurre: Mt. Willard, E. & C. Е. Faxon, July 20, 1875; Tuckerman's Ravine, Mt. Washington, G. G. Kennedy, July 11, 1895; summit of Mt. Moosilauke, E. F. Williams, August 3, 1908. 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 43 VERMONT: Mt. Mansfield, W. W. Eggleston, no. 2475. NomrH Carona: Roan Mt., F. L. Seribner, July, 1889. Hupson Bay: Churchill, lat. 58° 50’, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,125. ALBERTA: near Edmonton, John Macoun, August, 1872; Devil's Head Lake, Banff, J. Macoun, August 3, 1891. Montana: Swan Lake, Mrs. Joseph Clemens, August 25, 1908. Ipamo: Trinity Lake Region, Elmore County, J. Е. Macbride, no. 707. Wyomine: Doyle Creek, Big Horn County, L. N. Goodding, no. 393; Johnson's Ranch, Aven Nelson, no. 3905. Cotorapo: Anita Peak, Routt County, L. N. Goodding, no. 1752; near Pagosa Peak, C. F. Baker, August, 1899; Twin Lakes, John Wolfe, no. 1093, 1873 (түрк, in U. S. National Herbarium). New Mexico: Winsor Creek, Pecos River National Forest, P. C. Standley, no. 4748. CALIFORNIA: Angora Peak, Tahoe, 8000 feet, Е. J. Smiley, no. 312. OnEGON: Gibbon, Blue Mts., Wm. C. Cusick, no. 3611; wet places near stream, 3 miles above Wallowa Lake, C. L. Shear, no. 1797. WASHINGTON: gravelly soil, Cheelum Creek, Kittitas County, J. S. Cotton, no. 832; Cascade Mts., Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 795. British Cotumsta: Moose Lake, N. Hollister, no. 20; Kicking Horse Valley, vicinity of Field, Stewardson Brown, no. 498; near railroad, Rogers Pass, 4400 feet, H. Peterson, no. 468. ALASKA: St. Michaels, L. M. Turner, no. 94,258. 'This variety is quite distinct from typical Calamagrostis canadensis and replaces it to a large extent in Newfoundland, the Gulf of St. Lawrence region, and in the Rocky Mountains. It grades, however, imperceptibly into the typical form on the one hand, and to var. Langsdorfi on the other. Specimens from Eastern Asia (Huigan, Manchuria, Dorsett & Dor- sett, no. 3740; Heosomui and Aemuro, Yezo, Japan, K. Miyabe) are identical with North American forms of this variety, and it is probably general throughout north temperate Eastern Asia. Var. Lanasporri (Link). Inman, RnopomRa xxiv. 143 (1922). Arundo Langsdorfi Link, Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. i. 74 (1821). C. Langsdorfii Trin. Gram. Unifl. 225, t. 4, fig. 10 (1824). C. scabra Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 234 (1828). Deyeuxia Langsdorfii Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 77 (1829). С. hirtigluma Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 188 (1855)? С. oregonensis Buckl. Proc. Acad. Phil. 1862, 92 (1863) in part, acc. to Gray, ibid. 334 (1863). С. columbiensis Nutt., Gray l.c. C. alaskana Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. xi. 32 (1898). C. Trinii Almq. & Lehb, Svensk. Bot. Tidsskr. v. 374 (1916). —Of circumpolar distribution, in North America extending south to eastern Quebec, the mountains of New England, North Carolina?, Isle Royale, Michigan, and in the mountains to Colorado and Cali- fornia. Although Kearney recorded this variety from Roan Mountain, North Carolina, all specimens from there, seen by the writer, have been var. robusta Vasey. The following are typical: GREENLAND: 44 Rhodora {Marcu ca. Neria, 61° 33’ lat. bor. J. Eugenius, July 19, 1924; Quagssiarssuk, Igaliko-Fjord, 60° 53’ №. lat., A. E. Porsild & M. P. Porsild, August 5, 1925. LABRADOR: on granitic rock, river delta at head of Nachvak Bay, R. H. Woodworth, no. 60; Eclipse Harbor, H. S. Forbes, no. 11. NEWFOUNDLAND: rocky meadows and brook bottoms, upper Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, M. L. Fernald & Bayard Long, no. 27,488; dry meadow, Bay St. George, C. D. Howe & W. F. Lang, по. 1014. QvknEc: Blane Sablon, Ludlow Griscom, no. 11; vielle prairie, Pointe-aux-Esquimaux, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,209; rocky shore, Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 884; à la limite des arbres, sur les schistes hornblendiques, alt. 1300 m., Mt. Albert, Victorin & Rolland, no. 17,799. New HAMPSHIRE: five-mile post, Mt. Washington, KE. & C. E. Faxon, July 9, 1895; Mt. Willey, Faxon, August 25, 1877; Echo Lake, Mt. Lafayette, E. & C. Е. Faxon, September 14, 1890. VERMONT: Smuggler's Notch, E. & C. E. Faxon, August 10, 1877. Onvrarto: near Silver Islet, Henry Elman, no. 64. Micuiaan: Isle Royale, Lake Superior, T. C. Porter, August 2, 1865. Согоклро: wet grounds, 8000-10,000 ft. alt., Golden City, E. L. Greene, no. 437. CALIFORNIA: wet places, Yose- mite Valley, H. №. Bolander, no. 6088. OmnkGoN: marsh, Pamalia Lake, foot of Mt. Jefferson, Nelson, no. 2784. WasHINGTON: base of Totoish Mountains, alt. 5000 ft., О. D. Allen, no. 176. BRITISH CorLuMBIA: Huchayak, McKay, 1882; Nootka, Vancouver Island, Scouler. Yukon TERRITORY: Lake Kluane to Don Јек River, A. Müller, August 11-27, 1920. AraskKa: False Pass, Unimak Island, O. J. Murie, August 7, 1925; Atkha Island, L. M. Turner, no. 1188; Ankon River, Yakutat Bay, Funston, no. 131; LeConte Bay, Walker, no. 873; St. Paul Island, Bering Sea, Macoun, no. 94,257. Var. Langsdorfi in the arctic regions is very distinct from typical Calamagrostis canadensis, but there are so many intermediates between it and var. robusta where their ranges overlap, that it seems inadvisable to maintain it as a species. It 15, however, as Dr. Eric Hultén suggested (Flora Kamtchatka, i. 103 (1927)), the central “link in the chain of closely allied forms together constituting a circumpolar type," and it is probable that the more southern forms have been evolved from it. Whether, as he further suggests, C. villosa Mutel and C. purpurea Trin., both of Eurasia, are merely varietal offshoots from this type, the writer has not seen enough critical material to judge. Certainly the European specimens of C. villosa seem very distinct from any American form, in their very narrow, long-acuminate glumes, long callus-hairs, and leaves long-pilose on the upper surface. If C. villosa and C. Langsdorfi were varieties of the same species, the whole set of forms, including C. canadensis and varieties, would have to be treated as varieties of C. villosa, that being the earliest name. How- 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 45 ever, in the opinion of the writer, this is not the case. He has not seen any authentie material of C. purpurea from Eastern Asia, where it was originally collected, but Scandinavian material (which Dr. Hultén suggests may be a hybrid) seems quite distinct from C. Langs- dorfi. However, the final decision on these points will have to be left to European systematists. Calamagrostis lactea Beal, Grasses №. А. ii. 346 (1896) (C. Langs- dorfi var. lactea Kearney) is a peculiar form with the expanded panicle, the thin, hyaline lemma, and the short palea of this variety, but with the callus-hairs only two-thirds the length of the lemma, and the awn geniculate and twisted at the base. It is probably a hybrid between C. canadensis var. Langsdorfi and C. nutkaensis Presl. Var. arcta, n. var., culmis erectis 4-6 dm. altis; foliis caulinis brevibus 7-12 cm. longis involutis scabris, ligulis suis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis; panicula 10-15 em. longa contracta longissimis ramis suis 4-5 em. longis; glumis in carina scabris, alibi minute pubescentibus vel glabris; lemmate 3.6-4.2 cm. longo, arista vix infra medium inserta recta, pilis lemma aequantibus vel excedentibus, nonnumquam paulo brevioribus; palea 2.8-3 mm. longa; processu 0.7-0.8 mm. longo barbato; antheris 1.4 mm. longis. Culms erect, 4-6 dm. tall: cauline leaves short, 7-12 cm. long, involute, scabrous; their ligules 1.5-2.5 mm. long: spikelets 4-5 mm. long: glumes scabrous on the keel, elsewhere minutely pubescent or glabrous: lemma 3.6-4.2 mm. long: awn inserted just below the middle, straight: callus-hairs equalling or exceeding the lemma, sometimes a little shorter: palea 2.8-3 mm. long: prolongation of the rhachilla 0.7-0.8 mm. long, bearded: anthers 1.4 mm. long.—Green- land and Labrador. TYPE specimen in Gray Herbarium, collected on granitic cliffs at 150-600 m. at the Head of Nachvak Bay, Torngat Region, Labrador, R. Н. Woodworth, no. 62, distributed as C. hyper- borea Lange. Specimens examined: GREENLAND: Arfersiorfik Fjord, west Greenland, lat. 67° 53’ N., long. 50? W., Porsild, July 7, 1924. LABRADOR: Nachvak Bay, Woodworth, no. 62; north arm of Saglek Bay, Woodworth, no. 63 (as C. hyperborea). A very distinct variety, resembling Calamagrostis inexpansa in its narrow, contracted panicle, and C. neglecta in its short ligules, but with the spikelets of C. canadensis var. Langsdorfi. The Greenland specimen differs in its shorter callus-hairs. It may be identical with C. lapponica var. groenlandica Lange (Consp. Fl. Groen. ii. 296 [1897]), but C. lapponica differs in its thicker, opaque lemma and curved or slightly geniculate awn. Var. pallida (Vasey & Scribn.), n. comb. Calamagrostis pallida Vasey, Monogr. Grasses U. S., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 79 (1892). 46 Rhodora (Marcu C. blanda Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 349 (1896).—W yoming and Montana to Washington, north to Alaska. Specimens examined: WYOMING: Yellowstone Park, C. C. Parry, no. 300; Lewis River to West Thumb, Yellowstone Park, E. D. Merrill, no. 151. WasHINGTON: along streams, Blue Mts., Columbia County, Robert M. Horner, no. R495B536; Washington Territory, W. №. Suksdorf, 1884. ALASKA: Lake Iliamna Region, M. W. Gorman, no. 220. Since the name pallida was used before Vasey & Scribner only by C. Mueller (Walp. Ann. vi. 986) for a variety or subspecies of C. Halleriana DC., it seems best to retain it for this American form. While appearing quite distinct from Calamagrostis canadensis, C. pallida is separated by no reliable characters. Shade forms of C. canadensis exactly simulate C. pallida in shape and texture of glumes, while the flexuousness of the panicle-branches, a character used by Kearney to separate the two species, is very variable in both forms. The only definite character separating the two is the position of the insertion of the awn, and since aberrant forms with all the characters of C. canadensis but with the awn inserted near the tip of the lemma have been found (Alexis, Ohio, H. A. Young, June 28, 1885) it has seemed best to relegate C. pallida to a variety of C. canadensis. 2. C. ScniBNERI Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 343 (1896). Deyeuxia dubia Scribn. Bot. Gaz. xi. 174 (1886), not Calamagrostis dubia Bunge, Lehm. Rel. 348 (1847). С. dubia Scribn. in Vasey, Monogr. Grasses U. S., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 80 (1892). C. canadensis dubia Vasey l. c. C. Langsdorfi var. Scribneri M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xiv. 9 (1912).—Montana and Colorado to Oregon and Washington. Specimens examined: Мүоміхс: Slough Creek, Yellow- stone Park, Frank Tweedy, no. 385. (TYPE in U. S. National Her- barium). IpaHo: Collins, C. V. Piper, no. 2815. Coronapo: near Pagosa Peak, alt. 10,000 ft., 7h. Holm, August 20, 1896. OREGON: granitic subalpine meadows, Wallowa Mts., 1660 m. alt., Cusick, no. 3120. Quite distinct from all varieties of Calamagrostis canadensis in its bearded sheaths, short callus-hairs and longer palea. Specimens from eastern Quebec referred to this species are all forms with narrow panicles of C. canadensis. Var. imberbis, n. nom. C. anomala Suksd. in Allg. Bot. Zeit. xii. 43 (1906), not Steud. in Lechl. Berb. Am. Aust. 56 (1857). Sheaths glabrous at the summit: palea shorter, 24 as long as the lemma, sometimes with a weak awn at the tip: otherwise as in the preceding.— Alberta and Wyoming to Washington. Specimens examined: ALBERTA: Kicking Horse Lake, Macoun, August 16, 1890. Мүоміхс: Woods Creek, Nelson, no. 3954. WasnuiNGTON: dry, loose soil, Chiquash Mts., Suksdorf, no. 2824 (TYPE of C. anomala Suksd.). 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 47 Approaching Calamagrostis canadensis var. robusta, but differing in its narrower panicle with erect branches, short, unequal callus- hairs, and acutely toothed lemma. 3. C. сіммогреѕ (Muhl.) Bart. Fl. Phila. i. 45 (1818). Agrostis glauca Muhl. Descr. Gram. 76 (1817), not Arundo glauca Bieb. Arundo cinnoides Muhl. Descr. Gram. 187 (1817). C. canadensis Nutt. Gen. i. 46 (1818) as to description, not Arundo canadensis Michx. Arundo stricta Spreng. Neu. Entdeck. i. 247 (1820) not Timm. Phalaris arundinacea Spreng.l.c. Р. americana Spreng.l. с. C. Langs- dorfii Marylandica Trin. Gram. Unifl. 225 (1824). C. glauca Trin. ibid. 228. Arundo coarctata Torr. Fl. U. S. 94 (1824). A. canadensis Nutt., Steud. Nom. ed. 1, 144 (1840). C. Nuttalliana Steud. ibid. 251. C. coarctata Torr. in Gray, Gram. et Cyp. i. no. 19 (1834). Deyeuxia Nuttalliana Vasey, Descr. Cat. Grasses U. S. 51 (1885).— Nova Scotia and Maine to Ohio, south to Georgia and Alabama. The following are typical: Nova Scoria: Halifax, J. R. Lunt, July 18, 1912. Marne: South Berwick, J. C. Parlin, September 12, 1896. New НАМРѕНІКЕ: Hampton Beach, A. A. Eaton. MASSACHUSETTS: Purgatory, Dedham, C. E. Faxon; Barnstable, J. M. Greenman, no. 374. Connecticut: Portland, Middlesex County, Frances Wilson, no. 70; Southington, C. Н. Bissell, no. 743. New York: north side, Staten Island, A. Gershoy, no. 767. New Jersey: Egg Harbor, C. H. Bissell, September 11, 1915; Lindenwold, Camden County, J. M. Fogg, Jr., no. 608. PENNsvLvaANIA: Red Rock Barren, Bush- kill, Pike County, Е. B. Bartram, August 3, 1918. DELAWARE: Pencader, Edward Тапай. MamvraNp: near Clinton, Th. Holm, August 30, 1921. Districr ок CoLumBIA: Tacoma, T. Н. Kearney, Jr., August, 1895. Ѕоотн CanoLiNa: Caesar's Head, J. D. Smith, August, 1881. Grorata: Woodbury, Meriwether County, R. M. Harper, no. 1256. 4. C. scoPULoRUM M. Е. Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 722 (1895). С. scopulorum var. lucidula Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 33 (1898).—Utah. Specimens examined: Отан: Altah, M. Е. Jones, no. 1145 (TYPE of C. scopulorum var. lucidula Kearney); Armstrong and White Canyons, Rydberg & Garrett, no. 9512 (U. S.). Var. Bakeri, n. var., arista inter dentes lemmatis inserta. Awn inserted between the teeth of the lemma.—Near Pagosa Peak, at 9,000 feet, southern Coronapo, C. F. Baker, no. 162, August, 1899 (TYPE, in Gray Herbarium). 5. C. LUCIDA Seribn. Cire. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xxx. $ (1901). Deyeuxia neglecta var. gracilis Scribn. Bot. Gaz. lx. 175 (1886). C. laxiflora Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 34 (1898), not Philippi, Anal. Univ. Chile (Pl. Nuev. Chilen.) xciv. 18 (1896).—Meadows, East Fork, YELLOWSTONE Park, Tweedy, no. 582. 48 Rhodora [Marcu A peculiar form, known only from the type specimens. It has the short callus-hairs, opaque lemma, and glumes with the texture of those of Calamagrostis neglecta, but its foliage is rougher, the ligules longer, and the branches of the panicle more flexuous and less scabrous than in that species. It is probably a hybrid between C. canadensis and C. neglecta, 6. C. INEXPANSA A, Gray, Gram. et Сур. i. no. 20 (1834). A very variable species. The following are well-marked varieties: a. Spikelets 4-5.5 mm. long: lemma 3.5-4 mm. long: palea 2.7- 3.2 mm. long..... b. р. Culms solitary: panicle 15-18 em. long, loosely flowered; its longest branches 5-6 cm. long; its first internode 4 cm. |o UO UD CP Sag bg pes vcd on coe Var. (ypica. b. Culms mostly more or less caespitose: panicle 8-14 cm. long, densely flowered; the longest branches 2-4 cm. long; its first internode 1-2.5 mm. long...................... Var. robusta. a. Spikelets 3-4.5 mm. long: lemma 2.5-3.5 mm. long: palea 1.7- 2.6 mm. long....c. c. Sheaths bearded at the summit: awn very short, inserted above the middle of the lemma or wanting........ Var. barbulata. c. Sheaths glabrous at the summit: awn present, inserted below the middle of the lemma... .d. d. Panicle compactly flowered; its branches rigid, ap- pressed, forked and spikelet-bearing nearly to the base: glumes thick and opaque, usually purple-tinged. . Var. brevior. d. Panicle more loosely flowered; its branches erect or slightly spreading in anthesis, forked and spikelet- bearing from the middle or above: glumes thin except near the keel, green, rarely purple-tinged..... . Var. novae-angliae, Var. typica. C. inexpansa Gray, 1. с.; Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 445, t. 152 (1843). C. confinis Gray, Man. ed. 2, 547 (1856), not Nutt. C. neglecta var. inexpansa M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xiv. 9 (1912). — Central New York and probably scattered locally throughout the Central States, and north to the Athabasca River. The writer has seen only the following: New York: Penn Yan, Yates County, Н. P. Sartwell, 1833 (түрк). ALBERTA: Athabasca Landing, Hitech- cock, no. 11,429 (U. S.). Typical Calamagrostis inexpansa is apparently a very local plant, differing from all other varieties in its elongate, loosely flowered panicle. It is probably a luxuriant southern extreme, found in good soil in sheltered places, of the more northern and generally distributed var. robusta. Forms of var. brevior approach it in length of panicle, but the panicle of that variety is always more densely flowered and the spikelets shorter. Var. robusta (Vasey), n. comb. С. stricta var. robusta Vasey in Wheeler Rep. vi. 285 (1878). C. hyperborea Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 39 (1898) in part, not Lange.—New- 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 40 foundland and eastern Quebec; the Rocky Mountains south to Colo- rado; and in the Coast Ranges from Oregon and Washington north to Alaska. The following are typical: NEWFOUNDLAND: calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2555; in gravel, Southeast Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2561; serpentine gravel along Blomidon Brook, Bay of Islands, Fernald & Wiegand no. 2560; in limestone barrens, upper slopes, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, по. 2558. QUEBEC: sur les gneiss laurentiens de la Pointe à la Marmite, Sept-Iles, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,198; rivages calcaires, Ile A la Vache Marine, Mingan Islands, Victorin & Rolland, no. 20,522; dry talus of slaty cliffs, northern face of Mt. St. Pierre, at mouth of Riviere à Pierre, Gaspé County, F ernald & Smith, no. 25,480; border of Lac Chicoté, Table-topped Mountain, Fernald, no. 360; sur les cailloutis du plateau, Sand-Top, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,835. ALBERTA: Cataract Creek, near Pinto Lake, Stewardson Brown, no. 1484 (as C. Suksdorfi). Montana: Swan Lake, Griffiths & Lange, no. 119 (as C. montanensis). CoroRADo: Twin Lakes, John Wolfe, 1873 (TYPE in U. S. National Herbarium). OREGON: moist meadows, Union County, W. C. Cusick, 1879. WASHINGTON: low ground near Spangle, Spokane County, Suksdorf, no. 1100. British CoLUMBIA: Vancouver Island, Rosendahl & Brandegee, no. 71 (U. 8); British Columbia, H. L. Bolley, 1889 (U. S.). ALASKA: Beardslee Island, Glacier Bay, Anderson, no. 1185 (U. S.); Yukon River, Dawson, no. 97 (U. S.); lake margin, Dutch Harbor, Unalaska, E. C. Van Dyke, no. 218. There is no sharp specific line separating typical Calamagrostis inexpansa from the American forms identified by Dr. Kearney with C. hyperborea Lange, of Greenland. Тһе stoloniferous habit is general throughout the genus, and whether the culms are solitary or caespitose depends chiefly on the type of soil in which they are growing. The panicle of typical C. inexpansa is longer and more loosely flowered, but many intermediates occur, particularly between the typical form and var. brevior. It seems wisest, therefore, to include all of these forms under C. inexpansa, except C. hyperborea of Green- land, which is specifically distinct. Var. robusta is the most northern in distribution of these forms. It is the common form in Newfoundland, but is more local in Quebec, and is apparently much less common in the Rocky Mountains than the forms with smaller spikelets. It is very variable in stature, habit of growth, and in the shape and color of its glumes, but on the whole constitutes a well-marked trend. Var. BARBULATA Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. xi. 37 (1898). Known only from the ТҮРЕ specimen: Mason County, WASHINGTON, Piper, no. 947. 50 Rhodora [Marcu Var. brevior (Vasey), n. comb. Calamagrostis stricta var. brevior Vasey in Wheeler Rep. vi. 285 (1878). C. stricta A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 79 (1866), not Timm. Deyeuxia neglecta var. americana Vasey in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. iv. 206 (1888). D. neglecta. var. robusta Vasey 1. с. C. robusta Vasey, Monog. Grasses U. S., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iii. 82 (1892). C. americana Seribn. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 40 (1897). C. hyperborea elongata Kearney, ibid. xi. 40 (1898). С. hyperborea stenodes Kearney, ibid. 39, in part. C. hyperborea americana Kearney, ibid. 40. С. elongata Rydb. Rocky Mt. Fl. 58 (1917). C. wyomingensis Gandog. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, lxvi, sér. xix. 299 (1919).—Newfoundland and eastern Quebec to northern Vermont and central New York, west to British Columbia, south in the mountains to New Mexico, Arizona, and California. The following are typical: NEWFOUNDLAND: Green Gardens, Cape St. George, K. K. Mackenzie & Ludlow Griscom, no. 11,117; springy places, north bank of river below the falls, Grand Falls, Exploits River, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4583. QUEBEC: wet shelf at 400 feet, Grande Coupe, Percé, Gaspé County, Collins, Fernald & Pease, August 19, 1904; limestone-conglomerate cliffs and ledges, Cap au Massacre, Bic, Collins & Fernald, July 16, 1904; alluvions prés de l'embouchure, Rivière a Jupiter, Anticosti Island, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,377. New HawrsuiRE: summit of Mt. Cannon, Franconia, William Boott, July 8, 1870. VERMONT: base of Willoughby Cliff, E. & C. E. Faxon, July 26, 1886. New York: shore of Lowery's Pond, Junius, К. M. Wiegand & R. Jones, August 3,1917. Onrarto: Mungo Park Point, Nipigon Lake, H. E. Pulling, 1912. INDrANA: railroad track, Clarke, L. M. Umbach, June 27, 1896. МіснісАМ: sphagnum bog, Mud Lake, Cheboygan County, J. H. Ehlers, no. 563; Isle Royale, W. S. Cooper, no. 192. Wisconsin: University Bay, Madison, J. R. Heddle, no. 2'T195. MINNESOTA: Iowa-Minnesota line, Elmore, L. H. Pammel, no. 915. Norra Dakora: Leeds, J. Lunell, no. 13. Ѕостн Dakora: Brookings, J. J. Thornber, July 1, 1893. NEBRasKA: on Dismal River, south of Thedford, Thomas County, P. A. Rydberg, June 27, 1893. Sas- KATCHEWAN: Regina, J. Fowler, July 27, 1903. ALBERTA: road and prairie, Craigmyle District, A. H. Brinkman, no. 727; near Jasper, J. M. Macoun, no. 98,159; damp ground, Castle Hill District, Rosedale, M. E. Moodie, по. 1131. Montana: wet meadow, Sheep Creek, P. A. Rydberg, no. 3309; Columbia Falls, R. S. Williams, September 25, 1893. IDAHO: open soil near the river, St. Anthony, E. D. Merrill & W. N. Wilcox, no. 153. Wyomina: bars of Buffalo River at Govern- ment Bridge, Teton Forest Reserve, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 403; Sheridan, Elias Nelson, no. 301. Coronapo: Gunnison, C. F. Baker, no. 579; Fort Garland, Vasey, 1884. Uran: springy places, Crossman Valley, east of Lookout Mountains, Н. Engelmann, July 20, 1859. NEvADA: West Humboldt Mountains, S. Watson, no. 1290. ARIZONA: Willow Spring, E. Palmer, no. 616. CALtrornta: Nellie Lake, Fresno 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 51 County, F. J. Smiley, no. 611. OREGON: one mile southeast of Keno, Klamath County, M. E. Peck, no. 9402. WasurNGTON: Douglas County, Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 525. BRITISH COLUMBIA: summit of Selkirk Mountains, altitude 4500 feet, John Macoun, August 2, 1890. This is the common form throughout the Great Plains and the Cor- dilleran Region. It is very variable in the length and compactness of its panicle, the shape of its glumes, and in the general habit of its leaves and culms, but no definite segregates can be made. Dr. Kearney separated forms with elongate panicles and more acuminate glumes as Calamagrostis hyperborea elongata, but the type specimen which he cites (Dismal River, Plummer County, Nebraska, Rydberg, no. 1494) is hardly separable from the typical form of var. brevior, and the differences on which the variety is based are very inconstant, particu- larly the shape of the glumes, which appears to change as the spikelet matures. A form from Bic, Quebec (Fernald & Collins, no. 880), has the spikelets of this variety, but the smooth foliage and short ligules of Calamagrostis neglecta. It may be a hybrid between these two. Calamagrostis hyperborea stenodes Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 39, is an aggregate of forms with short, densely flowered panicles, some of which may be referred to this variety, and some may be hybrids between it and C. neglecta. The type specimen is clearly C. neglecta. Var. novae-angliae, n. var., culmis solitariis erectis 11-15 dm. altis; foliis caulinis planis scabris ligulis suis 4-7 mm. longis; panicula 12-16 cm. longa angusta, ramis erectis vel ad anthesin paulo patenti- bus, longioribus 2-5 cm. longis, infra rectis vel paulo flexuosis, ramosis et spiculas ferentibus ad vel supra medium; spiculis 3.5-4 mm. longis; glumis acuminatis valde carinatis scabris ad apicem pallidis fuscescen- tibus, alibi viridibus albescentibus et translucentibus: lemmate pale- aque precedenti similibus. Culms solitary, erect, 11-15 dm. tall: cauline leaves flat, scabrous, their ligules 4-7 mm. long: panicle 12-16 cm. long, narrow; its branches erect, or somewhat spreading in anthesis; the longer 2-5 ст. long, straight below or somewhat flexuous, branched and spikelet-bearing from the middle or above: spikelets 3.5-4 mm. long: glumes acumi- nate, strongly keeled, scabrous, chartaceous at the tip, elsewhere pale green and faintly translucent: lemma and palea as in the pre- ceding.—Damp woods and wet, shaded cliffs, northern New England. Specimens examined: Marne: woods, trail from Northeast Harbor to Jordan Pond, Mt. Desert Island, E. F. Williams & E. L. Rand, July 19, 1899 (rype in Gray Herb.); Jordan Mt., Mt. Desert Island, E. L. Rand, July 19, 1897 (N. E). New HampsuirE: Crawford 52 Rhodora [Marcu Notch, Hart's Location, A. S. Pease, no. 16,749 (N. E.). VERMONT: high ledges, Willoughby Mt., Willoughby, Walter Deane, July 19, 1885. A form preferring shady, sheltered places, apparently not calcicolous as are the other varieties of this species, and possibly more abundant in New England and the adjacent territory. The Mt. Desert material, collected in several different localities on the Island, is almost identical with that from Crawford Notch, and forms with it a well-marked variety with almost enough characters to make it a distinct species, but the specimens from Willoughby, growing together with var. brevior, show transitions to that variety. The glumes are considerably thinner than those of the other varieties of Calamagrostis inexpansa, and somewhat resemble those of C. neglecta, but they are paler, greener, and more scabrous, while the broad, scabrous leaves and long ligules distinguish it immediately from that species. 7. C. cRassIGLUMIS "hurb. in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. ii. 281 (1880). Deyeuxia crassiglumis Vasey, Descr. Cat. Grasses U. S. 50 (1885). C. neglecta var. crassiglumis Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 353 (1896).— Northern California to Alaska, near the coast. Specimens examined: CALIFORNIA: swamps, Mendocino County, Bolander, no. 4766 (TYPE). WasniNGTON: Whatcom Lake, Whatcom County, Suksdorf, no. 1024. British CoLumBia: pebbly beaches, Cowichan Lake, Vancouver Island, C. O. Rosendahl, no. 1866; sandy shores, Lake Karmutzen, Vancouver Island, Dawson, August 6, 1885. ALASKA: Amaknak Island, Unalascha, M. W. Harrington, October 20, 1871; without definite locality, 4. Kellogg, no. 154. A very well marked species. A form from Humboldt County, California, (Kellogg & Harford, no. 1090) has the thick glumes of this species, but has much larger spikelets, 6 mm. long, long ligules, and rough foliage, while the anthers are 2.6 mm. long, larger than in any species of this subsection. It may be a hybrid between Calamagrostis crassiglumis and C. nutkaensis Presl. 8. C. HYBERBOREA Lange, Fl. Dan. xvii. 50, t. 2942 (1880); Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 39 (1898), in part. C. neglecta var. hyperborea M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xiv. 9 (1912), in part.—Greenland. Specimens examined: Neria, 61? 33' lat. bor., J. Eugenius, July 30, 1924, and July 30, 1925; Holsteinborg, TA. M. Fries, August 1, 1871. Distinguished from all varieties of Calamagrostis inexpansa by its leaves, smooth on the lower, scabrous only on the tip and the upper surface; short ligules; and very narrow, acuminate glumes which are frequently hyaline on the tip and the margins. The original descrip- 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 53 tion says “foliis planis, scabris," but it is probable that this referred to the upper surface only. 9. C. LABRADORICA Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 38 (1898).—Southern Labrador, south along the northern shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Anticosti Island. Specimens examined: Осевес: Bonne Espérance, J. A. Allen, no. 18 (TYPE U. S.); Bradore, Saguenay County, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2551; Vielle Romaine, Archipel Ouapitagone, H. St. John, no. 90,125 (distributed as C. hyperborea); Ilêts de la Baie à Jean, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,197; Natashquan, Fernald & Long, no. 27,496 (as C. neglecta var. borealis) ; sur les gneiss laurentiens du rivage, Magpie, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 18,242 and 18,541 (as C. neglecta var. borealis); Pointe Sud-Ouest, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 24,383 and 27,482 (as C. neglecta). The specimen from Fox Harbor, Labrador, (J. 4. Allen, 1882) cited by Kearney has not been seen by the writer. Intermediate between Calamagrostis inexpansa var. robusta and C. neglecta. It has in general the spikelet-characters of the former, but the glumes are more lustrous and less scabrous. The habit, foliage, and ligules resemble C. neglecta. The type specimen, and others from the northern part of the range of the species have a much interrupted panicle with very short branches, but forms from farther south with the same habit and spikelet-characters have a more compact, some- what shorter panicle. 11. C. NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. Fl. Wetterau, 94 (1799). Very variable. The following are sufficiently marked to be classed as varieties. a. Spikelets 3-5 mm. long: glumes sharply acute or acuminate..... b. b. Culms 3-10 dm. high: panicle 5-15 cm. long: callus-hairs 14-34 the length of the lemma: awn inserted 14-14 of the way up the 1ешта............................ C. neglecta (typical). b. Culms 1-4 dm. high: panicle 2-5 cm. long: callus-hairs 14- 16 the length of the lemma: awn inserted 14-15 the way up BEEN OU ера голь нс О И, Var. borealis. a. Spikelets 2-2.6 mm. long: glumes obtuse or merely acute... Var. micrantha. C. NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. l. c., as to name- bringing synonymy. Arundo neglecta Ehrh. Beitr. vi. 84, 137 (1791). A. stricta Timm. in Siemss. Meckl. Mag. ii. 235; ex Schrad. Fl. Germ. 215 (1806). C. stricta Koel. Descr. Gram. 105 (1802). Deyeuxia neglecta Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 76 (1835). C. coarctata Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 240 (1839). C. lapponica A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 78 (1866) in art. Deyeuxia neglecta brevifolia Vasey in Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. iv. 206 (1888). C. neglecta Wrightii Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 36 (1898). C. californica Kearney, ibid. 37. C. hyperborea stenodes Kearney, ibid. 29, in part.—Northern Eurasia, and in America from Greenland and Labrador to Alaska, south to 54 Rhodora [Marcu Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, northern Maine, Wisconsin, Colorado and California. The following are typical: GREENLAND: Quags- siarssuk, Igaliko-Fjord, 60° 53^ N., A. Е. Porsild & M. P. Porsild, August 5, 1925 (as C. hyperborea Lange). LABRADOR: on sandy bank of White Bear River, Sandwich Bay, А. H. Woodworth, no. 61. New- FOUNDLAND: gravelly and turfy strand near Isthmus Cove, Pistolet Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,491; boggy barren south of Ship Cove, Sacred Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,492. QUEBEC: swales along Blanc Sablon River, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,495; tourbiére humide, Пе à la Chasse, Mingan Islands, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,381; sur les platieres, Riviére York, Gaspé County, Victorin et al., no. 17,802; margin of cold brook, mouth of Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County, Williams & Fernald, July 31, 1902; dans la grande prairie saumátre, Lac Salé, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,840; bogs and ponds between East Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, Mag- dalen Islands, Fernald et al., no. 6860. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: brackish marsh, Green's Shore, Summerside, Fernald & St. John, no. 0858. New Brunswick: wet, marshy land, Shediac Саре, F. T. Hubbard, no. 705; river gravels, St. John River, Woodstock, Carleton County, Fernald & Long, no. 12,635. Nova Scorta: springy swales south of Amherst, Cumberland County, Fernald, no. 19,430. Marne: strand of Aroostook River, Fort Fairfield, Aroostook County, А. W. Woodward & C. H. Bissell, July 11, 1914. Wisconsin: Meneka- unee, J. Н. Schuctte, June 26, 1892 Minnesota: Middle Lake, C. A. Ballard, June 1892. SaskaTCHEWAN: marshes near Boulder Lake, John Macoun & Wm. Heriot, no. 77,147 (U. S.). ALBERTA: swamp, Banff, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 11,476 (U. S.) (as C. inexpansa). Montana: borders of streams, F. L. Scribner, July, 1883 (О. S.). [рано: Montpelier, T. A. Williams, no. 2521. Wyomine: Bull Camp, Crazy Woman’s Creek, 7500-8000 ft., 7. 4. Williams, no. 2768 (as C. hyperborea); Black Rock Springs, Sweetwater County, Aven Nelson, no. 3717 (as C. americana). CoLorapo: Rocky Moun- tains, lat. 39°-41°, Hall & Harbour, no. 649. CALIFORNIA: Sierra County, J. G. Lemmon, no. 444 (rvPE of C. californica Kearney). OREGON: Big Meadow, Des Chutes River, J. R. Leiberg, no. 522. WasnurNGTON: Marshall Junction, C. V. Piper, no. 2254. BRITISH COLUMBIA: Terrace, Skiva River, J. K. Henry, no. 17 (U. S.). Үскох Territory: Bear Creek, near Lake Desert d'Asch, Adolf Mueller, August 6, 1920. ALAsKa: Glacier Bay, Walker, no. 826. Variable in height, length and breadth of leaves, and size of panicle. It is sometimes too close to the varieties with small spikelets of Calamagrostis inexpansa, but can usually be distinguished by its leaves which are smooth on the lower surface, its short ligules, and its thinner, more translucent glumes, although intermediates occasionally occur in all these characters. "The western forms have generally 1930] Stebbins,—North American Species of Calamagrostis 55 rougher foliage, although agreeing with true C. neglecta in all other characteristics. Var. BoREALIS (Laestad.) Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 35 (1808). Arundo groenlandica Schrank, Regensb. Denkschr. ii. 8 (1818). C. groenlandica Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 79 (1829). С. borealis Laest. Bidr. Vaextl. Torn. Lappm. Ups. 44 (1860). C. stricta var. borealis Hartm. Skand. Flor. ed. 11, 517 (1879). De- yeuxia vancouverensis, Vasey, Bull. Torr. Club. xv. 48 (1888). De- yeuxia borealis Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. iv. 207 (1888).—Arctic regions, south in North America to Labrador, Newfoundland and James Bay. The following are typical: GREENLAND: Atanikerdluk, lat. 70° 2’ А. E. Porsild, August 10, 1921; Millenfjordens Bund, A. E. Porsild, August 11, 1923; Disco, M. P. Porsild, Xugust 16, 1902. LABRADOR: Bowdoin Harbor, C. S. Sewall, no. 133; Nain, Sewall, no. 96; Anatolak, Sewall, no. 429. NrwrounDLAND: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Вау, Fernald & Long, no. 27,490; Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,270; Grand Lake, Waghorne, no. 61. Except for its small size and short panicle, the characters separating this variety from the typical form are very unreliable, although it represents a sufficiently well-marked tendency to be separated as a variety. Schrank’s Arundo groenlandica is undoubtedly the same, but it is not, as Steudel suggests, the same as Steudel’s Calamagrostis hirtigluma, which he describes as a larger plant, with flat leaves, a panicle 3-4 inches (7-10 em.) long, and which is very likely C. cana- densis var. Langsdorfi, although his description is wholly inadequate. Var. micrantha (Kearney), n. comb. C. micrantha Kearney, Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. xi. 36 (1898). C. micrantha var. sierrae M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xiv. 9 (1912)?—Wisconsin and Saskatchewan locally west to California, north to Yukon Territory. Specimens examined: Wisconsin: Madison, T. J. Hale, 1860. Nortu Dakora: Pleasant Lake, Pierce County, J. Lunell, no. 22. ALBERTA: Athabasca Landing, Hitchcock, no. 11,431 (U. 5.). COLORADO: Steamboat Spa, Shear & Bessey, по. 1351. OreGon: Farwell Bend, Crook County, J. B. Leiberg, no. 463; Devil's Lake, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 23,490 (U. 5.). Yuxon TERRITORY: along Yukon River, White- horse, Hitchcock, no. 2943 (U. 5.). Calamagrostis micrantha Kearney does not seem specifically distinct from C. neglecta, as intermediates are found both in size and shape of the glumes and in the breadth of the panicle. The writer has not seen material of var. sierrac M. E. Jones, and it may be varietally distinct, although the characters given are not reliable ones. The specimen from Farwell Bend, Oregon (J. B. Leiberg 463) has longer panicle- 56 Rhodora {Marcu branches, and a very short or obsolete awn, and may correspond with this variety, but the writer does not feel justified in separating it without seeing more material. C. neglecta var. candidula Kearney, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. xi. 35, with pale scabrous leaves, long ligules, pale glumes, a distinctly bent, though not twisted awn, and the lemma nearly equalling the palea, clearly does not belong to this species, and is probably an aberrant form of C. montanensis Scribn. 11. C. Lapponica (Wahlenb.) Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 1, 46 (1820). Arundo lapponica Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 27, t. i. (1812).—4 species of northern Europe, represented with us by: Var. brevipilis, n. var., a forma typica differt pilis brevioribus 24 longitudine lemmatis; innovationibus pluribus. Callus-hairs short, 24 the length of the lemma: innovations numer- ous.—QUEBEC: abundant in sand or bogs on the gneiss plain, Blanc Sablon, Straits of Belle Isle, M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 2547 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Calamagrostis lapponica is intermediate in its characters between all three of the divisions of the Quinquinerviae. The typical form has the long copious hairs of $ Calamagris, while it has the thick lemma of ў Deyeuxia, with the short palea of the subsection Orthoatherae, and a bent, slightly geniculate awn, approaching that of the subsection Ancylatherae, although the awn is not twisted at the base, as it is in the species of that subsection. Dr. Eric Hultén (Fl. Kamtchat. 107) implies that its pollen is sterile, which leads to the supposition that its intermediate characters may be due to hybridization. The American form, with its short, unequal callus-hairs, belongs clearly in $ Deyeuxia. The writer has not seen material of Calamagrostis lapponica var. groenlandica Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. ii. 296 (1887), described as differing from the European form in its short callus-hairs and straight awn, but it seems doubtful that with those characters it could be placed in this species. It may be an aberrant form of C. neglecta or C. hyperborea, or, as suggested above, C. canadensis var. arcta. In concluding, the writer gratefully acknowledges the invaluable aid of Professor M. L. Fernald, under whose direction this work was carried out. He also expresses his gratitude to Professor A. S. Hitch- cock, for his assistance in giving access to the specimens in the Nation- al Herbarium, to Dr. M. O. Malte, for his generous loan of a type- sheet, and to Miss Sanderson, librarian at the Gray Herbarium for her aid in securing obscure literature. 1930] Fassett,—Notes from Herbarium of Univ. of Wis. 57 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 195 Fic. 1, CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS, spikelet X 5, from Kennebunkport, Maine, С. С. Kennedy. Fic. 2, C. CANADENSIS var. ROBUSTA, Spikelet X 5, from Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long, & Fogg, по. 91. Fia. За, C. CANADENSIS var. LANGSDORFI, spikelet X 5, from Tunugli- arfik-Fjord, Kiagtüt, Greenland, A. E. Porsild & M. P. Porsild; FIG. ЗЬ, panicle X 14, FIG. Зе, ligule X 2. Еа. 4, C. SCRIBNERI, spikelet X 5, from near Pagosa Peak, Colorado, C. F. Baker, no. 160. Fie. ба, C. CANADENSIS var. ARCTA, panicle X 14, түре specimen from head of Nachvak Bay, Lab- rador, №. Н. Woodworth, no. 62; FIG. 5b, ligule X 2. Ес. ба, C. INEXPANSA var. BREVIOR, panicle X 14, from base of cliffs, Mt. Willoughby, Vermont, E. & С. E. Faxon; ria. 6b, spikelet X 5. Ес. 7a, C. INEXPANSA Var. NOVAE- ANGLIAE, panicle X ló, TYPE specimen from woods, Mt. Desert Island, Maine, E. F. Williams & E. L. Rand; ria. 7b, spikelet X 5; кс. 7e, ligule х 2. Ес. 8, C. HYPERBOREA, spikelet X 5, from Neria, Greenland, J. Euge- nius. Ес. 9, C. LAPPONICA var. BREVIPILIS, spikelet X 5, TYPE specimen from Blanc Sablon, Quebec, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2547. Ес. 10, C. LABRADORICA, spikelet X 5, from Magpie, Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,242. Ета. Па, C. NEGLECTA, spikelet X 5, from mouth of Bonaventure River, Quebec, Williams & Fernald; ria. 11b, ligule X 2. (To be continued) NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN—V Norman C. FASSETT SCIRPUS HETEROCHAETUS Chase. Although local, this species is abundant in a few places in Wisconsin. In Lake Puckaway, Green Lake County, it covers many acres, growing in shallow water with S. validus and S. acutus. It is represented by the following collections: north side of Lake Puckaway, F. M. Uhler & W. T. McLaughlin no. 355; south side of Lake Puckaway, Marquette, Uhler & McLaughlin nos. 356 & 357. Mr. Uhler tells me that he has seen it in several places along the Mississippi River bottoms in this state, but we have only one collection from that region. This is from Pepin, N. C. Fassett & L. R. Wilson no. 4351. Here it grew in one large colony bordering a small lake separated from Lake Pepin by a sand bar. I have also taken it in Burnett Co.: sandy shore of Long Lake, Hertel, Fassett no. 7795. Here it was apparently not abundant. EcnuivocHLOA WALTERI (Pursh) Nash. The range of this species was reported in Gray's Manual, ed. 7, as from “N. Н. to Fla.; and in w. Ont. and n. Ш.” Hitchcock, in 1920,! extended this range northwestward by citing a specimen from Sauk City, Wisconsin, ! Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. pt. 3, 139 (1920). 58 Rhodora {Marcu and the next year Wiegand? cited a specimen as “ Wisconsin: 1861, T. J. Hale." Hale’s collection was probably from the vicinity of Madison, where this species is represented by many collections, including the following: Dead Lake [Lake Wingra], August, 1885, L. H. Pammel; Dead Lake, September 19, 1890, R. H. True; Univer- sity Bay [part of Lake Mendota], September 1, 1909, J. R. Heddle no. 2T269; University Bay, September 20, 1916, E. A. Baird; Uni- versity Bay, September 7, 1920, J. J. Davis. The writer has seen it at both of these localities in recent years, as well as on Lake Waubes: a few miles south of Madison. Е. Walteri was excluded from the flora of Minnesota by Rosendahl and Butters,? but the writer has collected it in Wabasha County, Minn., in a quaking bog on the Mississippi River bottoms: Weaver, N. C. Fassett & N. Hotchkiss no. 2906. It was also found (in this case f. laevigata Wiegand) by Mr. W. T. McLaughlin near the Minne- sota line: sandy shore of Yellow Lake, Webster, MeLaughlin no. 358. Mr. A. M. Fuller writes me of a sheet in the Milwaukee Public Museum: Mississippi River bottoms, Grant County, Wisconsin, H. H. Smith. The occurrence of this essentially coastal plain species in three localities in the unglaciated area (Sauk City, on the Wisconsin River; Weaver, Minnesota, and Grant County, Wisconsin, on the Mississippi River) is interesting in view of the hypothesis that such plants fol- lowed the glacial margin in their migrations westward.’ Did it follow the terminal moraines across southeastern Wisconsin until it reached the Wisconsin River, then spread down that stream, up the Mississippi and even up the St. Croix to Yellow Lake? It is decidedly rare along all these rivers. The Fox River, flowing into Lake Michigan, heads near Portage, Wisconsin, so close to the Wisconsin River that a canal is maintained between the two streams. The route of Marquette and Joliet on their first voyage to the Mississippi was up the Fox and down the Wisconsin Rivers. The Fox River, as a possible route for coastal plain migrants, was visited in the fall of 1929. Here, in company with such plants as Bidens discoidea, Juncus Greenei, and the typical Zizania aquatica,’ were found extensive swales of the Echinochloa. ! Кнорока xxiii. 62 (1921). ? Minnesota Botanical Studies iv. 467 (1916). з See Peattie, RHODORA xxiv. 57-70,80-88 (1922). 4See Ruopona xxvi. 156 (1924), and xxix, 228 (1927) 1930] Bishop,—Austin Collection from Labrador Coast 59 'The following collections were made, in each case on the shores of natural enlargements of the Fox River: ManQuETTE Co.: margin of Buffalo Lake, Montello, Fassett no. 8830. GREEN LAKE Co.: north shore of Lake Puckaway, Fassett no. 8829; south shore of Lake Puckaway, Marquette, Fassett по. 8801. Other collections in Wisconsin, all in the southeastern part, are: MinwaukEE Co.: Bay View, F. Runge! Doper Co.: Fox Lake, H. L. Ward; Horicon Marsh, Horicon, Fassett no. 8831. GALIUM BOREALE L., var. TYPICUM Beck von Man. In Wisconsin as follows: Saux Co.: marshy uplands, Baraboo, July 7, 1891, R. H. True. Dane Co.: near R. R., abundant, South Madison, June 2, 1903, Pauly. ‘The only specimens in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club from east of Manitoba are one each from northern New Hampshire, northern Vermont and northern New York.’” Bmwens coronata (L.) Britton; not Fisch. (B. trichosperma (Michx.) Britton). Reported in Gray’s Manual, ed. 7, from “ Mass. to Va. near the coast; also N. Y. to Ill. and Ky.; said to extend northwestw. to Minn.," this plant proves to be abundant in wet places across the southern half of Wisconsin, occurring northward as far as Clark and Shawano Counties. В. aristosa, reported as from “О. to Mich., Minn., and southwestw.", a range which seems to include southern. Wisconsin, appears to be absent from this state. Of the many herbarium sheets here and at the Milwaukee Public Museum, marked B. aristosa, all that bear mature fruit are clearly B. coronata. MabISON, WISCONSIN. THE AUSTIN COLLECTION FROM THE LABRADOR COAST HanLow BISHOP DvnixG the summer of 1928, Dr. Oliver L. Austin of Tuckahoe, New York conducted a third expedition to the coast of Labrador. An intensive survey of the bird fauna of the outside islands, the large number of which lends hazard to navigation in this part of the world, formed the guiding motive of the venture. Oliver L. Austin, Jr., a 1 Specimen in the Herbarium of the Milwaukee Public Museum, 2 Fernald, Ruopora xxx. 107 (1928). 60 Rhodora [Marcu student of ornithology at Harvard University, made a critical collec- tion of the rare and interesting birds of the coast, but concentrated particularly on the banding of young birds, in order to secure new data on migrational routes.! The writer was fortunate to be a member of the party and to be privileged to make a parallel survey of the flora, under the authorization of the Gray Herbarium. Twenty stations were the site of collections along the southern and central parts of the coast, from Battle Harbor (lat. 52° 15’, long. 55° 35’) on the south to Tikkoatokok Bay (lat. 57°, long. 62°) on the north, representing a stretch of some four hundred miles. From all but relatively few of these, previous collections have been made. The long and finely discriminating activities of the Moravian missionaries, since the inception of their influence in 1732, though chiefly at Hopedale, at Nain and at Okkak, have contributed greatly to our knowledge of the flora of Labrador? "The number of additions to the flora, that have been made as a result of the present expedition, was therefore not large, but the weather was so favorable that nearly two thousand sheets of material were brought back for examination and exchange. The vegetation shows, in exposed situations, the general depressed habit of the crowberry, Empetrum nigrum, and the bearberry, Arcto- staphylos alpina, but becomes a low forest of black spruce, Picea mariana, with a dense lichen turf, mostly of Cladonia alpestris, in sheltered valleys. The conspicuous Canadian character of the flora of at least this section of the coast is in line with what one would expect from the physiographic history of the region. The age, origin and affinities of the flora appear to have a definite relation to the extensive glaciation in recent geologic times. "The potency of this factor is easy to see in the almost total absence of soil, the low, rounded hills of essentially uniform height and the countless boulders everywhere to be seen. The rarity of such forms as Puccinellia tenella, Dupontia micrantha, and Koenigia islandica would seem to point to the disappearance of the older arctic flora of the region, and the dominance of such forms as Picea mariana, Abies balsamea, ! The results have been summarized in a preliminary way in “Migration Routes of the Arctic Tern," O. L. Austin Jr. Bull. Northeastern Bird-Banding Assoc., Vol. IV, No. 4, Oct., 1928. ? The first critical notes on the flora of Labrador, based on these collections, were published by К. К. von Schranck as '' Aufzählung einiger Pflanzen aus Labrador, mit Anmerkungen." Denkschriften der Kénig-Baier. Bot. Gesellschaft, Zweite Abt., 1815. Regensburg. 1930] Bishop,—Austin Collection from Labrador Coast 61 Calamagrostis canadensis var. robusta, Carex brunnescens, C. leptalea, C. vaginata, Juncus filiformis, Streptopus amplexifolius, Habenaria dilatata, Alnus crispa, Coptis groenlandica, Drosera rotundifolia, Ribes glandulosum, Amelanchier Bartramiana, Viola pallens, Cornus canaden- sis, Trientalis borealis, Menyanthes trifoliata var. minor, Viburnum pauciflorum, and Solidago macrophylla var. thyrsoidea, points to the invasion of a more southern flora. A parallel case has been proved for the flora of Europe, where the glaciations were even more pro- tracted and more devastating to the original flora than in northern America. But the efficacy of this factor in the distribution of plants has been set forth most clearly by the intensive study of the flora of Newfoundland and of the Gaspé Peninsula.! The spread northward of Canadian types at the close of Pleistocene times thus appears to be the main clue to the origin of the Labrador flora. The present collection was identified at the Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, under the direction of Professor M. L. Fernald. The following numbers have been considered by him worthy of note. No. 55. НівкосніоЕ oporata (L.) Wahlenb. var. FRAGRANS (Willd.) Richter. This is the common vanilla grass, but represents a slight northern extension from the Straits of Belle Isle to Petty Harbor (lat. 52? 25’, long. 55° 40’). No. 70. DANTHONIA INTERMEDIA Vasey. А species with unusually large spikelets and a disrupted range, known from the Rocky Moun- tains to the Pacific, in Kamtchatka, on the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé and the mountains of western Newfoundland. This is the first station north of Newfoundland, at Mokkovik (lat. 55° 10’, long. 59? 15^. No. 86. PuccINELLIA TENELLA (Lange) Holmb. "This dwarf, tufted grass, originally described from Nova Zembla and subsequently recorded from Greenland and from Cape Chidley in northernmost Labrador, was found on a small rock island, fifteen miles northeast of Ford Harbor (lat. 57°, long. 62°), thus extending its range south from Cape Chidley-? No. 101. ELEocHARIS UNIGLUMIS (Link) Schultes. А circumpolar species which has been but recently recognized in America. [ts collection at Paradise River, Sandwich Bay (lat. 53°, 30’, long. 57°, 15’) furnishes the most northern material in extreme eastern America. Nos. 111 and 111b. Carex Gynocrates Wormsk. The range of this diminutive sedge in continental eastern America has been extended considerably northward from the Straits of Belle Isle to Hopedale (lat. 55° 27’, long. 60° 12’). 1 For a significant discussion of these regions see M. L. Fernald, ''Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America." Mem. Amer. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XV, No. 111, 1925. 2 Simmons, Н. G. Phytogeogr. Arct. Am. Archipel. 52, 1913. 62 Rhodora No. 113. Carex ExILIS Dewey. А common sedge to the south, its known range now extended northward from the Straits of Belle Isle to Makkovik (lat. 55° 10’, long. 59° 15’). No. 141. Carex Livipa (Wahlenb.) Willd. var. GRAYANA (Dewey) Fernald. The range extended northward from the Straits of Belle Isle to Makkovik (lat. 55° 10’, long. 59? 15’). No. 166. Carex LvxaBvEr Hornem. Тһе purple-black spikes of this coarse sedge render it particularly conspicuous at Gready Island (lat. 53° 50’, long. 56? 20). It is widely dispersed in northern Eurasia but has heretofore been known in America only from Greenland and from Alaska to Oregon. No. 179. Juncus arcticus Willd. This species has been known from arctic regions, the shores of Hudson Bay, and from Alaska to Alberta. This is a southern extension from Baffin Land to the Fraser River (lat. 57°, long. 62°). | No. 230a. CoRALLORHIZA TRIFIDA Chatelain. This species of coral root has not been known north of Newfoundland and its present collection represents an extension northward in range to Hopedale (lat. 55? 27', long. 60? 12^. No. 275. Anus INCANA (L.) Moench. A common alder of New England and eastern Canada, its known northern limit is extended from the northern shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Paradise River, Sandwich Bay (lat. 53? 30', long. 57° 15’). No. 334. КокірА Н18Р1рА (Desv.) Britton var. GLABRATA Lunell. Extended north from the north shore to the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Paradise River, Sandwich Bay (lat. 53° 30’, long. 57° 15/). No. 525. VERONICA SCUTELLATA L. The present specimens of this purple-flowered herb represent the dwarf northern extreme of the species. Their collection at Tikkoatokok Bay (lat. 57°, long. 62°), records it for the first time from the Labrador peninsula, the previous northeastern records being from Newfoundland. No. 590. ASTER roLracEUs Lindl. var. rRoNDEUS Gray. The former eastern range of this variety, characteristic of the Rocky Mountains, the Gaspé Peninsula, and western Newfoundland, has been extended north to Makkovik (lat. 55° 10’, long. 59° 157). No. 592. ANTENNARIA ISOLEPIS Greene. The station at Cape Harrigan (lat. 55° 50’, long. 60° 20^) is slightly south of the previously known southern limit at Port Manvers. No. 608. HIERACIUM GROENLANDICUM Arvet-Touvet. The fre- quency of this species of hawkweed along Labrador, and on Newfound- land and Anticosti Island, calls into doubt its consideration as an endemic of Greenland. The present material was collected at September Harbor (lat. 57°, long. 62°). HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Volume 32, no. 374 including pages 17 to 34, was issued 1 February, 1930. По0ога JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. April, 1930. No. 376. CONTENTS: The Complex Bromus ciliatus. М. L. Fernald. .......... ose 63 Varieties of Amphigean Species of Osmunda. М. L. Fernald... .. 71 Potamogeton alpinus and P. microstachys. М. L. Fernald......... 76 Identities of Juncus canadensis and of J. brevicaudatus. ООСО ИТИНИ ИО ences 83 The Pollination of Habenaria obtusata. Н. М. Каир............. 88 A New Salviastrum from the Edwards Plateau of Texas. EL COn ууу ы ОТА Me AU E E 89 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (it available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other тив of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 8-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.60. Rhodora Plate 196 Photo. by H. M. Raup and A. N. Steward, Bromus: rics. 1-3, B. DuprEkvt; ric. 4, В. CILIATUS, var. GENUINUS; FIG. 5, D. CILIATUS, var. INTONSUS; FIG. б, D. Роктекі; ric. 7, D. КАМП; FIG. З, D. RAMosUs; all X 134. Rbodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. April, 1930. No. 376. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. LXXXVII (Continued from p. 57.) IV. THE COMPLEX BROMUS CILIATUS M. L. FERNALD (Plate 196) Bromus Dudleyi, n. sp. (Tas. 196, rias. 1-3). Planta noncaespitosa vel plus minusve caespitosa 0.4-1.2 m. alta; culmis erectis glabris nodis sparse breviterque pilosis; foliis caulinis plerumque 6 late linearibus utrinque glabris vel paginis superioribus villosis, vaginis glabris vel rare villosis, laminis mediis 1-2.5 dm. longis 4-12 mm. latis; paniculis lanceolatis vel ovatis laxe ramosis 0.6-2 dm. longis, ramis filiformibus scabris remotis adscendentibus vel patentibus vix pendulis; spiculis lanceolato-oblongis vel anguste ellipticis 2-2.5 cm. longis 5-9 mm. latis 4-7-floris; glumis planiusculis vix conduplicatis submembranaceis, marginibus scariosis purpureo- vel aeneo-tinctis; gluma inferiore lanceolata acuta vel attenuata late costata, costa laevi vel scabra; gluma superiore oblongo-lanceolata obtusa vel subacuta plerumque breviter aristata valde lateque 3 (rarissime 5)- costata, costis brunneis vel purpurascentibus; lemmatibus planius- culis submembranaceis anguste oblongis aristis exceptis 1-1.2 cm. longis 2.3-3 mm. latis purpurascentibus aeneis vel rare virescentibus obtusis vel subacutis apice aristatis arista scabra 2-4 mm. longa, paginis dorsalibus 3-5-nervatis in parte extra nervos laterales valde villoso-hirsutis ad vel supra medium; palea plana oblonga quam lemma breviore, marginibus infra apicem plerumque scariosis 0.5-0.7 mm. latis integris, nervis ciliolatis infra a marginibus et a medio sub- aequidistantibus ad apicem versus marginalibus; antheris 1-2 mm. longis; caryopsibus oblongo-lanceolatis 8 mm. longis 1.6 mm. latis, latere ventrali valde costato.—Newfoundland to British Columbia, south to Nova Scotia, northern and western New England, New 64 Rhodora [APRIL York, Michigan, Minnesota and Montana. NEWFOUNDLAND: bushy swale along Deer Brook, Bonne Bay, August 26, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1223 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); boggy thickets, Birchy Cove (Curling), Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2624 (in part); gravelly railroad embankment, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4679; gravelly thickets along Harry’s River, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2617; wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens, Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2619. QUEBEC: wet thicket, Ile du Havre, Mingan, St. John, no. 90,166; alluvial thickets, Dartmouth River, August 26 & 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; gravel of River Ste. Anne des Monts, August 3-17 1905, Collins & Fernald; alluvial islands at the mouth of Bonaventure River, August 4, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease: alluvial thickets and low wooded river-banks, Little Cascapedia River, July 29 & 30, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; Kondiaronk, Lac Saint-Jean, Victorin, nos. 15,265, 15,266; Lac Noir, Co. Megantic, Victorin, no. 11,369. Prince Epwarp IsLanp: damp thicket, Indian River, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6931. Nova Scoria: gravelly thicket, Uniacke Lake, Fernald, Bartram & Long, no. 23,335. Marne: dry field, outlet, Pleasant Pond, Collins & Chamberlain; moist soil, Beddington, September 2, 1924, Knowlton; wet place, Rockland, C. A. E. Long, no. 660; river-thickets, Sydney, Fernald & Long, no. 12,718. NEw HAMPSHIRE: boggy meadow, Clarkesville, Fernald & Pease, no. 17,050; moist woods, Glen Ellis, Pinkham Notch, July 23, 1921, Knowlton; damp woods, Melvin Village, August 23, 1904, M. 41. Day. VERMONT: damp place, Townshend, July 25, 1903, Blanchard. Mas- SACHUSETTS: edge of woods, Sherborn, M. L. Loomis, no. 1360; roadside, Princeton, August 9, 1894, J. F. Collins; Ashfield, August 3, 1909, E. F. Williams (type of B. ciliatus, forma denudatus); Heath, July 17, 1909, E. F. Williams; roadside thicket, Tolland, F. C. Sey- mour, no. 335; open bog, Lanesboro, August 4, 1920, R. Hoffmann. CoNNEcrTICUT: Hampton, August 11, 1888, Chas. Wright (with com- ment: “lower glume with faint lateral nerves"); dry bank, Lisbon, August 26, 1902, C. B. Graves. New York: open sedgy bog, Round Marshes, Cortland, Eames & MacDaniels, no. 159; boggy meadow near headwaters of Beaver Brook, Cortland, F. P. Metcalf, no. 5814 (distributed as B. ciliatus, var. “Very characteristic bog form"); open moor of Lowery's Pond, Junius, Metcalf, nos. 1727 and 5815 (“Swamp variety”); ONTARIO: Leamington, J. Macoun, no. 26,058. MICHIGAN: swamps, Keweenaw Co., Farwell, no. 562a (with note: “hairs of glumes spreading, not appressed”). MiNNESOTA: Muskoda, Red River Valley, Ballard, no. 3075. SASKATCHEWAN: margins of lakes and streams, Moose Mountain Lake, August 5, 1883, J. Macoun. Montana: East Gallatin swamps, Rydberg, по. 3170. BRITISH CoruMBIA: Mile 81, Pacific Great Eastern Ry., J. M. Macoun, по. 94,021. Bromus Dudleyi has been confused with and usually distributed as 1930] Fernald,—The Complex Bromus ciliatus 65 B. ciliatus L.; but B. ciliatus, the commonest species of thickets and borders of woods in eastern Canada and the northeastern States has, when well developed, a larger and greener panicle with more pen- dulous branches. Its well developed spikelets (FIGs. 4 and 5) are so open as plainly to show the slender rhachilla, while in B. Dudley: the lemmas are so approximate that the short internodes of the rhachilla are difficult to see. В. Dudleyi matures early. Of the 60 sheets before me not one has young or freshly flowering spikelets; all are in fruit or so mature that the spikelets are disintegrating and nearly all were col- lected at dates ranging from July 17 through August, with only four (overripe) collections in the first half of September. B. ciliatus, on the other hand, as shown by a very extensive series, especially from Newfoundland and eastern Canada and New England, is rarely in anthesis before the middle of July, when B. Dudleyi is becoming mature. The large representation of В. ciliatus before me shows that in New England, eastern Canada and Newfoundland it is in flower (the spikelets not readily disintegrating) from mid-July into Septem- ber, and that the fruiting material had been collected from August 11 through September. In habitat Bromus Dudleyi shows a marked preference for (though not restriction to) limy or neutral bogs and wet thickets, being spe- clally characteristic of the calcareous regions of Newfoundland, the Mingan Islands, the Gaspé Peninsula, western New England, central New York, ete. Itis the plant which the late W. К. Dudley specially designated in his Cayuga Flora, as 1256. B. ciliatus, L. var. ——, approaching some of the Rocky Mt. forms (according to Dr. Vasey,) occurs in our sphagnum bogs or wet meadows. The plants are low, light-green; the panicle pecu- liarly chaffy in appearance, light-colored, and the flowering glumes smooth on the back but strongly ciliate. It is abundant, in Round Marshes, along Locke Pond and elsewhere.! Its occurrence in the calcareous bogs of central New York was again emphasized by Wiegand, who mistook the bog-plant for Bromus ciliatus: "In central New York B. ciliatus is generally an inhabitant of marl springs and calcareous boggy places. In other portions of its range 1t does not seem to be confined to boggy places or even to calca- reous situations, yet no structural difference is apparent between the New York material and that from elsewhere."? And later, Wiegand & Eames referred to this early-maturing plant of wet habitats as growing 1 Dudley, Cayuga Fl. 129 (1886). 2 Wiegand, Ruopora, xxiv. 91 (1922). 66 Rhodora [APRIL in the Cayuga Basin in “ Boggy meadows and springy places, in marl or strongly calcareous soils; frequent. July-Aug."! When he published Bromus ciliatus, forma denudatus Wiegand, Ruopora. xxiv. 91 (1922), Wiegand merely distinguished from B. ciliatus with sheaths villous the plants with sheaths glabrous and he separated off in the Gray Herbarium two covers full of such specimens (most of them with all the spikelet-characters of B. ciliatus), stating that the smooth-sheathed form occurs “Throughout the range of the typical form"; but he specially designated as the type a single speci- men “Ashfield, Massachusetts, 1909, E. F. Williams." The type- specimen was an unfortunate selection, for it is an over-ripe specimen with the spikelets completely disintegrated. It was collected on August 3d and the fragments seem to indicate that the type of forma denudatus belongs to B. Dudleyi. Somewhat later, still not under- standing the differences in the spikelets which separate B. Dudleyi and B. ciliatus, but conscious that glabrous-sheathed plants are more general in the North than are those with villous sheaths, I elevated the form to varietal rank as B. ciliatus, var. denudatus (Wiegand) Fernald, Ruopona, xxviii. 20 (1926). Since the conceptions back of B. ciliatus, forma denudatus and var. denudatus were mixed, since their technical type is a specimen with badly shattered panicle and since forms with villous or with glabrous (denudate) sheaths occur in our other species of the group (B. ciliatus, B. Richardsoni, B. altissi- mus, B. purgans, etc.) it would be unwise further to elevate the name. The International Rules of Nomenclature make no requirement that a name appropriate in one category shall necessarily be retained when the rank is changed, particularly if it is a nomen confusum. It seems right, therefore, to give this belated recognition to the acumen of the late WriLLIAM RussELL DupLEy, who nearly half a century ago clearly recognized the distinctness of the plant here proposed as B. Dudleyi, and to designate as a type a numbered specimen of unquestioned identity. The specific distinctions between Bromus Dudleyi and B. ciliatus are briefly stated below: В. сплАтоѕ. Panicles (except in dwarf plants) 1-3 dm. long, with more or less nodding branches: spikelets green or greenish, rarely purple- or bronze-tinged, at maturity loose, displaying the rachilla: glumes strongly conduplieate; the 2d narrowly lance-attenuate, 3-nerved, the greenish nerves very slender: lemmas subcoriaceous, conduplicate or involute, lance-attenuate, with very delicate nerves; the marginal band appressed- pilose to sericeous or glabrous: palea linear, usually closely embraced by 1 Wiegand & Eames, Fl. Cayuga L. Basin, 61 (1926). 1930] Fernald,—The Complex Bromus ciliatus 67 the strongly folded lemma; the green and ciliate ribs marginal their entire length, the hyaline border abruptly folded toward the middle of the palea: caryopsis linear-lanceolate. B. Осрівү. Panicles 0.6-2 dm. long, their branches scarcely nodding: spikelets mostly purple- or bronze-tinged, rarely green, with crowded lemmas; the rachilla usually hidden: glumes flattish or merely dorsally rounded; the 2d with coarse colored nerves: lemmas flattish, submem- branaceous, oblong, obtuse to subacute, strongly nerved; the marginal band conspicuously villous-hirsute especially below the middle: palea oblong, flat, scarcely embraced by the lemma; the ciliolate nerves midway between the entire margin and the middle except at the tip where they become marginal: caryopsis oblong-lanceolate. These contrasts are brought out in the plate, for which I am in- debted to Dr. H. M. Raup and Mr. A. N. Steward, showing spikelets of B. ciliatus (FIG. 4) and its variety (to be discussed in succeeding paragraphs) (ria. 5) and a panicle (FIG. 1), spikelet (FIG. 2) and palea (ric. 3) of B. Dudleyi from the type-collection of that species. For comparison, spikelets of В. Kalmii (ric. 7), B. Porteri (FIG. 6) and B. ramosus (FIG. 8) are also shown. Bromus Dudleyi (Frías. 1-3), as Dudley (quoting Vasey) stated, is nearer related to some Rocky Mountain plants than to true В. ciliatus (FIGs. 4 and 5). It occurs itself in British Columbia and Montana and doubtless elsewhere in the Rocky Mountains, where its nearest relative is B. Porteri (Coult.) Nash (ric. 6), but that species has the panicle much looser and the lemmas densely pubescent over their entire surfaces, much as іп B. Kalmii Gray (FIG. 7) of usually dry soils of the eastern United States. The western specimens of B. Dudleyi have been called B. Richardsoni Link, but that species closely simulates В. ciliatus in its strongly folded or conduplicate and silky- margined lemmas. In habit, early flowering, short cauline leaves, flattish lemmas and flat-margined paleas B. Dudley? 1s equally close to B. Kalmii (Fic. 7), but the latter species of mostly dry habitats from southwestern Maine southward and westward is at once dis- tinguished by the extreme pubescence of its spikelets, shorter and broader lemmas, with shorter awns and more numerous and more prolonged nerves, and narrower paleas with pilose or almost villous nerves. The original locality of Bromus canadensis Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 65 (1803), recorded on the label as Lake St. John, and Michaux's characters, "folis rariter pilosis: . . . florum valva exteriore . versus margines villosa," suggest that B. Dudleyi might be B. canadensis. Michaux, however, apparently collected the latter late in the season, long after B. Dudley? is mature (“Le 12 Septembre 68 Rhodora [APRIL arrivé . . . au Poste du lac St Jean . . . Le 13 jay herborisé aux environs du Lac."—Journ. André Michaux, ed. Sargent, 85, 86). The other characters given by Michaux might belong to either B. ciliatus or B. Dudleyi but, fortunately, in the series of fragments of types accumulated by Professor Hitchcock at Washington there is a spikelet of the type of B. canadensis. "This spikelet, most kindly loaned me for study by Dr. Jason R. Swallen, is not only young but thoroughly characteristic of the late-flowering plant generally accepted as B. ciliatus. Bromus сплАтОѕ L. When I took up! Bromus ciliatus, forma denudatus Wiegand? as var. denudatus, I pointed out that the plant with glabrous or nearly glabrous median and upper sheaths is far more abundant northward and far less abundant southward than the plant with densely retrorse-villous sheaths. After the removal from the former series of B. Dudleyi it becomes important again to note the relative abundance of the two extremes left in B. ciliatus. "The material before me (in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club) shows the following contrasts in rel- ative abundance. and Gaspé to Labrador Peninsula (Straits of Belle Isle and Cote Nord to James Bay) I | Anticosti | Peninsula Southwestern Quebec (Temiscouata Co. Eastern Townships) New Brunswick Maine New Hampshire Vermont Massachusetts | Connecticut Nova Scotia | New York | Newfoundland Middle and upper sheaths glabrous or only remotely and sparsely pilose 6 Sheaths densely pilose or villous 0 013 30 |3116 | 8 3 33|]14| 8|8 010 313 5 45/27|14)16] 816 Besides being generally more northern, the plant with glabrous or nearly glabrous sheaths shows a strong subalpine tendancy, occurring on the high escarpments of western Newfoundland, on the subalpine meadows (alt. 900-1125 m.) of the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé, on the Fan of Huntington's Ravine (alt. 1372 m.) on Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, and on thefamous cold and subalpine slides of Willoughby, Vermont; it also occurs at the summit of Roan Mt. (alt. 1917 m.), 1 Fernald, Кнорона, xxviii. 20 (1926). з Wiegand, RHoponRa, xxiv. 91 (1922). 1930] Fernald,—The Complex Bromus ciliatus 69 North Carolina. Contrasted with this strong subalpine tendency of the smoother plant is the fact that, of the plant with densely villous or pilose upper sheaths not a single specimen from Newfoundland to Ontario and Connecticut has been collected at any appreciable altitude. Furthermore, while the marginal pubescence of the lemmas in the plant with villous upper sheaths is delicate and appressed- sericeous, the pubescence of the lemma in the more boreal glabrous- sheathed extreme is more variable, sometimes appressed-sericeous but more often coarsely pilose. The characteristically pilose-margined lemma and the smooth sheaths are well brought out in the illustra- tion of B. ciliatus in Shear, Revis. N. A. Sp. Bromus, fig. 16.! Shear did not attempt to differentiate the two extremes of B. ciliatus, but Wiegand, in breaking up the species defined his conception of typical B. ciliatus as having “Sheaths villous; blades usually hairy," while his forma denudatus has “Sheaths glabrous or the lowermost slightly villous; blades usually glabrous."? Wiegand’s interpretation was ac- cepted unquestioned when I elevated his forma denudatus to var. denudatus? But, as already pointed out, the designated type of forma or var. denudatus is not conspecific with the bulk of the material with glabrous upper sheaths; consequently it is necessary to look anew into the proper names for the varieties of B. ciliatus. The original description of Bromus ciliatus L. was as follows: ciliatus. 4. BROMUS panicula nutante, folis utrinque vaginisque subpilosis, glumis ciliatis. Habitat in Canada; ех semine. D. Kalm. Culmi tenues. Folia utrinque & vaginae vix manifeste pu- bescentes. Panicula valde nutans, non crispis pedunculis. Spiculae oblongae, compressae, petalorum marginibus (non dorso) valde pilosis, qua nota facile distingvitur. Flosculi 8, sub apice aristati; calyces nudi. Glumae corollae lanceolatae.4 According to Hitchcock? there is nothing in the Linnean herbarium which has the glumes glabrous on the back (“petalorum marginibus (non dorso) valde pilosis") and which can, therefore, be considered a "type." He consequently concluded that we should retain the name B. ciliatus for the plant as treated in Shear’s monograph. This seems the proper course; and since Shear, in monographing the genus, specially illustrated the plant with glabrous sheaths and pilose- 10, S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. No. 23: 32, fig. 16 (1900). з Wiegand, RHODORA, xxiv. 90 (1922). 3 Fernald, Rropora, xxviii. 20 (1926). * L. Sp. Pl. i. 76, 77 (1753). 5 Hitchcock, Contrib. U. S, Nat. Herb. xii. 122 (1908). 70 Rhodora [APRIL margined lemmas, this extreme should be taken to stand as true B. ciliatus. Fortunately, this is the commoner variety in Canada, whence Kalm secured the seed; and the emphatic statements of Linnaeus that the “sheaths are scarcely manifestly pubescent (vaginae vix man- ifeste pubescentes)” and that “the margins of the lemmas are con- spicuously pilose (petalorum marginibus (non dorso) valde pilosis, qua nota facile distingvitur)" make it reasonably clear that Shear's illustration truly embodies! the important characters of the Linnean plant. This interpretation, that Linnaeus had the common plant of northeastern Canada with scarcely pubescent sheaths gains support from the fact that, in the Species Plantarum, B. ciliatus with “ vaginae vix manifeste pubescentes" came immediately after Linnaeus's other American species, В. purgans, in which the sheaths are rarely so pubescent as in the villous-sheathed extreme of B. ciliatus. Yet Linnaeus described B. purgans as having “ Vaginae foliorum retrorsum pilosae." В. canadensis Michx. seems to have been based on small specimens of true В. ciliatus. For the less boreal plant with villous sheaths I find no published name. I am therefore designating the two varieties as follows: Bromus ciLiATUS L., var. genuinus. В. ciliatus L. Sp. Pl. i. 76 (1753). В. canadensis Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 65 (1803). В. ciliatus Shear, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. No. 23, fig. 16 (1900). B. ciliatus, forma denudatus Wiegand, Rnopoma, xxiv. 90 (1922), in large part but not as to type. B. ciliatus, var. denudatus (Wieg.) Fern. Ruopora, xxviii. 20 (1926), in large part but not as to type.— Middle and upper sheaths glabrous or nearly so: margin of lemma pilose to sericeous.—Newfoundland and southern Labrador Peninsula to Manitoba, south to Nova Scotia, Massachusetts, northern Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin and North Dakota, often ascending to subalpine areas; Roan Mt., North Carolina. Var. intonsus, n. var., vaginis mediis superioribusque villosissimis vel valde retrorse-pilosis; lemmatis marginibus sericeis.—New- foundland and southern Quebec to southern Ontario, south at low altitudes to Pennsylvania and Michigan. Type: Ashfield, Massa- chusetts, August 4, 1909, Е. F. Williams (in Gray Herb.). All the older sheets of B. ciliatus var. intonsus in the Gray Her- barium were labeled in the hand of William Boott or of Asa Gray B. asper; and this variety formed the basis of the entry in Gray's Manual, ed. 5, of B. asper from “ Bethel, Maine, in fields along the river-bank, W. Boott. (Nat. from Eu.)'? and the more ample range in ! Except for the superabundance of lemmas. ? Gray, Man. ed. 5: 635 (1867). 1930] Fernald,—Varieties of Amphigean Species of Osmunda 71 ed. 6: “N. Brunswick to Mich. and Ky. (Nat. from Eu.)."' The record was taken over by Britton & Brown and in their Illustrated Flora, ed. 2, is entered as “In waste places, New Brunswick to Mich- igan and Kentucky. Naturalized from Europe." That William Boott and Asa Gray were not quite convinced that the plant they called B. asper was really an introduction is shown by the penciled memoranda in Gray's hand, obviously inspired by the field knowledge of Boott, on some of the labels: * native"; nevertheless this pertinent and most important item did not find an entry into the Manual. In his monographie study of the genus in North America, Shear, taking up for B. asper Murr. (1770) the earlier name B. ramosus Huds. (1762), said: “А species introduced from Europe. It is said in Britton and Brown's 'Illustrated Flora' to be distributed from New Brunswick to Michigan and Kentucky. We have no American specimens in the National Herbarium.’ Наа he realized the sources of Gray's and Britton & Brown's records, Shear could have added that there were no American specimens of B. ramosus (B. asper) extant and that the orig- inal identification was an error; for B. ramosus of Europe (rra. 8) differs from the American plant mistaken for it in its pubescent culms, narrower and much prolonged panicle, more remote and longer lemmas with longer awns, and anthers very much longer (4 mm. long). ExPLANATION OF PLATE 196 (Figures X 134) Fic. 1, panicle of Bromus Dupteyi (from type-number); Fic. 2, spikelet of B. DUDLEYI; FIG. 3, inner face of lemma, showing flat palea; Fic. 4, spikelet of B. ciLIATUS, Var. GENUINUS from Table-top Mountain, Quebec (Fernald & Collins, no. 169); FIG. 5, spikelet of B. ciLIATUS, var. INTONSUS from the type; FIG. 6, B. PonTERI from type-locality, Twin Lakes, Colorado (Wolfe, no. 807); FIG. 7, B. Karmi from the assumed type, Troy, New York, Asa Gray; FIG. 8, B. nAMosvs (B. asper) from Bavaria (Fl. Exsicc. Bav. no. 597). V. SOME VARIETIES OF THE AMPHIGEAN SPECIES OF OSMUNDA M. L. FERNALD THREE species of Osmunda are found on both of the northern continental masses, Eurasia and North America. One of them extends into tropical South America, another into subtropical and tropical 1 Wats. & Coult. in Gray, Man. ed. 6: 670 (1890). 2 Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. еа, 2, i. 275 (1913). з Shear, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull no. 23: 30 (1900). 72 Rhodora [APRIL Africa, and five additional species are Asiatic endemics and a sixth South American. In a recent attempt to determine the degree of identity or of segregation of the three amphigean species in the Northern Hemisphere certain parallel variations in the three which apparently have not been generally recognized by students of the ferns have come to my attention. OSMUNDA REGALIS AND ITS VAR. SPECTABILIS. For more than a century systematists have wavered in their estimate of the American Osmunda regalis L., sometimes treating it as a species, O. spectabilis Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 98 (1810), sometimes as an American variety, O. regalis, var. spectabilis (Willd.) Gray, Man. ed. 2: 600 (1856), and often as not separable from the European type. In European descriptions O. regalis is very generally stated to be 4 to 6 feet (1.2-1.8 m.) high and most accounts tell of exceptional colonies reaching a height of 12 feet (3.6 m.), but in dry or sterile habitats and toward the northern limit of its range the European plant may be only 2-4 feet (0.6-1.2 m.) high, and in the dwarf var. pumila Milde it is extraordinarily low, only 9 inches (2.2 dm.) high. The plant of eastern North America (Newfoundland to the Saskatchewan, south to Florida and Texas) certainly reaches no such height as 3.6 m. (12 feet); in fact, the measure- ments with us were accurately stated by the late D. C. Eaton when he wrote: “The fronds of the royal fern are said to attain the height of ten or eleven feet in the British Islands; but the highest I have ever seen were from the valley of the Connecticut River, and measured six feet from the ground. Fronds four or five feet high are not at all rare; but more commonly the fronds, including the stalk stand from two to four feet high. In dryish marshes they are often not more than a foot or fifteen inches high." Had Eaton seen the American plant at the northeastern limit of its range, in eastern Quebec and Newfoundland, he would have brought his minimum measurements down even lower than those of the European var. pumila, for on the barren slopes of western Newfoundland, in eastern Quebec and at the altitudinal limit of the fern on Mt. Katahdin, Maine, it is often less than 8 inches (2 dm.) high. Surely, if there were any truth in the oft-repeated tale of Osmund, the ferryman, hiding his wife and daughter in the shade of the Royal Fern, it is clear that the dramatic incident would find greater probability when linked to the tall extreme of the European plant than it would if visualized as occurring in the tell-tale shade of our low American representative of it! 1 Eaton, Ferns N. Am, i. 213 (1879). 1930] Fernald,—Varieties of Amphigean Species of Osmunda 73 Numerous characters, narrower and more remote pinnules without basal auricle, finer serrulation, the presence of a bloom, and more slender fruiting panicles, have been emphasized as distinguishing O. spectabilis from O. regalis; but, although extreme specimens are easily separated, these points are by no means constant and apparently identical pinnules with or without auricles can be found on either continent, while bright-green and glaucous plants are both common with us. The generally lower stature and generally more slender or more delicately branched panicle of the American plants seem to be real tendencies; and in studying the plants of the two continents I find another character which has either been overlooked or not much stressed. On the rachises of the fruiting panicles of true Osmunda regalis I find numerous rather persistent black scale-like trichomes; on the rachises of the panicles of O. spectabilis I find none of them or, at most, a few elongate axillary hairs. This difference is so real in all material fit for comparison that, combined with the other strong, though far from constant tendencies of the plants it may be taken as the diagnostic character of a reasonably good geographic variety. I am, therefore, maintaining our plant as O. REGALIS L., var. SPECTA- BILIS (Willd.) Gray. О. CLAYTONIANA AND ITS VAR. VESTITA. It is generally stated that Osmunda Claytoniana L. has three disrupted areas of distribution: eastern North America (Newfoundland to Lake Mistassini and Lake Winnepeg, south to North Carolina, Kentucky and Missouri), eastern Asia (Japan and Corea to the Himalayas) and Brazil. The plant of North America has the very young fronds more or less wooly with whitish-brown tomentum. This is promptly deciduous and persists on the older fronds only as cobwebby remnants, but always of a pale- brown color. The plant of the Himalayan region, however, has more abundant and, apparently, more persistent wool of a strong ferru- ginous color. The name of the Himalayan variety is OSsMUNDA CLAYTONIANA, var. VESTITA (Wall.) Milde, Monogr. Gen. Osmundae, 102 (1868). Wallich, Cat. no. 52 (1829) had the nomen nudum: “ Osmunda monti- cola, Wall. Kumoon, R. B.," followed by “8. vestita, frondibus apice fertilibus." In 1833, Wallich's no. 52, recorded by him as О. monticola, collected in Kumoon by Robert Blinkworth (“R. B."), was formally described by Greville & Hooker as 3. O. pilosa Wall. Frondibus ovato-lanceolatis pinnatis (junioribus densissime ferru- gineo-lanatis) . . . —Wall. Cat. No. 52. 74 Rhodora [APRIL Has. Rio Janeiro, Dr. Wallich.—This is very closely allied to O. interrupta of North America, which differs, however, . . . . in its glabrous fronds; but, if we are not mistaken, the latter is covered in a young and recent state with a ferruginous down, in which case we scarcely know how the present plant is to be distinguished, except by its larger size, and denser pinnae, . . . .”? Osmunda monticola Wall. was unquestionably a nomen nudum but his var. vestita of it had a phrase of description. Greville & Hooker definitely described no. 52, not as О. monticola, but as О. pilosa (as- cribed to Wallich), *Frondibus . . . junioribus densissime fer- rugineo-lanatis." "This characterization is correct for all Himalayan material I have seen; and since Milde, although not distinguishing the Himalayan plant in general from the American, took up О. monticola, B. vestita. Wall. Cat. no. 52 as O. Claytoniana, var. vestita (Wall.) Milde, Monogr. Gen. Osmund. 102 (1868), we may use that varietal name for all the Himalayan plants. Var. vestita was intended tech- nically as the name for an unusual form hardly worthy varietal rec- ognition, but, here extended, it covers the Himalayan plant with rufescent wool, as contrasted with true O. Claytoniana, in which the wool is whitish-brown. Whether the plant of easternmost Asia is all the same as the Himalayan I cannot say, as the Asiatic material in the Gray Herbarium is all from the Himalayan area; but the Asiatic plant is presumably all of a single variety. The material from the high mountains of Yunnan, at least, seems to be var. vestita, for Dr. Christensen, taking it to be a new variety, has published it as var. lanosa Ch. Christens. in Levéillé, Cat. Pl. Yun-nan, 107 (1916), with the description identical in substance (“Rachis ut in O. cinnamomea L. tomento rufo densissime tecta") with that of the earlier O. pilosa Wall. which was based on Wallich's no. 52, which was also the type of O. Claytoniana, var. vestita (Wall.) Milde. The habitat “Rio Janeiro," given by Greville & Hooker for Wall- ich's plant has been thoroughly misleading. In his Monographia Generis Osmundae (1868), Milde gave the range of O. Claytoniana as "Nord America: . . . Süd Amerika: Rio Janeiro. (Wallich). Asia’’; and in his Ferns of North America (1879), Eaton said “has been attributed to Brazil, near Rio Janeiro, though probably by an error of Wallich's."? The error was not Wallich's, however, but Greville & Hooker's. Wallich clearly gave his no. 52 as coming from Kumoon; but the next following, no. 53, Aneimia flexuosa, was listed as coming from “Rheo Janeiro 1807.” It is obvious that, in copying, Greville 1 Grev. & Hook. in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 229 (1833). 2 Eaton, Ferns N. A. i. 220 (1879). 1930] Fernald,—Varieties of Amphigean Species of Osmunda 75 & Hooker passed over the correct locality and collector of no. 52, the basis of O. pilosa and of O. Claytoniana, var. vestita. It is also evident that the Brazilian record of O. Claytoniana may safely be dropped. О. CINNAMOMEA AND ITS GEOGRAPHIC VARIETIES. Osmunda cin- namomea L., like O. Claytoniana, occurs in eastern America (New- foundland to Georgian Bay, Ontario and Wisconsin, south to northern Florida, Alabama and Texas; with var. imbricata from the Bermuda Islands and Florida to Louisiana, south to tropical Mexico and Brazil) and О. cinnamomea is usually said to occur in eastern Asia (Amur, Manchuria and Sachalin Island to Yunnan). But just as the Eurasian О. regalis differs from the eastern American О. regalis, var. spectabilis in having black scale-like trichomes on the rachises of the fruiting panicle and the Himalayan О. Claytoniana, var. vestita differs from the eastern American plant in having much darker and more persistent wool, so the eastern Asiatic О. cinnamomea is at once distinguished from typical О. cinnamomea of temperate eastern America by having the tomentum of the stipes, rachises and fertile fronds rufescent, that of the fertile fronds with many black trichomes intermixed, the tomentum of typical O. cinnamomea being whitish-brown without any black admixture. The plant of tropical and subtropical eastern America, О. cIN- NAMOMEA, var. IMBRICATA (Kunze) Milde, Mongr. Gen. Osmund. 95 (1868), has the tomentum more rufescent than in typical О. cin- namomea but it, likewise, lacks the black admixed trichomes of the Asiatic plant. The three geographic varieties may be distinguished as follows: О. CINNAMOMEA L., var. typica. О. cinnamomea L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1066 (1753). Struthiopteris cinnamomea (L.) Bernh. Schrad. Journ. 1800?: 126 (1801). Osmundastrum cinnamomeum (L.) Presl., Abh. Bóhm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 5, v. 326 (1848).—Tomentum of stripes, rachises and fertile fronds whitish-brown: mature sterile pinnae 1.5-3.5 cm. broad, membranaceous, translucent; the veinlets scarcely elevated beneath.—Temperate eastern North America. Var. IMBRICATA (Kunze) Milde, Mongr. Gen. Osmund. 95 (1868). О. bipinnata L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1065 (1753): 0. imbricata Kunze, Farnkr. ii. 29, t. exii. (1849).— Tomentum brown to rufescent: mature sterile pinnae 1-2.3 cm. broad, subcoriaceous, opaque; the veinlets somewhat prominent beneath.— Tropical and subtropical eastern America. Var. asiatica, var. nov., lamina fertili plus minusve nigricanti- villosa; stipitum rhachiumque vestimento rufescenti.—Amur, Man- 10. bipinnata was published by Linnaeus on the page preceding the publication of О. cinnamomea. By those who accept the principle of ''priority of position” O. bipinnata should be used instead of the more familiar O. cinnamomea. 76 Rhodora [APRIL churia and Sachalin Island to Yunnan; the following are characteristic. Amur: without designation of locality, Mazimowicz; Amur medius, 1891, S. Korshinsky (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.). Mancuurta: between Mukden and Tungche-shien, 1886, H. E. M. Jones. SACHALIN: without designation of locality, Augustinowicz. Japan: Hokodati, 1853-56, J. Small (U. S. No. Расі. Expl. Exped.); Yokohama, 1862, Mazimowiez. It is perhaps not without interest to note that the very marked tendency of the Eurasian varleties of Osmunda regalis, Claytoniana and cinnamomea to have deeper-colored trichomes or darker and firmer scales than the eastern American plants is quite parallel with the situation in some other varieties or closely allied species of ferns. It has long been recognized that the Eurasian Thelypteris spinulosa (Muell) Nieuwl. var. dilitata (Hoffm.) St. John has firm blackish scales on the stipe and that these often extend well along the rachis or even to the rachillas, while the eastern American representative, T. spinulosa, var. americana (Fischer) Weath. has thin and translu- cent soft and pale-brown scales which are more promptly deciduous.! Again, in European Polystichum Braunii “The largest scales of the stipe-bases . . . are rather firm . . . ;inthe eastern Amer- ican [var. Purshii Fernald] they are much thinner"? Other cases (European Polypodium vulgare L. and eastern American P. virgini- anum L., European Asplenium Ruta-muraria L. and eastern American A. eryptolepis Fernald; etc.) could be cited, in which species of eastern America and their representatives in Europe have apparent differ- ences in the texture and often the depth of coloring of their scales. These characters are small but the scales seem to have evolved along quite definite lines on the two continental masses; and doubtless study of other ferns will bring to light parallel situations in other groups. VI. POTAMOGETON ALPINUS AND P. MICROSTACHYS M. І. FERNALD (Plate 197) In 1827 Wolfgang, receiving material from the Aleutian Islands of a plant related to the European Potamogeton alpinus Balbis (1804) or P. rufescens Schrader (1815), proposed it as a new American species: 1 For detailed discussion see Fernald, Ruopona, xvii. 45—47 (1915). 2 Fernald, RHODORA, xxx. 29 (1928). 1930] Fernald,—Potamogeton alpinus and P. microstachys 77 PoraMoGETON microstachys W olfg.; caule simplici, tenui; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, subsessilibus, obtusiusculis, utrinque attenuatis, 5- nervibus: nervo medio crassiusculo, reticulato-venosis; stipulis internodia subaequantibus; pedunculis tenuibus, foliis brevioribus; spicis terminali- bus, paucifloris. W of g. Ms. n. 15, e s s e r in litt. Specimina nostra, a cel. Eschscholtz in U nalasch k a lecta, nondum sat evoluta, dum unicá solum spicá sint instructa, et caulis 8-pollicaris et internodia brevia; videntur ex aqua stagnante. Folia 4—-5-poll., 2-3 lin. lata. W ol f g.! At approximately the same time Chamisso,” apparently unaware of the conclusion of Wolfgang and discussing the pondweeds collected on the Romanzoff expedition, correctly defined P. alpinus (as P. rufescens) and showed in his illustrations (t. V. fig. 18) the distinctive fruit of the European plant, “Nux . . . stylo subapicali acumi- nata." In discussing the variations of the species Chamisso mentioned narrow-leaved and broad-leaved forms and under the “Forma an- gustifolia” the Unalaska material which was doubtless the basis of Wolfgang's P. microstachys: Specimina, quae ipsi in stagnis frigidis insulae Unalaschea Aleutorum carpsimus, jam spicigera, nondum efflorata, huc non referre nequimus. Folia ad summum 4 pollicum longitudinem attingunt, 2-3 lin. lata, obtusa, septemnervia, nervo medio utriusque lateris paginae validiore. Internodia fere pollicaria. Spica brevis, pauciflora (nondum florens). Caulis spithamaeus. Folia natantia in nonnullis individuis jam incipi- entia. Semina non vidimus.? Twenty years later, Alphonso Wood, getting into northeastern Ver- mont where the American plant which had already been described by Wolfgang and by Chamisso abounds, took it to be a new species and gave the first accurate account of its fruit, * subhemispherical, mar- gined on the back, beak incurved." Wood’s species was P. oprutus. Wood. Lyndon Pond-weed. Lvs. glossy, linear-lanceolate, sessile, rather acute, only the midvein conspicuous, alternate, approximate, the lower stipules wanting; spikes long-pedunculate; achenia inflated, subhemispherical, margined on the back, beak incurved both sides, conspicuously umbilicate.—Passumpsic river, Lyndon, Vt.! A remarkable species, differing widely from any other with which I am acquainted. Stem round, slender, simple. Leaves uniform, 3-4’ by 14’, tapering to the slightly clasping base, the two upper opposite. Spike dense, 114’ long, peduncle 3’ in length. Fruit with 2 little pits.‘ But in spite of Wood’s clear characterization of the fruit of the American plant, his species, P. obrutus, and Wolfgang's earlier P. 1 Wolfg. in Schultes & Schultes, Mantissa, iii. 360 (1827). ? Cham. in Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea, ii. 210-213, t. V, fig. 18 (1827). 3 Cham. l. c. 211 (1827). 4 Wood, Class-Bk. ed. 2: 525 (1847). 78 Rhodora [APRIL microstachys were quickly reduced and, so far as I can find, have never received the recognition they clearly merit. In 1856 Gray reduced to P. lucens L. an amazing number of species not then at all under- stood by him, P. fluitans Roth, P. pulcher Tuckerm., P. amplifolius Tuckerm. and P. rufescens Schrad., “a narrow-leaved form, with smaller fruit, &c., either without floating leaves (P. obrutus, Wood) or with them”; and this most unsatisfactory grouping was maintained by Gray until 1867. In that year Robbins’s very clear and satisfactory differentiation of these species appeared,? but he still maintained P. obrutus as inseparable from P. rufescens. In 1893 Morong took up? in place of P. rufescens Schrad. the earlier name P. alpinus Balbis, but nowhere in his monograph did he mention either of the names, P. microstachys and P. obrutus, which had been given to supposedly distinct American species. Morong’s plate, however, showed the characteristic fruit of the American plant, the “subhemispherical ” fruit of Wood, with strongly rounded back and with very short beak at the summit of the ventral face; rather than the “Мих... sty- lo subapicali acuminata” of the European plant as correctly described and illustrated by Chamisso and as shown in such early European illustrations as Hornemann, Fl. Danica, ix. fasc. xxv. t. mececl (1813) and x. fasc. xxviii. t. mdexxxv (1819), Reichenbach, Ic. Crit. ii. t. clxxxiv (1824) and Fieber, Die Potamogeta Bóhmens, t. i. fig. 4 (1838). Susbequent American authors have consistently followed Morong. As already noted, Wolfgang and Chamisso, having young materia] " (nondum florens)," emphasized the narrower and few-nerved sub- mersed leaves of the American plant; and in recent years some Euro- pean students of Potamogeton have similarly commented upon a slight habital difference between the American and eastern Asiatic plant on the one hand, and true P. alpinus of Europe on the other but, so far as I can find, they have made no comparison of the mature fruits. Thus, in 1904, the late Arthur Bennett* published the following note: P. aLpinus Balb. (P. rufescens Schrad.). On the receipt of a sheet of specimens of this species from the herbarium of Prof. Kinashi, of Japan, I was impressed by the dark colour (almost black), the narrow leaves, and the absence of floating leaves. On looking up my Asiatic and American specimens, I found that all the former were of the same tint, and lacked floating leaves; out of eleven American examples only one had any sign of them, and in the British Museum Herbarium they are present in only one example. 1 Gray, Man. ed. 2: 435 (1850). ! Robbins in Gray, Man. ed. 5: 486, 487 (1867). * Morong, Naiadaceae of N. Am.—Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii. No. 2: 19, t. xxx (1893). * Bennett, Journ. Bot. xlii. 72 (1904). 1930] Fernald,—Potamogeton alpinus and P. microstachys 79 Dr. Robbins, in Gray's Manual, ed. 5, 486 (1879), says, “floating leaves often wanting (P. obrutus Woods)." These dark-coloured narrow- leaved forms are the P. rufescens “forma angustifolia" of Chamisso (Linnaea, ii. 211 (1827) = P. microstachys Wolfgang in Roem. & Schultes, Mantissa, iii. 360 (1827). These specimens look very different from the forms named P. nerviger Wolfg. (1. c. 359) and those named var. maximus Mert. & Koch, Deutschl. Fl. i. 841 (1823), and were it not for the numerous connecting links might well be considered a distinct species. Subsequently in Das Pflanzenreich Graebner, after giving the range of P. alpinus, added the “Nota 1. Specimina americana a me visa omnia angustifolia sunt";' and, taking his cue from Bennett's note already quoted, Graebner set up P. alpinus, proles microstachys (Wolfg.) Graebn., based on P. microstachys Wolfg., with P. rufescens “forma angustifolia” Cham. and P. obrutus Wood as synonyms. Proles microstachys was defined: “ Folia submersa angustiora, fluitantia saepissime absunt. Planta exsiccata nigrescens" and its only geo- graphic range was “Ostasien verbreitet," Graebner obviously over- looking the fact that the type of P. microstachys was from Alaska and of P. obrutus from Vermont. In general, the American plants which pass as Potamogeton alpinus do have narrower or smaller leaves than the European plants. The commonest extreme of the American plant (P. microstachys or P. obrutus) has the submersed leaves linear-lanceolate and acute or sub- acute, only rarely obtuse, much resembling those of the larger extreme of P. epihydrus Raf. They range from 0.7-2.5 dm. in length and 5-15 mm. in breadth and have usually 7 primary nerves (sometimes only 5, rarely 9 or 11). The other extreme of the American series is less common, a plant with narrowly elliptic-oblong round-tipped or very obtuse submersed leaves 4-8 (rarely -12) ст. long, 0.8-2 ст. broad and 7-13-nerved. When fresh the plants of both varieties are reddish or a warm reddish-green and even in the dried condition they retain the red in the younger parts, but I can see no more black in them than in the European material before me. The leaves of the American series are certainly narrower or smaller than in the European. Our narrowest- leaved plant (P. microstachys or P. obrutus) is comparable with the narrowest-leaved plant of Europe (P. alpinus, var. angustifolius (Tausch.) Aschers. & Graebn.) but the foliage of the broader-leaved plant of Europe is much larger than in ours, *usque ad 2 dm fere longa et 2,5 cm lata" (Graebner) and mostly 15-17-nerved, and in forma ovatifolius Hagstróm even 3.5 cm. broad. 1 Graebner in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv., 72 (1907). SO Rhodora [APRIL During anthesis our plant has a decidedly moniliform spike with the flowers quite remote (Pl. 197, spike at right), but at the same stage of development the European series shows more continuous spikes (spike at left), the flowers more approximate than in ours. In young fruit the two are difficult to separate, but when the fruits are quite mature they show the marked contrast which was brought out in the descriptions earlier quoted from Chamisso’s account of Euro- pean P. alpinus and Wood’s characterization of the American P. obrutus: the mature fruits of the European plants are narrowed and subequally attenuate to the prolonged submedian beak; those of the American and eastern Asiatic series broader, strongly rounded at the summit of the broad dorsal keel and laterally beaked at the summit of the ventral margin merely by a very short but often incurving style. The photograph (PLare 197), generously supplied by Dr. Hugh M. Raup and Mr. Albert N. Steward, shows a series of mature fruits (enlarged to 2 diameters), those of the European plant (with a flower- ing spike below) at the left (figs. 1-16), those of the American and eastern Asiatic (with a characteristic flowering spike below) at the right (figs. 17-37). These fruits, taken from every mature European specimen in the Gray Herbarium and from a fully representative series of the American plant, hold consistently to the differences already enphasized. Associated with marked geographic segregation, differences in the foliage and in the degree of crowding in the flowering spike, the essentially dissimilar fruits indicate that, when Wolfgang described the quite immature P. microstachys in 1827 and when Wood twenty years later accurately described the fruit of his P. obrutus, they were distinguishing from European P. alpinus a well defined American and eastern Asiatic species. For a plant with mature spikes 1.5-3.5 cm. long and 7-10 mm. thick the name Potamogeton microstachys would be inexplicable except for the clear statements, already quoted, that the Unalaska type was not yet in flower “(nondum florens)." The implication of Wood's name P. obrutus and assertions by him and by European students that the American plant lacks or but rarely develops floating-leaves is almost as unfortvnate: of the 195 flowering or fruiting specimens in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club 86 lack floating leaves, 109 (a clear majority) have them. As already stated, Potamogeton microstachys has two rather strongly defined variations. These are PorAMOGETON МІСКОЅТАСНҮЅ Wolfg., var. typicus. Р. micro- 1930] Fernald,—Potamogeton alpinus and P. microstachys 81 stachys Wolfg. in Schultes & Schultes, Mantissa, iii. 360 (1827). Р. rufescens, “Forma angustifolia” from Unalaska, Cham. in Cham. & Schl. Linnaea, ii. 211 (1827). Р. obrutus Wood, Class-Bk. ed. 2: 525 (1847). P. rufescens Am. auth. in large part, not Schrad. P. alpinus Am. auth. in large part, not Balbis. P. alpinis, Proles microstachys (Wolfg.) Graebn. in Engler, Pflanzenr. іу". 72 (1907).—Submersed leaves linear-lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, acute or subacute to obtuse, 0.7-2.5 dm. long, 0.5-1.5 cm. broad, usually 7 (5-11)-nerved.— Southern Greenland and Labrador to Alaska, south to Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Maine, western Massachusetts, New York, Michigan, Colorado, Utah and California. The following are characteristic specimens. GREENLAND: Qagssiarssuk, Igaliko-Fjord, 60° 53’ N., August, 1925, Porsild & Porsild. LABRADOR: Rama, Stecker, no. 339. NEWFOUNDLAND: Little Quirpon, Wiegand & Hotchkiss, no. 27,337; pools at 400-550 m., Lookout Mountain, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1207; Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4474; Carbonear, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4473; George’s Pond, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2443. QUEBEC: Natashquan, St. John, nos. 90,083, 90,084; Cap à l'Aigle, J. Macoun, no. 68,919; Black Lake, Fernald & Jackson, no. 11,987; Lac William, Victorin, no. 11,162; Sargent's Bay, Lake Memphremagog, August 3, 1903, Churchill. New BRUNSWICK: Connors, Pease, no. 2907. Nova Scoria: Truro, Bean & White, no. 22,963. Marne: St. Francis River, August 13, 1902, Eggleston & Fernald; Madawaska, Fernald, no. 117; Ashland, 1881, Kate Furbish; Monticello, Fernald & Long, no. 12,386; Veazie, September, 1897, Fernald; Milo, September 2, 1897, Fernald; Dover, August 27, 1894, Fernald; Sydney, Fernald & Long, по. 12,388; Rangeley, 1894, Furbish; Pembroke, Fernald, no. 1622. NEw HaMrsHIRE: North- umberland, Robbins, also Pease, no. 17,270; Pondicherry Pond, Jeffer- son, 1829, Robbins; Hanover, July 12, 1910, Williams. VERMONT: «е flumine Passumpsic," A. Wood (original collection of P. obrutus) ; West Barnet, 1880, F. Blanchard. MASSACHUSETTS: Richmond, September 19, 1864, J. W. Robbins. NEW York: creeks at foot of Lake George, Tuckerman; Dexter, Fernald, Wiegand & Eames, no. 14,082. Ontario: Current River, J. Macoun, no. 94. MICHIGAN: Isle Royale, W. S. Cooper, no. 254 in part. MANITOBA: near Cumber- land House, Drummond. Montana: Shoshone Lake, Rydberg & Bessey, no. 3724 (distributed as P. Zizi). CoLorapo: Georgetown, M. E. Jones, no. 734; Seven Lakes, Clements, no. 491; Lake Eldora, Boulder Co., Clokey, no. 3118 (as P. praelongus). UTAH: Alta, M. E. Jones, no. 1297; Big Cottonwood Canyon, August, 1904, Garrett. CALIFORNIA: Silver Valley, Brewer, no. 1978. WASHINGTON: Mt. Adams, 1879, Suksdorf; Trout Creek, Suksdorf, no. 2172. BRITISH CoLnuMBIA: Revelstoke, J. Macoun, no. 4163. ALASKA: Kadiak Island, Trelease, no. 2870; Unalaska (the TYPE-LocALITY), Van Dyke, no. 202. SrBERIA: Krestovskoi Islands (at mouth of Kolyma River), sent by Regel. Amur: Amur Medius, 1891, Korshinsky. Japan: Sapporo, 1903, Arimoto. 82 Rhodora [APRIL Var. subellipticus, var. nov., foliis submersis anguste oblongo- ellipticis 4-8(-12) cm. longis 0.8-2 cm. latis 7-13-nerviis apice rotun- datis vel obtusis.—Newfoundland to British Columbia, south to Maine, Vermont, Michigan and Wyoming. NEkwFOUNDLAND: shal- low pools in limestone barrens, Flower Cove, July 28, 1924, F ernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,221; Hotchkiss, no. 27,338; shallow pools, Stephenville, August 15, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2442; pond 4 miles northeast of Port à Port, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,047. QUEBEC: pool in tundra, Ile Ouapitagone, July 14, 1915, St. John, no. 90,085; ruisseau sur les dunes, Rivière Goynish, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,575; étangs des tourbiéres calcaires, Ile à la Proie, Mingan, 20 juillet 1925, Victorin & Rolland, no 20,462; étangs cal- caires, Grande Ile, Mingan, 20 juillet 1925, Victorin & Rolland, no. 20,468; eaux tranquilles, Riv. au Saumon, Anticosti, 3 aofit 1925, Victorin, Rolland & Louis, no. 20,467; Riv. Sainte-Marie, Anticosti, 2 août 1926, Victorin & Rolland, no. 25,938; shallow pools, Seal Cove River, Douglastown, August 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; “Petit Bassin," Riv. Ste. Anne des Monts, August 17, 1906, Fernald & Collins; small pond on river-flat, Riv. Cap Chat, August 27, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,420; shallow pool, Bonaventure River, August 8, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; brook, Georgeville, July 27, 1902, Pease, no. 1919. MaGDALEN IsLawps: shallow pools, Coffin Island, August 27, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6766 (ТҮРЕ in Gray Herb.); étangs, Пе du Hávre-au-Ber, 17 juillet 1919, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9923. Nova Scortta: cold shallow brook, Baddeck Bay, August 27, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 19,687. MAINE: rills, Houlton, July 13, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,387; shallow brook, Foxcroft, September 5 and 15, 1894, August 31, 1896, Fernald, VERMONT: pond near Willoughby Lake House, August 4 and 11, 1881, Faxon, June 10, 1895 and September 15, 1899, Kennedy; Nigger Pond, alt. 1750 ft., Westmore, August 3-10, 1916, Eames & Godfrey; Little Leech Pond, Averill, August 7, 1899, Eggleston, no. 1656. New York: Minerva Brook, east of Minerva, August 6, 1927, House, no. 15,182. MrcnrGaN: Eagle Harbor, Keweenaw Peninsula, 1863, Robbins; shallow ponds, Keweenaw County, August, 1890, Farwell, no. 514. Мүоміхс: Branch of Sweetwater, Wind River Mts., East Fork of Big Sandy, and Heart Lake Creek, 1878, C. Richardson. British Cotumsta: Kicking Horse Lake, August 17, 1890, J. Macoun. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 197 (All figures X 2) Spike at left and Figs. 1-16, POTAMOGETON ALPINUS: 1, from Ballynahinch, Ireland, ex Nat. Mus. Irel.; 2, Shropshire, England, Leighton; 3, Savoie, Perrier; 4, Langenfeld, Tirol, Zimmeter, no. 2683; 5, Coburg, Bavaria, Schack; 6, Eversen bei Westerwalsede, Germany, Buchenau; 7, hüringen, Rehder; 8, Bavaria, G. Fischer, no. 481; 9, Bavaria, Fischer, no. 482; 10, Bavaria, Fischer, no. 342; 11, Coburg, Bavaria, Schack; 12, Germany, Sennholz; 13, Bracke, Jemtland, Sweden, Tiselius, no. 15k; 14, Ostrogothia (Linkóping), 1930] Fernald,—Identity of Juncus canadensis 83 Sweden, Ekeroth; 15, Christiania (Oslo), Norway, Blytt; 16, Torne Lappmark, Laestadius. Spike at right and Figs. 17-37, P. MICROSTACHYS: 1, from Carbonear, New- foundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4473 (var. typicus); 18, Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Hotchkiss, no. 27,838 (var. subellipticus); 19, Grand Falls, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4474 (var. typ.); 20, Stephenville, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2442 (var. subel.); 21, Natashquan, Quebec, St. John, no. 90,083 (var. typ.); 22, Magdalen Islands, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6766 (var. subel.); 23, Truro, Nova Scotia, Bean & White, no. 22,963 (var. typ.); 24, Madawaska, Maine, Fernald, no. 117 (var. typ.); 25, Foxcroft, Maine, Fernald (var. subel.); 26, Sydney, Maine, Fernald & Long, no. 12,388 (var. typ.); 27, Pembroke, Maine, Fernald, no. 1622 (var. typ.); 28, Willoughby, Vermont, Kennedy (var. subel.); 29, Richmond, Massa- chusetts, Robbins (var. typ.); 30, Lake George, New York, Tuckerman (var. typ.); 31, Minerva, New York, House, no, 15,185 (var. subel.; 32, Bruce Peninsula, Ontario, J. Macoun; 33, Eagle Harbor, Michigan, Robbins (var. subel.); 34, Heart Lake Creek, Yellowstone Region, C. Richardson (var. subel.) ; 35, Georgetown, Colorado (var. typ.); 36, Faleon Valley, Washington, Suksdorf (var. typ.); 37, Krestovskoi Islands, Siberia, ex Regel (var. typ.). VII. THE IDENTITIES OF JUNCUS CANADENSIS AND OF J. BREVICAUDATUS M. L. FERNALD (Plate 198) Ix 1827 Jacques Gay published Juncus canadensis characterized by Panicula composita, erecta, plus minusve coarctata vel laxiuscula ... 3 spicis 4-8-16-floris, plus minusve distantibus vel approximatis, echinatis, fuscescentibus. Perigonii foliola lanceolato-linearia, substriata, acute aristata, interiora sublongiora. Stamina tria, perigonio breviora; mE. Capsula ellipsoideo-prismatica, triquetra, utrinque leviter attenuata, vix mucronata; . . . Semina utrinque in caudam albidam abeuntia.! Gay's description indicated at least two elements, one with coarc- tate, the other with lax inflorescence, one with “spikes” 4-8-flowered, the other with more flowers (-15); but both had the perianth-seg- ments acutely aristate, stamens 3, and seeds with a white tail at each end. The two elements were distinguished as J canadensis. Gay! ined. z. Culmo foliisque tenuibus, paniculá sublaxá, spicis 10-15-floris remotiusculis. ; 3. Culmo foliisque tenuibus, panieulá coarctaté, spicis 4-8-floris approximatis. In 1866, Engelmann took up? Juncus canadensis, with three varie- ties: “x. brevicaudatus (J. acuminatus, Gray)," “B. subcaudatus, Con- 1 J. Gay in Laharpe, Mon. Jonc. 134 (1827). 2 Engelm, Trans. St. Louis Acad. ii. 436 (1866). 84 Rhodora [APRIL necticut to Georgia," and “y. longicaudatus (J. paradoxus, Gray), Massachusetts southward to Louisiana, and north-westward to Minne- sota”; and under var. “а, brevicaudatus” he named two forms, “ A. coarctatus, Pennsylvania, northward and northwestward” and “B. patulus, Pennsylvania to Western New York & Ohio.” Engelmann in 1866 gave no descriptions and all his names of that date were nomina nuda except J. canadensis, а. brevicaudatus, which was a re- naming of J. acuminatus of Gray’s Manual of that period (ed. 4), not of Michx., and J. canadensis y. longicaudatus, which was a renaming of J. paradoxus of Gray’s Man. ed. 4, not E. Meyer. Two years later (1868) Engelmann! dropped the properly published name J. canadensis «. brevicaudatus and the nomen nudum J. canadensis х. brevicaudatus B. patulus of 1866 and recognized four varieties: (1) Var. a. coarctatus for the plant formerly called J. canadensis a. brevicaudatus (including the form “А. coarctatus") with the explicit synonymy, “J. Canadensis, B. Gay, 1. c.; J. acuminatus, Torr. N. Y. 2, 327; Gray, l. c. 481; Chap. Fl. 464, et. Auct. Am. plur. non Michx.’’; (2) Var. 8. brachycephalus, substituted for the earlier J. canadensis, х. brecivaudatus B. patulus and now for the first time described; (3) Var. y. subcaudatus, now for the first time properly published; and (4) Var. à. longecaudatus (the second syllable altered from the original gi), described in detail, with not only the original synonym J. paradoxus Gray, not Meyer, but the more significant synonym J. canadensis а. Gay. It is perfectly clear, then, that Engelmann, who had studied Gay's specimens, in his final revision identified Gay's J. canadensis а. with the plant Gray and others had been calling J. paradoxus and which Engelmann now called J. canadensis, var. longi- caudatus; it is also quite as clear that Engelmann's J. canadensis, a. brevicaudatus, A. coarctatus (1866), changed in 1868 to J. canadensis var. х. coarctatus, was based upon and drew its final name from Gay's “J. canadensis, B. . . . paniculá coarctatá." So far as I can find, the first formal taking up of Juncus canadensis Gay as standing without qualification for J. canadensis a. of Gay or var. longicaudatus Engelm. was by Coville in Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora, i. 394, fig. 955 (1896). Coville's correct interpre- tation was accepted by me at the time I split off Gay's J. canadensis B. or Engelmanw's var. brevicaudatus as a species, J. brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald, Ruopora vi. 35 (1904); and it was agaln accepted by Coville in the second edition of the Illustrated Flora (1913); and ! Engelm. 1. c. 474 (1868). 1930] Fernald,—Identity of Juncus canadensis 85 still again, by Coville & Blake, in 1918 when they separated off the last remaining of Engelmann’s varieties as J. subcaudatus (Engelm.) Coville & Blake, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxxi. 45 (1918). It would thus seem, since Gay’s vars. ж and @ were so definitely identified by Engel- mann, who had studied the specimens, and since Coville had definitely taken up as true J. canadensis the plant which Engelmann had found to be Gay’s var. a, while I had taken up J. brevicaudatus for the plant which Engelmann found to be Gay’s var. 8, that the proper names for these plants had been satisfactorily settled. But recently Mr. К. К. Mackenzie has expressed’ his personal dis- satisfaction with the identifications others have made of Gay’s Juncus canadensis а and B. He has secured from Paris photographs of such material of Gay's as could be found. "It willbe seen . . . that all of the Canadian and Newfoundland material cited by Gay repre- sents his variety 8. They all represent the plant now generally called Juncus brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald, as marked by Engelmann. “The only material cited by Gay unaccounted for above is the Torrey material . . . Investigation at Paris did not result in finding any such material Ri Since there is, apparently, no extant material to stand unquestioned for Gay's J. canadensis x, Mackenzie's solution is to transfer the name J. canadensis to J. canadensis B. and he forthwith coins for the plant which Engelmann, Coville and I have identified as J. canadensis « the new combination J. longicaudatus (Engelm.) Mackenzie. At the same time, although admitting that “the name J. brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald . . . can logically be used as in our current manuals," Mackenzie believes it “would be the best course" to interpret J. brevicaudatus as based on material of J. brachycephalus (Engelm.) Buchenau. In regard to the last suggestion it should be noted that J. brevi- caudatus goes directly back to J. canadensis, "a. brevicaudatus (J. acuminatus, Gray)” of Engelmann (1866); in other words it was J. acuminatus of Gray’s Manual, ed. 4 (1865). The salient points in Gray’s description were * Stem erect (10’-15’ high) . . . panicle with rather slightly spreading branches, bearing few or many 3-8-flowered chestnut-colored heads; sepals lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, very acute, one third or one half the length of the prismatic triangular and abruptly acute pod; seeds tail-pointed at both ends. . . . Peat- bogs, and sandy borders of ponds." Mackenzie believes it “would be ‘Mackenzie, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. lvi. 29-32 (1929). 86 Rhodora [APRIL the best course” to interpret J. canadensis a. brevicaudatus Engelm. (1866) as meaning his forma B. patulus, rather than his forma A. coarctatus. As already noted, Engelmann in 1868 took up var. coarc- fatus in place of his earlier J. canadensis a. brevicaudatus (and its forma A. coarctatus), while he substituted for «. brevicaudatus B. patu- lus of 1866 the new name var. brachycephalus, which is the basis of J. brachycephalus (Engelm.) Buchenau. Engelmann correctly de- scribed the latter as having “culms 114-214 feet high; panicles effuse, with spreading branches; sepals mostly obtuse; capsules obtusish and mucronate, short-exserted (caulibus elatioribus (114-214 pedalibus) . ; paniculae majoris effusae ramis patulis; . . . sepalis plerumque obtusis; . . . capsula . . . obtusiuscula mucronata breviter exserta)." How different was Gray's description of his J. acuminatus upon which alone the original J. canadensis a. brevicaudatus Engelm. (1866) rests: “Stem erect (10—15° high) . . . ; panicle with rather slightly spreading branches . . . ;sepals . . . very acute, one third or one half the length of the prismatic triangular and abrupt- ly acute pod.” Gray’s description in English was closely paralleled by Engelmann’s description in Latin in 1868 of his var. coarctatus which he was then substituting for his earlier var. brevicaudatus: “(05-115 pedalibus) erectis; paniculae minoris coarctatae ramis erectis; . . . sepalis acutis seu raro obtusiusculis; . . . cap- sula . . . acutata longius exserta." Neither Engelmann, Gray, Coville, Buchenau nor any one else who understood the genus had any thought of confusing J. acuminatus Gray, not Michx. with J. brachycephalus. "There are only a few specimens of this group in the Gray Herbarium dating back to 1865 and thus showing what Gray was calling J. acuminatus just prior to Engelmann's publication of J. canadensis, "a. brevicaudatus (J. acuminatus, Gray).” In J. brachycephalus there are 4 specimens: from Erie Co., New York, A. Gray, without an original identification but marked by John Carey “J. acuminatus?"; from Penn Yan, New York, Sartwell and from Dexter, New York, Vasey, the Sartwell specimen without name, the Vasey one originally called J. paradoxus, changed to J. pelocarpus?, and both marked by Carey “J. acuminatus? capitulis parvis"; a sheet from Jefferson Co., New York, Vasey, labeled J. articulatus; all of the specimens relabeled by Engelmann J. canadensis В. brachycephalus. Of J. brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fern. or J. coarctatus (Engelm.) Buchenau there are likewise 4 of these older specimens: Essex Co., Massachusetts, Oakes, without name except in Engelmann's hand 1930] Fernald,—Identity of Juncus canadensis 87 “J. canadensis Gay, a. brevicaudatus, ү. coarctatus, G. E. 1866," the second name with a later pen-line through it; White Mts., New Hampshire, Gray, similarly without name on original label but marked by Engelmann as above; and two numbers (3 and 4) sent by Vasey from Dexter, New York as “Juncus accuminatus" and so accepted by Gray who made memoranda as to the source of the specimens and corrections of Vasey's unfortunate spelling; and these, like the others were marked by Engelmann J. canadensis var. coarctatus. It is thus clear that the only plants Gray had before him which bore the un- questioned name J. acuminatus were specimens which Engelmann at first called J. canadensis, var. brevicaudatus, forma coarctatus, later var. coarctatus. That J. acuminatus of Gray, congequently J. canaden- sis a. brevicaudatus Engelm., therefore J. brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald, is the plant Fernald meant when he transferred the name there can be no serious question. As to Mackenzie’s other contention, that in the absence of any identifiable type of Gay’s J, canadensis a, the name J. canadensis should be used for his var. В. because the first specimen mentioned by Gay happens to belong to that plant, of course the International Rules of Nomenclature provide that “ When a species or subdivision of a species is divided into two or more groups of the same nature, if one of the two forms was distinguished or described earlier than the other, the name is retained for that form" (Art. 47). It is, conse- quently, logical to accept the “alpha variety " as the type of a com- plex species; and when the var. B. was taken out as the coórdinate species, J. brevicaudatus, naturally var. æ was interpreted as J. cana- densis. Even though no extant specimen of Gay’s J. canadensis, var. a can be found, Gay (or Laharpe) furnished a very vivid comparative note which Mackenzie did not quote. After the description of J. canadensis occurs this comment: “La variété a ressemble au J. lampocarpos y, tandis que la variété В a le port du J. ustulatus.” J. lampocarpus is the plant we call J. articulatus L. and J. lampocarpus ү of Laharpe is the extreme with “ Spicis paucis, multifloris, densis, culmo foliisque duris," i. e. J. lampocarpus, var. macrocephalus (Viv.) Döll. An inflorescence of this plant, which Laharpe stated that J. canadensis var. « of Gay resembles, is shown in PLATE 198, FIG. 1, from a specimen collected іп Hyères (Raine), and beside it (FIG. 2) is a panicle of the American plant which Engelmann, Coville and I have 1 Laharpe, Mon. Jonc. 125 (1827). 88 Rhodora [APRIL identified as Gay’s J. canadensis, var. a. In the absence of a type- specimen, Laharpe’s note of the resemblance of the two is certainly pretty conclusive and little good can come by replacing this well- grounded interpretation by a new guess which at best simply shifts the names without adding anything of finality to the solution. Juncus ustulatus Hoppe is treated by Buchenau, Rouy and other competent European students as one of the varieties of J. al pinus Vill. А characteristic inflorescence of this variety of J. alpinus (J. ustulatus) is shown in FIG. 3 (Braun-Blanquet, Fl. Raet. Exsicc. no. 318) and beside it a typical inflorescence of J. brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald as ric. 4 (Bathurst, New Brunswick, S. F. Blake, no. 5440). The pertinence of the original statement that Gay's J. canadensis В has the aspect of J. ustulatus is apparent. It should be clear, then, that when Engelmann stated that his J. canadensis, var. brevicaudatus, later called by him var. coarctatus, was Gay's J. canadensis, var. B, he had positive grounds for his identification and that when he originally based var. brevicaudatus upon Gray's J. acuminatus he was correctly associating the latter with J. canadensis, var. « of Gay. There is, then, no reasonable justification for shifting J. brevicaudatus to the synonymy of J. brachycephalus, as supposed by Mackenzie. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 198 (All figures X 1) Panicles of (FIG. 1) JUNCUS LAMPOCARPUS Y Laharpe (var. MACROCEPHALUS (Viv.) Dóll) from La Plage, Hyères, France, F. Raine; (Fa. 2) J. CANADENSIS J. Gay from Chilmark, assachusetts, F. C. Seymour, по. 1147; (ға. 3) J. USTULATUS Hoppe (J. ALPINUS, Var. MUCRONIFLORUS (Clairv.) Aschers. & Graebn.) from the Central Alps, Braun-Blanquet, Fl. Raet. Exsicc. no. 318; (FIG. 4) J. BREVICAUDATUS (Engelm.) Fernald from Bathurst, New Brunswick, S. F. Blake, no. 5440. THE POLLINIZATION OF HABENARIA OBTUSATA.—The small, green- ish white orchid, Habenaria obtusata (Pursh) Richardson, is a common plant of the Canadian forest from Newfoundland to Alaska. In the Athabaska-Great Slave Lake region of northwestern Canada it is not only extremely abundant, as shown by the writer's collections and observations, but it is also by far the most common of all the orchids growing there. On several occasions during the past three summer's botanizing in this region, mosquitoes have been found carrying the pollinia of this orchid, the sticky pads of the pollinia 1930] Cory,—A New Salviastrum from Texas 89 being fastened to the heads of the insects near the base of the mouth parts as shown in the accompanying photographs. It is possible that the great abundance of the orchids is due to an efficient polliniza- Fic. 1. Mosquitoes carrying the Pollinia of Habenaria obtusata. tion carried on by the myriads of mosquitoes which inhabit the woods. The flowers produce sufficient scent and nectar to attract such sugar- loving insects.—Hvcn M. Ravp, Harvard University. A NEW SALVIASTRUM FROM THE EDWARDS PLATEAU OF TEXAS V. L. Cory, Grazing Research Botanist INTRODUCTION While engaged in the loco survey of a portion of the Edwards Plateau region of Texas and on the occasion of investigating the southern limit of loco on Live Oak Draw in Crockett County, Texas, it became desirable to leave this Draw and cross over the divide to Howard Draw further east. Near the summit of the pass on a gravelly limestone ridge our attention was caught by some plants that seem- ingly were a species of Penstemon not hitherto collected by us, and the car was stopped to make a collection. The first plant reached revealed that it was a Salviastrium rather than a Penstemon, but that it was new to us and apparently new to science. Grateful acknowledgment is due Dr. Ivan M. Johnston of the Gray Herbarium for valuable sug- gestions in regard to this plant. 90 Rhodora [APRIL DESCRIPTION SALVIASTRUM dolichanthum Cory, sp. nov. А low suffrutescent plant 10-20 cm. tall; stems strict, commonly branched from the base, cinereous, covered with a close and dense indument of minute branch- ing hairs, also conspicuously white-setose; leaves entire, firm, ascending, strict, cinereous with a dense indument of minute branching hairs, frequently ciliate, margins revolute, apex obtusish to somewhat acute, midrib evident but veins obscure, pale beneath; basal leaves narrowly oblanceolate becoming 5-6 сш. long and 3-6 mm. broad, below the middle gradually contracted to a slender petiole; cauline leaves linear or oblance-linear, 1-3.5 cm. long and 1-2 mm. broad, the uppermost bracts somewhat cuspidate at apex; flowers solitary in the axils and together forming a cylindrical bracted raceme of 10-20 flowers, the racemes being 5-10 cm. long; calyx at anthesis up to 12 mm. long, glabrescent, reticulately veined, villous-setose towards the base on the outside, conspicuously pilose in the throat within, its lobes lance- oblong, ciliate and cuspidate; corolla blue or purple, subsalverform, 3-3.5 em. long, pubescent outside, its tube about twice the length of the calyx, 2-2.5 cm. long and up to 2 mm. thick at the base, gradually expanding and curving towards the apex where it is up to 3 mm. thick, sparsely and inconspicuously villous inside just above the base but otherwise glabrous within, its throat short, its limb oblique; filaments of the upper fertile pair of stamens up to 2 cm. long, attached in corolla-throat up to 2.4 em. above base of corolla; connective up to 1 mm. long, thickened; both anther cells polliniferous, 1 mm. long; the lower pair of stamens represented by abortive rudiments up to | mm. long; styles glabrous, filiform, extruded, unequally 2-lobed, the slender lobes being 1.5-2.5 mm. long; nutlets smooth, brown, sub- globose, up to 2 mm. in diameter. A number of plants in flower and in fruit were collected April 20, 1929 from a gravelly, limestone ridge forming the divide between Live Oak and Howard Draws in Crockett County, Texas, 32 miles northwest of Ozona. As similar habitats were not visited collections of this species from other localities were not made. The TYPE specimen, No. 675, is in the herbarium of the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station at College Station, Texas. Isotypic material, No. 674, has been deposited in the Gray Herbarium. This species is related to Salviastrum texanum Scheele, which occurs commonly throughout the Edwards Plateau, but differs in its ex- tremely elongated and less irregular corolla, and in the shorter, thick- ened connectives of the anthers. It is a very distinct new species. TEXAS AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION. Volume 82, no. 375, including pages 35 to 62 and plate 195, was issued 8 March, 1930. Rhodora Plate 197 5 ф 1 i179 @28 4| © n et ү? № № e © P OH t | 3 | ШИШИШИ сэ ^ tse. M t» nm № e N N || E n nn MrTRICI | | Photo. by H. M. Raup and A. N. Steward. POTAMOGETON ALPINUS at left, X 2; P. MICROSTACHYS at right, X 2. Rhodora Р Plate 198 Photo. by H. M. Raup. Juncus: FIG. 1, J. LAMPOCARPUS, var. MACROCEPHALUS; FIG. 2, J. CANA- DENSIS; FIG. 3, J. ALPINUS, Var. MUCRONIFLORUS (J. USTULATUS); FIG. 4, J. BREVICAUDATUS; all X 1. Подога JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. May, 1930. No. 377. CONTENTS: Cladoniae from the Valley of the Cap Chat, Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. . A. F. Ап... з... дак гр ЛА, оова 91 Leaf-variation in Liquidambar Styraciflua. Theo. Holm. ......... 95 Euphorbia Esula as a Weed in New York State. W. С. Muenscher.. 101 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora Plate 199 CLADONIA PLEUROTA, foliose form (FIG. 1); C. DIGITATA, var. GLABRATA (FIG. 2); C. ACUMINATA (FIG. 3). QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. May, 1930. No. 377. SOME CLADONIAE FROM THE VALLEY OF THE CAP CHAT RIVER AND VICINITY, GASPE PENINSULA, QUEBEC ARTHUR F. ALLEN (Plate 199) Tue following list includes species of lichens of the genus Cladonia, collected by the writer during July and August, 1928, in the valley of the Cap Chat River and on Mt. Logan, a nearby peak of the Shickshock Mts., in Matane County, Province of Quebec, near the north shore of the Gaspé Peninsula. Although many of the species mentioned will be found in the list of lichens of the Gaspé Peninsula published by Dr. C. №. Dodge,! they have not been omitted, as the present list supplies new forms and stations. SPECIES COLLECTED (those previously listed by Dr. Dodge indicated by an asterisk): *CLADONIA RANGIFERINA (L.) Web., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. *C. ІМРЕХА Harm. var. LAXIUSCULA Del., valley of the Cap Chat River. C. mitis Sandst. Forma PRosTrRATA Sandst., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. *C. BACILLARIS (Ach.) Nyl., valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. DEFORMIS Hoffm., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. Forma kxTENSA (Hoffm.) Wainio, summit of Mt. Logan. Forma CRENULATA Ach., valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. CRISTATELLA Tuck. Forma Beauvois (Del.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. Forma VESTITA Tuck., valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma ocHrocarpa Tuck., valley of Cap Chat River. 1 Dodge, Ruopona, Vol. 28 (1926) рр. 156-161, 205-207, 225—232. 92 Rhodora [May *C. COCCIFERA (L.) Zopf., summit of Mt. Logan; valley of the Cap Chat River. Var. sTEMMATINA Ach., summit of Mt. Logan. *C. PLEUROTA (Floerke) Schaer., summit of Mt. Logan; valley of the Cap Chat Hiver. Mod. pEcoRATA Wainio, summit of Mt. Logan. *C. DIGITATA Schaer., valley of the Cap Chat River. Var. GLABRATA (Del.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. uNcIALIS (L.) Web., summit of Mt. Logan. C. AMAUROCRAEA (Floerke) Schaer., summit of Mt. Logan. Forma OXYCERAS (Ach.) Wainio, summit of Mt. Logan. C. FURCATA (Huds.) Schrad., summit of Mt. Logan. Var. RACEMOSA (Hoffm.) Floerke, summit of Mt. Logan. *C. SCABRIUSCULA (Del.) Leight. Forma sunRRECTA Floerke, valley of the Cap Chat River. C. MULTIFORMIS Merrill, summit of Mt. Logan. *C. cRISPATA (Ach.) Flot., summit of Mt. Logan. Forma DILA- CERATA (Schaer.) Malbr., valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma VIRGATA (Ach.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma KarRAMOI Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. Forma pnENTICOLLIS (Hoffm.) Floerke, summit of Mt. Logan. *C. cENOTEA (Ach.) Schaer. var. скоѕѕотА (Ach.) Nyl., summit of Mt. Logan. C. invisa Robbins, n. sp., valley of the Cap Chat River. C. cARIOSA (Ach.) Spreng. Forma сківкоѕА (Wallr. Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma corticata Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. C. ACUMINATA (Ach.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. *C. craciuis (L.) Willd. var. niLATATA (Hoffm.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma ANTHOCEPHALA Sandst., valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma MEsorHETA Wallr., valley of the Cap Chat River. Var. сновратлѕ (Floerke) Schaer., valley of the Cap Chat River. Var. CHORDALIS-ASPERA Floerke, valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. CORNUTA (L.) Schaer., summit of Mt. Logan. *C. VERTICILLATA (Hoffm.) Schaer., valley of the Cap Chat River. Var. EvoLUTA (Th.) Fr., valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma PHYLLOPHORA (Ehrh.) Flot., valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. DEGENERANS (Floerke) Spreng. Forma pHyLLOPHORA (Ehrh.) Flot., valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. cHLOROPHAEA (Floerke) Spreng., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. C. conista (Ach.) Robbins, n. comb.,! valley of the Cap Chat River. ! Cenomyce fimbriata Q. conista Ach. Syn. Lich. 257. 1814. Cladonia fimbriata f. conista Nyl. Addit. Lich. Boliv. 370. 1862. 1930] — Allen,—Cladoniae from the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec 93 *C. FIMBRIATA (L.) Fr. Forma siMPLEX (Weis.) Flot., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. C. NEMOXYNA (Ach.) Zopf., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit of Mt. Logan. *C. CONIOCRAEA (Floerke) Sandst., valley of the Cap Chat River; summit Mt. Logan. Forma ceratopes (Flk.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma rRUNCATA (Flk.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. Forma pycnotueiza (Nyl.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. *C. coRNUTORADIATA (Coem.) Wainio, valley Cap Chat River. Forma suBULATA (L.) Wainio, valley of the Cap Chat River. C. BORBONICA (Del.) Nyl., valley of the Cap Chat River. The bulk of the foregoing species need but little comment, being, for the most part, well known inhabitants of the colder or temperate regions of the British Isles, Europe, Siberia, Greenland, Labrador, Canada, and, in some cases, South America and Australia—nearly or quite cosmopolitan. An exception is the well known North American endemic, C. cristatella Tuck. A few, however, deserve further mention. A hitherto unknown form, found by C. A. Robbins in the material collected, was named by him C. invisa. The description is as follows. CraADoNIA invisa, Robbins, sp. nov., primary squamules small to medium size, thickish, rounded, becoming more or less lobate-divided, glaucescent above, white beneath, KOH + ; podetia stout, short—5 mm. tall (taller?), corticate, usually naked and semipellucid above, divided into short obtuse branches, always terminated by compara- tively large brownish or darker apothecia KOH+. Suggestive of C. caespiticia (without caespitose habit, podetia stouter, better devel- oped, with thicker and more rounded squamules), or a dwarf C. cariosa (without characteristic reaction). TYPE growing with C. bacillaris (Ach.) Nyl. from base of tree, valley of the Cap Chat River, Matane County, QUEBEC. This same locality yielded also Cladonia digitata var. glabrata (Del.) Wainio (Fic. 2) a species rare in both Europe and America, collected by Wainio in? Finland and also found in France*. Cladonia acuminata (Ach.) Nyl. (Fic. 3) was discovered growing in an extensive colony (twenty or more square feet) with other lichens, as Stereo- caulon tomentosum Fr. and a species of moss, Rhacomitrium canescens (Timm.) Brid. The colony occupied part of a gravelly beach obviously 1 Deposited in the Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University. 2 Wainio, E. A., Monographia Cladoniarum Universalis. Helsingfors, Vol. I, p. 133. 3Found also in Alaska by L. J. Palmer (Herb. G. K. Merrill). 94 Rhodora [May flooded at times of high water. Wainio! gives the range of this lichen as follows, stating that it is imperfectly understood: Finland, Russian Lapland, mountains of Scotland, and Ireland, Switzerland, Tirol, Siberia, Port Clarence, on Behring Strait, and Kerguelen Island.? It is clearly an inhabitant of subarctic, subantarctic, alpine and subalpine regions. Among other species found in the Cap Chat Valley, Cladonia borbonica (Del.) Nyl. and Cladonia conista (Ach.) Robbins deserve mention. Wainio? gives the distribution of the former as Australia, Java, and the Islands of Bourbon (Reunion), Mauritius and Mada- gascar, with stations at Orizaba, Mexico, Cuba, Dominica, St. Vincent, Minas Geraes, Brazil. It is found also in Costa Rica, Florida, Alabama, and Vermont with a station in the Hawaiian Islands.* On the summit of Mt. Logan a collection was made of a single podetium (Fic. 1) quite unique in conformation, and, so far as known, not duplicated. "The description is briefly as follows: Primary thallus wanting; podetium unbranched, 2.3 cm. tall, actual diameter 2 mm., but increased to 8 mm. by a thick growth of large digitate squamules which completely envelope it; abruptly scyphiform at the summit, cup 1.5 em. in diameter, squamulose on both outer and inner surfaces; nearly sterile but with indications of young red apothecia on periphery, KOH4-. This specimen was classified by Robbins as a foliose and aberrant form of C. pleurota (Floerk.) Schaer. The writer wishes to make grateful acknowledgement of the assist- ance of Mr. C. A. Robbins of Onset, Mass., who examined all material collected and determined many of the species listed. Valuable aid in preparation of manuscript was given by Dr. C. W. Dodge, and suggestions concerning the plate by Dr. W. H. Weston, Jr. FanLow HERBARIUM, Harvard University. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 199 Fia. 1, foliose form of CLADONIA PLEUROTA from summit of Mt. Logan, Quebec; FIG. 2, C. DIGITATA, var. GLABRATA from Matane County, Quebec; FIG. 3, C. ACUMINATA from Matane County, Quebec. 1 Ibid., Vol. 2, p. 77. 2 See Hooker, J. D., Botany of Kerguelen Island. RoyalSoc. London. Phil. Trans. Vol. 168 (extra vol). 1897. pp. 46-52. з Wainio, E. A. Mono. Clad. Univ., Vol. 2, p. 344. * Stations recorded from specimens in Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University. 1930] Holm,—Leaf-variation in Liquidambar Styraciflua 95 LEAF-VARIATION IN LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA L. Тнко. Ном (Р1аїез 200 апа 201) ENDLICHER was the first author to remove the genera Liquidambar and Altingia from the Hamamelideac, referring these genera to a family of their own: Balsamifluae *'Juliflorae cohors II apetalae," between Platanaceae and Salicineae. This view became supported by Van Tieghem,' who pointed out the important fact that these two genera possess a system of resin-ducts traversing the primary leptome of the roots and the primary hadrome of the stems and leaves. In this manner the two genera actually combine the root-structure of the Anacardiaceae with the stem- and leaf-structure of the Diptero- carpeae. Ву Van 'Tieghem they were referred to a new family: Liquidambareae, between Dipterocarpeae and Simarubeae. With regard to Liquidambar, our native species L. Styraciflua L. shows a remarkable variation in the leaf-shape, which is not mentioned in the botanical manuals, and which is very characteristic of the species. The leaves are by Bentham and Hooker described as * palmati lobata,” and by Gray as: "rounded, deeply 5-7 lobed, glandular-serrate, the lobes pointed." None of these terms, however, give us the characteristic shape of the leaf, when compared with similar palmately lobed forms, and the term proposed by Linné: “foliis palmato-angulatis" is much more expressive. We have in Liquidambar a variation corresponding with that of Liriodendron,? when we compare the foliage of the seedlings with that of the mature tree, and also, to some extent, when we compare the leaves according to their position on the branches. One character remains constant in Liquidambar, however, the margin being always serrate. The typical shape of the leaf (ric. 9) is five-lobed, the two basal lobes forming an angle of 180°, and there is no indication of any secondary lobes. We consider this to represent the typical form, because it is the most frequent on the mature tree, and because it 1s borne on the flowering branches. But beside this, the typical form, there are many others, of which several appear on the mature tree, intermixed with the typical, or they may represent the only foliage 1 Van Tieghem, Ph. Second mémoire sur les canaux scéréteurs des plantes, Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. Sér. 7. Vol. l. Paris 1885, p. 80. ? Holm, Theo. Notes on the leaves of Liriodendron. Proceed. U. S. National Mus. Vol. XIII, no. 794. Washington 1890, pp. 15-35. 96 Rhodora [May of the species, when a mere shrub or a seedling. The variation may be expressed by a smaller number of lobes, only three (F1G. 5), or by the blade being entire, ovate (FIGs. 3 and 10); or the number of lobes may be increased by the development of secondary lobes borne on the primary (FIGs. 6, 7 and 8); finally the basal lobes may be directed downward, forming a distinct sinus of very variable depth and width. There is thus ample room for variation, notably with reference to the number and distribution of the secondary lobes, a variation fluctu- ating between the simple, ovate leaf and the form with 17 lobes, 5 primary and 12 secondary, which is not infrequent. But the number of primary lobes, 5, seems to be constant or at least the most general, for we have only found a few leaves on a single shrub, where seven ribs proceeded directly from the apex of the petiole, and where the number of secondary lobes aggregated 14, making a total of 21 lobes; the size of this leaf was 15 cm. in length, 13 cm. in width, and the shrub measured about 40 cm. in height with only four shoots. The size of the typical leaf with five lobes, and with no indication of secondary lobation, is about 17 cm. in length and 22 cm. in width, or more. The seedling has a long, thin primary root, and the hypocotyl is relatively tall (about 4 cm.), erect; the cotyledons are oblong and obtuse with short petioles; their leaf blades measure about 15 mm. in length, and 7 mm. in width. From three to four leaves are devel- oped in the first season, and they vary from entire, ovate (FIG. 3), to more or less distinctly three-lobed, but the lateral lobes are very short and obtuse (FIGs. 1-2). In the second year the stem remains unbranched, and may attain a height of 18 cm. bearing about ten leaves. Of these the lowermost is generally entire or with two lateral lobes, very short and obtuse; the other leaves are five-lobed, but the lobes are very broad and short-pointed. In specimens of the same age, but of a more vigorous growth, some of the leaves may show indication of secondary lobes, especially on the central lobe, thus representing the form shown in ric. 6, which also is from a specimen in its second year. Finally the form, shown in ric. 8, may be observed in similar, unbranched specimens, where the primary lobes bear short, but very distinct secondary lobes, making a total of 11 lobes, 5 primary, 6 secondary. Characteristic of the lobed leaves of the seedlings in the second year is the distinct basal sinus, especially deep and narrow іп the leaves with secondary lobation (FIGs: 6 and 8). Rhodora Plate 200 / » zi X 7 Theo. Holm delin. LiQUIDAMBAR Rhodora | Plate 201 Theo. Holm delin. LIQUIDAMBAR 1930] Holm,—Leaf-variation in Liquidambar Styraciflua 97 When the stem begins to branch at the age of about five years, the height may be about one meter, and the foliage is then very different from that of younger, unbranched specimens. The first developed leaves, at the base of the branches, are small, three-lobed, a little larger than the one shown in ric. 2, and with the central lobe narrower and a little longer. All the other leaves are large, five-lobed, but with the lobes relatively much broader than in the typical form, and with distinct secondary lobes like the leaf figured in rig. 8. In these leaves the basal sinus is narrow and deep; in some of them the secondary lobes of the basal primary pair may overlap each other (rig. 7), thus completely covering the sinus; some of the largest leaves may have seven primary lobes, and all the lobes bearing secondary pairs; the number of lobes may thus aggregate a total of 21, as described above. Not a single typical leaf was to be observed on shrubs of that age and height (one m.). In shrubs of greater height, about two meters, the leaves are smaller than in the preceding speci- mens, and the lobation is much less developed, frequently confined to the central lobe, and in all the leaves the basal sinus is deep and narrow; no typical leaves were observed. Characteristic of the foliage of the young shrubs are thus the relatively broad and short primary lobes, bearing several secondary lobes; besides that the basal sinus is constantly deep and narrow. For several years the species retains the form of a large shrub, measuring four to five m. in height, and the foliage begins now to approach the type of the mature tree. The leaves are ample, and two types are present: one with the five primary lobes broad at the base, with a small, secondary lobe only on the basal pair, and with the sinus forming an obtuse angle; or with the primary lobes elliptical, tapering gradually to the base, with small, secondary lobes, on the central especially, and with a relatively narrow sinus at the base of the blade. Of these the latter form is less frequent than the former, which resembles the typical, except that the basal, primary lobes bear secondary ones, and that the sinus represents an obtuse angle instead of an angle of 180*. When the species has reached maturity, and has become the stately, large tree so very characteristic of the North American forests from Connecticut to Illinois, and south to Florida and Texas, the typical leaf-shape (FIG. 9) is predominant. In the spring, the month of April, the flowers appear, and at that time all the leaves represent 98 Rhodora [May the typical form. Some few months later variation becomes much in evidence, and we may then observe some long shoots with the lowermost leaf entire (FIG. 10); moreover, three-lobed leaves may comprise almost the complete foliage of dwarf-shoots, here and there; in these three-lobed leaves the lateral lobes form a broad, convex arch at the base with no indication of any sinus. Or on the same tree leaves of ample size may be observed with the lobes, especially the central, showing a slight indication of seconday lobatrion, and with a distinct basal sinus. It is interesting to compare the foliage of the long, slender branches where the basal leaves are of the typical form, the succeeding with indication of secondary lobes, and the apical eleven-lobed (five primary, six secondary), and with a deep sinus; such cases are frequent on the mature tree. Whea trees have been cut down, shoots may develop from the stump, and the leaves are generally large and with several secondary lobes, besides with a deep, narrow sinus, resembling the form drawn in ric. 7. "There is thus a well marked variation to be observed even on the mature tree, but the typical form of the leaf is constantly to be found on the floral shoots themselves. A variety of L. Styraciflua has been found in Mexico: “mexicana,” and is figured by Oersted;' the plate shows one branch with four leaves, of which only the uppermost is three-lobed, all the others are five-lobed; but in this three-lobed leaf, the lateral lobes do not form an arch at the base, but taper gradually downward into the petiole. The leaf-variation in. Liquidambar is really remarkable, when we consider the fact that the mature tree shows several characteristic forms of leaves, as is also the case in Liriodendron, but to a smaller extent. In common with many other genera of trees with lobed or parted leaves, Liquidambar has the foliage of the seedling representing a very simple form, destitute of lobation. As we have described in a previously published paper? the seedlings of many trees are developed in the shade, and the relative size and outline of the primary leaves agrees well with the nature of the environment: diffuse light and a calm atmosphere, sometimes excellently illustrated also by the internal structure. We remember for instance Liriodendron, but furthermore several species of Quercus (palustris Du Roi, rubra L. ! Oersted, A. S. L'Amérique centrale. Prem. livr. Copenhague, 1863, planche 11. 2? Holm, Theo. Sciaphilous plant types. Beiheft. Botan. Centralbl. Vol. 44. Dresden, 1927. m 1930] Holm,—Leaf-variation in Liquidambar Styraciflua 99 ete.); in Acer saccharum Marsh. the first leaves are either entire with the margin dentate, or slightly three-lobed; in Negundo aceroides Moench the first leaves are simple with the margin entire or serrate, while the typical leaves are pinnate; similar, simple leaves occur also in species of Carya, for instance glabra (Mill.) Spach; in Platanus occidentalis L. the first leaves are cuneate, and entire. А still more remarkable structure is represented by Cecropia peltata L., where the first leaves of the seedling are ovate, the succeeding three-lobed, thus very different from the leaves of the mature tree, which are peltate, almost orbicular in outline and divided into 9-11 radiating segments. In Carica Papaya L. the first leaf of the seedling is ovate, acuminate, with the margin entire; the second leaf is three-lobed with the lobes acuminate, while in the mature tree the ample leaves are deeply seven-lobed, the lobes pinnatifid and pointed. Several other cases might be cited, but it, nevertheless, appears to be char- acteristic of Liquidambar in contradistinction to these examples cited, except Liriodendron, that the variation is continued even when the tree has reached maturity. The fact that the floral shoots in Liquid- ambar always bear the typical form of leaves may depend on the different space inside the buds, when we compare the floral buds with the purely vegetative. In the former the staminate and pistil- late inflorescences, developed at the same time, occupy the greater space in the bud; thus the subtending leaves, on account of the pressure, become simply five-lobed, and with the lobes narrow. It may be mentioned at this place that the leaves sometimes show small, but dense, tufts of hairs on the lower face, in the angles of the larger veins, but only at the very base of the blade; these hairs are mostly pluricellular, i. e. consisting of several cells in a single row, and wherever these tufts of hairs are developed the epidermis shows several strata of cork, which may possibly indicate the de- velopment of acaro-domatia, so very frequent in trees of various families as described by Lundstroem.! We have mentioned in the preceding that the foliage of the seedlings in Liquidambar corresponds with that of several other trees developed in the shade, so far as concerns the outline. Furthermore, we have observed that the internal structure resembles that of sciaphilous plants. The characters are as follows: 1Lundstroem, Axel. Die Anpassungen der Pflanzen an Thiere. Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Upsala. Ser. 3. 1887. 100 Rhodora [May 1. THE TYPICAL LEAF OF THE TREE. Epidermis: lateral cell-walls straight on ventral face, undulate on dorsal. Chlorenchyma: two layers of compact palisade-cells, and a pneu- matic tissue of about seven, more open strata. Collenchyma: several hypodermal strata above and beneath the primary veins. Stereome: a closed sheath around the mestome-strands of the primary veins. Mestome-strand of midrib: three strands fused together so as to form an apparently single “concentric,” in this case a perileptomatic strand with a central pith containing three resin-ducts. 2. THE LEAVES OF THE SEEDLING IN THE FIRST YEAR. “pidermis: lateral cell-walls undulate on both faces. Chlorenchyma: almost homogeneous of isodiametric cells, here and there with one layer of short, plump palisades; pneumatic tissue of four strata, more open. Collenchyma: only one hypodermal layer beneath the midrib. Stereome: a separate, open arch on the leptome-side, and a separate, small strand, covering the hadrome. Mestome-strand of midrib: one single strand, arch-shaped, open on the ventral face, with one resin-duct. CLINTON, MARYLAND. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 200 AND 201 PrarE 200. LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA L. Figs. 1-3, leaves of seedlings in the first year. Fia. 4, leaf of a small, unbranched specimen, 25 cm. in height. Ес. 5, leaf of a shrub, 1 m. in height. Fia. 6, leaf of a small specimen, 25 cm. in height. Fra. 7, leaf of a shrub, 1 m. in height, from the same branch as the leaf figured in ria. 5. PLATE 201. LiquipAMBAR STYRACIFLUA L. Ес. 8, leaf of a small, un- branched specimen with in all five leaves; the leaf figured is the basal. Fia. 9, leaf of a large tree, showing the typical shape. Fia. 10, leaf of a large tree, the lowermost on a branch near the inflorescence; the other leaves were normal, five-lobed. All the figures are two-thirds of the natural size. EUPHORBIA ESULA AS A WEED IN NEW YORK STATE. W. С. MUENSCHER AMONG that host of troublesome exotic weeds which have become established in our country is the Leafy Spurge, Euphorbia Esula L. Apparently this perennial weed is not only very persistent where it has taken a foothold, but is spreading rapidly into new areas. Our manuals and floras give only a very imperfect idea of its distribution, but indications are that it may be already widely dis- 1930] Muenscher,—Euphorbia Esula as a Weed in New York 101 tributed in the northern United States. Available records indicate that it has been found in Maine, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, North Dakota, and Colorado. House! did not include Euphorbia Esula in his “Flora of New York State." Taylor? in the “Flora of the Vicinity of New York" mentions it as occurring as a rare weed at Redding, Connecticut, but does not credit it to New York State. Leafy Spurge is a perennial which produces large numbers of viable seeds and also spreads by slender creeping roots which send up new shoots in great profusion. Propagation by the roots is very rapid, especially when they are.broken and dragged about a field with harrows and cultivators. Every piece of root, even though it is only one centimeter long, is capable of producing a new plant and a new center from which the weed spreads. In most places where it has become established, it has become a very serious pest in meadows as well as in cultivated land. The following notes upon the distribution of this weed in New York State are based largely upon field observations by the writer and inquiries and specimens from farmers who have been confronted with the problem of its control. Unless otherwise indicated, the numbers refer to specimens collected by the writer and deposited in the herbarium of Cornell University. ORANGE CouNTY: overrunning meadows and fields near Rock Tavern, New Windsor, 15,735 (1924); common and spreading in fields, meadows and along roadsides west of Newburgh, 15,736 (1924); in meadows and along roadside near the Middletown country club, Middletown, 15,737 (1924). ULSTER Country: common in a meadow near Kingston, H. P. Beals (1925). SuLLIvAN County: common in meadows and along roadside south of Bloomington, 16,217 (1925). Юотснеѕѕ County: common and spreading in grain fields, meadows and pastures, H. I. Hall (1922-1927). CoLumBia County: a large patch in a meadow near Hillsdale, 16,216 (1925). ALBANY COUNTY: common in an oatfield at Guilderland Center, H. D. House, New York State Herbarium, 10,787 (1925). HERKIMER CouwTY: in a field near Little Falls, C. A. Casely. Sr. LAWRENCE COUNTY: опе colony in a hayfield near Potsdam, probably extinct, O. P. Phelps, C. U., (1925). Tompxins County: on a hillside north of Ithaca, L. Н. MacDaniels & A. J. Eames, C. U., 4493 (1915). CAYUGA 1 House, Н, D. Annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of New York State. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 254. 1924. ?'Taylor, Norman. Flora of the Vicinity of New York. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 1-683. 1915. з О, U. = Herbarium of Cornell University. 102 Rhodora [Max County: in cultivated fields and grassland, about three miles east of Aurora (1929). According to a local resident it was first noticed here in 1923. GENESEE County: abundant along roadside near Bergen, A. E. Perkins, C. U. (1929). | Fig. 1. Distribution of Euphorbia Esula in New York State. These distribution records, also indicated on the map in figure 1, show that the Leafy Spurge is already known to be established in at lesst eleven counties in New York State: it is most abundant and troublesome in the southeastern counties but it is also found in scat- tered counties extending northward to the St. Lawrence River and westward almost to Lake Erie. More intensive field observations would probably show that it is already in some of the other counties. The rate at which this weed produces seed and spreads indicates that unless extreme measures are taken to eradicate new infestations, it is likely to become a much more common weed pest in the future. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, Cornell University. Volume 32. no. 376, including pages 63 to 90 and plates 196 to 198, was issued 5 April, 1930. Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY Ала йн LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Vol. 32. June, 1930. No. 378. CONTENTS: Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massachusetts. J. M. Fogg, Jr. 103 New Lesquerella from Western Texas. V. L. Соғу............... 110 New Salix from the Mackenzie Basin. Н. M. Raup.............. 111 New Willow from the Côte Nord, Quebec. М. L. Fernald.......... 112 Alpine Station for Hieracium aurantiacum. S. К. Harris.......... 113 Tipularia discolor in Dukes County, Massachusetts. J. М. Fogg, Jr. 114 Deam’s Grasses of Indiana [Review]. С. A. Weatherby........... 117 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. 11. Persistence of Plante in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 8-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. June, 1930. No. 378. A FEW NOTEWORTHY PLANTS FROM FALMOUTH, MASSACHUSETTS Јонх M. Foaa, JR. From 1923 to 1928, inclusive, the writer spent all or a part of each summer at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Barn- stable County, Massachusetts. During these six years, considerable attention was paid to the vascular flora of the region and many collecting trips were made not only to the adjacent islands but to various localities in Falmouth, Mashpee, Sandwich, and Bourne. As invariably happens when such a study is made (and this is apparently as true of a carefully worked region as of one which has been little visited by botanists), new stations have been discovered for several interesting species and significant extensions in ranges have been made for others. A few of these observations are here recorded with the hope that they may contribute toward a clearer understanding of the problems of plant distribution as exhibited in southeastern New England. The western portion of Cape Cod, which includes the four town- ships mentioned above, is found to differ botanically as well as geo- logically and topographically from the rest of Barnstable County. This “ Upper Cape,” as it is often referred to, is made up of a line of morainal hills which extends, in a general north and south direction, from Woods Hole to the Cape Cod Canal. These hills are, for the most part, heavily wooded and present an appearance which is in rather marked contrast to the low, sandy, treeless reaches of that portion of Cape Cod lying to the east. That this Upper Cape supports a flora which likewise differs from that of the areas eastward is borne out by a detailed examination of the characteristic herbaceous plants 104 Rhodora [JUNE of the region, as well as by the superficial aspect of the trees and shrubs. The prevailing tone of the flora of the central portion of Cape Cod is that of the southern coastal plain (a fact clearly established by the discerning work of Professor M. L. Fernald) whereas the geographic relations of most of the plants from the region under present consider- ation are rather with a widely distributed continental flora. The various factors underlying this differential distribution have been made the subject of investigation by the writer and the conclusions to which a study of the glacial history of the area have led him are summarized in a report which awaits immediate publication in Rho- dora. The continental affinities of the flora of the Upper Cape have been long suspected by Fernald and are demonstrated by his own field ob- servations as well as those of his associates. Dr. H. K. Svenson, for example, has noted the occurrence in Sandwich of such species as Polypodium virginianum, Polystichum | achrostichoides, Thelypteris Phegopteris, Lycopodium clavatum and L. lucidulum.! In the same paper Najas guadalupensis and Aster nemoralis are reported from Falmouth. These are all plants which are rare or absent elsewhere in Barnstable County and which are more representative of the richer soils of the mainland proper. Many of the finds herein recorded are of a similar nature and merit interest mainly as further illustra- tions of the relationship just indicated. The following records are substantiated by specimens collected by the writer and deposited either in the herbarium of the New Eng- land Botanical Club, Cambridge, Mass., or at the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. Duplicates of a few have been distributed to the Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo., the herbarium of Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., or the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. ALISMA PLANTAGO-AQUATICA L., var. PARVIFLORUM (Pursh) Far- well. See Rept. Comm. Parks & Boulev., Detroit, xi. 44 (1900). This is apparently a rare plant in southeastern Massachusetts. Material in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club shows it from New Bedford, Bristol County, where it was collected by E. W. Hervey, but it appears to be unknown elsewhere in this part of the state. In 1924 the writer came upon the plant growing in a springy hollow in the woods east of the Eel Pond at Woods Hole. !8venson. RHODORA, xxx. 135 (1928). 1930] Fogg,—Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massachusetts 105 This material had small fruiting heads (3-4 mm. in diam.) and small achenes (less than 2 mm. long) and seems best referred to the variety parviflorum as at present understood. ELODEA OCCIDENTALIS (Pursh) St. John. See Rhodora, xxi. 17 (1920). "This is not a common plant on Cape Cod, having been col- lected previously only from Harwich and Brewster. It is abundant in Fresh Pond, Falmouth, where it has been observed in late summer piled up in windrows along the cobbly border of the pond. PANICUM LATIFOLIUM L. A species characteristic of the somewhat better soils of the central and western portions of the state and here for the first time reported from Barnstable County. Specimens in the Gray Herbarium and New England Botanical Club show it to be occasional in Plymouth and Bristol Counties but it seems not to have been found before on Cape Cod. It was collected by Professor Fernald and the writer in the rocky woods west of Falmouth, a region which harbors several other of these representatives of a more continental flora. GLYCERIA ACUTIFLORA Torr. This grass seems never before to have been reported from Barnstable County. It has been collected on Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard and the writer has long been familiar with it on the Elizabeth Islands where it is abundant in many of the small pond holes. It is now recorded from Falmouth, where it is known to occur in several boggy hollows west of the railroad station. G. GRANDIS Wats. Another grass which enjoys, in general, a more northerly distribution. It has been collected at Brewster and is also known on the basis of a specimen of A. H. Moore's from Woods Hole. The present station is a moist grassy hollow in the woods north of Woods Hole, where this grass and Carex tribuloides form an almost solid growth. CYPERUS FERAX Rich. Not a common sedge in this portion of the state. It seems to prefer brackish meadows and, although such situations abound in Barnstable County, this species appears to have been collected at only one locality. Some years ago Professor Fernald discovered it growing along the brackish shores north of Gunning Point, Falmouth, and on August 9, 1927, he and the writer visited the same station and again found the plant, in company with Hier- ochole odorata, var. fragrans, Rumex maritimus, var. fueginus and Galium trifidum. 106 Rhodora [JUNE SCIRPUS DEBILIS Pursh. ‘This species is fairly common in eastern Massachusetts, where it is known from many stations in Middlesex and Norfolk Counties. Its only recorded occurrence in the extreme southeastern portion, however, seems to have been from Martha’s Vineyard where we know it from Tisbury on the basis of collections made by Cushman and by Seymour. It is here reported from Weeks Pond in Falmouth, at present its sole locality in Barnstable County. CAREX TRIBULOIDES Wahlenb. Collected in a wet, grassy hollow north of Woods Hole, with Glyceria grandis, as noted above. This is another sedge of the better soils inland and therefore rare or lacking on the sands and gravels of southeastern Massachusetts. In the New England Botanical Club there is a specimen of Hervey’s collecting from New Bedford, but otherwise the plant is unknown in the state south of Norfolk County. SPIRODELA POLYRHIZA (L.) Schleid. The only record of this species from the southeastern part of the state in either the Gray Herbarium or the New England Botanical Club is a collection made at Lakeville, Plymouth County. However, in the herbarium of the Boston Society of Natural History there is a sheet collected by Cush- man in 1912 labelled merely * Falmouth." The plant has long been known to the writer as growing rather abundantly in Oyster Pond, which lies about halfway between Woods Hole and Falmouth. There is evidence that this pond suffers occasional inundations from the waters of Vineyard Sound, an observation which is borne out by the occurrence around its shores of tangled filaments of the green alga Enteromorpha as well as the presence of Potamogeton bupleuroides, а frequent indicator of brackish conditions. Juncus BALTICUS Willd., var. LirroRaALis Engelm. ‘This interest- ing rush, which ranges from Labrador and Newfoundland south to Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, and westward across the continent to the Rocky Mountains, is known in Massachusetts only from the eastern portion of the state. On Cape Cod it has been collected only at Provincetown, Barnstable and Sandwich and it therefore seems permissible to report it from a fourth station in Barnstable County. 'The plant forms an almost solid growth around the north side of a small pond west of Oyster Pond, associated with Scirpus Olneyi. J. BREVICAUDATUS (Engelm.) Fernald. A species which is far from common in southeastern Massachusetts. Its only other station in Barnstable County seems to be at Brewster. We now know it 1930] Fogg, —Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massachusetts 107 from a quagmire bog east of Long Pond, Falmouth, where it was collected by the writer in mature fruiting condition on August 21, 1928. RUMEX MARITIMUS L., var. FUEGINUS (Phil. Dusén. See St. John, Ruopora, xvii. 73 (1915). This species has been collected on Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard and the Elizabeth Islands, but the only indication of its occurrence in Barnstable County has been a specimen in the herbarium at Yale University collected by W. G. Farlow and labelled “Falmouth.” As already noted, Professor Fernald and the writer came upon the plant in brackish marshes north of Gunning Point, Falmouth. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L. А search through the material in the Gray Herbarium fails to show this plant from southeastern Massachusetts, but in the collections of the New England Botanical Club there are specimens from New Bedford, Chatham and Eastham. In Oyster Pond (the same locality from which Spirodela is noted above) this species has for several consecutive seasons been observed by the writer. Contrary to the usual custom of the species, the Oyster Pond material has occasionally been found in a fruiting con- dition. ANEMONE VIRGINIANA L. This plant is of only occasional occur- rence in southeastern Massachusetts, enjoying rather an Alleghenian distribution. Material in the Gray Herbarium and the New England Botanical Club demonstrates its presence at Barnstable and Centre- ville and in the collections of the Boston Society of Natural History there are two sheets from Woods Hole. It was discovered by Pro- fessor Fernald and the writer growing in the sandy woods near Gunning Point, Falmouth. THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM DC. Like the preceding, this species belongs rather to the upland wooded areas than to the lighter soils of the Cape Cod region. It has previously been collected at Sand- wich and Centreville and is now reported from Falmouth, where it has been found at several localities in the rocky woods north of Woods Hole. AKEBIA QUINATA Dene. An ornamental climber, belonging to the Lardizabalaceae, which occurs occasionally as an escape. The only other New England record for this plant, as shown by material in the Gray Herbarium, is from Sandwich, where it was collected by Professor Fernald in 1922. It has been known to the writer since 1923, 108 Rhodora [JUNE when it was first discovered trailing over the stonework of a bridge along the railroad a short distance northeast of Woods Hole. ADLUMIA FUNGOSA (L.) Greene. Sparingly escaped from cultiva- tion in New England and here reported, apparently for the first time from southeastern Massachusetts, from an open field northeast of the village of Falmouth. RaDICULA SYLVESTRIS (L.) Druce. Records for this plant from Cape Cod seem to be totally lacking. In fact, the writer has seen no material to indicate that it occurs in Massachusetts southeast of Norfolk County. It is here reported from Woods Hole, where it was found growing along a road running through the oak woods north of the Laboratory. RUBUS ALLEGHENIENSIS Porter. Although this species has twice been collected on Martha's Vineyard, there have been no previous records to account for its occurrence elsewhere southeast of Plymouth and Bristol Counties. It is another of those plants the geographical relations of which are much more with a continental than a coastal plain flora, and yet which recent researches have shown to belong to the vegetation of the western portion of the Cape. It occurs in the sandy woods north of Woods Hole and west of Falmouth. BaPTISIA BRACTEATA (Muhl.) Ell. The discovery of this interest- ing plant in the Falmouth region was first reported by Dr. W. R. Taylor in 1921.! It was found growing in the dry, sandy soil along the railroad about one mile northeast of Woods Hole in company with B. tinctoria and many other species of the dry pine and oak woods. That its occurrence here is due to the proximity of the railroad seems obvious, for the species is a southern and western one, the present locality constituting its only known station north of South Carolina or east of Indiana. The colony, a small one when first reported, appears to have increased in size during recent years and, if not further molested by those who seek to transplant this attractive species to their own gardens, seems destined to persist. CELASTRUS SCANDENS L. The Climbing Bittersweet is certainly not a common plant in southeastern Massachusetts. It was collected by Professor Fernald from Falmouth in 1919 and has twice been found at Chilmark, Martha's Vineyard. These stations, with the addition of that here reported, appear to represent the known dis- tribution of this species in the state south of Norfolk County. The 1 Rhodora, xxii. 255 (1921). 1930] Fogg,—Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massachusetts 109 present locality is a deep hollow in the woods just north of Woods Hole, where the plant forms a dense tangle over the vegetation bordering a small pond. Matva AtcEa L. This handsome species, which occurs occasion- ally as an escape from cultivation, is well established along the upper border of the beach near the lighthouse at Nobska Point, east of Woods Hole. LvrHRUM SALICARIA L. The Spiked Loosestrife has been collected from half a dozen localities in Massachusetts, most of them in the central and western portions of the state. It is here recorded from Falmouth, where it has become established along the grassy eastern border of Salt Pond. CoELOPLEURUM LUCIDUM (L.) Fernald. С. actaeifolium of Gray’s Manual. See Ruopora, xxi. 146 (1919). "This essentially northern species has been known in southeastern Massachusetts from two localities, to which may now be added a third and a fourth. The plant was reported! in 1840 from Scituate, Plymouth County, and Fernald and Weatherby found it at Falmouth. То the writer it has long been known as growing rather abundantly along the exposed gravelly shores north of Woods Hole, a section known locally as Ganset. It has also been collected from Cuttyhunk, one of the Eliza- beth Islands (Dukes County). Tuymus SERPYLLUM L. Creeping Thyme has been introduced on the golf course at Woods Hole and has become established on nearby roadside banks. This appears to be the first record of the plant from Barnstable County. PENSTEMON LAEVIGATUS Ait., var. DIGITALIS (Sweet) Gray. This species, here reported for the first time from southeastern Massa- chusetts, was collected along the railroad northeast of Woods Hole, growing not far from the Baptisia bracteata. Like the Baptisia, it presumably owes its occurrence there to the presence of the railroad. VIBURNUM ACERIFOLIUM L. This is another of those plants char- acteristic of the better soils inland and only sparingly, if at all, rep- resented on Cape Cod. It is known from the Sandwich and Fal- mouth regions, being of fairly frequent occurrence in the woods around Woods Hole. Sicyos ANGULATUS L. There is no material in either the Gray Herbarium or the collection of the New England Botanical Club to ! Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 3: 118 (1840). 110 Rhodora [JUNE indicate that the One-seeded Bur Cucumber has ever been found growing in Barnstable County. This may, however, be merely another case of a common plant consistently neglected by collectors. The species grows profusely in a wet thicket north of the Mill Pond at Woods Hole. Hieracium PiLosELLA L. This little Hawkweed, which is such an obnoxious pest in certain regions northward, is fortunately of only casual occurrence in Massachusetts. In Barnstable County it has been collected previously only at Centreville. The present station is a grassy bank along the roadside near Oyster Pond, about two miles northeast of Woods Hole. Observations covering a period of five years show that the plant is not spreading and lead to the conclusion that it is here unlikely to become a dangerous weed. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. A New LksqUERELLA FROM WESTERN TEXAS.—LESQUERELLA lepidota, sp. nov. Perennial or biennial from a rather slender, woody root; stems slender, clustered, ascending, 4-10 cm. high, sparsely leafy, densely lepidote-stellate; basal leaves oblanceolate, obtuse, up to 7 cm. long and 13 mm. wide, long-petioled, entire or frequently repand, lepidote-stellate on both surfaces; cauline leaves up to 2 em. long and 5 mm. wide, entire, obtuse, narrowed into a slender petiole, lepidote-stellate on both surfaces; racemes up to 3 cm. long, many-flowered, dense; pedicels about 10mm. long, ascending, stout; petals bright yellow, obovate, clawed, 6 or 7 mm. long; sepals oblong, 4 mm. long, densely lepidote-stellate; capsules longer than broad, 6 or 7 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, rounded at the summit, lepidote-stellate, shortly stipitate; style much shorter than the capsule, slender, up to 3 mm. long; seeds 5-12 in each capsule, flat- tened, orbicular, about 1.5 mm. in diameter. Collections were made May 28, 1928, in the Sierra Diablo on a ridge just above Victoria Canyon at about twenty miles north of Allamore, Hudspeth County, Texas. The TYPE specimen, No. 1588, is deposited in the herbarium of the Texas Agricultural College at College Station, Texas. Co-type specimen, No. 1587, is deposited in the Gray Herbarium. This species differs from L. montana (Gray) Watson in having the capsule rounded at the apex and likewise in having the cauline leaves rounded at the apex. It differs from both L. lata Wooton & Standley and L. rectipes Wooton & Standley in having a much longer capsule and a style not surpassing the capsule. This species is clearly distinct.—V. L. Cory, Grazing Research Botanist, Texas AGRI- CULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION. 1930] Raup,—New Salix from the Mackenzie Basin 111 A NEW SPECIES OF SALIX FROM THE MACKENZIE BASIN! HuGu M. RAUP (Plate 202) WHILE botanizing in the upland country west of the Slave River during the summer of 1929, the writer turned up a strange willow. The material was collected rather late in the season, when nearly all the capsules had opened. It grows in a marshy bog, with a thick turf of grasses, sedges, and such other willows as S. candida Flügge. Its nearest relative seems to be S. pedicellaris Pursh, from which it differs chiefly in its pubescent capsules and twigs, and in its shorter pedicels. It is clearly different, also, from an eastern segregate from S. pedicellaris, S. hebecarpa Fernald, having narrower, more acute, and more pubescent leaves with non-reticulate venation, hairy bran- ches, and an upright habit. S. hebecarpa has pubescent capsules as a variable character. SALIX athabascensis, nov. sp. (tab. 202). Frutex 3-6 dm. altus; ramuli novelli subtiliter cinereo-pilosi; folia obovata vel elliptica, 10- 30 mm. longa, 5-15 mm. lata, integerrima vel minute glanduloso- denticulata, apice acuta vel acuminata, superne tenuiter sericeo- pubescentia, adulta praeter costam glabrescentia, subtus tenuiter adpresse pilosa vel adulta glabrescentia; petioli 2.5-6 mm. longi, plerumque 3-4 mm. Amenta feminea 1.5-2 cm. longa, pedunculo foliato 1-1.5 cm. longo suffulta; bracteae fulvae adultae, 1-1.3 mm. longae, obtusae vel rotundatae, sericeo-villosae; capsula 5-6 mm. longa, breviter adpresso-villosa, pedicello 1-1.5 mm. longo suffulta; glandula 0.3-0.4 mm. longa, truncata; styli 0.3 mm. longi, stigmatibus bifidis. Shrub 3-6 dm. high; young branches finely gray-hairy; leaves obovate or elliptical, 10-30 mm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, entire or minutely glandular-dentate, acute or acuminate, the upper surfaces thinly silky-pubescent, becoming glabrous except on the midvein, the lower surfaces thinly appressed hairy or the adult becoming glabrous; petioles 2.5-6 mm. long, mostly 3-4 mm. Female aments 1.5-2 em. long, born on leafy peduncles 1—1.5 cm. long; scales brown in the mature material, 1-1.3 mm. long, obtuse or rounded, silky-villous; capsules 5-6 mm. long, covered with short appressed hairs; pedicels 1-1.5 mm. long; gland 0.3-0.4 mm. long, truncate; style 0.3 mm. long, with a divided stigma.—Muskeg about 1 mile north of the ranger cabin at Moose Lake, lat. 59° 40’, ALBERTA, August 17, 1929. Н. 1 Published by permission of the Director, National Museum of Canada. 112 Rhodora [JUNE М. Raup. Nos. 8120, 8122, 8125-26, 8128-29. The түре, No. 8129, will be found in the herbarium of the National Museum of Canada. Gray HERBARIUM, Harvard University. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 202. SALIX ATHABASCENSIS. Branches at right X 4; branch at left X 134. A NEW WILLOW FROM THE CÔTE NORD, QUEBEC M. L. FERNALD (Plate 203) SaLIX simulans, n. sp., frutex 4.5 dm. altus erectus; ramulis novellis sparse pilosis glabratisve deinde castaneis nitidulis; gemmis bene evo- lutis ovoideis olivaceo-castaneis nitidis sparse pilosis; foliis maturis oblongis vel anguste oblongo-obovatis 1-3.3 cm. longis 0.4-1.4 cm. latis subcoriaceis glabris vel glabratis (junioribus sparse pilosis) ob- tusis vel subacutis basi obtusis vel angustatis petiolatis, petiolis gra- cilibus 3-8 mm. longis, margine integris vel subintegris vel obsolete dentatis revolutis, supra viridibus subtus glaucescentibus elevato- venosisque venis lateralibus basi breviter decurrentibus; amentis foemineis maturis coetaneis pedunculatis 1.5-2 cm. longis 6-8 mm. crassis densifloris vel basi laxifloris; pedunculis 1.5-2 cm. longis foliis 4-6 munitis, pedunculo rhachique griseo-pilosis; bracteis late oblongis 2-2.5 mm. longis basi longe pilosis apice fulvescente rotun- dato vel emarginato glabrescentibus; capsulis lanceolato-ovoideis apice obtusis 2.5-4 mm. longis densissime albido-tomentosis; stylis distinctis 0.3-0.5 mm. longis valde bifidis, stigmatibus apice valde bipartitis; pedicellis vix 1 mm. longis glandulam elongatam vix duplo superantibus.—QUEBEC: open swampy area, Betchewun, Saguenay County, August 26, 1928, September З, 1929, Harrison F. Lewis (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Salix simulans, referred to me by Dr. Lewis, when he had only the original collection of 1928, was so perplexing that I encouraged him to secure a second collection in 1929. In its very tomentose and short-pedicelled capsules it would seem to belong in the $ Glaucae, its aments being very similar to those of the smallest extremes of S. glauca L. and of S. cordifolia Pursh. In foliage, however, S. simulans is as clearly a member of the $ Roseae, the lower surfaces of the mature leaves often showing the decurrent bases of the elevated lateral nerves (decurrent along the side of the strong midrib) such as are often evident in many of the leaves of S. myrtilloides L. of Europe 1930) Harris,—Alpine Station for Hieracium aurantiacum 113 and its American representatives, S. pedicellaris Pursh and 5. hebecarpa Fernald. In fact, the habit and the foliage of S. simulans are so like those of S. pedicellaris and the more erect extremes of S. hebecarpa that specimens in foliage alone can be separated from them only by minutely pilose young twigs, plumper and pilose axillary buds and pilose young leaves. Although the name S. Лересатра suggests that that species of Gaspé and western Newfoundland has pubescent capsules, it is unfortunately a misnomer. S. hebecarpa was originally published as S. fuscescens, var. hebecarpa and so named be- cause the type material had some pubescence on the capsule, contrast- ed with the glabrous capsule of the Siberian and Alaskan 5. fuscescens. The character proves to be not a significant one in S. hebecarpa since most specimens have the capsules glabrous or only sparsely pubescent. In S. hebecarpa the glabrous or only sparsely pubescent capsules are 6-8 mm. long; in S. simulans the densely white-tomentose capsules only 2.5-4 mm. long. From S. pedicellaris S. simulans is at once distinguished by the pubescent and very short-pedicelled capsules; those of S. pedicellaris being large, glabrous and on pedicels several times as long as the nectary. S. simulans is, likewise, related to S. athabascensis Raup, published in this number, but that species has more permanently pubescent and opaque bark of the branches, a permanent pubescence on the leaves and very much larger capsules. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 203. SALIX SIMULANS, photographs from type collection: portion of fruiting branch X 1; upper insert, detail of venation, showing decurrent veins X 10; lower insert, capsules and stigmas X 5. AN ALPINE STATION FOR HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM.— While collect- ing on Mount Washington during the summer of 1927 I found a cluster of several plants of Hieracium aurantiacum L., in blossom on the Lion Head Trail at an elevation of about 5500 feet. "The highest station recorded by Pease! is 4200 feet on Mount Pleasant more than a thousand feet lower. The group was growing beside the trail in the shelter of a clump of Abies balsamea and seemed to be in a thriving condition.—SrvART К. Harris, Boston University. 1Pease, A. S. The Vascular Flora of Coós County, New Hampshire, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 37, No. 3, p. 371. 1924. 114 Rhodora [JUNE TIPULARIA DISCOLOR IN DUKES COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS JOHN M. Foce, Jr. In the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual (1889) the distribution of the Crane-fly Orchis, Tipularia discolor (Pursh) Nutt. (T. unifolia (Muhl.) BSP.) is given as “sandy woods, Vt. to N. J. and Fla., west to Mich.; very scarce. "' The records which may have formed the basis for the inclusion of this species in the flora of Vermont or elsewhere in New England will be considered below; that they were subsequently discredited is evi- denced by the fact that in the seventh edition of the Manual (1908) the plant is spoken of as “extending northw. to N. J.; reported but unverified from farther north." Norman Taylor, in his “Flora of the Vicinity of New York," in addition to listing eight counties in New Jersey (five of them being from the extreme northern portion of the state) from which Tipularia has been reported, records its occurrence “near N. Y. City" and on Staten Island. These two latter localities, although not in New Jersey, still do not extend the range of the plant north of that state, but merely fit in with its distribution as understood in recent years. Of greater interest is the record, likewise incorporated by Taylor, of the occurrence of this species at Greenport, Long Island, for this extends its known range significantly to the eastward. For our knowledge of the Greenport station we are indebted to Roy Latham, who also discovered the plant at Orient Point, Long Island, and has recently reported the finding of two colonies at Montauk Point, the easternmost extremity of the island.” In view of the rather large number of species common to eastern Long Island and southeastern Massachusetts, it seemed natural to wonder, upon reading Latham's account of the Montauk locality, whether Tipularia might not reasonably be expected to belong in this category. The first intimation that such was actually the case came from a remark made by Professor Fernald to the writer to the effect that in the herbarium of the Boston Society of Natural History there was a specimen of this rare orchid collected on Martha's Vine- ! Memoirs New York Bot. Gard., v. 259 (1915). *Latham, R. Torreya, xxvii. 51 (1927). True, the species there reported and discussed is T. uniflora, but this presumably refers to the plant under present con- sideration. 1930] Fogg,— Tipularia discolor in Dukes County, Massachusetts 115 yard. А visit to the Boston Society, where, through the kindness of Mr. 5. М. Е. Sanford, the facilities of the botanical collections were made available, resulted in the discovery of two sheets in the Tipu- laria folder. Inasmuch as these have apparently escaped general notice a few words concerning each of them seem not to be amiss here. One of the sheets bears a label which reads, "Dry woods on a declivity 15 mile N. of Luce's Tavern, Martha's Vineyard, Chil- mark?" At the bottom of the sheet are pencilled the words, “Oakes coll." "There is no further indication as to habitat, date or name of collector, although the abbreviation “coll.” following Oakes's name may conceivably refer to “collector”, rather than to “collection” as one would normally infer. The other sheet carries a ticket with the inscription, “ Herb. Oakes.” as а heading. In addition to the name of the plant the only informa- tion given on this label is the locality “ Martha's Vineyard," which is followed, in pencil, by the word "Chilmark." А printed slip affixed to the bottom of the sheet reads, “ Herb. John А. Lowell." It is entirely possible that these two specimens may represent the same collection or, at least, separate collections from the same locality. And just where that locality may have been is indeed a matter for conjecture. Speculation on this head is invited by the fact that the word “Chilmark” comes at the end of the legend on one of the labels, to be followed by a question mark, while on the other sheet it is written in with pencil, as though doubtfully correct. Was Luce's Tavern actually in Chilmark or was it in some other part of the island, as, for example, West Tisbury? Unfortunately, the name of Luce is of such ubiquitous occurrence on the Vineyard that it is difficult, perhaps impossible, to answer this question, but there can be no doubt that the long line of wooded morainal hills extending from Menemsha northeast to West Chop offers many a habitat ideally suited to the requirements of this interesting orchid. Further, the contention that Tipularia was collected in some portion of Martha’s Vineyard other than Chilmark is strengthened by the circumstance that Sydney Harris, whose intensive collecting from the Chilmark region covered a period of fourteen years (from 1891 to 1904) and whose many specimens from there represent important pioneer work in laying the foundations for such knowledge as we possess of the flora of the island, has left us no 116 Rhodora [JUNE record of the plant from an area with which we have every reason to suppose he was intimately familiar. That Tipularia was well known to the earlier botanists from Martha's Vineyard becomes evident upon even a casual inspection of the literature. Oakes himself records the plant “In woods in Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., 1829." In Torrey's Flora of the State of New York we find the statement, “Its northern limit, so far as I know, is Martha's Vineyard, where (I believe) it was found by Mr. Oakes." Similar references, augmented by reports of the species from elsewhere in Massachusetts and from Vermont, may be met with in local and state floras during the ensuing years and are sum- marized in 1884 by Baldwin, who tells us that T. discolor “straggles across the sandy woods of Massachusetts into Southern Vermont.” In preparing the present note, which aims merely to emphasize the occurrence of T'ipularia in Dukes County, no attempt has been made to verify records of the plant from elsewhere in New England. The significant feature of the two herbarium sheets described above is that they constitute vouchers, apparently overlooked by some recent workers, to confirm the occurrence of the Crane-fly Orchis in south- eastern Massachusetts. During the winter of 1927-28 the writer, while pursuing a program of work at the Gray Herbarium, found in the library of that institu- tion a typewritten list of the plants of Nashawena Island compiled by Mrs. Alice R. Northrop. In 1901, and again in 1903, Mrs. Northrop had visited Nashawena, which is one of the Elizabeth Islands in Dukes County, Massachusetts, and the list in question, which so far as is known has never been published, embodies the results of her own observations and contains the names of over three hundred ferns and flowering plants found by her on that island. Interestingly enough, Tipularia discolor (unifolia) is included in the flora of Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop, with the comment, “quite common in 3 or 4 localities, c. & n. e. part island. " Inasmuch as this list includes the names of several other species remarkable for their occurrence in southeastern New England, the writer at once set about ascertaining whether these records were corroborated by herbarium specimens. It was soon learned that ! Wm, Oakes, in Hovey's Mag. vii. 184 (1841). 2 Torrey, Fl. №. Y. ii. 272 (1843). *Baldwin, Orchids of New England, 90 (1884). 1930] Weatherby,—Deam's Grasses of Indiana 117 Mrs. Northrop had done a certain amount of collecting and that her specimens had been presented to the New York Botanical Garden. A systematic search through the collections at New York revealed the fact that about one-fifth of the species reported in the “List of Nashawena Plants" are substantiated by herbarium sheets. For- tunately, among this twenty per cent is an excellent specimen of T. discolor collected in the summer of 1901. The label bears no informa- tion as to the exact location on Nashawena where the plant was found, but the island is not a large one and it is to be expected that future investigations will lead to a discovery of the haunts of this rare orchid. Here then, is a second station in Dukes County, Massachusetts for a species which may now definitely be restored to the flora of New Zngland. Апа it is not totally without interest that both of these localities should be from areas which display an affinity with a con- tinental flora rather than with that transplanted element of the flora of the southern coastal plain so characteristic of nearby portions of Barnstable, Dukes and Nantucket Counties. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. DkaAM's Grasses OF INDIANA.2—No one else is anywhere nearly so well qualified as Mr. Deam to write of the flora of Indiana; it is therefore in the natural course of things (though none the less praise- worthy for that) that his latest publication, a manual of the grasses of the state, is admirably comprehensive and thorough. From the introductory account of the morphology of the grass plant, by Dr. Paul Weatherwax, to the illustrated glossary at the end, no feature is lacking which such a work should have. There are carefully worked out keys; nearly every species has an original, detailed description drawn up from Indiana material; and at least a spikelet of every one is illustrated. The drawings—with one exception, by Dr. Weather- wax—are painstaking and essentially accurate throughout. Perhaps, in some cases, they are a bit conventionalized in the rendering of certain details—witness the difference in the pubescence of the spikelet as drawn in plate 75 and in Mrs. Chase’s exquisitely finished little figure of the same thing on the following page.’ 1A detailed account of the results of this research is incorporated in an extended survey of the Flora of the Elizabeth Islands soon to appear in RHODORA. 2 Deam, Charles С. Grasses of Indiana. Indiana Dept. of Conservation, Pub. 82. 256 pp., 86 pls., numerous maps and text figures. Indianapolis, Oct. 15, 1929. 3 One is conscious of a wistful desire that the difference in shape shown in the plates between the first glume of Panicum huachucae and P. tennesseense and of other mem- bers of their group were constant; but sad experience (as well as Hitchcock & Chase's lack of emphasis on this character) teaches that it is not. 118 Rhodora [JUNE The nomenclature follows the International Rules, with one or two of the small slips which none of us wholly escape in this technical matter. Under the Rules, Muhlenbergia umbrosa Scribn. and Panicum stipitatum Nash are superfluous names; M. sylvatica Torr. and P. elongatum. Pursh may be, and should be, used.! Modest as always, Mr. Deam makes no attempt at taxonomic originality; here, he follows for the most part Hitchcock and Chase, but is prompt in taking into account all work bearing on his region. Originality in plenty, and of the best kind, may be found elsewhere—for instance in the full notes on the habitat, associates, etc. of each species, drawn from Mr. Deam’s rich knowledge of the local flora and his years of experience in the field. These are of more than local interest; so, too, is the one new species described, Panicum Deamii Hitche. & Chase. A near relative of the Atlantic P. Commonsianum, it adds one more to the list of plants of coastal plain affinity found about the southern end of Lake Michigan. And the maps of distribution within Indiana which accompany each species call for more than passing mention. They are made large enough to admit of placing in each county, not the usual dots or crosses, but one or more letters, indicating not only occurrence, but also the herbaria where the specimens are to be found on which the records for the county are based. It is hard to imagine a more exact, succinct, and comprehensive method of conveying phy- togeographical information. Altogether, “Grasses of Indiana" is a model of its kind; it should take its place on the little shelf of classical local floras to which one turns with confidence for exact data as to the regions covered.—C. A, WEATHERBY. 1 Agrostis sylvatica Torr. is validated (or, as Mr. Sprague would say, legitimatized) by transfer to Muhlenbergia; for Panicum elongatum see Rhodora xxxi. 108 (1929). Volume 32, no. 377, including pages 99 to 102 and plates 199 to 201 , was issued 7 May, 1930. Rhodora Plate 202 qm) pimp apt Lg MAU ШЇ | ДШ Photo. by Н. М. Raup. SALIX ATHABASCENSIS (Branch at right X 15, at left X 134) Rhodora Plate 203 n n ow ГА N M Photo. by H. M. Raup. SALIX SIMULANS (Branch X 1, Venation X 10, Capsules X 5) JUL 1 1930 [000га JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. July, 1930. No. 379. CONTENTS: Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts. J. M. Fogg, Jr..... 119 An Interesting Form of Eupatorium perfoliatum. G. L. Stebbins, Jr.. 132 Scirpus Peckii in Maine. L.A. И/һее@т....................... 133 Ferns of the Red River Country, Maine. J. Е. Clark............ 133 The Names Aster ericoides and A. multiflorus. S. F. Blake...... 136 Cubelium concolor. Е. Н. Батез............................. 140 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (it available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other меу of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. July, 1930. No. 379. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUMOF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. XCI THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Јонх M. Foaa, Jn. Part I. GENERAL DISCUSSION LOCATION Tue Elizabeth Islands are formed by a partly submerged ridge of morainal hills which extends WSW from Woods Hole, Massachusetts, for a distance of about 16 miles. This ridge has been separated from the mainland, as well as divided into islands, in comparatively recent geological time. То the northwest this chain of islands is washed by the waters of Buzzards Bay, while along their southeastern and southern shores runs Vineyard Sound, a channel 4 miles wide which flows between the Elizabeth Islands and Martha's Vineyard. То- gether, the Elizabeths and Martha's Vineyard constitute Dukes County, the former being included in Gosnold Township. Seven main islands and twelve smaller ones make up the Elizabeth Islands. Starting at their eastern end the seven principal divisions are, in order: Nonamesset, Uncatena, Naushon, Pasque, Nasha- wena, Cuttyhunk and Penikese. All of these lie in a more or less direct line with the exception of Penikese, which is separated from the main axis of the chain, being just one mile due north of Cuttyhunk. Between Nonamesset and Naushon lie Monohansett and Buck Islands, separated by narrow channels or “gutters” which have been bridged. To the north, and lying in Hadley Harbor, are Captain's and Ram's Head Islands, the latter appearing on some maps as [JULY Rhodora 120 3< 3^0o5 3 6 9 439»29430)4 малпуамшул Je ELLA SLLASNHIVSSYWw ALNNOD SIANA SQNYV ISI H138VZI13 а) ISIMINI d 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 121 Puritan Island. To the south of the gutters lie East Buck and West Buck Islands, although here again confusion exists, as West Buck oc- casionally appears on maps as “ Monohansett." The three Weepecket Islands extend northward from the eastern end of Naushon and now constitute a bird sanctuary. With the mention of Gull Island, a small strip of sand lying east of Penikese, and Pine Island, imme- diately to the northeast of Nonamesset, the subject of the minor islands may be dismissed, for the remaining islets are too small to have received formal names. HISTORICAL INTEREST OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS A unique historical interest attaches to the Elizabeth Islands through the fact that upon the outermost of the chain was made the first attempt to establish an English settlement in North America. On the 4th of June (Old Style, May 25th), 1602, Captain Bartholomew Gosnold, after having named Cape Cod and Dover Cliff (now Gay Head), fixed upon the island of Cuttyhunk as the site of a future settlement and, in honor of his sovereign queen, called it Elizabeth °з Isle, which name has since been applied to the entire group. Here, upon a tiny islet in a large pond at the west end, the crew of Gosnold's. ship, the “Concord,” constructed a rude fort, and here they lived for а period of three weeks. This settlement, short-lived though it was, thus antedates the founding of Jamestown by five years and that of Plymouth by eighteen years, a fact which was commemorated by the erection and dedication of a monument to Gosnold on Cuttyhunk upon the occasion of the tercentenary of the original landfall.' Cuttyhunk is the only member of the Elizabeth Islands which has been able to boast a permanent population. The little town of Gosnold, named after its illustrious founder, has long existed as a fish- ing village at the east end of the island and today has about one hun- dred inhabitants. During the whaling days schooners bound for New Bedford were accustomed to stop at Cuttyhunk to pick up their pilots. Another claim to fame on the part of one of the Elizabeth Islands may be made for Penikese, the smallest and most desolate member of the chain. Here, in the summer of 1873, Louis Agassiz founded his school which, through the generosity of the New York merchant who 1 For further details concerning the history of Gosnold on Cuttyhunk and the exer- cises which marked the dedication of the monument in 1903, see the Old Dartmouth Historical Sketches, nos. 1 and 4. New Bedford, Mass. (1903). 122 Rhodora [JuLy donated the island and funds for the construction of a laboratory, became known as the Anderson School of Natural History. To this summer school, the first of its kind in the country, came students from all over the United States and the roll included names which later became known as belonging to some of the foremost figures in Ameri- can biology. Following Agassiz’s death in December, 1873, the school was continued for one summer by his son Alexander, but thereafter was abandoned and the island reverted to the State of Massachusetts, later to be used as a leper colony, from which function it was released only in 1921. The island of Naushon has for several generations been the property of the Forbes family, various members of which have summer homes at the east end, near Hadley Harbor. То the Forbeses also belong Nonamesset, Uncatena and Nashawena and it is only through the generosity and hospitality of the owners that it has been possible to carry on the botanical exploration which forms the basis for the present survey. PREVIOUS BOTANICAL WORK ON THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS Mention has been made above of Gosnold's visit to the Elizabeth Islands in 1602. With Gosnold on that expedition were Gilbert Archer and John Brereton, "gentlemen and historians." The former has left us a very readable and illuminating account of the voyage. One of the chief objects which Gosnold had in visiting the New World was to collect and carry home to England a cargo of native Sassafras which was then much in demand because of its supposed medicinal value. According to Archer, Elizabeth's Isle (Cuttyhunk) was in 1602 overgrown with wood, a fact not without interest in view of the present treeless nature of this and of several other islands of the chain. Not only did Gosnold's party find there the Sassafras which they sought, but mention is also made of cedar, oak, beech and ash. The very islet upon which the fort was built is spoken of as cedar- covered. Hills Hope (Penikese) was likewise overgrown with cedar, and Naushon which was also visited is referred to as being forested, a character which this island, almost alone of the Elizabeths, has re- tained in large measure down to the present day. References to the plant life of the Elizabeth Islands seem to be lacking for a period of more than 250 years, but we may well suppose that during that interval extensive deforestation was carried on and 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 123 the islands divested of their original tree growth. Certain it is that within the memory of no living inhabitant have there been trees on Cuttyhunk or Penikese, except the few which have been planted by the hand of man. It is probable that this statement also holds for Pasque and the greater part of Nonamesset and Uncatena. Nashawena still has considerable areas which are more or less wooded, and Nau- shon, as already mentioned, has apparently retained much of its original forest. The first published report, known to the writer, on the flora of any of the Elizabeth Islands dates from the year 1874 and concerns the island of Penikese. Among the students attracted to Agassiz’s laboratory in the summer of 1873 was David Starr Jordan, who began his scientific career with a botanical publication. The task assigned to Jordan by Agassiz was an enumeration of the plants growing upon the island and in the waters surrounding it. As the result of this study Jordan published a list! of the flora in which he included not only flowering plants but cryptogams as well. So far as the lower forms were concerned, since no attempt was made at micro- scopic examination, only the most obvious species were included. The list enumerates 83 species of algae, 2 mosses, 1 fern and 113 species of flowering plants. Although the marine algae were preserved and the original set is still in existence, the writer has it on the author- ity of Dr. Jordan that no collection of specimens of the higher plants was made, and we have therefore only the published names as records. In 1923, on the occasion of the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the Anderson School, a botanical survey of Penikese was made by the staff and students of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. The results of this survey were published in Ruopona for 1924, and, insofar as they indicate the possible direction of change in the elements of the flora of one of the Elizabeth Islands, will be referred to later. Since 1873 nearly a score of botanists have visited the Elizabeth Islands and brought back specimens which are in one or more of our eastern herbaria. Since these records have been incorporated into the catalog which forms the second part of this study, a brief chrono- logical account of these collectors is here presented. Walter and C. E. Faxon, in 1873 and 1875 respectively, collected a few specimens on Nashawena; these sheets are in the Gray Herbarium. 1Jordan, D. S. “Тһе Flora of Penikese." Am. Nat. viii. 193 (1874). 124 Rhodora [JuLY In 1890 a Miss Weir collected on Naushon a few sheets which are now in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. In August, 1898, Dr. Arthur Hollick made a trip to the islands with a view to studying the geological formations there presented. In the published account of this survey! the author makes mention of some of the plants which he found growing on the various members of the chain. The few specimens which he collected. are in the New York Botanical Garden herbarium. In the herbarium of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole are several plants collected on Naushon in 1901. Some of these bear the name of S. B. Sipe while the others are merely signed “ E. A. S." Inquiry has shown that these initials refer to Miss Elizabeth A. Simons (now Mrs. Eldred Jungerich). Also from 1901 there dates the largest collection made on any of the Elizabeths, previous to that which forms the basis of the present re- port. In the Library of the Gray Herbarium there is a manuscript list compiled by Mrs. Alice R. Northrop of the plants of Nasha- wena. This list contains the names of 335 species of flowering plants and ferns and therefore constitutes a substantial contribution to our knowledge of the flora of this island. Mrs. Northrop spent the sum- mer of 1901 and a part of that of 1903 on Nashawena and was thus admirably situated for making careful botanical observations. Her list includes many surprises: species which are either absent or very locally known from southeastern Massachusetts, some of them con- stituting, indeed, notable extensions in range. To this class of rari- ties belong such plants as Cyperus erythrorhizos, Uvularia perfoliata, Habenaria bracteata, Arethusa bulbosa, Rumex verticillatus, Coptis groenlandica, Ranunculus reptans and Hydrocotyle Canbyi. Un- fortunately not a single one of these specialties appears to be corrobo- rated by herbarium material. However, Mrs. Northrop did collect some specimens for permanent record, about one-fifth of the names on her list being represented by sheets in the collections of the New York Botanical Garden. And the fact that a few of her most interest- ing records, such as Habenaria blephariglottis, Liparis (Leptorchis) Loeselii, Tipularia discolor and Asclepias verticillata are substantiated by specimens and that others, such as Arisaema triphyllum, Medeola virginiana, Ranunculus delphinifolius, Myriophyllum pinnatum, 1 Hollick, A. A Reconnaissance of the Elizabeth Islands. Cont. Geol. Dept. Columbia Univ. xi. no. 72 (1901). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 125 Hydrocotyle Canbyi, Cornus florida and Trientalis borealis, have been duplicated by the writer either for Nashawena or other islands of the group, makes it necessary to give definite weight to the plants men- tioned on Mrs. Northrop s list. In the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club is a sheet of Habenaria orbiculata collected on Naushon by Lillian MacRae in July, 1904. This is the only specimen bearing the name of this collector seen by the writer. A. H. Moore also visited the Elizabeth Islands in 1904 and several sheets of his collecting from Naushon and Penikese are in the collec- tions of the New England Botanical Club. In 1906, J. A. Cushman paid two visits to the islands, collecting on Nonamesset on July 27, and on Naushon, in company with Max Morse, on August 25. Specimens from these trips are in the herbar- ium of the Boston Society of Natural History. Naushon and Nashawena were visited by E. F. Williams on July 10, 1911. The few plants collected on this occasion are in the New England Botanical Club herbarium. In 1911, also, F. W. Pennell made several collecting trips to the Elizabeths, touching chiefly Nonamesset, Naushon, Nashawena and Cuttyhunk. Dr. Pennell’s specimens, numbering about fifty, were distributed to the Marine Biological Laboratory and the University of Pennsylvania. Thirty sheets from Cuttyhunk, collected by S. N. F. Sanford in 1917, are now in the New England Botanical Club. Scattered collections were made on various islands by W. R. Taylor from 1917 to 1921. These specimens, with the exception of a sheet of Liparis Loeselii which is now in the New England Club, are either at the Marine Biological Laboratory or at the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. H. K. Svenson visited Pasque on September 8, 1926 and collect- ed a few specimens which are now in the herbarium of the New Eng- land Botanical Club. On August 10, 1927, Professor M. L. Fernald and the writer visited Uncatena and Naushon, and the material collected upon that occasion has been distributed to the New England Botanical Club and the University of Pennsylvania. A few specimens were collected by E. W Hervey on Cuttyhunk. These bear no date and are now in the New England Botanical Club herbarium. 126 Rhodora [оту COLLECTIONS MADE DURING COURSE OF PRESENT STUDY By far the largest number of records accumulated to form the basis for the present account of the flora of the Elizabeth Islands represent collections made by the writer over a period of six years. From 1923 to 1928 inclusive, each island was visited many times and hundreds of specimens were collected. This material has been worked over and specimens have been distributed to the following institutions: Gray Herbarium, New England Botanical Club, University of Pennsylvania, Missouri Botanical Garden, Cornell University and Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. In the Fiftieth Anniversary Survey of Penikese already referred to,! the writer contributed the list of Spermatophytes collected in 1923. Subsequent visits have resulted in several additions to that list and made possible a more careful analysis of conditions on the island, and, as stated earlier, such evidences of vegetational changes as are thus afforded will be dealt with in a later section. TOPOGRAPHY OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS The general topography of the Elizabeth Islands is that of gently undulating morainal hills with a maximum elevation of about 170 feet. All the features characteristic of typical morainal regions are here presented, from the rounded hills and depressions, the latter often occupied by ponds or peaty bogs, to the boulders, some the size of a small house, which are scattered everywhere. Nowhere except along the beaches is there any considerable stretch of flat land: a walk across any of the islands necessitates repeated ascent and descent of the rolling hills. Along the south sides of the islands, facing Vineyard Sound, the shore tends to be steep and precipitous, often presenting sheer sand and gravel faces nearly a hundred feet high, rising abruptly from a narrow cobble beach. In general the highest land is along this south shore, and the ground slopes away gradually to the opposite side of the islands where there are frequent coves and low brackish swamps or fresh ponds. The ponds which occur in the hollows in the open, rounded hills are, in some cases, merely small pools which may form desiccated bog-holes or disappear entirely in very dry seasons, or, in other cases, are 1The Flora of Penikese, Fifty Years After. Edited by I. F. Lewis. RHODORA, xxvi. 181-195, 211—219, 222-229 (1924). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachsuetts 127 sufficiently large to have been designated as lakes. The largest of these latter, West End Pond on Naushon, is more than a quarter of a mile in diameter. The character of the beaches varies from those of the rugged boulder type, liberally bestrewn with huge rounded stones, to those which offer a smooth sandy shelf. The characteristic type lies be- tween these extremes, and we find for the most part a shingle or cobble beach with here and there piles of boulders and flat sandy patches. Dunes of shifting sand are rare and occur extensively only at the east end of Nashawena, and along the north shore of Naushon, west of Kettle Cove. In those islands which have been deprived of their trees the open barren hills are covered with grasses, or other low growth, while the dry hollows or protected lee slopes harbor dense patches of scrub vegetation, made up mostly of Myrica caroliniensis and species of Gaylussacia or Vaccinium. Occasionally an extensive boggy hollow will be densely wooded, the tops of the trees (Nyssa sylvatica, Quercus velutina, Acer rubrum, etc.) conforming to the height and contour of the surrounding slopes. 'The most conspicuous vegetational feature of the islands, aside from the open grassy downs, is the dense growth of rather low beech woods which clothes the greater part of Naushon and smaller areas on some of the other islands. From a distance these woods are seen to fit in closely with the general topography, due, doubtless, to the high wind velocity which would tend to level forest growth to the existing lines of the hills and ridges. CHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF THE SEPARATE ISLANDS As the various members of the Elizabeth Islands exhibit some diversity as regards general topographic and vegetational features, and also in the influence which man has exerted upon the latter, a brief description of each of the seven main divisions is here given. NOoNAMESSET. This island, the easternmost of the chain, is roughly oblong with a length of 114 miles and a greatest width of 14 mile. Its longitudinal axis lies east and west. The eastern three-quarters of Nonamesset is essentially treeless, save for an occasional wooded depres- sion, while the western quarter is heavily clothed with mixed beech and oak woods. The rather sharp line between these two areas, a line which follows, for the most part, an old stone wall, indicates that the 128 Rhodora [JULY treeless nature of the eastern portion is due to artificial denudation, it probably having been cleared for purposes of agriculture or grazing. Altogether there are about 15 ponds of more or less permanent char- acter on Nonamesset and all but one of these lie in the exposed eastern portion. Munsod Pond, as it appears on the charts, has now become merely an arm of Lackey’s Bay and the narrow bar which formerly protected it has been submerged. Nonamesset is connected with Naushon by three bridges which cross the narrow gates or “ gutters” separating Monohansett and Buck Islands. The East and West Gutters are open and the rapid current flows through them as through a mill race, but the Middle Gutter is “ blind, ” being closed by the stone wall that forms the bridge. UNCATENA is a triangular-shaped island about 34 of a mile long and L$ a mile wide. It lies to the west of Nonamesset across Hadley Harbor and forms a wedge that juts northward into Buzzards Bay. Uncatena is practically treeless, except for a small natural area in the extreme southern corner, and here again the assumption is that active deforestation has been carried on, for it was from the originally densely wooded nature of Nonamesset and Uncatena that Woods Hole is said to have derived its name. There are about a dozen small fresh water ponds on Uncatena during the course of a moderately rainy summer and a large inland brackish pond drains eastward into Hadley Harbor by a sluice-way which makes of the northeastern part of the island a peninsula. Dry, exposed, undulating grassland characterizes the vegetation of nine-tenths of this island, with an in- crease of scrubby thicket to the westward. The summer home of Mr. Malcolm Forbes is located on the east side of Uncatena and a large central area is fenced off for grazing. This island connects by a bridge across the Northwest Gutter with Naushon. NAUSHON is the largest of the Elizabeth Islands. It is 614 miles long and averages 1 mile wide, with a width of about 116 miles at its widest point. It extends from Hadley Harbor almost due southwest to Robinson’s Hole which separates it from Pasque. By far the greater part (perhaps 34) of the surface of Naushon is covered with a dense growth of trees. In some regions, like the area near French Watering Place, these woods present an almost pure stand of beech, in others there is considerable admixture of oak, hickory, hop hornbeam, maple and black gum. Almost the only portions of Nau- shon which are not wooded are those right along the shore or some of 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 129 the higher exposed ridges in the central part of the island. Along the north shore, on one of these treeless stretches, Scotch Broom (Cytisus scoparius) was introduced some years ago and has taken hold so vigorously that it now solidly occupies an area of several acres. In similar spots along this same shore, various conifers (notably larch, Scotch pine and several spruces) have been set out as a windbreak and these appear to be no more than holding their own. Naushon has many ponds, nearly all of them fresh. West End Pond, Mary's Lake and French Watering Place are the three largest, in the order named, and there are about a score of smaller ones, depending upon the degree of rainfall. The island is indented by two large coves, Tarpaulin Cove and Kettle Cove, which are nearly across from each other on opposite shores. It has been suggested that it was by the approximation of similar indentations that Nashawena was separated from Pasque in comparatively recent times and that the same process may be going on here in Naushon. Тһе gravel cliffs which in many places form the south shore of the island are high and very precipitous. East of Tarpaulin Cove they are usually barren on their crests, while westward they are frequently wooded right to the very edge. Nau- shon presents several areas of low brackish marshland, the most extensive being near Job's Neck and at the west end near West End Pond. At the east end of the island are the several residences of members of the Forbes family. Here, also are tracts under cultivation and scattered farmhouses and outhouses. PasquE. Lying across Robinsons Hole from Naushon is the island of Pasque, or Peskinese, as it was formerly called. Pasque is roughly oval in form, with a long axis, lying east and west, of 114 miles, and a short one about 1 mile. It is almost entirely destitute of trees, save for a few protected hollows. The extreme eastern end is low and marshy, and is drained by a sinuous tidal stream. Numerous fresh water ponds are scattered around the rim of the island, for the central part is high and arid. As on the other islands, the depressions among the hills near the shore are often peaty and boggy and several ex- tensive areas of this sort are to be found here. Pasque was formerly the property of a fishing club. As evidences of this are a large frame club-house, a landing wharf, a truck patch and outhouses, including an ice-house on the edge of a small pond; all at the eastern end of the island. The ownership of Pasque has just recently passed into private hands. Between Pasque and Nashawena lies Quicks Hole. 130 Rhodora [Тоту NASHAWENA. The second largest island of the group is Nashawena (formerly Nashuina), or *Little Naushon," with a length of 3 miles and an average width of about a mile. Nashawena contains large wooded areas, chiefly toward the east end, although in the troughs between the long ridges of hills that traverse the island longitudinally trees may be found, except in the western quarter. The shores and the extreme western portion are barren and open, as are likewise the higher hills throughout. Behind the line of dune hills, which forms most of the eastern border of the island, lie two large ponds of fresh water separated by a low swampy area: these are known as “the dune ponds." The easternmost of these ponds is separated from the sound by a low barrier beach, and evidence indicates that inundations of salt water probably occur occasionally during the severe storms of winter. It seems also likely that these two ponds have from time to time been connected as a single body of water. Here again, as on Naushon, the highest land is along the southern side of the island and the slope is to the north. Many of the hollows, especially around the margin of the island, harbor small ponds, and in addition to the dune ponds there are several good sized bodies of water, the largest of which is Choptauk Lake, two-thirds of the way to the west end. There are numerous swampy and boggy areas on Nashawena, most of them occurring in the central parts of the island in the wide de- pressions between the lines of hills. In many cases these swampy hollows are overgrown by tangles and thickets so dense as to be well nigh impenetrable. It is supposed that, at one time, much of the open land on Nashawena was under cultivation. The old stone farm house, said to have been built in 1725, still stands, although a modern wing has been added to it in recent years. An obscure gravestone bears the date 1736. Today the island belongs to the Forbes family and is used chiefly for the raising of sheep, of which there are thought to be about 700. The caretaker and his wife, Captain and Mrs. Mark Jamison, occupy the new wing of the old farmhouse, and to their kind hospitality the writer owes a very enjoyable and botanically profitable visit to the island in July, 1928. CuTTYHUNK. West of Nashawena, and separated from it by a very narrow passage, Canapitsit Channel, lies the island which Gosnold in 1602 named Elizabeth's Isle but which has reverted, with some modification, to the old Indian name of Cuttyhunk. Roughly oblong n shape, the main body of Cuttyhunk is some 2 miles long, with a 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 131 greatest width of about 34 of a mile, and lies along a NE-SW axis. From its southeastern corner a narrow sand-spit runs due east for 34 of a mile toward Nashawena. On this strip is located U. S. Coast Guard Station No. 50. 'The northeastern quarter of the island is occupied by a large body of salt water known as Cuttyhunk Pond. To the east this is dredged to Cuttyhunk Harbor and thus offers a land-locked refuge to small vessels. West of Cuttyhunk Pond is the little village of Gosnold, spread out upon the sheltered east-facing slope which leads down toward the wharf. All of the central and western portions of the island are open grassy downs, exposed to the full blast of winds from the Atlantic. From the lookout station on the highest hill, near the center of the island, the land slopes gently away to the south and southwest. The low-lying western part of the island is occupied by two bodies of water. One of these is fresh and furnishes the supply of ice for the inhabitants; it has long been known to visiting botanists as Ice-house Pond or Sheep Pond. The other is the pond made known to fame by Gosnold and is variously termed Gosnold Pond or West End Pond. Although originally mentioned as a fresh-water pond, and still referred to as such, this body of water, which is separated from the open sea by a very narrow cobble barrier beach, is certainly frequently inundated. In 1927, Potamogeton bupleuroides and Ruppia maritima, var. longipes, both reliable indica- tors of a brackish medium, were found growing in it and in 1928 various species of marine algae were collected along its northern shores. Toward the western end of this pond is the tiny island upon which stands the monument to Gosnold already mention- ed, an unpretentious structure of rough native stone. Not far from this, but on the extreme western edge of the main island, stands the Cuttyhunk lighthouse. Several smaller ponds and numerous boggy hollows, some of them rather extensive, are scattered over the western and southern portion of the island, but these tend to disappear late in summer when the rainfall is less abundant. PrENrkEsE. The smallest of the main divisions of the Elizabeth Islands lies a mile to the north of Cuttyhunk. Known also to Gos- nold as a cedar covered isle, and called by him Hills Hope, this island likewise goes today by its Indian name and is, if possible, even more barren and treeless than Cuttyhunk. Penikese is about 24 of a mile long and 14 a mile wide, with a broadly spatulate peninsula running eastward for 14 mile from its northern end. Its contour resembles 132 Rhodora [JULY that of the other islands, the highest point, however, being only about 70 feet. Its few trees are mostly the result of an attempt at a planting made around the building which, in the days of the leper colony, served as the home of the resident physician, although several scrub willows grow in one of the hollows around the margin of a small pond on the east side. Of the former luxuriant forest growth Dr. Jordan, writing in 1874, says, “there is now no trace left save the rotten roots of a solitary beech stump and a few branches of red cedar and red maple (?) found buried in the muck of a small swamp.” The status of the ponds on Penikese appears to be even more precarious than of those on the other islands. In favorable seasons six small ponds, two of them brackish, may be found; during a dry summer the number has been known to be reduced to half. Penikese, then, is dominated by open, grassy downs with the exception of the narrow cobbly strip which connects the two portions of the island. That part of the open hillsides forming the northern slope of the island has been taken over by the terns (common and roseate), thousands of which here find their breeding ground. In fact, now that the island has reverted to its wilder state, these birds show a tendency to usurp it altogether. It is extremely difficult to walk across any of the grassland areas during the nesting season without stepping upon the eggs or the young birds. The handsome stone residence building, on the east side near the land- ing, has been partly demolished, leaving only a portion of the structure to house the caretaker who is still stationed there. "The frame cottages on the west side of the island, formerly occupied by the unfortunate lepers, were destroyed in 1927, a single concrete structure being all that remains. This, and the tiny graveyard at the extreme north end of the island, bear mute testimony to the use to which Penikese was put from 1905 to 1921. The remains of an old wooden reservoir cap the highest hill on the island, while, set in a large boulder near by, is a bronze tablet placed there in 1923 to commemorate the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the Anderson School of Natural History by Jean Louis Rodolphe Agassiz in 1873. (To be continued) AN INTERESTING FORM or EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM.— While col- lecting with Mr. C. H. Knowlton in Westport, Massachusetts, on the field-trip of the New England Botanical Club, September 28, 1929, 1930] Clark,—Ferns of the Red River Country, Maine 133 the writer came across a clump of Eupatorium perfoliatum L. which looked rather unusual. The leaves were truncate toward the base as in forma truncatum (Muhl.) Fassett and the upper were not per- foliate, but they were much more strongly serrate than usual in that variety or the typical form, being almost laciniate. Near by were clumps showing transition to the typical form, both in the serration and the perfoliate character of the leaves. "This peculiar form may be described as follows: EvPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L. forma laciniatum, n. f., foliis trunca- tis, non perfoliatis, laciniato-serratis; serraturis 4-9 mm. longis. ТҮРЕ in New England Botanical Club Herbarium, from damp thicket near West Branch of Westport River, Westport, MassacHusETTS, C. H. Knowlton & G. L. Stebbins, Jr., no. 658.—G. L. SrEBBINS, JR., Har- vard University. Scrrpus PEcKII IN MarNE.— While botanizing about Songo Pond in the town of Albany, Maine, one day last summer I had the good fortune to find a plant of what Professor Fernald later identified as Scirpus Peckii Britt., noting that it is “ The first authentic collection , from Maine." The plant was growing in company with S. georgianus Harper on the border of a bog. On the sandy shore and in the shallow water at the north end of this same pond was a great abundance of Utricularia cornuta Michx. and associated with it was the rarer U. resupinata B. D. Greene. Other plants of special interest in or around the pond were Sarra- cenia purpurea L., Pontederia cordata L., Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker., Lycopodium inundatum L., Sagittaria latifolia Willd., forma gracilis (Pursh) Robinson, Cephalanthus occidentalis L. and Ranuncu- lus Flammula L., var. reptans (L.) Mey.—LEsroN A. WHEELER, Bethel, Maine. FERNSOF THE RED RIVER COUNTRY, MAINE » JOSEPHINE F. CLARK In the Red River country, in the northern part of Aroostook County, Maine, not far from the Canadian border, is a comfortable log cabin on a small pine-crowned island in Island Pond. This is headquarters for three city folk who once a year, about the middle of August, after an all day tramp through the forest, emerge upon the shore, and once more feast their eyes on the sight of that cabin and 134 Rhodora [Jun the pines and the half mile of pond, and rejoice in the thought of weeks of joyous freedom there. The Red River country lies on high land, in which rise some of the tributary waters of the St. John, the Aroostook, the Allegash and the Fish Rivers. Red River itself is not large. It flows out of Poissoniere Pond into Fish River, about twenty miles below. This high land of many hills and a few real mountains, of which Mt. de Bouillé (2,800 ft.) is the highest, is a region of forest and many spring-fed lakes, ponds and streams. Geologically the rock formation is much dis- turbed. Not far from camp is a small oval clearing about 200 yards long, gay with flowers; the large everlasting, black eyed susans, daisies, clover, galium and golden rod. The clearing was made about twelve years ago by an early camper, who grew hay there for his horses. Since his departure seven years ago, the forest has been encroaching on the little clearing once more, and the advance guard of young balsams threatens to obliterate it entirely. It slopes gently down toward Upper Pond, a most lovely spot, where always we linger. Growing thickly at either side of the trail, pushing up through the sparse grass, grow Botrychium ternatum var. rutaefolium (A. Br.) DC., and among them, though much fewer in number, are Botrychium matricariaefolium A. Br., about fifty or sixty plants. But that is not all! At the upper end of the clearing we found a few plants of a third Botrychium, which my amateur study of fern books classed as B. lanceolatum, var. angustisegmentum Pease & Moore. However later, showing it to Mr. C. A. Weatherby, of the Gray Herbarium at Cambridge, he pronounced it to be, not the above form usually found in the United States, but the typical European form, B. lanceolatum (Gmel.) Angstroem, found rarely in boreal North America, and not previously recorded from the eastern United States. I also found in this same region on at least eight rocky cliffs, usually with a northern exposure, Thelypteris fragrans var. Hookeriana Fernald. On one shady irregular perpendicular cliff, 150 to 200 ft. in height, extending for about half a mile, there were certainly 200 plants, some being magnificent specimens. Their favorite place of growth was on a small shelf with an overhang of rock above them, and always they were found high up, above most other ferns. At a certain line of altitude all along a cliff, 7. fragrans began to appear. 1930] Clark,—Ferns of the Red River Country, Maine 135. In August, 1928, I found on this cliff a delicate little fern that I couldn't place at all, and on showing my two unfruited specimens to Mr. Weatherby, he too was puzzled by them, and kept them for further study. He decided that they were stunted, starved specimens of T. fragrans var. Hookeriana Fernald, but lacking many of the characteristics of the normal form. "They were from 2 to 5 in. in height, thin and fragile, lacking in chaffiness, but having minute glands. In August, 1929, I was able to collect a series of the above, definitely connecting the small starved form with the normal. On some of the same rocky cliffs, but at a lower level, grew Woodsia glabella R. Br. There were not many of them, and they were mostly rather small not very vigorous plants. One plant beside a mossy trickle of water in a slight break in the wall of rock, grew strong and lusty, standing out from the others. Prof. M. L. Fernald suggested that some lime might have been brought down to it from above by the moisture. Woodsia glabella has been collected at least twice before in Maine; but for W. alpina (Bolton) S. F. Gray, of which I found a few on these same cliffs, this is the first station in the state. Prof. Fernald had found W. alpina growing along the Aroostook River in New Brunswick, but search west of the line was unsuccessful. Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br. grew plentifully on almost all the cliffs with varying characteristics according to the amount of shade or sunshine in which they grew. There has been heretofore no collecting done in this Red River region, so that forms found there have a special interest. Beside the rarer ferns mentioned there was a wealth of others. The following is a complete list of the ferns I have already found in the Red River Country of Northern Maine:— POLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM L. THELYPTERIS NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) PrTERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Nieuwl. Hieron. THELYPTERIS SPINULOSA, var. THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L.) INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) Nieuwl. Slosson. THELYPTERIS SPINULOSA, var. THELYPTERIS DRYOPTERIS (L.) AMERICANA (Fisch.) Weath. Slosson. THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS Schott, THELYPTERIS CRISTATA, VAT. var. PUBESCENS (Lawson) CuinToNIANA (D. С. Eaton) Fernald. Weath. ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.) THELYPTERIS FRAGRANS, var. Presl. HookzniaNA Fernald. ATHYRIUM THELYPTEROIDES THELYPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) Michx. Nieuwl. 136 Rhodora [JuLy POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES OSMUNDA REGALIS, var. SPECTA- (Michx.) Schott. BILIS (Willd.) Gray. PotysticHumM BRAUNI (Spenner) OsmMuNDA CLAYTONIANA L. Fée, var. Ровѕни Fernald. OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L, CYSTOPTERIS BULBIFERA (L.) DBOTRYCHIUM LANCEOLATUM Bernh. (Gmel.) Angstroem. CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. |. BoTRYCHIUM MATRICARIAEFOLIUM Woops! ILVENSIS (L.) К. Br. A. Br. (B. ramosum (Roth) WooDsiA ALPINA (Bolton) 8. Е. Aschers.) Gray. BoTRYCHIUM TERNATUM, var. WoobsIA GLABELLA К. Br. RUTAEFOLIUM (A. Br.) D. C. ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS L. Eaton PTERETIS NODULOSA (Michx.) BoTRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Nieuwl. Sw. Boston, Mass. THE NAMES ASTER ERICOIDES AND A. MULTIFLORUS S. F. BLAKE WHEN publishing! recently two new varietal names under Aster multiflorus Ait., I overlooked a paper by Mr. K. К. Mackenzie? in which he showed that the name Aster ericoides L., long universally used in another sense, should be taken up for A. multiflorus. The name Aster ericoides was based by Linnaeus on two references, Gron- ovius' “Aster caule paniculato, pedunculis racemosis, | pedicellis foliosis, foliis linearibus integerrimis," and Dillenius’ “ Aster ericoides, dumosus." The specimens on which these names were founded were long ago identified by Dr. Gray? as A. multiflorus Ait. The specimen from the Upsala Garden labeled ericoides in the Linnaean Herbarium, which represents a garden state of the A. ericoides of authors, was not in the Linnaean Herbarium in 1753 (about which Dr. Gray was uncertain), and consequently does not figure in the identification of A. ericoides as originally described. "The current misapplication of the name A. ericoides originated with Aiton* іл 1789. Aiton's mis- interpretation has been followed by nearly all subsequent authors, although Michaux (1803) and Schkuhr (1803), as cited by Gray in 1884, used this name for plants not more than varietally separable from the original A. ericoides L. Gray himself stated that the name 1 Ruopora 30: 227-228. 1928. ?Ruopora 28: 65. 1926. з Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 165. 1882. 1 Hort. Kew. 3: 202. 1789. 1930] Blake,—The Names Aster Ericoides and A. Multiflorus 137 A. ericoides should have been continued by Solander! for the Dillenian and Gronovian plant, "unless he could ascertain that the specimen in the Upsal Garden was in the herbarium as early as the year 1753." Instead of making this needful correction, Gray chose to continue the usage established by Aiton, in which he has been followed by all American authors until the publication of Mr. Mackenzie's note. In view of the fact that several varieties of Aster multiflorus have been described since Dr. Gray examined the plants forming the foundation of Linnaeus's description, it has seemed wise to obtain more definite information about certain specimens in European herbaria. Clayton 194, in the British Museum, the basis of Gron- ovius’ “ Aster caule paniculato, pedunculis racemosis, pedicellis foliosis, foliis linearibus integerrimis,"? has been examined by Mr. George Taylor, who informs me that the hairs on the upper part of the stem are appressed, but not closely so, and that the pubescence on the lower part varies considerably, some of the hairs being spreading. It is evident from his notes that the plant is to be placed under typical A. multiflorus and not under the variety which has wide-spreading pubescence throughout. Mr. G. Claridge Druce reports that the stem pubescence is appressed in the Dillenian specimen which is the basis of his “ Aster ericoides, dumosus."? An excellent photograph of the type specimen of Aster villosus Michx. in the Michaux Herbarium, taken for me by Mr. A. Cintract with the permission of Prof. H. Lecomte, is available. The type consists of only the upper part of the plant, but the comparatively large and broad involucre, the conspicuous spreading pubescence of the stem, and the very narrowly linear stem leaves leave no room for doubt that the name is properly identified in Torrey and Gray's Flora and in Gray's Manual with that phase of “ericoides” which differs from the typical form of that species (as usually understood) only in the presence of copious pubes- cence. "The two type sheets of Aster multiflorus var. caeruleus Benke, in the Field Museum of Natural History, have also been examined through the kindness of Mr. Paul C. Standley. In these the pubes- cence of stem and branches is ascending or subappressed; the rays, as noted by the collector, were blue with a suggestion of purple. I cannot separate them from the western plant described by Piper as A. columbianus, the rays of which were described as violet. 1As to the part taken by Solander and Dryander in the preparation of Aiton's “Hortus Kewensis'' see J. Britten, Journ. Bot. 50: Suppl. 3. 1912. з Gron. Fl. Virg. 100. 1739; ed. 2. 124. 1762. з Hort. Elth. 40. pl. 36, f. 40. 1732. 138 Rhodora [JULY The name Aster ericoides L. being necessarily transferred to the plant generally known as A. multiflorus Ait., it remains to find a name for the A. ericoides of our manuals and floras. The earliest specific name applied to any form of “A. ericoides” of authors is evidently Aster villosus Michx. (1803), a name unfortunately pre- occupied by A. villosus Thunb. (1800). The latter name is referred to the synonymy of Felicia angustifolia in the Index Kewensis, evident- ly on the basis of De Candolle’s placing of it in the synonymy of Felicia angustifolia a. hyssopifolia (Berg.) DC.! Nees’ Felicia angusti- folia (1832) was based on “ Aster angustifolius Willd. Sp. pl. III. 3. p. 2017. n. 12. ex parte" (1803), a name which depends on Aster angusti- folius Jacq. (1798). In Harvey's treatment of the Compositae in the Flora Capensis (3: 71, 73, 75. 1864) the genus Felicia 1s sunk in Aster, and A. angustifolius Jacq. and A. hyssopifolius Berg. are treated as distinct, the name A. villosus Thunb. not being mentioned even in synonymy. Willdenow? retained Aster villosus Thunb. as a valid species of Aster and gave the new name A. pilosus to A. villosus of Michaux. Under the American Code Willdenow's name must be retained, and the same course would seem necessary under the Inter- national Rules, since, in view of the lack of agreement regarding the status of the genus Felicia and the uncertainty regarding the identity of Aster villosus Thunb., the latter name can scarcely be considered to be “universally regarded as non-valid."? The names to be used for the species which have been called A. ericoides and A. multiflorus, and their varieties, are the following: AsTER ERICOIDES L. Sp. Pl. 2: 875. 1753. Aster multiflorus Ait. Hort. Kew. 3: 203. 1789. Aster multiflorus 8. stricticaulis Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 125. 1841. Aster multiflorus var. exiguus Fernald, Кнорока 1: 187. 1899. Aster exiguus Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 28: 505. 1901, as to name-bringing syn. only. Aster stricticaulis Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mount. 885, 1067. 1917. This plant, the Aster multiflorus of practically all authors for more than a century, must be called Aster ericoides L. A. ERICOIDES var. prostratus (Kuntze). Aster multiflorus B pros- tratus Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 313. 1891. Aster multiflorus var. pansus Blake, RHODORA 30: 227. 1928. 1Prodr. 5: 220. 1836. ? Sp. Pl. 3: 2017, 2025. 1803. з Under the modified interpretation of Art. 50 of the International Rules recently proposed by Briquet and by Sprague, it would be necessary in any case to reject the name Aster villosus Michx., since the earlier homonym of Thunberg was proposed as a new species, 1930] Blake,—The Names Aster Ericoides and A. Multiflorus 139 Distinguished by its wide-spreading pubescence, that of the typical form being appressed or merely ascending. Kuntze's A. multiflorus & prostratus was defined in the following words: "caulis prostratus ramis erectis," being contrasted with his « normalis, of which he says “caulis erectus." Examination of the type (Nebraska, Sept. 1874, Kuntze), kindly lent by Dr. J. K. Small from the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, shows that it is the form with spreading pubescence. Dr. J. K. Small writes me that no named material of a normalis is in Kuntze's herbarium. The habital differ- ences on which Kuntze relied in separating his two varieties are obviously of no importance. Aster hebecladus DC. Prodr. 5: 242. 1836, and A. scoparius DC. (not Nees, 1818), l. c., are very closely related forms from the arid southwestern United States, which may require reductions to synonymy under var. prostratus. A. ERICOIDES f. caeruleus (Benke). Aster columbianus Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16: 210. 1913. Aster multiflorus var. caeruleus Benke, Ruopora 30: 78. 1928. Aster multiflorus var. columbianus . Blake, Ruopona 30: 227. 1928. This plant, distinguished from the typical form of A. ericoides only by the blue or violet color of its rays, is better treated as a forma than a variety. ASTER PILOSUS Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 2025. 1803. Aster villosus Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2: 113. 1803 (Not A. villosus Thunb. 1800). Aster ericoides B. villosus Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2: 124. 1841. Aster ericoides pilosus Porter, Mem. Torrey Club 5: 323. 1894. This is Aster ericoides var. villosus of recent authors. A. PILOSUS var. platyphyllus (Torr. & Gray). Aster ericoides Y. platyphyllus Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 2:124. 1841. A. PILOSUS var. demotus, var. nov. Aster ericoides Ait. Hort. Kew. 3:203. 1789, not L. (err. ident.). ?Aster glabellus Nees, Syn. Aster. 31. 1818.—Plant glabrous or very sparsely pilose; leaves narrow; heads numerous, panicled, the panicle branches more or less racemi- form. ТҮРЕ no. 356711, U. S. National Herbarium, collected near Virginia Beach, Princess Anne County, Virginia, 1 Oct. 1898, by T. H. Kearney (no. 2059).—Maine and Ontario to North Carolina and Missouri, common. , This is A. ericoides of practically all authors since Aiton, except Michaux (Fl. Bor. Amer. 2: 113. 1803), and Schkuhr (Bot. Handb. 105. pl. 245. 1803), both of whom used the name А. ericoides in essentially its Linnaean sense—that is, for some form of A. multiflorus Ait. Although Aster glabellus Nees (a name wrongly attributed by 140 Rhodora [Jury its author to Michaux) is referred by Gray to the synonymy of A. ericoides, the description is not entirely convincing, and the name is best passed over. Specimens of the present form with stems absolute- ly glabrous are difficult to find. The name pilosus should be restrict- ed to those plants in which the stem is conspicuously hairy, and the subglabrous plants referred to var. demotus. A. PILOSUS var. pringlei (Gray). Aster ericoides var. pringlei Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 184. 1884. Aster pringlei (Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 16: 99. 1880, nomen nudum); Britton in Britton & Brown, Ш. Fl. 3: 379. 1898. A. PILOSUS var. reevesii (Gray). Aster ericoides var. reevesii Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 184. 1884. Aster reevesii Hort. ; Gray, l. c. as synonym. 1884. An ambiguous form. Aster priceae Britton, Man. 960. 1901, and A. kentuckiensis Britton, l. c., are closely related and when better known may prove to be synonymous with this variety or recognizable as independent varieties. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Washington, D. C. CUBELIUM CONCOLOR Epwin Н. Eames So little has been written concerning Cubelium concolor (Forst.) Raf. that it seems worth while to note some observations in relation to it. The type was described as having stems hispid throughout, was in cultivation and of North American origin. Such hispid plants occur here and there nearly throughout the range of the species, but usually are glabrous below and in varying degree to the summit. The hairs are of several kinds, all segmented. Those strictly hispid sometimes occur alone and rather sparsely. Commonly these are more or less obscured by mixture with glistening white, flattened, irregular hairs which, when abundant, give a coarse, somewhat woolly appearance to the stem. Among the latter may be some spiral hairs and some with the planes of the flattened segments at diametrical right angles, the terminal one ensiform. There is every degree of lesser hairiness to that in which it is reduced to narrow lines toward the summit of the stem, a scant pubescence, or 1930] Eames,—Cubelium concolor 141 entire glabrousness. These characters and more are easily seen with a hand-lens. The plant is at least locally common in the Central States and has long been known eastward to central New York and the Delaware valley. Further east but three stations appear in the records: NEw York: "Lebanon," Columbia Co., L. C. Beck, near the Massa- chusetts State line west of Pittsfield; Pine Plains, Dutchess Co., L. H. Hoysradt? about eight miles from the Connecticut State line, where, “in a cold mountainous woods" on Mt. Ararat, "it was growing luxuriantly—many of the stems being all of three feet in height—and covered several acres. . . . almost to the entire exclusion of other herbaceous plants"; Tarrytown, Westchester Co., 1864, J. H. Hall? five miles from the Connecticut State line. On May 17, 1929, I found a long-established colony of it in the Housatonie valley at Southbury, New Haven County, Connecticut, the flowers immature, and, excepting cilia on leaves and stipules, the plants essentially leavigate throughout. It grew often in clumps of 10-30 stems, with smaller groups and a few solitary stems skirting the colony. Later collections had slight pubescence, mostly in narrow lines, while some clumps had stems sparsely hispidulous toward the summit, thus approaching the type, but the flowers and capsules were too small to fit descriptions. Fresh flowers never exceeded 6 mm. long; most of them were 5-5.5 mm., or when dried 4-5 mm. The capsules rarely exceeded 15 mm. in length, with a diameter of 12-13 mm. Other similar specimens in herbaria have capsules normal for the species, at least to 21 mm. long. Western specimens of the species often have flowers about 1 mm. longer. This nearly or quite glabrous phase of the species, being extreme and easily recognizable, was distributed by me to several herbaria under a manuscript varietal name. While its status may be a matter of point of view, it is here proposed as CUBELIUM CONCOLOR (Forst.) Raf., f. subglabrum, f. nov., caulibus omnino glabris, vel lineis angustis leviter pubescentibus ornatis, vel superne sparsissime hispidulis. Stems glabrous throughout, to slightly pubescent in narrow lines, or very sparsely hispidulous at the top.—Southern Ontario to Con- 1 Botany of the Northern and Middle States, 42. 1833. ? Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 37, 47. 1874. 3 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 1: 6. 1870. 142 Rhodora [отт necticut and Alabama. Onrarto: London, 1881, Burgess. NEw York: Collins, Erie Co., Anne E. Perkins, no. 75,316 in part. Various stations in the central part of the State. CoNNeEcTIcUT: in pockets of rich soil among coarse blocks of talus near base of wooded slope, Southbury, New Haven Co., June 2, July 7, 1929, Е. Н. Eames, no. 10,876. New Jersey: Hunterdon Co., H. W. Pretz, no. 2064. PENN- SYLVANIA: Lehigh Co., Bethlehem, 1869, A. F. K. Krout; near Allen- town, Krout, Pretz, no. 2489; along Jordan Creek, Pretz, no. 8457 some large colonies for several miles, partly in lime-stone soils and talus. Apparently rare at various points to GEORGIA: bank of Savannah River, Germain's Island, Columbia Co., R. M. Harper, no. 1297 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Rome, Hb. 4. W. Chapman. | ALABAMA: without locality, May, 1841, S. B. Buckley, no. 1; Clay Co., 1897, F. S. Earle. TENNESSEE: 5. B. Buckley; Knoxville, 1898, A. Ruth, in part. In some localities plants typical of both the species and the form have been collected and distributed with the same data. In both the capsules have the sides parallel toward the apex which is rather squarely obtuse, due to abrupt incurving of the valves to the de- pressed style-base. Rhizomes are distorted, knotted, very hard, often massed. Main roots are cord-like with rootlets whitish, ir- regularly much branched and interlaced, of nearly constant size, and forming bulky masses sometimes 35 em. long. Some clumps growing in leaf-mold topping cavernous spaces had the lower rootlets suspended, with the soil merely adherent. Young stems are succulent, brittle, while dead ones of the preceding year lying about commonly show some wind-whipped fibres in coarse- ly fibrous gray integument. A little search in the litter may reveal buff-colored, wide-spreading open capsules or valves. Throughout its range the species shows a preference for well- drained slopes, especially near the base of wooded talus which is very often limestone or containing lime, and occurs in colonies often exten- sive. Noteworthy specimens include one from * Hot Springs, Little Rock" Hb. George Engelmann, Sept., 1835, growing in "saline" conditions, having a stem 40 cm. tall and two leafy branches 18 and 19 cm. long; and one plant of the form in flower, Rome, Georgia, Hb. A. W. Chapman, with the stem 24 cm. long and leaves about 12 by 40 mm. My thanks are due to Prof. J. M. Greenman, C. A. Weatherby, H. D. House, H. W. Pretz, and others for specimens or other helpful assistance. BRIDGEPORT, Connecticut Volume 32, no. 378, including pages 103 to 118 and plates 202 and 203, was issued 4 June, 1930. Dodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. August, 1930. No. 380. CONTENTS: Color Variation in Gentiana linearis. R. J. Ёаіоп................ 143 A Glabrous Variety of Aster concolor. S. F. Blake.......-.--++++ 144 On Changing the Direction of Sap conducting Tissues. J. F. Collins 145 Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts (continued). Ј. М. Fett, Jr... nn HIM IMRHIHg 147 The Cape Cod Ceanothus. М. L. Еегпаіа...................... 161 Carex Knieskernii Dewey. J. P. Ві.......................... 162 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the fiora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to М.І. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other rt an of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HrnBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. August, 1930. No. 380. COLOR VARIATION IN GENTIANA LINEARIS R. J. EATON One of the conspicuous plants of the Wilmington-West Dover- Stratton region of Windham Co., Vermont is Gentiana linearis Froel., abundant along wet road-sides, sour fields and bogs, and even in open woods. In its usual habitat, this species occurs very rarely with blue to lavender corolla-lobes separated by white plaits or with pure white corollas. Just how rare the white form is may be inferred from the fact that there are only two sheets all told in the Gray Herbarium and the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. Several botanists with wide field experience state that they seldom if ever have collected it. In an article entitled “Some Forms of Amer- ican Gentians" Fernald published it! as forma Blanchardii based on the single specimen in the Gray Herbarium collected from “an open road-side" at Woodford, Vermont by W. H. Blanchard, August 15, 1902. The rarity of G. linearis forma Blanchardii seems to indicate that it is merely an albino form. Some question as to the correctness of this view is raised by the prevalence of the white form in a sphag- num bog near the Jacksonville-Wilmington line at an altitude of 1600 ft. Growing profusely in wet moss with typical bog associations such as Kalmia polifolia and Vaccinium Oxycoccus, plants bearing pure white corollas, tipped with green, are overwhelmingly predominant. Occasional plants of the typical blue form grow side by side with the white under identical soil and light conditions. No gradations of color have been noticed. This station has been under the writer’s observation for two years. Another station, which he has not visited IRHopona, XIX, 152, 1917. 144 Rhodora [Аововт but from which many fresh specimens were collected, lies some twelve miles to the northward in West Dover at an altitude of 2300 ft. Here also, according to report, the white form occurs commonly, and the blue rarely, in sphagnum. A careful examination of a series of fresh and dried material reveals no distinctive characters, other than color of corolla. Each dried specimen of the white form in my possession is distinguishable at once from the blue form by the conspicuous green tips of the corolla lobes. А random series of blue and white specimens, duly separated by sheets and marked for identification, were dried in a press between ventilators, with insufficient external heat. Some of the corollas of each color form, but none of the leaves, turned brown in drying. In no case did the dried corollas of the blue form, whether blue or brown, show green tips. In every instance the tips of the corolla lobes of the white form retained their green color. Unfortunately, this char- acter proves to be “no good." An examination of all pertinent material in the Gray and Club herbaria discloses an occasional sheet of typical G. linearis with green-tipped corolla lobes, as for instance a beautifully preserved specimen from Shirley, Mass., August 28, 1916, J. R. Churchill. Furthermore, the type specimen of forma Blanchardii shows the merest trace of green on one corolla. On the other hand, the only other collection of the white-flowered form (Stratton Plateau, Vt., August 6-10, 1900, W. W. Eggleston, no. 2057) to be found in either herbarium shows mostly green-tipped corollas, otherwise browned with age. However, this latter is indistinguishable from occasional sheets of typical blue G. linearis likewise discolored. If subsequent experiment shows that seedlings of white gentians from this bog produce white flowers under cultivation and that no reversion to blue occurs when white-flowered plants are transplanted from sphagnum to normally acid soil, it would appear desirable either to treat forma Blanchardii as a true albino and base a second color form on this new material, or else give forma Blanchardii more serious consideration than is usually accorded to mere albinism. CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS. A GLABROUS VARIETY OF ASTER CONCOLOR.— Aster concolor L. is ordinarily one of the most distinct and easily recognizable of the North American species of Aster, with its virgate stems thickly clothed with small, entire, oblong to elliptic or linear leaves, gradually 1930] Collins,—On Changing the Direction of Sap 145 reduced above and usually canescent, and its normally racemiform panicles of rather small violet heads with silky-canescent involucre. The common Florida form has comparatively large heads and a longer involucre than specimens from other localities, and the phyl- laries are usually notably broad and with conspicuous herbaceous tips; forms occur in Florida, however, with the phyllaries of the equally long involucre decidedly narrow and loose, or almost squarrose. Тһе occurrence of similar specimens with long involucre and broad phyl- laries at other points in the range of the species (such as Mackenzie 3937, from Keasbey, Middlesex Co., New Jersey, and Miss Е. C. Clay, from Kingston, Rhode Island, 1884), however, makes it in- advisable to distinguish the common Florida form varietally. A sheet of specimens in the National Herbarium from Bay Co., Florida, with the whole habit and the silky-pubescent achenes of the species but with practically glabrous stem and involucre is, on the other hand, so very different from all the other specimens examined that it merits distinction as a variety. AsTER CONCOLOR L. var. devestitus, var. nov. Stem glabrous; lower leaves sparsely hispidulous especially toward margin, the others glabrous; phyllaries glabrous except for sparse ciliolation, their bases indurate, whitish, the shorter lanceolate or subulate herbaceous tips light green. FrLonipa: In dry sandy open soil, Lynn Haven, Bay Co., 13 Oct. 1921, C. Billington 80 (TYPE no. 1,116,195, U. S. Nat. Herb.).— S. Е. Braxe, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. С. ON CHANGING THE DIRECTION OF SAP CONDUCTING TISSUES J. FRANKLIN COLLINS AMONG my unpublished records of experiments.on chestnut trees are some that may be of interest to others working along similar lines. At this time it is intended to record briefly three experiments undertaken and completed nearly 20 years ago. EXPERIMENT l. OBJECT: To ascertain if a chestnut tree (No. 1663-A) could be made to develop a zig-zag grain in the wood by removing portions of the bark. METHOD USED: In 1910 several horizontal grooves a half inch wide were cut through the bark of a small smooth-barked chestnut tree. Each groove extended about two-thirds around the tree. The bark was removed from each groove, 146 Rhodora [AvavsT leaving a strip of exposed wood a half inch in width. "The center of the first groove was on the west side of the tree, the second on the east side, the third on the west side, etc., for some distance along the trunk. The ends of each groove dovetailed in between the ends of the two adjoining grooves, above and below. Each groove was separated from the adjoining one above and below by uninjured bark from four to six inches in width. RESULTS: When the tree died from the effects of the blight at the base of the trunk the following year the callus around the ends of the grooves was well-formed. "When the bark was removed the grain of the newly formed wood was found to have developed a zig-zag course by passing around the ends of each groove. EXPERIMENT 2. oBJECT: То ascertain if spiral conduction in a chestnut tree (No. 1654-A) could be induced, and if spiral grain in the wood resulted. METHOD UsED: In the summer of 1910 a spiral groove about half an inch wide, from which the bark was removed, was cut around the trunk of a small chestnut tree. "The spiral was at an angle of 30? to 45? from the normal longitudinal grain of the trunk. RESULTS: Тһе following spring when the tree died as a result of the . blight at the base of the trunk a well-marked callus had formed along the upper side of the groove. Upon removal of the bark it was found that the fibres of the newly formed wood and bark adjoining the cambium had the grain laid down in a nearly perfect spiral, parallel to the spiral groove cut in the bark the previous year. EXPERIMENT 3. OBJECT: То determine the maximum angle that the grain of a chestnut tree trunk could be made to turn from the longitudinal by certain experimental methods. METHOD USED: In 1910 several small trees were selected and half inch grooves were cut through the bark in various ways so as to force the grain of the newly formed wood and bark to turn from the normal longitudinal direction to various angles up to 100°, provided the formation of wood and bast fibres continued. mREsuLTs: The following year the grain of the newly formed wood and bark was found to have frequently turned at an angle as great as 50° to 65° from the normal longitudinal line. At one point on one tree the grain had, for a distance of two to two and a half inches, turned almost at a right angle (i. e., 87°) from the per- pendicular. OFFICE OF INVESTIGATIONS IN FOREST PATHOLOGY, О. S. BUREAU or PLANT INDUSTRY, Providence, Rhode Island. 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 147 THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Joun M. Foaa, Jm. (Continued from page 132) HABITATS Despite their almost uniformly bleak and arid nature, the Elizabeth Islands offer a considerable diversity of habitats and the chief of these, together with a few of the most characteristic plants of each, are here described. BEaAcuks. These may be of boulders, cobbles or pure white sand. In the first two cases, few plants may be sought for, although on the shingle or cobble beaches Ammophila breviligulata sometimes manages to get a foothold in the loose stones. The sandy beaches, however, offer a habitat for certain characteristic species, of which the following may be noted: Ammophila breviligulata Lathyrus maritimus Triplasis purpurea Euphorbia polygonifolia Polygonum glaucum Convolvulus sepium, var. pubescens Atriplex patula, var. hastata Solanum nigrum Salsola Kali Solidago sempervirens Arenaria peploides, var. robusta Xanthium echinatum Cakile edentula Sonchus oleraceus On some of the beaches dead Eel Grass, Zostera marina, has been piled up by the waves, forming dense mats often two or three feet thick. Sarr Marsu. "There аге no extensive salt marshes on the islands, but a few restricted areas of this nature do occur, such as those along the southwestern shore of Nonamesset, the eastern side of Uncatena, the northeastern end of Naushon facing Lackeys Bay, the regions on the north shore at the west end of the same island, the southeastern corner of Pasque and the extreme west end of Nashawena. Other similar patches, scattered throughout, are too limited or local to merit enumeration. As typical of these low, brackish marshlands, or the slightly elevated peaty areas bordering them, may be cited: Typha angustifolia Cyperus ferax Andropogon glomeratus C. strigosus Echinochloa Walteri Eleocharis parvula Spartina alterniflora, var. pilosa E. uniglumis, var. halophila S. patens E. rostellata Distichlis spicata Scirpus Olneyi 148 Rhodora [Аововт 8. validus Salicornia europaea S. campestris, var. paludosus Suaeda linearis Carex hormathodes Spergularia leiosperma Juncus bufonius Hibiscus Moscheutos J. Gerardi Ptilimnium capillaceum J. articulatus, var. obtusatus Pluchea camphorata Rumex maritimus, var. fueginus On the brackish mud flats, like those bordering Cuttyhunk Pond, occur such characteristic things as: Puccinellia paupercula, var. Suaeda linearis alaskana Spergularia leiosperma Salicornia europaea Plantago oliganthos S. ambigua BrackisH Powps. Either in the salt marsh areas themselves, or near the shore and separated from the sea only by narrow shingle barriers, occur several brackish ponds, in which may be found such plants as: Potamogeton bupleuroides Ruppia maritima, var. subcapitata P. pectinatus R. maritima, var. longipes Fresh Water Ponps. There are at least 65 fresh water ponds of a more or less permanent nature on the Elizabeth Islands. Of these, some are mere pools 20 or 30 yards across in low hollows or kettle-holes, while others, such as West End Pond on Naushon, may have a width of nearly one-third of a mile. With this wide difference in size there goes a corresponding diversity of pond bottoms and the accompanying floras. Some of the ponds have grassy bottoms and merely represent hollows which have become filled with rain water; others have a sandy or cobbly bottom; while the bottoms of still others are formed of a thick grayish clay. As representative of the plants, floating or sub- merged, of these fresh water ponds may be mentioned: Potamogeton Oakesianus Elatine minima P. pulcher Ludvigia palustris P. diversifolius Myriophyllum scabratum Vallisneria americana M. humile Glyceria acutiflora M. tenellum Lemna minor Proserpinaca palustris Nymphozanthos variegatus Hydrocotyle umbellata Nymphaea odorata H. Canbyi Ranunculus delphinifolius H. verticillata Callitriche heterophylla Nymphoides lacunosum C. palustris Utricularia geminiscapa Ponp Marains. The margins of the fresh water ponds support, in 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 149 most cases, a rather characteristic flora, the components of which de- pend usually upon the nature of the shore. Around those ponds with a pure sandy border the following plants may be listed as fairly typical: Cyperus dentatus Scirpus americanus Mariscus mariscoides Juncus pelocarpus J. militaris J. marginatus Ranunculus Cymbalaria Potentilla pacifica Samolus floribundus Limosella subulata Ilysanthes inaequalis Coreopsis rosea Surrounding those ponds, however, which offer a peaty or boggy border, a somewhat different series may be cited as representative: Thelypteris palustris, var. pubescens Sagittaria latifolia Sparganium americanum Glyceria obtusa G. pallida Eleocharis acicularis Scirpus cyperinus Rynchospora alba R. capitellata Carex lurida Eriocaulon septangulare Xyris caroliniana Juncus canadensis J. acuminatus Iris versicolor Habenaria lacera Drosera rotundifolia D. intermedia Spiraea tomentosa Polygala cruciata Hypericum boreale H. virginicum Viola lanceolata Rhexia virginica Scutellaria epilobiifolia Lycopus uniflorus Gratiola aurea Bidens connata It is not suggested that the two classes of plants above presented be taken as mutually exclusive. In general, however, these species exhibit a marked preference for the habitat under which they are listed. Swamps. Swampy areas occur near some of the larger ponds, notably west of French Watering Place on Naushon and around portions of the dune ponds on Nashawena. In addition, most of the islands boast one or more swampy hollows and Naushon and Nasha- wena each has several rather extensive swamps in low-lying depres- sions near the shore. А few of the characteristic plants of this type of habitat may be noted: Typha latifolia Spartina Michauxiana Phragmites communis Dulichium arundinaceum Scirpus validus S. cyperinus Juncus effusus, var. costulatus Spiraea tomentosa Rosa palustris Impatiens biflora Decodon verticillatus Sium suave 150 Rhodora [AuGusT Asclepias incarnata, var. pulchra Cephalanthus occidentalis Lysimachia terrestris Eupatorium verticillatum Bogs. In addition to the restricted boggy areas in the moist hollows and those forming pond margins, there are several rather extensive bogs of a permanent character. Chief among these may be mentioned one chain of bogs at the east end of Pasque and another series at the west end of Cuttyhunk. Many of the plants which occur around the peaty borders of the small ponds grow also in these open bogs, but certain other species reach their fullest development only in the more extensive areas. The following is but a partial list of some of the more conspicuous of these bog plants: Woodwardia areolata Juncus effusus, var. costulatus Thelypteris palustris, var. Habenaria clavellata pubescens H. lacera Osmunda regalis, var. Pogonia ophioglossoides spectabilis Calopogon pulchellus Lycopodium inundatum, var. Drosera rotundifolia Bigelovii D. intermedia Panicum longifolium Rubus hispidus Glyceria obtusa Polygala cruciata Eriophorum virginicum Viola lanceolata Rynchospora fusca Epilobium palustre, var. monticola Carex cephalantha Clethra alnifolia C. Howei Rhododendron viscosum C. canescens, var. disjuncta Chamaedaphne calyculata C. virescens Vaccinium macrocarpon C. limosa Bartonia virginica Eriocaulon septangulare Menyanthes trifoliata, var. minor Xyris caroliniana GRASSLAND. As already indicated, the larger part of the surface of the Elizabeth Islands is dominated by open, undulating grassland. The following list, incomplete though it is, will convey more adequate- ly than could any description an impression of the character of these bleak grassy downs: Dennstaedtia punctilobula Aristida purpurascens Andropogon scoparius, var. Phleum pratense frequens Holcus lanatus Paspalum pubescens Poa pratensis Panicum virgatum, var. spissum Festuca rubra P. depauperatum Agropyron repens P. Lindheimeri, var. fasciculatum Cyperus filiculmis, var. P. meridionale macilentus P. oricola Carex albolutescens P. sphaerocarpon C. silicea Anthoxanthum odoratum C. Muhlenbergii 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 151 C. Swanii Viola fimbriatula C. varia Daucus Carota Juncus tenuis Trichostema dichotomum J. Greenei Linaria canadensis Sisyrinchium angustifolium Eupatorium hyssopifolium Spiranthes gracilis Chrysopsis falcata Rumex Acetosella Solidago suaveolens Spergularia rubra S. nemoralis Stellaria graminea S. graminifolia Cerastium vulgatum S. tenuifolia Ranunculus acris Aster patens Lepidium virginicum A. linariifolius Potentilla pumila Sericocarpus asteroides P. argentea Antennaria neglecta Trifolium arvense Anaphalis margaritacea Polygala polygama Gnaphalium obtusifolium Euphorbia maculata Rudbeckia hirta Hypericum perforatum Achillea Millefolium Helianthemum canadense Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, H. dumosum var. pinnatifidum H. Bicknellii Krigia virginica Hudsonia tomentosa Leontodon autumnalis Lechea maritima Hieracium Gronovii SCRUB GRowTH. Under the protected lee of the hills, in dry sheltered hollows or bordering the woods, where they form a transition zone between the grassland and the woodland, occur open patches or dense, scrubby thickets of low shrubs, of which the following may be designated as characteristic: Myrica Gale Ilex verticillata M. caroliniensis Clethra alnifolia Betula populifolia Rhododendron viscosum Pyrus arbutifolia Leucothoe racemosa Amelanchier oblongifolia Lyonia ligustrina Rubus Andrewsianus Gaylussacia frondosa Rosa virginica G. baccata Prunus serotina Vaccinium corymbosum P. maritima V. atrococcum Rhus copallina Viburnum dentatum WoopLand. In certain areas, especially near the center of Nau- shon, the native woods are made up of almost pure stands of beech, Fagus grandifolia. These trees grow nowhere very tall, averaging, perhaps, 30-40 feet, and their low, flat, leafy crowns meet overhead, forming a thick roof through which a subdued light filters. This climax beech forest may also be seen on a somewhat reduced scale in portions of Nonamesset and Nashawena. Usually, however, the wooded areas, although they may be dominated by beech, contain a 152 Rhodora [AuausT liberal sprinkling of certain other species, most prevalent among which are: Ostrya virginiana Sassafras officinale Quercus alba Acer rubrum Q. velutina Nyssa sylvatica Hamamelis virginiana In addition to these important constituents of the densely forested portions, a few other trees occur scattered here and there, seldom entering conspicuously into the formation of the heavy woods. As such may be named: Pinus rigida Prunus serotina Chamaecyparis thyoides Rhus Vernix Juniperus virginiana Пех opaca Carya alba Cornus florida Mention has already been made of the efforts which were carried on to introduce certain trees either as a windbreak or for ornamental purposes. Some of these, such as white poplar, ailanthus and catalpa, have taken hold and are spreading, while others apparently just manage to survive. A partial list of these introductions follows: Pinus sylvestris Betula pubescens Larix decidua B. pendula Picea Abies Gleditsia triacanthos P. glauca Robinia Pseudo-Acacia P. pungens Ailanthus glandulosa Salix alba Catalpa bignonioides Populus alba The herbaceous flora which enjoys the protection of the native woodland of the islands is for the most part a rather meagre one. The dry, leaf-covered floor of the pure beech woods is almost uniformly sterile, so far as vascular plants are concerned, although such an habitat presents a rich and varied mycological flora, especially follow- ing a heavy rain. In the more open mixed woods, however, several characteristic species inhabit the shaded knolls. As examples may be cited: Pteridium aquilinum, var. Sanicula canadensis latiusculum Monotropa uniflora Thelypteris noveboracensis Epifagus virginiana Panicum dichotomum Galium pilosum Carex cephalophora Certain of the low depressions or hollows in the woodland areas are swampy and, in addition to high-bush blueberries (Vaccinium corym- bosum and И. atrococcum), may harbor such plants as: 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 153 Sparganium eurycarpum Juncus effusus, var. solutus S. americanum Decodon verticillatus Sagittaria latifolia Siam suave Glyceria striata Lycopus uniflorus Carex lupulina Erechtites hieracifolia Other similar depressions are moss-covered and boggy and in such situations may be found: Carex Howei Oakesia sessilifolia C. canescens, var. disjuncta Maianthemum canadense C. brunnescens, var. sphaero- Medeola virginiana stachya Trientalis borealis Arisaema triphyllum CHANGES IN THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS Here it is proposed to indicate the possible direction and nature of the changes in the flora of these islands. It has seemed advisable to put on record certain facts which illustrate what has already taken place in this respect and to point out others which may be of interest to the future student of the islands in interpreting further changes. The original wooded nature of all of the Elizabeth Islands has previo:sly been alluded to, as has also the fact that the present treeless condition of some members of the chain is apparently the direct result of cutting by man. Right here the question may very well be asked, “Why have the islands thus denuded never regained their forest growth?" In attempting to solve this problem two chief factors must be taken into account and their relative importance weighed. In the first place, sheep have been raised more or less extensively on the islands from time to time and the effects of these browsing animals in cropping off the young vegetation must not be lost sight of. Despite the numbers and activities of the sheep, however, they have not suc- ceeded in keeping down completely the herbaceous growth in those areas which they inhabit. Even on Nashawena, where their numbers are greatest, the open grassy downs where they graze boast a large number of species of grasses as well as other plants and one has no difficulty in collecting perfect and unmutilated specimens of any plant which he desires. While evidences of grazing are certainly not absent, the region in general does not present the devastated appearance which so often results where sheep have been allowed to run wild; and the fact that so many herbaceous and shrubby plants are able to make a showing, especially in the protected hollows, would seem to indicate 154 Rhodora [AuGusT that it can scarcely have been the sheep alone which kept back the developing growth so severely that the trees were unable to regain their foothold. The second factor which deserves serious consideration is a geloogic one. In an important paper on coastal subsidence in 1893, Dr. Arthur Hollick called attention to the fact, already well established, that the era of elevation which was active along the eastern borders of the North American continent in late Tertiary times resulted in an uplifted coastal plain, the eastern limits of which probably coincided with the present 100-fathom contour (about 100 miles from shore). This elevation is supposed to have reached its maximum shortly after the advent of the Ice Age. Then, either previous to, or subsequent to the period of greatest ice accumulation, an era of depression set in. The rate of subsidence has been roughly calculated and Hollick supposes that 6000 years ago the area included within the present 20- fathom line would have been dry land. That is, not only would the Elizabeth Islands, together with Long Island, Block Island, Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket, have formed a portion of a continuous land surface, but they would have been some miles inland from the actual coast line. The nearest approach of the 20-fathom line to Cuttyhunk is at a point almost due south, where it is now about 20 miles (32 kilometers) out from the shore. To the south- east this distance increases to about 90 miles (146 kilometers) as the submerged contour swings out to sea to conform roughly to the out- lines of Nantucket. The part which this post-Pleistocene land shelf may have played in the migration of plants to the Elizabeth Islands will be a matter for consideration in the section of the Origin of the Flora which follows. The point requiring present emphasis is this: if all the islands were heavily wooded at a time when perhaps their inland location afforded them some protection, it seems highly probable that later, when they assumed their present position, the severe maritime conditions then prevailing would be such as to discourage nature's attempts at re- forestation, once the original woodland were removed. "This would suggest that those islands which have never been disturbed, such as Naushon, have merely retained an original forest growth, the posses- sion of which they owe to conditions previously more advantageous !Hollick, A. Plant Distribution as a Factor in the Interpretation of Geological Phenomena, with Special Reference to Long Island and Vicinity. Trans. New York Acad. Sci. xii. 189-202 (1893). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 155 than obtain at present, while those less fortunate have suffered through their comparatively recent exposure to the unmitigated forces of the Atlantic. That excessively high wind velocity is an effective factor in retarding tree growth is nowhere better shown than on the eastern side of Nantucket with its extensive scrub oak barrens. This is further borne out on the Elizabeths by the fact that in the open, unprotected areas scrub growth forms only in the more or less sheltered hollows and the occasional isolated sapling which does get a start elsewhere remains dwarfed and stunted. It is true that on Martha's Vineyard the woods along certain sec- tions of the north shore have been cut for their timber more than once, and that new growth has been quickly made. But this slope enjoys the protection of the high line of morainal hills, averaging 200—300 feet, which shelter it from the winds of the open sea. No such protec- tion exists on the Elizabeth Islands and the lack of it, rather than the presence of sheep, appears to be the determining factor in the failure of natural reforestation. In the light of these facts, it would seem futile to hope that the devastated areas can ever regain their former wooded luxuriance. Another phase of vegetational change which it seems worth while putting on record is the behavior of certain introduced species on the Elizabeth Islands. Reference has already been made to the planting of Scotch Broom, Cytisus scoparius, on Naushon. It is interesting to note that, in the account of his reconnaissance made between August 10 and 16, 1898, Dr. Hollick says of this species that it was “planted over extensive areas" on Naushon but that it “did not appear to be in a very thriving condition."! "Today Cytisus occupies solidly an area of many acres along the north shore of the island, near Kettle Cove. On the 10th of August, 1927, Professor Fernald and the writer visited this locality and had the unique experience of wandering through this exotic plantation. The plants grow very close together, and are often 6-8 feet tall, and the tendency in attempting to traverse the area is to lose completely one’s sense of direction. Unless checked in some way, Cytisus bids fair to encroach even further upon the surrounding region and to usurp in time a much larger area than that which it now domi- nates. Although introduced also on Pasque and Nashawena, Scotch Broom has nowhere else made the showing that it has upon Naushon. 1 Hollick, A. Cont. Geol. Dept. Columbia Univ. xi. no. 72. 391 (1901). 156 Rhodora [Аоаовт Another leguminous plant that has been successful in establishing itself is the Woad-waxen, Genista tinctoria. This species was intro- duced at the extreme east end of Naushon, near Hadley Harbor. It now occupies almost solidly a large field in this vicinity and occurs scattered elsewhere over the open hillsides here as well as on Uncatena. At several places the Tree of Heaven, Ailanthus glandulosa, has become thoroughly naturalized and appears to be spreading rapidly. This is especially true on Naushon, north of Tarpaulin Cove, where, in at least one protected hollow, this tree has formed an extensive and almost impenetrable thicket. There remains to be considered in this connection such light as is thrown on the nature of vegetational changes by an examination of David Starr Jordan's account of the flora of Penikese as he found it іп 1873.! The author states it as his hope that his list may have an interest for future botanists, especially “as showing which plants survive a prolonged struggle for existence against grass and sheep.” And as this is the first published list of the flora of any of the Elizabeth Islands, it forms our chief basis for a study of those changes which may have occurred over a considerable period of years. In the paper entitled “The Flora of Penikese, Fifty Years After,” which has already been mentioned, Dr. I. F. Lewis summarizes the numerical differences berween Jordan’s list and that compiled as the result of the survey made in 1923.2 It is not intended to duplicate that summary here, but subsequent exploration by the present writer has yielded so many additional records, and a closer scrutiny of the terminology employed in the earlier list has resulted in a so much better understanding of the discrepancies involved, that it seems well to consider, as briefly as possible, just how much significance, if any, attaches to the marked difference in the superficial aspects of the two lists. The list for 1873, compiled by Dr. Jordan, contains 1 fern and 113 flowering plants, whereas the present list includes 3 ferns, 1 gymno- sperm (introduced) and 178 flowering plants. Of the 114 species of vascular plants tabulated by Jordan for Penikese, including Gull Island, a considerable number (about 25) have not been found as the result of recent investigations. On the other hand, of the 182 species of vascular plants on the present list an even larger number (probably 100) were not enumerated in the earlier report. !Jordan. 1. е. p. 193. ? Lewis, I. F. Кнорона, xxvi. 188 (1924). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 157 In comparing these two lists the necessary allowances must be made for the very natural changes in nomenclature which have come about during the intervening 55 years. Dr. Jordan states, in a letter to the writer, that the names he employed were those found in the edition of Gray's Manual then most recent (Ed. 5). With this fact in mind, it then becomes possible to reconcile a few of the disparities in the two lists. In general, these discrepancies fall roughly into three categories which may be briefly described as follows: In the first place, there are those cases in which a difference of names involves direct synonymy. Thus, the plant listed by Jordan as Dicksonia punctilobula Kunze is surely the same as that which we are today calling Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore. Similarly, his Panicum Crusgalli L. corresponds to our Echinochloa Crusgalli (L.) Beauv., his Triticum repens L. to our Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv., his Scirpus pungens Vahl. to our S. americanus Pers., his Maruta Cotula DC. to our Anthemis Cotula L., and so on. The second class of discrepancies includes cases involving mistaken identity or in which an older species has become recognized as con- sisting of two or more separate and distinct entities. For example, Calamagrostis arenaria Roth of Jordan's list is certainly the plant known today as Ammophila breviligulata Fernald. This is not at all a case of direct synonymy, but merely an instance where an American plant, as beautifully pointed out by Fernald, has proved upon study to be entirely distinct from its Old World ally. Again, Jordan's Spartina stricta Roth is doubtless our S. alterniflora Loisel. var. pilosa (Merrill) Fernald, his Scirpus maritimus L. our S. campestris Britton, var. paludosus (A. Nels.) Fernald, his Sisyrinchium Bermudiana L. our S. angustifolium Mill. Spergularia salina Presl, of Jordan’s list, appears not to grow on Penikese at the present time, but 5. leiosperma (Kindb.) F. Schmidt is fairly common and we are presumably warrant- ed in applying a modern interpretation to the older name. Compar- able to this are Cerastium viscosum L. for which we find only C. vulgatum L., Viola sagittata Ait., which is represented only by V. fimbriatula Sm., Scutellaria galericulata L. which is replaced by S. epilobiifolia Hamilton, and a host of similar cases. In all such instances, then, we are probably justified in assuming that a plant bearing an unallowable name on the early list is represented today by the name of a recently recognized segregate or a closely related species, rather that that it has actually disappeared from the flora. 158 Rhodora [AvausT Finally, there are several plants on the Jordan list concerning the identity of which, in the complete absence of herbarium material, it is futile even to hazard a guess. Panicum dichotomum L., for example, which so far has not been collected, may ultimately be found still growing on the island, or, since that name was applied in a very broad sense in 1873, Dr. Jordan may really have had reference to P. oricola, P. meridionale, P. Lindheimeri, var. fasciculatum or to something still different not yet reported from the island. Likewise, Carex straminea Schkuhr, a name used loosely before this group had received critical study, may be equivalent to either C. Longii, C. hormathodes or C. silicea or to all three. And again Polygonum Hydropiper L., not known from Penikese today, may equal P. punctatum Ell., which is ubiquitous, or some other species not yet found. Through the unfor- tunate lack of preserved vouchers, therefore, all such ambiguous references, when uncorroborated by subsequent collections, must be discredited. After having made all due allowances, however, for inequalities arising from synonymy, modern revisions and ambiguous records, there still remain slightly more than a score of plants of the 1873 list which recent searches have failed to reveal. Most of these are species which occur on the other islands and their absence from Penikese may be merely an apparent one, to be remedied by further scrutiny. Аз such may be mentioned: Poa annua, Juncus pelocarpus, Atriplex arenaria, Salsola Kali, Euphorbia polygonifolia, E. maculata, Нурет- icum mutilum, and Asclepias incarnata, var. pulchra. With the exception of the last two species named, which may have disappeared as the result of gradual drying up of the ponds, there is every reason to expect that these plants will some time be collected on the island. A few others, such as Ruppia maritima, Salicornia europaea (S. herbacea) and Suaeda maritima, are plants of brackish situations and their absence is confirmed by independent observations on the tend- ency of the two saline areas on the island to become overgrown and to lose their brackish character. Even during the six years from 1923 to 1928, South Pond has become distinctly less brackish, both as to the nature of its margin and its algal flora. The same can apparently be said for the ponds on the peninsula, and while these may be merely local and transitory phenomena, they suggest the gradual diminution of brackish areas formerly more extensive, a change worth noting. Three of Jordan's plants which were listed from Gull Island only, 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 159 namely, Rhus Toxicodendron, Coclopleurum lucidum (Archangelica Gmelini) and Limonium carolinianum (Statice Limonium), are not only still missing from Penikese, but have completely disappeared from Gull Island as well. The total absence of Poison Ivy from Penikese, in the face of vigorous and repeated search for it, is one of the queer and not altogether unpleasant surprises of this island. Finally, Jordan lists three plants which are not only unknown from Penikese but, so far, have been collected on none of the other Elizabeth Islands: these are Puccinellia (Glyceria) maritima, Salix discolor, and Iva oraria (I. frutescéns). The first of these may well refer to P. paupercula, var. alaskana, known only from Cuttyhunk, the next might easily have been an introduction which had died out, and Iva probably is another of the diminishing salt marsh tribe, a species which it would be interesting to add to the list of Elizabeth Islands plants. Turning now to the modern list of the flora of the island, we find, after again making the necessary correction for synonymy, errors, etc., that of the 182 species of vascular plants which it includes, at least 96 (53)% can not in any way be identified with anything on the earlier list. This large number of species not seen or listed by Dr. Jordan can conveniently be divided into three groups, as follows: (1) Garden escapes, about 20 species; (2) Cosmopolitan adventives, about 20 species; (3) Native plants, over 50 species. Garden escapes. This includes a few ornamentals which may well have been planted during the days of the leper occupation, some of which have spread, while others have just barely managed to persist; a few have escaped from the cultivated area near the site of the old laboratory building which was destroyed by fire in 1896. А partial list includes: Lilium tigrinum Oenothera grandiflora Asparagus officinalis Ligustrum vulgare Gysophila paniculata Digitalis purpurea Dianthus barbatus Lonicera japonica Rubus laciniatus Helianthus annuus Rosa rugosa Coreopsis lanceolata Here also, since this is a class of plants the introduction of which would appear to have been premeditated, should be mentioned a few trees which were set out around the dwelling of the resident physician, namely: 160 Rhodora [AvavsT Pinus sylvestris Populus alba Salix pentandra Acer Pseudo-Platanus S. alba A. platanoides Cosmopolitan adventives. These are the ever present European introductions which occur more or less commonly in dry sterile soils and cleared ground, especially near the haunts of man. It is rather surprising that so many plants of this class should be lacking from Jordan's list, but they have probably been brought in with fodder, building materials and other supplies. А few of these may be cited: Avena sativa Trifolium pratense Dactylis glomerata Hyperieum perforatum Bromus secalinus Daucus Carota B. hordeaceus Convolvulus arvensis Carex contigua Linaria vulgaris Polygonum Convolvulus Tanacetum vulgare Stellaria graminea Sonchus arvensis Sisymbrium altissimum S. oleraceus Ranunculus acris S. asper Native plants. As noted above, more than one-half (96 species) of the plants on the present list of the flora of Penikese appear to have reached the island since 1873. Of these 96 species, about 40 have received consideration in the two classes just dealt with; their appear- ance on the island since 1873 may be accounted for in the light of their being introductions, either accidental or intentional. Permitting of no such simple explanation, however, is the occurrence today on the island of more than 50 species of native plants which were not recorded as present in 1873 by Dr. Jordan. A few of these, such as Ranunculus delphinifolius, Potentilla pumila, Callitriche heterophylla and Ilysanthes inaequalis, are rather inconspicuous forms and might conceivably have been overlooked in the preparation of the original report. Others are late-blooming members of the Compositae and, as Jordan lists only one Golden-rod, Solidago sempervirens, and not a single Aster, it would seem that he had not remained on the island long enough to obtain a fair sample of the flora of late summer and might thus have completely missed Solidago juncea, S. rugosa, S. nemoralis, S. canaden- sis, S. tenuifolia, Aster undulatus, A. multiflorus and A. vimineus, all of which appear on the present list. In this group also, might be placed such things as Gnaphalium obtusifolium, Rudbeckia hirta, and Bidens connata, although these plants are generally recognizable by the first of August, as, indeed, are most of the Goldenrods and Asters listed above. Incapable, however, of any such interpretations as 1930] Fernald,—' The Cape Cod Ceanothus 161 those just offered, is the present existence on Penikese of the following plants, most of them conspicuous, some of them dominant elements of the vegetation: Athyrium angustum Smilax rotundifolia Thelypteris palustris, var. Sisyrinchium graminoides pubescens Myrica caroliniensis Typha latifolia Rumex maritimus, var. fueginus Panicum virgatum, var. spissum Amelanchier oblongifolia Danthonia spicata Rubus pergratus Distichlis spicata Rosa palustris Scirpus validus Prunus serotina Carex hormathodes Rhus typhina C. silicea Parthenocissus quinquefolia Juncus dichotomus Oenothera biennis J. Greenei Ligusticum scothicum J. effusus, var. costulatus Asclepias syriaca J. acuminatus Galium Claytoni J. articulatus Sambucus canadensis It is difficult to believe that all these plants could have escaped the attention of the compiler of the original list and we are rather forced to the conclusion that they have made their advent to the island since 1873. By just what means they may have made their way to Penikese and just how much significance may be attached to their occurrence there today, are matters for conjecture. Certainly they are not species preéminently adapted for wind dispersal, although Typha апа Asclepias constitute exceptions to this statement, and spores of the two ferns may possibly have been transported by that agency. A few of them, such as Scirpus validus, Juncus acuminatus, J. articulatus and the Rumex, which grow in or around ponds, may have been brought in by birds, while a few others have fleshy seeds or fruits and may also have been introduced in this way. On the other hand, the presence of this large block of recent arrivals may be merely illustra- tive of what takes place on these islands when the practice of raising sheep is discontinued, although it is difficult at first sight to see just why these particular species should have been kept down until recent times when so many others were not only present in 1873 but have sur- vived the “prolonged struggle for existence against grass and sheep. " (To be continued) Tue CAPE Cop CEANOTHUS.— n the sandy open woods of * Middle" Cape Cod (from eastern Barnstable to Harwich and Brewster), where the characteristic flora is that of the southern Coastal Plain, the New 162 Rhodora [AvausT Jersey Tea (Ceanthus americanus L.) does not look like the common and typical form of the species on the mainland of New England. I first collected the Cape Cod extreme in 1919, though the late Emile F. Williams had gathered good material as early as 1896; but until now my own collections have awaited identification. Upon examination the plant of the Middle Cape seems inseparable from C. intermedius Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 167 (1814), described from * woods of Tenna- ssee [Pursh consistently wrote Tennassee]. . . . Leaves not one fourth the size of the foregoing species" (C. americanus). C. intermedius is treated by Trelease as C. americanus, var. intermedius (Pursh) Tre- lease in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. i'. 410 (1897) with a range from South Carolina and Tennessee (*acc. to Pursh”) to Florida and Louisiana, the variety having the narrower leaves very much smaller than in typical C. americanus and the “peduncles very slender, mostly numer- ous." "The shrub of middle Cape Cod well matches the small-leaved southern extreme, except that its leaves are more densely pubescent and it is certainly extremely floriferous, branches appropriate for the standard herbarium-sheet showing 10-37 inflorescences. On the " Upper" Cape (in Bourne) and elsewhere about Buzzards Bay the plant is typical C. americanus or slightly transitional to the variety. The following northern specimens are referred to var. intermedius. MASSACHUSETTS: dry ground near Pleasant Lake, Brewster, August 3, 1911, Sinnott; border of dry woods, Brewster, Fernald & Long, no. 18,731; dense shrubs 3-6 dm. high, dry pine woods and clearings, Harwich, Fernald, no. 18,732; sandy bluff, Centerville, July 5, 1896, E. Е. Williams,—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium. CAREX KNIESKERNII DEWEY J. PENTEADO BILL, M.D. Ware botanizing along the roadside in East Hebron, New Hamp- shire, in the summer of 1927, the writer gathered a strange looking Carex. Pressure of other matters prevented comparison of it with Gray Herbarium material until considerably later, when Prof. Fernald showed that it definitely matched Carex Knieskernii of Dewey. As a result of his observation that this plant occupies a poorly defined status, these notes are offered as a contribution towards its possibly acquiring a more secure position. In looking over the literature, the treatment accorded the plant 1930] Bill,—Carex Knieskernii Dewey 163 has appeared so diverse that it has seemed worth while briefly to review it. One reason for the indefinite status is the rarity of the plant. This paucity of material has doubtless contributed negatively to the confusion, for there are but few recorded stations, and the plant is accordingly not familiar to the rank and file of collectors. Dewey’s original description appeared in 1846. In the Gray Herbarium is a sheet of Dr. Knieskern’s original collection, dated 1840, at Rome, New York. The chronology of subsequent collections represented at the Gray Herbarium is as follows. LOCALITY COLLECTOR DATE 1. Rome, New York P. D. Knieskern 1840 2. Rome, New York George Vasey June 5, 1846 3. Oriskany, New York H. B. Sartwell June 22, 1846 4. Near Kakabeka Falls, Ontario John Macoun July 14, 1869 5. Falls, Ste. Anne des Monts, Quebec John Macoun Aug. 25, 1882 6. Extreme North of Minnesota L. H. Bailey, Jr. July 24, 1886 7. Clifton, Michigan O. A. Farwell Aug. 1887 8. Caribou, Maine M. L. Fernald July 18, 1902 Emile Williams . J. F. Collins . 9. Boonville, New York J. V. Haberer June 11, 1914 10. Newcomb, New York Н. D. House July 15, 1920 11. Neweomb, New York H. D. House June 6, 1921 12. N. fork Madeleine River, Quebec M. L. Fernald Aug. 12, 1923 C. W. Dodge L. B. 8mith 13. East Hebron, New Hampshire J. P. Bill Sept. 7, 1927 14. North Pomfret, Vermont Miss Lillibridge July 5, 1928 Since the writer's addition to the then existing Gray Herbarium material, a sheet has been received from the Dana 5. Carpenter herbarium, representing plants collected by Miss Lillibridge in North Pomfret, Vermont, on July 5, 1928. Carex Knieskernii did not long remain a specific entity in the literature. In Wood's Classbook of Botany it first appears in the second edition in 1845. Wood’s description subsequently remains unchanged until the edition of 1861 when Dewey, who revised the . Carices, added? * Closely related to C. Sullivantii, but differs materially when mature, in the fruit, glume and long triquetrous achenium. 1 Amer. Jour. of Sci. and Arts, 2nd Series, Vol. II, 1846, p. 245. ? p. 764. 164 Rhodora [AvausT Also, by the same marks, from C. arctata Boott, to which Carey improperly (as mentioned by Boott. t., 122) refers it.” Carey, in the first four editions of Gray's Manual, referred the plant without comment to C. arctata. In 1858, Boott,! in his Illustra- tions of the Genus Carex, in discussing C. Sullivantii Boott which "Mr. Sullivant found . . . . growing with C. pubescens and C. gracillima, and thinks . . . . may prove to be a hybrid between ет,” said “С. Knieskernii, Dewey, found in Oneida County, New York, a plant only known from a few immature specimens, is closely allied to it, differing merely in a smooth and more distinctly nerved perigynium. Mr. Carey has referred it to C. arctata, but the pilose culm and leaves, and the copious pellucid spots on the perigynium ally it more closely to C. Sullivantii.” In the fifth edition of Gray's Manual, published in 1867, the Genus Carex was revised “with. . . . alterations, chiefly from the subsequent investigations of the late Dn. Francis Boorr, . and from notes furnished by Ww. Boorr, Esq." In it the plant is taken up as a species next to C. Sullivantii, and separated from C. arctata by key characters concurrent with the text. The unsatisfactory status of this sedge found expression when Dr. E. C. Howe asked? if anyone *can . . . . forward proof that Carex Knieskernii, Dew., is a good species?" He mentioned Dr. Gray's comparison of it with C. Sullivantii, and Dr. Vasey's then belief in its identity with the European C. sylvatica of Hudson. He closed his query by stating “Mr. William Boott writes me that C. Sullivantii and C. Knieskernii are one and the same. " Prof. L. H. Bailey treated the plant as a separate species in his Catalogue of North American Carices in 1884. Two years later he treated it under C. arctata? as “C. ARCTATA X FORMOSA?" and adds, after quoting Knieskern 's, Vasey 's and Macoun’s localities, “ Sterile.” In the same year he writes* “CAREX ARCTATA X FLEXILIS. . In a recent trip to the northern boundary of Minnesota, I found a quantity of this rare Carex and growing in such intimate association with C. arctata and C. flexilis that all doubt was at once removed as to its parentage. I had long been confident that the plant is a hybrid, and that Carex arctata is one of its parents, but it had not occurred to EVOL EDU. ? Bull. Torr. Club, Vol. IX, 1882, p. 35. * Proc. Amer. Ac, Arts and Sci., Vol. 22, 1886, p. 104. * Bot. Gaz., Vol. XI, 18806, p. 328. 1930] Bill,—Carex Knieskernii Dewey 165 me that the rare Carex flexilis is the other parent. In the Synopsis of North American Carices I guessed at Carex formosa as being the other parent, although that plant had not been found in the vicinity of Lake Superior, where Professor Macoun had found the hybrid. Dr. Vasey has loaned me the original specimens of Carex Knieskernii, together with Carex flexilis from the same source, and adds this note: ‘The original Carex Knieskernii was collected by myself, in company with Dr. Knieskern, on the ground of old Fort Bull, somewhere west or northwest of Rome, N. Y., near a small stream which, if I remember correctly, was called Fish Creek, and empties into Oneida Lake. The specimens of Carex flexilis are from the same locality.’ This first collection was made in 1841. In 1869 Professor Macoun collected it at Kakabeka Falls, on the Canadian side of Lake Superior. The third finding was that of the present summer, a few miles this side of the international boundary. I obtained about a hundred speci- mens from two or three contiguous localities. . . . . ." Macoun in 1888 followed this view, stating! “I agree with Prof. Bailey in believing this is a hybrid between C. arctata and C. flexilis. Where I gathered the specimens at Kakabeka Falls, on the Kaminis- tiqua, thirty miles from Fort Williams, Lake Superior, both of these species were found growing in profusion. Specimens of C. flexilis, sent from Tobique Lake, N. B., by Wetmore, contained a fine clump of C. Knieskernii. It is just possible that after all it is a lax form of C. flexilis, as it certainly approaches that species very closely." Bailey continued to hold his hybrid diagnosis. In 1893 he stated’ “It is by no means necessary to the diagnosis of a hybrid that both parents be found in its vicinity. One parent, or even both of them, may long since have died out and the hybrid may have persisted; yet the hybrid is usually associated with its pistillate parent. T Dr. Howe in 1895 expressed! the same belief in the plant’s identity, while a year later, Dr. Britton summed up these views? by stating that “ Qarex Knieskerni Dewey, is probably a hybrid with C. castanea or C. formosa." Kükenthal in 1909 followed the generally accepted viewpoint of hybridity,® as did Mackenzie in 1913, though he discarded 1 Cat. of Canadian Plants, Pt. IV, p. 162. 2 Bailey in Gray's Manual, Ed. VI, 1889, p. 603. 3 Bull. Torr. Club, Vol. X X, 1893, p. 419. 1 Rept. New York State Botanist, 1895, p. 82. 5 Ill. Flora of the U. S., 1896, I, р. 320. $ Engler's Pflanzenreich, IV, 20, p. 610. 166 Rhodora [AuausT C. formosa as a possibility. ' Dr. House, however, in commenting? on material collected by Dr. Haberer in 1912, says “This species should, as Doctor Haberer points out in a note attached to his speci- mens, be restored to the company of valid species. The specimens [collected near Boonville, New York, in June, 1912] contain good achenes and no specimens of Carex arctata, with which species and Carex castanea it is suspected of being a hybrid, was grow- ing near it. . . . Specimens of Carex are often sterile and it is possible that some of the earlier collections of this species were sterile, which led to its being regarded as a hybrid. Doctor Haberer's speci- mens are fertile. ii Dr. House in a later work? also treats the plant as a valid species. C. castanea Wahl. (= flexilis Rudge) is sufficiently scarce as to be worthy of record when found. "There are no sheets of New Hamp- shire material in either the Gray Herbarium or that of the New Eng- land Botanical Club. Further, there are no records for C. castanea in the local floras of Jesup for Hanover, New Hampshire (though its presence across the Connecticut River in Pomfret, Vermont, is record- ed) in that of Harris for Windham, New Hampshire, Batchelder’s of Manchester, New Hampshire, or in Pease's Flora of Coós County. If C. castanea be one of the parents of C. Knieskernii, either it is yet to be discovered in New Hampshire, or it has been destroyed in the area above indicated because of some ecologically unfavorable factor. In any event, in view of the absence of one reputed parent in the region where the writer's collection of C. Knieskernii was made, it would seem to him that the burden of proof of hybridity of this plant is very decidedly upon the protagonists of this theory. It would seem to the writer that his finding of the plant is but a further argu- ment that C. Knieskernii is a specific entity, as Drs. House and Haberer pointed out fifteen years ago. My grateful thanks are extended to Prof. M. L. Fernald and Mr. C. A. Weatherby for their courtesy and helpful suggestions. WAYLAND, Massachusetts. Volume 32, no. 379, including pages 119 to 142, was issued 28 J'une, 1930. ! Mackenzie in Britton and Brown, Ill. Flora of the U. S., Ed. II, 1913, I, p. 410. ? Rept. State Botanist, 1913. Bull. 592, Univ. State of N. Y., 1915, p. 84. ? Bull. 254, New York State Museum, 1924, p. 186. SEP 11 1930 000га JOURNAL ОЕ THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. September, 1930. No. 381. CONTENTS: Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts (continued). Co 0 07 у m cM ус сы: M wp t 167 What is Scirpus capitatus Linn? O. A. Farwell................. 180 The Typification of Scirpus capitatus І. 5. Е. Blake............ 182 Tripsacum dactyloides in Massachusetts. R. J. Eaton.......... 185 Note on Aster amethystinus. С. Н. Knouwlton................... 185 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 506, 110 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical! Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- Species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other penc eit of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 їп. by 8-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. September, 1930. No. 381. THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Joun M. Foce, Jn. (Continued from page 161) THE ORIGIN OF THE FLORA Any attempt to unravel the geographic origin of the chief elements comprising the flora of the Elizabeth Islands must not only concern itself with a close scrutiny of the vegetation of the immediately adjacent regions, but must also take into account supplementary evidence from two main sources, namely, the history and nature of the coastal plain and its flora, on the one hand, and the study of the morainal deposits of which most of southeastern Massachusetts is composed, on the other. In fact, so far as concerns the Elizabeth Islands, these two problems are rather inextricably linked and one can scarcely be considered independently of the other. Tue CoasrAL PLaiw. Perhaps no geographic province in North America has received greater botanical attention over a long period of time than the Atlantic coastal plain. Occupying a narrow strip east or southeast of the Piedmont Plateau, from which it is more or less sharply marked off by the fall line, the coastal plain has been thought of as extending from the Gulf States and Florida northeastward through the Southern and Middle Atlantic States and reaching its northern limit in northeastern New Jersey, near the Hackensack Marshes, with a representation eastward on Staten Island, Long Island, and the immediate coast district of southeastern Massachu- setts. The surface of the coastal plain presents in general a very gentle slope to the southeast, which, in southern New Jersey for instance, 168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER averages 5 to 6 feet per mile and is seldom over 10 to 15 feet. East- ward, beneath the waters of the Atlantic, the coastal plain continues with the same gentle slope to the 100-fathom mark, where, about 100 miles from shore, it suddenly drops off to abysmal depths. In the southern states the elevated portion of the coastal plain widens to about 150 miles, while the submarine portion dwindles, finally, off the east coast of Florida, to disappear almost entirely. Northward the submerged portion increases in width, reaching 500 miles off the coast of Newfoundland, while the subaerial portion diminishes, becoming a mere fringe of islands and the peninsula of Cape Cod, and finally disappears altogether. Throughout, the soils of the coastal plain are of a recent nature, being largely Tertiary and Quaternary, and it appears likely that the present fall line represents roughly the shore line at the end of Cretaceous time. The flora of the coastal plain has long been recognized as distinctly southern in character, due partly to the nature of its constituent soils (for the most part, sands, clays, gravels, ete.) which have per- mitted a northeasterly extension of a Carolinian flora, and partly to its climate, for the temperature is appreciably milder than that of the only slightly more elevated continental mass to the westward. In the state of New Jersey, three-fifths of which lies inside the coastal plain province, Dr. Witmer Stone recorded in 1910! the presence of 479 species of austro-riparian affinities, plants ranging from Florida, Georgia or the Carolinas north to southern New Jersey, some of them reaching Long Island, Massachusetts or, as we now know, even farther northward. The recorded number of such species has been materially increased by recent study. In 1911 there appeared in RHODORA a very significant paper by Professor Fernald describing a botanical expedition to Newfoundland and southern Labrador. In part П of this paper, the author discusses the Geographic Origin of the Flora of Newfoundland. Analysis of the constituent floral elements there represented reveals that 274 indigen- ous plants (35% of the total flora) are southwestern types and that, of these, 60 species (over 7% of the total flora) are Carolinian types, being known from southern New Jersey (or even farther southward), Long Island, southeastern Massachusetts, Nova Scotia and Newfound- 1 Stone, №. The Plants of Southern New Jersey with Especial Reference to the Flora of the Pine Barrens. Ann. Rept. N. J. Mus. (1910). ? Fernald, M. L. А Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador. Ruopora, xiii. 109-162 (1911). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 169 land, but not found inland or in continental eastern Canada. — As typi- cal of this Carolinian subclass are cited: Schizaea pusilla, Ammophila breviligulata, Carex hormathodes, C. silicea, Corema Conradii, Hudsonia ericoides, Myriophyllum tenellum, Utricularia geminiscapa and others. In an endeavor to account for the presence in Newfoundland of this coastal plain or Carolinian element, Professor Fernald, after consider- ing the part which may have been played by birds, ocean currents, floating ice and logs, and winds, and concluding that they are all inadequate in explaining this distribution, turns to the question of a post-glacial land bridge. Hollick's paper on this subject has already been referred to, and Professor Fernald, quick to see the phytogeo- graphic significance of these conclusions, quotes at length from Hol- lick's statements and appends corroborative data from other sources. Evidence derived from a study of the conditions attending the last, or Wisconsin, glaciation indicates that the amount of water then withdrawn from the ocean may have been sufficient, in conjunction with the tendency to uplift already noted, to leave uncovered a con- siderable portion of the now submerged continental shelf from the South Atlantic states to Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Of course, as Professor R. A. Daly has recently pointed out, the apparent upward trend of the coastal shelf, resulting in part from the removal of this vast volume of water from the sea, would have been counteracted by the lowering pressure exerted by the tremendous weight of the ice on the continental mass. Nevertheless, it appears that during the Wisconsin advance, and for some time following it, a very considerable portion of the coastal bench must have been above sea level, forming, with the exception of shallow channels such as that draining the Gulf of Maine or Cabot Strait, a nearly continuous platform for the migra- tion of plants, and animals as well, northeastward from the southern states to Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. "This strip of silicious soils probably offered a nearly uniform habitat for the advance of species of austro-riparian affinities and their extension northward may even have occurred at a time when the ice had not fully retreated from the mainland of the continent. Later, with the melting of the glacial ice and the liberation of vast quantities of water to the ocean, and perhaps through the operation of other factors as well, this continental shelf underwent a period of submergence which resulted in the drowning of this coastal plain flora except in those areas, higher than the rest and often widely separated, 170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER which suffered no such submergence. Hence we have today in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, on Cape Cod and the adjacent islands, in south- western Nova Scotia and in certain parts of Newfoundland the relics of this formerly continuous flora. That these plants are nearly all species of sterile or silicious soils indicates that they were admirably adapted for migration northeastward along this post-glacial land bridge and probably explains why they have never subsequently ex- tended their ranges to the better, richer soils immediately inland but continue to exhibit the disrupted distribution so well typified by Schizaea pusilla and Corema Conradii.! In treating this subject elsewhere, Professor Fernald says, “Of greater interest are the coastal plain species, because they represent in New England, eastern Canada and Newfoundland a relic of the extensive flora which during the late Tertiary migrated northward along the then highly elevated continental shelf and at the drowning of the shelf were left as relics at isolated points. "This isolated remnant of the flora derived from the southern coastal plain is represented by about 200 species north of New Jersey, and nearly every excursion to southwestern Rhode Island, Cape Cod, Plymouth County (Massa- chusetts), Nantucket, southern Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, eastern New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, the Magdalen Islands or southeastern Newfoundland, adds to the number of thus isolated species known to us or extends our knowledge of those already recog- nized. ”? And in 1921, in discussing the results of botanical exploration in Nova Scotia, the same author states that “if there were need of further evidence that, since the Pleistocene glaciation the continental shelf of eastern North America has been high in the air, affording an essen- tially continuous line of migration across the mouth of the Gulf of Maine to Nova Scotia, thence to Newfoundland, that evidence is now abundantly at hand. A striking feature of this migration northward of the southern coastal plain flora is the fact that several distinctive species or genera, Schizaea pusilla, Lophiola, Habenaria flava, and perhaps Ceratiola, reached Nova Scotia without establishing colonies on Long Island, Cape Cod or Nantucket. This would seem to indicate that the uplifted shelf was a region of some complexity or else some subtle qualities in the habitats of these plants. ''* 1 See Fernald. 1. с. Plate 90, Opp. p. 140. 2? Fernald, M. L. The Geographic Affinities of the Vascular Floras of New England, ' the Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland. Amer. Jour. Bot., v. 224 (1918). з Fernald, M. L. The Gray Herbarium Expedition to Nova Scotia. 1920. Ruo- рова, xxiii. 168 (1921). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 171 Enough has probably been said to indicate the overwhelming amount of botanical evidence in favor of a post-Pleistocene land connection permitting the northeastward extension of a southern coastal plain flora. It now becomes imperative to inquire what part this connection played in the migration of plants to the area under immediate consideration. However, before discussing the direct bearing of these findings upon the problem as presented by the Elizabeth Islands, it will be found helpful to consider what has already been learned concerning the adjacent areas, especially Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard and Cape Cod. NANTUCKET. Nantucket, from its isolated position to the south- east, might be expected to have caught more of these coastal migrants than the areas to the west and northwest and is therefore considered first. For our modern knowledge of the flora of this island we are in- debted to the discerning and painstaking researches of the late Eugene P. Bicknell, whose account of “The Ferns and Flowering Plants of Nantucket" appeared in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club from 1908 to 1919. "The final section of this paper is devoted to a consideration of the origin of Nantucket’s Йога. Omitting the hybrids, Bicknell finds upon the island 1103 [1108] species of plants of which 362 [31%] are listed as introduced and 746 as native. Of the 746 indigenous species, “over one-half [373 +]... may fairly be accounted as prevailingly more southern in their general distribu- while “something over 150 species . . . are at least pre- r 15 tion, vailingly more northern in their general distribution. ' Turning first to the plants of southern affinities, we find that over a hundred of them reach their northeastern limit of range in south- eastern Massachusetts, others reach Vermont, New Hampshire or Maine, others occur in the Maritime Provinces, while a small group is found in Newfoundland. "The author then gives a list of 38 plants which appear not to have been found at any more northern or eastern point than Nantucket. Itis of interest to note, in passing, that only 8 of these are known from the Elizabeth Islands. More than 190 of the prevailingly southern plants occur in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, over 300 are plants of the coastal plain elsewhere in that state, while all of Nantucket's southern-ranging maritime plants, about 40 species, also occur in New Jersey. Thus we have over 530 species [consider- ably more than 50%] in the Nantucket flora which display this south- 1 Bicknell, E. P. Bull. Torrey Club, xlvi. 423 (1919.). 172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER ern relationship. To account for this large percentage of austral forms Bicknell resorts to Fernald’s views on the submerged coastal shelf and sees isolated on Nantucket the remnants of an extensive flora of southern derivation belonging to the New England seaboard of Tertiary time, “a flora lost to our later day with these broad coastal tracts which now lie beneath the sea. Yet not wholly lost. We find it still, much of it, we may believe, in the less disturbed flora of our more southern coastal plain, and we find its remnants persisting as the merest fringe along the withdrawn more northern coast-lines of the present day. And isolated on Nantucket it has been preserved to us in that assemblage of southward ranging plants, now a primary element in the general composition of the flora. ’”! Turning now to the more northern element in the Nantucket flora we find a group of over 150 species of plants. Of this number about 15 are found nowhere at a more southern point, while about 45 are near the southern limit of their coastwise range; others reach south to Long Island and a large number find their southern limit in New Jersey. In this connection it is interesting to note that of the list of 59 species given by Dr. Stone as reaching from the Maritime Provinces south to New Jersey, 18 are unknown from Nantucket. Stone’s list, as it appears in his Flora of Southern New Jersey,’ is here given. It should be observed that the terminology has been revised so as to correspond to that employed in the present Catalog of Elizabeth Islands plants. The letter “N” following the name of the plant indi- cates it is known fron Nantucket, * M" from Martha's Vineyard, and “Е” from the Elizabeth Islands. Isoetes Braunii N А Eriophorum tenellum NME Lycopodium inundatum E. gracile N Schizaea pusilla Carex lanuginosa NE Potamogeton Oakesianus NME C. trichocarpa Scheuchzeria palustris, var. C. exilis americana C. livida Triglochin maritima NME C. canescens, var. disjuncta NME Hierochloe odorata N C. rostrata, var. utriculata N Spartina Michauxiana NME C. limosa E Phalaris arundinacea C. silicea NME Glyceria canadensis NME Eriocaulon septangulare NME G. obtusa ME Juncus articulatus NME G. grandis N J. pelocarpus NME Scirpus subterminalis Sisyrinchium angustifolium NE S. campestris, var. paludosus NME Populus tremuloides NM 1 Bicknell. 1. c. p. 434. 2 Stone, W. 1. с. p. 49. 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 173 P. grandidentata NM Hypericum boreale NME Salix Bebbiana N H. ellipticum S. lucida H. Ascyron Suaeda maritima N Myriophyllum tenellum NME Chenopodium rubrum N Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, var. Arenaria lateriflora NME coactilis NM Nymphozanthus variegatus NME Vaccinium pennsylvanicum NM Actaea rubra NM Glaux maritima N Ranunculus Cymbalaria NME Menyanthes trifoliata, var. Polanisia graveolens minor NE Rosa virginiana NME Limosella subulata NME Dalibarda repens Utricularia intermedia N Geum strictum Plantago oliganthos NME Lathyrus maritimus NME Solidago uniligulata N Geranium Robertianum Aster nemoralis Corema Conradi NM Xanthium commune As will be noted, of this list of essentially northern forms Nantucket has 41 representatives, Martha’s Vineyard 27 and the Elizabeth Islands only 25. Bicknell gives a list of northern plants which occur on Nantucket but are unknown from the coastal plain of New Jersey, only a few of them passing on to Long Island. The significant feature of this list in the present connection is that, although it contains 44 plants, not more than a half dozen of these are found on the Elizabeth Islands. Mr. Bicknell endeavors to account for the presence of these northern forms, especially those of a maritime character, on Nantucket and elsewhere to the southwest by supposing that the same marginal land connection which allowed the plants of the southern coastal plain to reach Newfoundland would have permitted a counter extension of northern species to the southwest, perhaps at a later date. The author also points out that no farther away than Cape Cod there are established others of these northern species which have not reached Nantucket and likewise that Cape Cod possesses an extensive coastal plain flora which is not represented on this seaward island only a few miles to the southeast. These last two facts are significant because they apply, even in more marked degree, to the Elizabeth Islands. Not only, as indicated in speaking of the lists of northern species found on Nantucket, are many of these borealforms lacking from the Elizabeths, but we also fail to find there that large element of southern coastal plain types which is conspicuous on Nantucket and almost dominant in certain regions on the Cape. ManrHa's VINEYARD. Unfortunately, far too little is known con- cerning the flora of Martha's Vineyard to permit of drawing any 174 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER conclusions as to the origin of the elements there represented. It is rather surprising that this relatively large and very attractive island should have escaped careful botanical treatment, but such is the case. This is not to say that no botanist has ever visited the Vineyard for the purpose of collecting specimens, for there have been over a score of independent collections made. А little more than a century ago, 1829, William Oakes visited the island and recorded some interest- ing finds. One of the most important collections made was that of Sydney Harris, who from 1891 to 1904, and again later in 1911 and 1914, collected many sheets, mostly from around Chilmark. The island was visited by C. A. Weatherby in 1900, by Professor Fernald in 1901, by A. H. Moore in 1904, by J. A. Cushman in 1906 and 1911, by E. P. Bicknell in 1909 (and again in 1912 and 1913), by F. W. Pennell in 1911, by Miss Magaret Heatley, (now Mrs. C. E. Moss), beginning in 1916; and all of these brought back material which has been distributed to one or more of the large herbaria of the eastern United States. Perhaps the largest collections made were those of Frank C. Seymour in 1916 and 1917; Seymour's specimens have been sent out by the Gray Herbarium. But, so far, no one has published any coherent account of the flora of the island, and New England botanists in general know less about its vegetation than about that of many a more Isolated area. The writer has undertaken to draw together in a single list all the records based upon specimens available from Martha's Vineyard. In the course of this task a systematic census was taken of the material in the New England Botanical Club and the Boston Society of Natural History. This resulted in the compilation of a list which includes about 700 plants. In an effort to supplement this knowledge two field trips were made to the island, one in August, 1927, and the other, in company with Professor Fernald, in August, 1928. From the information thus derived only one conclusion can be safely drawn, namely that from our present insufficient knowledge of the island, the surface only of which seems to have been touched, it is impossible to speak intelligently of the origin of its flora. One or two general statements, however, can probably be made with a fair degree of assurance. In the first place, it seems evident that the long line of high hills which flanks the north shore from Menemsha to West Chop supports а flora of a northern or continental nature. . Several plants were 1930] Fogg,— Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 175 found here, in the richer soils of the wooded slope, which are either absent from or far from common in southeastern Massachusetts, and it seems very likely that careful search will disclose many more things of this nature. A second point which seems entitled to emphasis is, that, in general, the flora of Martha's Vineyard is far from being closely related to that of the southern coastal plain. Further study may serve to disprove this observation, but Professor Fernald and the writer, while exploring the region around Gay Head, were unable to escape the conviction that the flora dealt with was continental rather than coastal in char- acter. Time and again the impression was borne home that the countless southern plants which form the primary element in the flora of the middle part of Cape Cod were conspicuously absent. Ап exception to this general statement may, perhaps, be constituted by the flora of the eastern part of the island, the region around Edgar- town, where, apparently, there is a larger representation of austro- riparian types than may be met with elsewhere on the Vineyard. If these observations be justified, they will be found to fit in rather well with the interpretation of the effects of glacial activities upon the origin of the flora of southeastern Massachusetts. САРЕ Cop. In speaking of the flora of Cape Cod it is necessary first to have very clearly in mind the fact that botanically, as well as geo- logically, this region is far from being a unit, but, rather, may be divided, more or less distinctly, into three separate provinces, which, for the sake of convenience, may be designated the “ Upper,” “ Mid- dle" and * Lower" Capes. “Upper” Cape. This includes roughly Sandwich, Bourne, Mashpee, Falmouth and the western half of Barnstable. The line of morainal hills which traverses this province from north to south may be traced southwest from Woods Hole, as it is of this same ridge that the Elizabeth Islands are formed. On the mainland these hills are rather heavily wooded and the superficial aspect of this part of the Cape is that generally associated with an Alleghanian flora with a slight tinge of the Canadian. This impression is borne out by a study of the plants which occur here, many of which are either entirely lacking or only very locally known elsewhere on the Cape. There are well over 150 such plants, constituting a list too lengthy for inclusion here; the following few species may, however, be cited as typical: 176 Polypodium virginianum Polystichum acrostichoides Thelypteris Phegopteris Osmunda Claytoniana Botrychium virginianum Lycopodium lucidulum L. clavatum Potamogeton Robbinsii Panicum subvillosum P. latifolium Oryzopsis pungens Cinna arundinacea Glyceria grandis G. acutiflora Scirpus debilis Carex tribuloides C. scabrata Juncus secundus Smilax herbacea Trillium cernuum Habenaria dilatata Malaxis unifolia Betula lutea Rhodora B. papyrifera Alnus noveboracensis Ranunculus recurvatus Thalictrum revolutum Actaea rubra Aquilegia canadensis Chrysosplenium americanum Potentilla tridentata Rubus allegheniensis Nemopanthus mucronata Celastrus scandens Circaea latifolia Rhododendron canadense Fraxinus americana Scrophularia lanceolata Pedicularis canadensis Triosteum perfoliatum Viburnum acerifolium Lobelia inflata Solidago ulmifolia Aster nemoralis А. acuminatus [SEPTEMBER Few, if any, of these plants, as will be seen, may be looked upon as species characteristic of a southern coastal plain flora. “Middle” Cape. This province embraces the eastern part of Barnstable, all of Yarmouth, Dennis, Brewster, Harwich, and, perhaps, Chatham and Orleans. А ridge of morainal hills extending east and west along the north shore from Sandwich to Dennis, forms the * back- Бопе” of this part of the Cape and is flanked to the south by a broad outwash plain. This area is not without its trees, but in certain parts scrub oaks predominate and the appearance of the vegetation differs strikingly from that of the inner Cape. The most salient botanical feature of this province resides in the plants of the numer- ous ponds and pond margins, many of which are sandy or peaty and offer an ideal habitat for an extensive flora of an austro-riparian nature. Altogether there are over 200 species which are either peculiar to this part of the Cape or which here find their greatest development, being represented only casually in the other two pro- vinces. A partial list of these plants follows: Thelypteris simulata Pteridium aquilinum, var. pseudo- caudatum Potamogeton pectinatus Sagittaria Engelmanniana S. teres Andropogon virginicus Paspalum psammophilum Panicum verrucosum P. Bicknellii 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts P. microcarpon P. annulum P. mattamuskeetense P. mattamuskeetense, var. Clutei P. spretum P. Wrightianum P. albemarlense P. auburne P. Commonsianum P. polyanthes P. Ashei Cenchrus pauciflorus Spartina cynosuroides Glyceria laxa G. Fernaldii Puccinellia fasciculata E. rostellata Psilocarya scirpoides Scirpus Smithil, var. setosus S. campestris, var. novae-angliae S. Eriophorum Fuirena squarrosa Hemicarpha micrantha Rynchospora Torreyana R. capitellata, var. discutiens Carex straminea C. alata C. annectens C. laevivaginata C. Mitchelliana Arisaema Stewardsonii Peltandra virginica Juncus effusus, var. compactus J. pervetus J. subeaudatus J. aristulatus Luzula campestris, var. echinata Lilium superbum Lachnanthes tinctoria Salix sericea Myrica asplenifolia Fagus grandifolia, var. caroliniana Quercus stellata Q. Margaretta Q. prinoides, var. rufescens Comandra umbellata Polygonum Careyi P. puritanorum Р. setaceum Chenopodium leptophyllum Acnida cannabina Spergularia canadensis Crataegus rotundifolia Rubus tardatus R. Enslenii R. multispinus Lespedeza Brittonii Amphicarpa Pitcheri Linum striatum L. floridanum, var. intereursum Callitriche palustris Ilex laevigata 177 Ceanothus americanus, var. inter- medius Parthenocissus vitacea Hypericum dissimulatum Helianthemum dumosum H. Bicknellii H. propinquum Viola emarginata V. incognita, var. Forbesii Lythrum hyssopifolium Rhexia mariana Epilobium molle Oenothera linearis O. longipedicellata Proserpinaca intermedia Cicuta bulbifera Lilaeopsis chinensis Vaccinium stamineum Sabatia Kennedyana 5. campanulata Apocynum medium Cuscuta pentagona C. compacta Stachys hyssopifolia Lycopus virginicus Limosella subulata Aureolaria pedicularia, var. caesariensis Utricularia biflora U. resupinata U. subulata Galium tinctorium Eupatorium hyssopifolium Mikania scandens Chrysopsis falcata Solidago erecta S. puberula 8. Elliottii Sericocarpus linifolius Antennaria petaloidea 178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER A. fallax Bidens coronata Gnaphalium obtusifolium, var. Prenanthes serpentaria micradenium As will be seen at a glance, the overwhelming majority of species in this list are plants of prevailingly southern affinities. Many of them are common in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey and a consider- able number were not known to occur north of there, or perhaps Long Island, when the last revision was made of Gray’s Manual in 1908, but have been added to the Massachusetts flora only as the result of recent investigation. "The foregoing list is not in any sense an exhaustive one, nor could it hope to be, for nearly every summer's exploration adds to the already large number of southern coastal plain species which are known to occur on the central part of Cape Cod. “Lower” Саре. At Orleans the Cape makes a right-angle turn and continues almost due north through Eastham, Wellfleet and Truro to Provincetown, which is at the extreme tip. This “ fore- arm" or outer portion of the Cape is characterized by rather high, undulating hills, the axes of which for the most part run east and west. It is thought that the troughs between these hills may have formed the delta of a glacial river which drained into Lake Agassiz, a large body of water impounded by the ice and today represented by Cape Cod Bay. From Truro northward this part of the Cape consists of a wave-built sand spit. A few of the plants peculiar to the Outer Cape, such as Andropogon scoparius, var. polyclados, Muhlenbergia mexicana, Cyperus filicinus, var. microdontus, Orontium aquaticum, Opuntia vulgaris, Aureolaria pedicularia and Baccharis halimifolia, are far-ranging southern species, but the significant feature of the flora of this province is that most of its specialties are forms which display a northern or at least a continental affinity. The following are a few of the plants belonging to this category : Potamogeton natans Allium canadense Elymus arenarius, var. villosus Liparis Loeselii Scirpus atrocinctus Salix lucida Eriophorum spissum Ranunculus sceleratus Carex Muhlenbergii, var. enervis Cardamine parviflora, var. C. limosa arenicola C. oligosperma Pyrus melanocarpa C. lasiocarpa Potentilla tridentata C. Pseudo-Cyperus Rubus idaeus, var. strigosus C. bullata R. orarius Juncus effusus, var. Pylaei R. amnicola J. articulatus, var. obtusatus R. recurvicaulis 1930] - Fogg,— Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 179 К. arcuans Aretostaphylos Uva-ursi, var. Prunus virginiana coactilis P. pennsylvanica Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, var. Corema Conradii myrtilloides Пех verticillata, var. fastigiata У. Oxycoccus Hudsonia tomentosa, var. inter- Galium trifidum, var. halophilum media Linnaea borealis, var. americana Circaea alpina Bidens cernua Cornus canadensis Lactuca Morssii Hieracium marianum Most of the species listed above are of a prevailingly northern distribution; their affinities are with the widely dispersed Canadian flora to the west and northwest. А few of them are here at, or near, the southern limit of their ranges. Thus, it will be seen, each of the three natural divisions of Cape Cod possesses a rather distinctive flora: that of the Inner Cape is essentially of a continental Alleghanian-Canadian character; that of the Middle Cape is colored by the presence of a considerable number of Carolinian or even Louisianian types; while that of the Outer Cape is rendered striking by the occurrence of so many species of Canadian, or in some cases even Hudsonian, affinities. An attempt to explain the underlying reasons which account for this differentia- tion will be made in summing up the evidence for the origin of the flora of the Elizabeth Islands themselves. ELIZABETH Istanps. Turning now to the region under immediate consideration, we find that the total number of species, varieties and forms of vascular plants known to occur upon the Elizabeth Islands is 686. Of these, 128 (181494) are introduced, while 558 (81169) may safely be classed as indigenous. Introductions. The subject of those species of plants introduced on the Elizabeth Islands was dealt with at such length in the section on Changes in the Flora that it seems scarcely necessary to develop it further here. It need merely be pointed out that by far the larger part of these introductions is comprised of those ubiquitous European and Asiatic adventives which everywhere throughout eastern North America have taken possession of recently cleared ground or dis- turbed sandy areas, often completely dominating our native flora. The rest of the exotics are either garden escapes, as exemplified in the discussion of the foreign elements in the flora of Penikese, or species, such as the Cytisus or the various Spruces, which have been deliberately planted by man for a special purpose. A few plants 180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER native to North America are certainly not of indigenous occurrence on the islands, but have been introduced either accidentally or inten- tionally, As examples of such may be mentioned Glaucium flavum and Solanum triflorum, which grow on the beach near Tarpaulin Cove, Naushon, and Juniperus communis, var. depressa, which appears to have been planted along the north shore at the west end of the same island. (To be continued) WHAT IS SCIRPUS CAPITATUS LINN? OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL Іх Ruopona for February, 1918, pages 23 and 24, Mr. S. Е. Blake attempts to show that the Linnean name should apply to what has generally been known as Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes and also that Е. capitatus (L.) К. Br. must be considered as a synonym of it. Blake says: “The name Eleocharis capitata (L.) R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. i. 225 (1810), has a somewhat peculiar status. It was based on ‘Scirpus capitatus, Linn., sp. pl. ed. Willd. 1. p. 294,’ but was expressly distinguished from the Gronovian plant, which of course Brown had examined, type of S. capitatus L. Since however Willdenow's S. capitatus is based directly on Linnaeus's, the applica- tion of Brown's name must be determined by the Clayton plant on which rests the name-bringing synonym of Linnaeus. The name ELEOCHARIS CAPITATA (L.) R. Br. must therefore now be restricted to the plant which has long been called Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes. ” There are several errors in the above: (1.) The Clayton plant is not the type of the species. (2.) * (L.)" should not be placed before “R. Br.”, since Brown ex- pressly said that the Gronovian plant was not his species, but that he based his name on 5. capitatus Willd., which are not synonymous names, Blake to the contrary, notwithstanding. (3.) " Linn" is not the author of Scirpus capitatus Sp. Pl. IV. 1. p. 294, but Willdenow is. (4.) The making of Brown's name a synonym of Schultes's name in face of Brown's express statement that they were not the same. I cannot follow the twistings and windings of a brain that will de- 1930] Farwell,—What is Scirpus capitatus Linn? 181 liberately place a name where the original author expressly says it doesn 't belong. Blake says that the Linnean S. capitatus Linn is based “almost entirely on the Gronovian reference, which in turn is based on Clayton ЗЭ: oat " Not so!!! Linn had his own description, similar it is true, but quite distinct, and it was based, in my estimation, not on the Gronovian reference and the Clayton plant but on the only plant at that time in his herbarium, which he himself named S. capi- tatus; Blake says this plant is what is now known as Eleocharis obtusa (Willd.) Schultes. It fits the Linnean description quite well enough to be its type, and should be so construed. E. oprusa (Willd.) Schultes then becomes a synonym of Е. capitatus (L.) n. comb. Scirpus capita- tus Linn; also of Willd. p. p. E. capitatus (Willd.) R. Br. is a synonym of E. caribaea (Rottb.) Blake. While it is true that Linn listed the description of Clayton's plant by Gronovius as a synonym, yet Linn's own description, though very similar, and his herbarium specimen from which that description was drawn should take precedence over any synonym quoted. Willdenow's S. capitatus, as indicated above, not only included the Linnean species of the same name but also a West Indian species, and it was to this West Indian species that R. Br. restricted the name when he transferred it to Eleocharis. As pointed out by Blake, it has an older name; it occurs also in the southeastern United States. Like Dr. Britton, I think it incredible that any author should call such a spike as is found on Ё. tenuis “ subglobose," and in consequence assign it the name of capitatus. It seems more reasonable to believe that the original Clayton plant on which the Gronovian description was based was a plant with a subglobose spike (Е. obtusa or even К. capitata as applied in our local manuals) and that the original speci- men was exchanged or lost and later replaced with the plant at present in the Clayton collection. Тоо much reliance should not be placed upon specimens in old herbaria. It is a well known fact that such changes in the older herbaria were frequent, if not more frequent than otherwise, and if such a change occurred in the present instance, all and “capitatus” would , confusion over the terms “subglobose’ immediately disappear and vanish into thin air. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Michigan. 182 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER THE TYPIFICATION OF SCIRPUS CAPITATUS L. S. F. BLAKE Mn. Oliver A. Farwell, in the preceding paper, has sought to show that I erred in transferring! the name Eleocharis capitata (L.) R. Br. to the species generally known as Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes. Mr. Farwell, while admitting that the species long known as F. capitata must now be called E. caribaea (Rottb.) Blake, would typify the Linnaean name Scirpus capitatus by a specimen of Eleocharis obtusa (Willd.) Schultes collected by Kalm, which he assumes to have been the basis of the Linnaean description, and he makes what he calls the “п. comb.” E. capitatus (L.) Farwell for the latter plant. His chief reason for so doing seems to be contained in his statement that "Linn had his own description, similar it is true [to that of Gronovius], but quite distinct, and it was based, in my estimation, not on the Gronovian reference and the Clayton plant but on the only plant at that time in his herbarium, which he himself named S. capitatus.” Linnaeus’ treatment of Scirpus capitatus (Sp. Pl. 1: 48. 1753) is so brief that it may be reproduced once again: 5. Scirpus culmo tereti nudo setiformi, spica subglobosa. Scirpus culmo setaceo nudo, spica subglobosa. Gron. virg. 12. Habitat in Virginia. Two features in Linnaeus’ diagnosis which have made several authors’ doubt that it could have referred to Eleocharis tenuis, with its 4-angled culms and slender spikelets, are the description of the culm as terete and the spikelet as subglobose. I believe that too much has been made of these supposed discrepancies. Linnaeus’ diagnoses were very brief, and general terms were often used for the sake of brevity. As regards the spikelets, there is no difficulty. Examination of the material of Eleocharis tenuis in any large herbarium will disclose plenty of specimens, particularly those with young spikelets, in which these are broad enough to be described as sub- globose. Moreover, my photograph of Clayton 380 in the British Museum (type specimen of Scirpus capitatus) shows that its spikelets are rather strongly flattened out and might easily have been so described. As regards the “terete” culms, it is easy to show that 1! RHODORA 20: 23-24. 1918. * Britton, Torreya 19: 246 1919; Chase in Hitchcock and Standley, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 21:95. 1919; апа now Mr. Farwell 1930] Blake,— The Typification of Scirpus capitatus L. 183 this term was loosely used by Linnaeus. Most of his species of Scirpus described as possessing terete culms really have them so; but he applied the same adjective " tereti" to the culms of Scirpus acicularis (Eleocharis acicularis), which are “usually angular and sulcate, "'! of S. fluitans, which are “etwas zusammengedrückt, ” of S. capillaris (Stenophyllus capillaris), which are strongly striate-angled, of Schoenus mariscus (Mariscus serratus), which are 3-angled above, of Schoenus mucronatus, which are “stumpf 3kantig, ? of Eriophorum vaginatum, which are “oben 3kantig,"^ and of Eriophorum virginicum, which are trigonous above. It is possible that Linnaeus' own diagnosis, which differs in no essential from that of Gronovius except by the introduction of the word * tereti," was based on specimens of Eleocharis obtusa collected by Kalm. There is, however, nothing to prove that this was the case. Mr. Farwell, apparently relying on my statement that there is a sheet of this species in the Linnaean Herbarium * collected by Kalm and known to Linnaeus before 1753," takes it as the type and interprets the name Eleocharis capitata accordingly. My statement that Linnaeus had seen Kalm’s plant before 1753 is presumably correct, since Kalm is known to have brought his American plants to Linnaeus in 1751; but this sheet, according to the evidence available, was not in the Linnaean Herbarium in 1753! The late Dr. B. Day- don Jackson's *Index to the Linnean Herbarium" (p. 132. 1912) shows that the specimens representing Scirpus capitatus in the Linn- aean Herbarium were not recorded in the enumeration of its contents in 1753; and Robert Brown's own note (Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 225. 1810), when making the name Eleocharis capitata, confirms this and upsets Mr. Farwell's whole case: Scirpus capitatus. Linn. sp. pl. ed. Willd. 1. p. 204. (secundum synonyma Brownii et Sloanii, sed a plantá virginianá in Herb. Gron. diversus, haee autem, quoniam Linnaeus nullum exemplar habebat in herbario suo cum primum Sp. pl. edidit hujus speciei unica auctoritas est). It will be difficult to controvert Brown's statement that the Clayton plant is the sole authority for Linnaeus’ Scirpus capitatus. Whether Linnaeus’ "tereti" was based on supposition only (all the other species in that group of his genus Scirpus having terete culms) or 1 Svenson, Кнорокал 31: 184. 1929. ? Hallier & Brand in Koch, Syn. Deutsch. & Schw. FI. ed. 3. 3:2539. 1907. 3 Hallier & Brand, 1. c. 2558. 4 Hallier & Brand, 1. с. 2526. 184 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER whether it was based on some specimen, now lost or impracticable to trace, of Eleocharis obtusa, E. caribaea, or some other species, seems now impossible to establish.! The only plant definitely associable with his 1753 description is the specimen of Clayton 380 in the British Museum, and that plant is Eleocharis tenuis of authors. Scirpus capitatus of Linnaeus in 1753 is, then, certainly the Eleo- charis tenuis of modern authors, and the name Eleocharis capitata cannot be applied to E. obtusa. Is it possible to exclude the original Scirpus capitatus from consideration and preserve the name Eleocharis capitata (Willd.) К. Br. or E. capitata R. Br. for the plant (Е. caribaea (Rottb.) Blake) which has passed so long under that name? Not according to modern nomenclatorial practice. If Brown had given a new specific name to the plant he described, it would have held; but as he continued the name already used by Linnaeus and Willdenow, the application of his name must be determined by the name-bringing synonym, which must be taken from one of those authors. Willde- now's description and synonymy included also the plant which has generally been known as Eleocharis capitata (E. caribaca), but his name, his first reference, and his first locality are taken from Linnaeus, so that for purposes of typification his use of the name is the same as that of Linnaeus. It may be remarked in passing that Mr. Farwell's proposal of a third usage of the name F. capitata as а new combination is not in accord with either of the codes of nomenclature in current use. In conclusion, it may be pointed out that my interpretation of Eleocharis capitata (L.) R. Br. in the sense of E. tenuis (Willd.) Schultes has been followed by Fernald,? Merrill? and Svenson # and that Britton* and Britton and Wilson,® although not dealing with EF. 1 When Linnaeus’ diagnostic phrase (‘‘nomen specificum '') differs from any synonym given, it is evidently based, in practically all cases, either on the synonyms cited or on material examined in the garden or in some herbarium. It is probable, then, that he had seen other specimens which he considered identical with Clayton's plant, which he had presumably examined when assisting Gronovius with the preparation of the "Flora Virginica.” In view of Brown’s very definite statement and of the record in Jackson's Index, it is obviously impossible to prove that these suppositious specimens were those from Kalm now in the Linnaean Herbarium. In 1918, with all the facts before me, I selected Clayton's plant as the type of the Linnaean name. This desig- nation will hold unless overthrown by real evidence to the contrary, which Mr. Farwell has not produced. * Ruopora 23: 106, footnote. 1921. 3 Enum. Phil. Flow. Pl. 1:119. 1923. *Ruopora 31: 128, 1929. š In Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States 1: 202. 1923. * Scient. Surv, Porto Rico & Virg Isl. 5 (Bot. Porto Rico & Virg. Isl.): 91. 1923. 1930] Knowlton,—Note on Aster amethystinus 185 tenuis, have adopted the name FE. caribaea for the plant generally known as E. capitata. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Washington, D. C. TRIPSACUM DACTYLOIDES IN MassACHUSETTS.—Subsequent to the publication of the 7th edition of Gray's Manual, which cites Con- necticut as the northeastern limit of range for Tripsacum dactyloides L., at least two Rhode Island stations have been discovered, one of which is in Bristol County, on the east side of Narragansett Bay. Thus it is not surprising that an extension of the range of this species into Massachusetts has been made by Mr. G. L. Stebbins at West- port Point while collecting for the New England Botanical Club during its annual field trip last September. He discovered a small colony of this curious grass in marshy ground at the top of a shingle beach within a rod or two of salt water. A specimen has been placed in the Club Herbarium.—R. J. Катом, Cambridge, Mass. NOTE ON ASTER AMETHYSTINUS.— The article in RHODORA for January, 1930, discussing Aster amethystinus as an obvious hybrid, recalled my own experiences with this rare and fascinating plant. I first noted it in the northern part of Williamstown, Massachusetts, September 23, 1924. I was driving along the road parallel to the Boston & Maine railway track. А large clump in full bloom attracted me by its peculiar amethystine color, and I stopped to investigate and collect. Both Aster novae-angliae and A. multiflorus, the putative parents, were abundant close by. Some time after I noticed in the Vermont Flora that the only authentic station for Aster amethystinus in that state was at South Pownal, where the plant was collected by W. W. Eggleston before 1900. I reasoned that this must be in the same general region. Accordingly, October 5, 1926, I stopped at the Williamstown station again, climbed the fence to the railway track, and followed it several rods across the state line into Vermont, till I discovered what may well have been Eggleston's original stand of the hybrid. The two parent species were scattered about in considerable profusion. It would be a very interesting project for some botanical garden or experiment station to breed this interesting hybrid artificially for 186 Hhodora [SEPTEMBER comparison with the wild plants.—CraAnENCE HINCKLEY KNOWLTON, Hingham, Massachusetts. Volume 32, no. 380, including pages 143 to 166, was issued 28, July, 1930. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. October, 1930. No. 382. CONTENTS: Distribution and Affinities of the Vegetation of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region. Н. М. Каир............................ 187 Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts (continued). о AID MI Ен 208 Gentiana procera, forma laevicalyx. М. L. Fernald.............. 221 Identity of Alopecurus aequalis. М. L. Fernald ................ 221 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (it available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto mee issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. 00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. October, 1930. No. 382. THE DISTRIBUTION AND AFFINITIES OF THE VEGETA- TION OF THE ATHABASCA-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION? Нсон M. КАОР A STUDY of the flora of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region, in northwestern Canada, has revealed certain outstanding features of distribution and affinity. Although it is intended that a series of papers shall be prepared upon the more detailed investigations, the writer takes this opportunity to make a brief statement of the major problems involved. | He wishes to express his appreciation of the valu- able assistance received from Professor M. L. Fernald of Harvard Uni- versity, especially in correlating the Mackenzie basin flora with that of northeastern North America. He is also much indebted to many persons in the Geological Survey at Ottawa and in the government organization at Fort Smith, North West Territories, who have helped to forward the field work.? 1 Published by permission of the Director, National Museum of Canada. ?'The writer and his wife have been engaged in botanical survey operations in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region during the past four summers. In 1928 and 1929 the trips were financed by the National Museum of Canada, the work being done under the general direction of Dr. M. O. Malte, Chief Botanist at the National Mu- seum at Ottawa. In these two seasons a survey of the flora of the Wood Buffalo Park has been started. Thanks are due to the many disinterested persons who have assisted the field parties, especially to the officers of the Hudson's Bay Company, who have been unfailing in their efforts to facilitate outfitting and transportation. The party in 1926 included three students, Harold Stallsmith, Orville Myers, and E. J. Kunde, while that in 1927 included Miss Catherine Raup, and Mr. R. L. Fricke, a taxidermist from the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa., who made a collection of birds and small mammals. In the Wood Buffalo Park the wardens have served as guides and assist- ants. Mrs. Raup has looked after the most of cryptogamic collections, while the writer has collected the ferns and flowering plants. The following is an outline of itineraries for the fleld seasons. (С) indicates that collections and studies of local distribution problems were made at the places where it appears in the list. Modes of conveyance are indicated by: (St)—steamer or motor tug, (Ca)—canoe, (H)—pack horse, (W)—wagon or buckboard, (P)—back packing. 188 Rhodora [OCTOBER A section of the vegetation reaching from the Slave River westward to Moose Lake, about 75 miles away, shows a variety of types, ranging from the flood plain sloughs of the lowlands to the prairies and thick timber on the higher ground. An examination of the distribution of these types soon suggests a strong correlation with the topographic features of the region, and leads to an investigation of the geologic and physiographic processes which have produced this topography. Botanizing and comparing notes and collections with similar situa- tions in other regions, one is impressed with the openness of the plant associations, and with the comparatively small number of species involved in them. The plants that are there show affinities with floras of widely spearated regions, while many of the common species of the Canadian forests elsewhere are absent or very rare in the Atha- basca-Great Slave Lake district. TOPOGRAPHIC HISTORY OF THE ATHABASCA-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION Athabasca and Great Slave Lakes lie in the zone of surface contact between the pre-Cambrian rocks of the “Canadian Shield” to the In the four summers, approximately 4400 miles have been traveled within the region, i. e., north of Waterways, the end of steel. 1926: Left Waterways (Ca) June 30; Calumet, July 4—6 (C); mouth of Embarras channel, Athabasca delta, July 11 (C); Chipewyan, July 12-13; camp about 10 miles east of Chipewyan, north shore, Athabasca Lake, July 14 (C-lichens); Shelter Point, July 14-Aug. 4 (О); left Chipewyan Aug. 7 (St); Fitzgerald, July 8 (C); arrived Waterways, Aug. 12. 1927: Left Waterways June 1 (St); left Chipewyan (Ca) June 6; Quatre Fourches channel, Peace delta, June 7 and 9 (C); 30th base line, Slave River, June 10-20 (C); Ft. Smith, June 22-28 (C); Resolution, July 2-5; Keith Island, East arm of Great Slave Lake, July 7 (С); Taltheilei Narrows, July 8—11 (C); Fairchild Pt. and vicinity, July 12-Aug. 20 (C); Maufelly Pt., July 15 (C); Fort Reliance, Aug. 7 (C); left Fair- child Pt., (St) Aug. 20; Yellowknife Bay, Aug. 23 (C); Rae, Aug. 24; arrived Water- ways, Sept. 1. 1928: Left Waterways (St) June 6 (C); left Ft. Smith, June 14 (W); Smith to Pine Lake, June 14—17 (C); Pine Lake and vicinity, June 17-July 12 (C); trip to Lane Lake (Ca), June 26 (C); Pine Lake to Peace Pt. (H), July 12-15 (C-Round Lake, July 14); Peace Pt., July 15-22 (C); Peace Pt. to slough country along upper Murdock Creek, July 22-26 (Ca); Murdock Creek, July 26-29 (C); Government Hay camp, Slave River, July 29-Aug. 16 (С); Hay camp to Fitzgerald via the prairies along Salt River (H), Aug. 16-22 (C-prairies, Aug. 19-20) ; arrived Waterways, Aug. 30. 1929: Left Waterways (St), June 5; left Ft. Smith (Ca), June 12; portage, Salt River village to Little Buffalo River (W), June 13; started up Little Buffalo (Ca), June 15; falls of Little Buffalo, June 18-24; passed winter trail to Sucker Creek July 2, and Nini-sheth Hills July 7-8; Moose Lake, July 12-17 (C); Moose Lake to Pine Lake (P), July 17-20; Pine Lake, July 20-Aug. 1 (C); Pine Lake to Moose Lake, Aug. 1—4 (Н); Moose Lake, Aug. 4—19 (C); Moose Lake to Government Hay camp (H), Aug. 19-26; arrived Ft. Smith, Aug. 27, and Waterways, Sept. 4. Fig. 1 is a map showing the localities mentioned in this paper. 1930] Каир, — Тһе Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region > 189 eastward, and the later, Paleozoic rocks of the main part of the Mackenzie basin. Paleozoic limestones are exposed along the Slave a Я ТР ЖЫЯ му yt Ё pote ans) 4 j x P dt (2 p Na 2 cs ES М T йё со) з Lac je " Tf ae i $ PL , V sA ue „ ~ у РЕ ^ È m у ЛИР”, "E ў €i wknife d t e uz g ES : 52 | Be xe 279 | t GREAT SLAVE L. Pesolutipn Y h AA pesheaottale + | 2 sedy fr) | у тир nn м у моо b. Ф 4 id” Ny | N Ў ots te qe, | | ы | oi yy, Cae 2 Y SIS Булар Par nt | H і "3 | M | mts Ae «i ue y wm Mrs SW . "o Fig. 1. Map of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region River about fifty miles below Athabasca Lake, along the lower Peace River, in the lower valley of the Athabasca River, and about the western arm of Great Slave Lake. Cretaceous strata overly the 190 Rhodora [OCTOBER Paleozoic rocks in the Clearwater River district on the Athabasca, about one hundred and fifty miles south of Athabasca Lake. Lake Athabasca lies almost wholly within the pre-Cambrian rocks, as does the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. The northern arm of the latter is on the contact, having its east shore of granites and gneisses, and its west shore of Paleozoic sediments. The broad, western arm of Great Slave Lake lies on Paleozoic rocks. The Slave River follows the contact roughly, and the isolated granite hills along its upper course are western outliers of the pre- Cambrian mass. A western extension of the older rocks in the vicinity of Ft. Smith and Ft. Fitzgerald, about one hundred miles below Athabasca Lake, forms unnavigable rapids in the river, and is the only hindrance to navigation by steamer between Ft. McMurray and the Mackenzie delta. These granitic outliners, rising like islands out of the modern alluvial deposits, are also surrounded at their bases by Paleozoic sediments, indicating their probable, similar position relative to the seas which invaded the continent in those times. The pre-Cambrian rocks consist largely of granites and gneisses, although there are isolated masses of highly altered, more ancient sediments and basic intrusives. South of Lake Athabasca there are extensive sandstone deposits which are referred to the pre-Cambrian, though they are not certainly correlated. These later sediments are very little disturbed. The Cambrian, Devonian, and Silurian periods were marked by the invasion of the Mackenzie basin district by epi-continental seas, whose eastern shores followed, in general, the present contact line with the pre-Cambrian. The Cambrian is not exposed in the Atha- basca-Great Slave Lake district, appearing only in the Mackenzie valley, farther northward.! Silurian and Devonian strata are the underlying rocks in the region under consideration, and are exposed at several places on the Athabasca, Peace, and Slave Rivers, about the western arm of Great Slave Lake, and in the region southwest of Ft. Smith.? The outcrops follow, in general, bands of country extending 1 Williams, M. Y. Reconnaissance Across Northeastern British Columbia and the Geology of the Northern Extension of the Franklin Mountains, N. W. T. C. G. 8. Sum- mary Rept. (1922) Part B. 65-87. з Camsell, Charles, and Malcolm, Wyatt. The Mackenzie River Basin (Revised Edition). Memoir 108, С. С. 8., Geological Series No. 92 (1921). (This paper gives an admirable summary of the geology, topography, and natural history of the region so far as these were known at the time of its publication. It is also valuable for its extensive bibliography.) 1930] Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 191 in a northwest and southeast direction. "They consist mainly of dolo- mitic limestones with an abundance of gypsum in the Silurian, and thick limestones and shales in the Devonian. Except in the Mackenzie and Franklin Mountain districts in the Mackenzie River region, the beds are very little disturbed. Whether there are any deposits in the region between the Devonian and the Cretaceous is uncertain. No Carboniferous rocks are to be found except in the mountains west of the Mackenzie. The vast deposits of the Cretaceous seas form a disconformable contact with the Devonian, but with a very slight angular unconformity, suggesting a wide-spread uplift between the Devonian and Cretaceous, and considerable erosion of the former? The Cretaceous sea covered practically all of the present Mackenzie drainage basin, and its sediments are found folded into the mountains to the westward. Throughout most of the basin its beds of limestones, sandstones, and shales are nearly horizontal. There is evidence that the thick Cretaceous deposits were entirely removed in some places prior to the Eocene.’ "They are entirely ab- sent in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region, except in the plateaus of the southern and western section. They form great uplands on the upper Athabasca, Peace, Hay, Liard, and Peel Rivers, and are known or thought to form the outlying plateau areas represented by Birch Mountain, west of the lower Athabasca;* the Buffalo Head Hills, between the Peace and the Wabiskaw;* the Watt Mountains, between the Peace and upper Hay River;? the Caribou Mountains, between the lower Peace and Great Slave Lake;? the Eagle Mountains, west of Hay River; and the Horn Mountain plateau, north of the Mackenzie River and west of Horn River. The positions of these 1Hume, G. S. Mackenzie River Area, District of Mackenzie, Northwest Territories. С. G. S. Summary Rept. (1923) Part B. 11. 2 Наше, G. S. Ibid. 11. 3Hume, G. S. Ibid. 12. 4 Camsell, Charles, and Malcolm, Wyatt. Ibid. p. 68. McConnell, R. G. Report on a Portion of the District of Athabasca Comprising the Country between Peace River and Athabasca River North of Lesser Slave Lake. С. G. 8. Ann. Rept. v. Pt. 1, 43-44 D. 5 McConnell, R. G. Ibid. $ Cameron, A. E. Hay and Buffalo Rivers, Great Slave Lake and Adjacent Country. C. G.S. Summary Rept. (1921), Part B. 29. 1 Camsell, Charles, and Malcolm, Wyatt. Ibid. 67. Cameron, A. E., Post-Glacial Lakes in the Mackenzie River Basin, Northwest Terri- tories, Canada. Journ. Geol. xxx. 341 (1922). з Whittaker, E. J. Mackenzie River District between Great Slave Lake and Simpson. C.G.S. Summary Rept. (1921), Part B. 54. 192 Rhodora [OCTOBER outlying plateaus, all 2000 feet or more in height, are of considerable importance in the arrangement of post-Glacial topography, as will be shown later. Cretaceous uplands are also known on Great Bear Lake. It is thought that the main lines of the Mackenzie drainage basin were formed in very early Tertiary or late Cretaceous time,! and have been able to maintain themselves not only throughout minor crustal movements in later times, but also through the period of mountain- building in the Mackenzie valley, and through most of the Pleisto- cene.? The dissection has gone far below the Cretaceous, and has cut through the Devonian and Silurian, reaching into the Cambrian. It appears, then, that the major surface features of the Mackenzie basin are formed by the extensive erosion, along old and well-establish- ed drainage lines, of the nearly horizontal sedimentary deposits of the Cretaceous and Paleozoic seas. The only notable disturbance has been in the mountain-building activities in the Rockies to the west- ward and in the minor folding in the Mackenzie valley. Such must have been the conditions at the opening of the Pleistocene. The only Tertiary deposits are localized on the Pembina River, in the Fort Norman district, and about the headwaters of the Peel River. The last two are referred to the Eocene on fossil evidence. The nature of the fossils indicates that there was a distinctly temperate climate at the time of their deposit. The interaction of the Cordilleran and Keewatin ice sheets in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region is not known. The surface materials show only the result of the Keewatin, whose ice front entered the region from the east and northeast: It has been generally accepted that the ice completely covered all the uplands, although this is supported by few critical observations. From a study of moraines, elevated shore lines, and post-Glacial lake deposits, A. E. Cameron had outlined the order of events in the recession of the last ice sheet from the region. The writer’s observations on the topog- 1 Hume, G. S. Ibid. 12-13. *Cameron, A. E. Post-Glacial Lakes in the Mackenzie River Basin, Northwest Territories, Canada. Journ. Geol. xxx. (1922). 3 McConnell, К. G. Report оп an Exploration in the Yukon and Mackenzie Basins, C.G.S. Ann.Rept.iv.22-23 D. (1888-89). ‘Tyrrell, J. B. assisted by Dowling, D. B. Report on the Country between Athabasca Lake and Churchill River with Notes on Two Routes Traveled between the Churchill and Saskatchewan Rivers. C. G.S. Апп. Rept. viii. Part D. (1896). Cameron, A, E., Ibid. 1930] Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 193 raphy and plant cover have tended to bear out this outline. Cameron’s work will be briefly summarized here. The glacier, entering the basin by way of drainage lines which had probably been long established in the eroded pre-Cambrian plateau to the eastward, crossed the valley of the present Slave River and sent tongues into the Cretaceous uplands by way of the ancient valleys. Hence there were lobes up the Athabasca, Wabiskaw, Peace, and Hay and Buffalo Rivers, and a lobe into the upper Mackenzie valley. It appears that these lobes were effectually kept apart by the uplands of the Buffalo Head Hills, and Birch, Watt, Caribou, and Eagle Mountains. The waters of the main streams were impounded against the ice front, forming glacial lakes, whose outlets were prob- ably toward Hudson Bay, since the normal route to the Mackenzie valley was probably blocked by ice. The lobes apparently did not recede at a uniform rate, so that a series of lakes was formed in the river valleys and in the newly deepened depressions of Athabasca and Great Slave Lakes.! While the ice covered the main part of the area, and extended far up the river valleys, a lake occupied the upper Hay River district, west of the Caribou plateau, and extended southward and eastward in the valleys of the Peace, Wabiskaw, and Athabasca. The plain of the bottom of this lake is found at about the 1600-foot contour line. (See Fig. 2). Тһе next lake stage was formed when the ice had retreated many miles to the eastward. Less well-defined lobes still covered the head of the Mackenzie, the lower reaches of the Hay, and the eastern half of the present Athabasca Lake. A great lobe still occupied most of the upper Slave River valley. The Caribou mountains formed a peninsula in this lake, separating large bays which lay in the valleys of the Hay and Peace Rivers. A third bay extended up the Athabasca 100 miles or more. Drainage was probably still accomplished by valleys to the southeastward. The plain of this lake bottom may be identified, approximately, with the 1100-foot contour line (see Fig. 3). A third lake expansion occurred when the ice covered only the eastern part of Great Slave Lake. It is probable that the Mackenzie was opened at about this time, and that the eastern drainage was discontinued. There were two main basins, one in the Athabasca 1 On the origin of the Athabasca and Great Slave Lake basins see: Cameron, A. E. Ibid. Alcock, F. J. The Origin of Lake Athabasca. Geographical Rev. x. 44 (1920). Tyrrell, J. B. assisted by Dowling, D. B. Ibid. 194 Rhodora [OCTOBER River and Lake—lower Peace area, and the other in the Great Slave Lake area. The latter had its southwestern shore line extending from the head of the Mackenzie southeastward to an area south of Buffalo Lake, and thence eastward. West of the Slave River the shore lay Р eue eee 1 ( CA ГА ОМ, Fig. 2-5. Post-Glacial lake expansions in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region when the water, impounded against the retreating front of the Keewatin ice sheet, stood at about the 1600-foot level (2), the 1100-foot level (3), the 800-foot level (4), and the 700-foot level (5). (Reproduced by permission of A. E. Cameron.) approximately at the limestone escarpment which forms the northern margin of the Alberta Plateau, known locally as Salt Mountain.! East of Slave River the shore was at the margin of the pre-Cambrian shield. Thus the two basins were united, and stood at what is now about the 800-foot level (see Fig. 4). | ! Camsell, Charles and Malcolm, Wyatt. Ibid. 17-18. 1930] Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 195 At the 700-foot level (see Fig. 5) the two basins were separated except for the connecting Slave River. Great Slave Lake was still much enlarged, having a long southern arm which extended to about the present position of Ft. Smith, on the Slave River. The Athabasca Lake basin still had a long extension westward up the Peace, with minor ones in the Athabasca and upper Slave River valleys. These lakes stood only a few feet above the present lake levels, the modern land and water relations having been acquired by further drainage, probably due to the tilting of the basins, and by the formation of wide alluvial deposits where the main streams enter the settling basins. The Peace and Athabasca have so filled the western extension of . Athabasca Lake that the only remaining water is in the shallow Lake Claire and in the neighboring smaller lakes. Slave River meanders a total distance of about two hundred miles below Ft. Smith, through the silts with which it has filled the southern arm of Great Slave Lake.! With the formation of natural levees in these deposits, and the wander- ing of the streams, there have arisen extensive, ponded, abandoned channels. Below the heights of the Cretaceous erosion plateaus there has come, then, a varied topography, consisting of morainic uplands, level bottoms of extinct post-Glacial lakes, and modern alluvial flats. The lowering of water in the larger lake basins appears still to be in progress, as shown by the writer’s studies on the shore lines of Atha- basca and Great Slave Lakes.? The drainage of smaller basins, such as that of the morainically dammed Moose and Bog Lakes, is also still in progress, by the further cutting of their barriers. THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE VEGETATION The country south and west of Fort Smith, and the lowland areas of the lower Athabasca and Peace Rivers are sufficiently well known for the construction of a generalized map of their vegetations (Fig. 8). In addition to his own observations the writer has drawn from those of | several keen observers. Charles Camsell, in 1902, made reconnais- sance journeys between Ft. Smith and the Peace River by way of the Little Buffalo and Jackfish Rivers, and between Ft. Smith and Moose 1 Kindle, E. M. Notes on Sedimentation in the Mackenzie Basin. Journ. Geol. xxvi. 341-360 (1918). 2 Ваар, Hugh M. The Vegetation of the Fort Reliance Sand Plain, and A Survey of the Vegetation of Shelter Point, Athabasca Lake. Univ. of Pittsburgh Bull. xxv. 75-83 (Oct. 25, 1928). 196 | Rhodora [OcroBER Lake by an overland route.! His description of the country is excel- lent. E. T. Seton and E. A. Preble visited the salt plains and upland southwest of Ft. Smith in 1907, in search of the wood bison, and Mr. Seton's report contains a brief description of the country. For a number of years prior to 1922, Mr. F. V. Seibert made a series of journeys over a large part of the country west of the Slave and Little Buffalo Rivers, between the Peace and the Nyarling. His map and description of the area have been very useful.’ Later maps made by the Topographical Survey of Canada, especially the aerial photo- graphie ones which cover a part of the region, have added much information which would be obtainable in no other way. The arrangement of the main boundaries of the types of vegetation in the area thus far examined shows a striking similarity to that of the shores and bottoms of the post-Glacial Lakes (See Figures 6, 7, and 8). The heavily timbered areas are confined to the upland which stood above the 800-foot lake. The timber is best developed upon the rolling morainic areas whose soils are largely sandy and gravelly, well drained. In the northeastern section of this upland heavier soils occur, with a large amount of clay. On this there is an abundance of prairie openings. The dry ridges have a forest of Pinus Banksiana, with a lichen and trailing shrub mat. Where the soils are not so com- pletely drained, as on lower slopes or in hollows, a Picea canadensis timber has arisen, with a moss and humus mat and a light shrub cover. Extensive burning has introduced much deciduous timber of Populus tremuloides and P. balsamifera, and a rich growth of shrubs and perennial herbs. Prairie openings are margined by willows and have a close turf of short grasses mixed with other prairie herbs. The upland vegetation is varied by muskeg forest and slough where the drainage of depressions has not been good. Picea mariana and Larix laricina are the prevailing trees at muskeg margins, while Betula glandulosa and various willows make up a shrub zone. Much of the country is underlain by a gypsiferous, Silurian limestone, which has brought about extensive sink hole formation. Completely !Camsell, Charles. The Region Southwest of Fort Smith, Slave River, N. W. T. C.G.S. Апп. Rept. xv. 115A. *Seton, E. T. The Arctic Prairies. New York, Charles Scribner's Sons (1911). 3 Seibert, Е. V. Map Showing the Interior Topography of the Wood Buffalo Park. Natural Resources Intelligence Service, Dept. of Interior, Canada. ; —. —. Canada's Wild Buffalo, Appendix, A Reconnaissance Survey in the Home of the Wood Buffalo. Dept. of Interior, Canada, Northwest Territories and Yukon Branch (1922). 1930] Raup,— The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 197 undrained holes have permanent lakes or bogs in them, while complete- ly drained ones have a vegetation similar to their surroundings. - md —7 ! 7 Figs. 6 and 7. Probable lake expansions in the lower Athabasca-lower Peace- upper Slave River district when the water stood at the 800-foot (6) and 700-foot (7) levels. (Modified from A. E. Cameron.) Timbered country, aspen-Ganksian 2 pine- Canada spruce, local mushegs. ES Semi-open prairie, with low willow and aspen ridges. M Floodplain timber and shugh, Canada sorae -balsam poplar -etc. Upland timber with prairie openings. EB Scrub timber on rochy hills, Banksian pine- canoe birch, muskegs in hollows, Fig. 8. Map of the vegetation in the lower Athabasca-lower Peace-upper Slave River region. Holes with fluctuating water levels have a semi-prairie type of vegeta- tion consisting of grasses, sedges, and other herbs, much like that of the prairie openings. 198 Rhodora [OCTOBER The exposed bottom of the lake which stood at about the 800-foot level has an extensive semi-open prairie country. There are low, willow-covered ridges here and there, with wide, grassy prairie spaces between them. Slightly lower areas contain a marsh vegetation except where the spring and early summer outwash from the salt springs to the westward has stood for some time and made a thin saline deposit. Such areas have a typical salt flat vegetation or are completely barren. The prairies are broken in a few places by sandy ridges which are apparently morainic in origin, and whose positions have not been mapped. The river banks in the alluvial lowlands, formed by natural levees, have a deep forest of Picea canadensis, of which Populus balsamifera is a forerunner in the flood plain succession. Abandoned channels and other ponded areas left partially drained by the river’s meander- ings have an extensive vegetation of sedges and grasses, the former predominating. The newest bars of sand and mud have a willow and Equisetum cover. On the pre-Cambrian upland to the east of Slave River there is a scrub timber of Pinus Banksiana and Betula alaskana. There is a rich growth of crustose, foliose, and fruticose lichens on the barren hill-tops and in crevices. The forest on the tops of the Cretaceous plateau areas has not been studied, except for a few observations and collections about the Clearwater-McMurray district. Subsequent notes will show that this varies from that of the Slave River district, having a richer moss and humus mat. The richest forest in the glacial lake district is that of Picea cana- densis. It is developed on the better soils of the oldest uplands and upon the better drained parts of the newest alluvial flats. In neither of these is there a leaf mould much exceeding 4 inches in thickness, beneath a moss mat 4 or 5 inches deep at its best development. AFFINITIES OF THE FLORA OF THE ATHABASCA-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION The entire vegetation of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district having been removed by the Pleistocene ice, the present flora is a new structure which has been in process of growth since that time. This growth has been slow for two main reasons. The sub-arctic climate with its short growing season is an efficient check. Not only 1930] Raup,— The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 199 are the life processes of the plant cover greatly retarded throughout a large part of the year, but also the processes of decay. Dead wood and other plant parts remain for many years without showing signs of disintegration. Axe cuts appear fresh a year after they are made. This condition is reflected in the small amount of humus accumulation in the oldest forests. Descriptions of forests in more southern glaciat- ed regions such as those of Isle Royale! indicate that a much larger amount of humus has accumulated there. "The climate, tending to retard the development of humus in the soil, is probably an important factor in the production of the relatively thin forests. The presence of the Glacial lakes, persisting for a long time after the ice had begun to recede, kept large areas from beginning their vegetational development. How long this was in the case of the larger lakes is uncertain. The length of time involved since the retreat of the ice is also unestimated. The country is near the source of ice accumulation, and may have been exposed at a comparatively recent time. Smaller lake basins, such as that of Moose and Bog Lakes, show unmistakable signs, in the present shore lines and in neighboring muskeg and sand ridge areas, of having reached their present level very recently. Extensive areas, then, have acquired their vegetation, much of it spruce forest with a very thin moss and humus carpet, in comparatively recent times, the climatic and time factors appearing to be the most influential in producing the present condition. In the neighborhood of Fort McMurray, where the Clearwater River enters the Athabasca, there are highlands of Cretaceous rocks upon which there is a thick forest involving not only Picea canadensis but also its associate in other regions, Abies balsamea. On the upper Clearwater the latter tree is reported to be common by John Macoun, who traversed that region in 1876.? More will be found concerning the distribution of this species in another part of the paper. Into this comparatively young area, with its slowly developing mesophytie conditions, have come plants from widely separated regions. Certain species of Salix, Carex, and various Gramineae 1 Cooper, W. S. The Climaz Forest of Isle Royale, Lake Superior, and its Development. Bot. Gaz. lv. 16 (1913). ? Macoun, John. On the Botanical Features of the Country Traversed from Vancouver Island to Carleton, on the Saskatchewan. С. а. S. Rept. of Progress (1875—76), 172. (This report contains a good description of the vegetation of the lower Peace and Athabasca Rivers and their deltas.) 200 Rhodora [OcTOBER have been selected to illustrate these ranges, though other groups could be used equally well. A few other selected species have been used to bring out further the main features. Material in the Gray Herbarium has served as the basis for the maps given, and has been supplemented with records from other sources, carefully examined to eliminate errors. The maps are far from complete, but the writer believes that they are sufficiently representative to indicate the ranges.! A wide-ranging arctic and arctic-alpine flora is represented by Salix reticulata (Fig. 10), Agrostis borealis (Fig. 11), and Carex mem- branacea (Fig. 9). These species enter the region in the northern and eastern parts of the Great Slave Lake area, where they join such species of eastern American arctic affinity as Carex supina (Fig. 13) and Carex glacialis (Fig. 12), and with Alaskan-Asiatic species such as Cypripedium guttatum (Fig. 14), Salix alaxensis (Fig. 15), and Boschniakia glabra (Fig. 16). The writer has collected these species on bleak shores and rock hills, or in cold muskegs. Another group of species is widely distributed from Alaska or western Yukon southward in the mountains and eastward in the great plains regions. It is represented in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district by Bromus Pumpellianus (Fig. 19), Stipa comata (Fig. 17), Elymus innovatus (Fig. 18), Carex obtusata (Fig. 21), C. Rossii (Fig. 20), Salix lasiandra (Fig. 22), and Trientalis arctica (Fig. 23). Stipa comata and Carex obtusata have been collected by the writer only in the small prairie area at Peace Pt., on the lower Peace River. Bromus Pumpellianus and Elymus innovatus are very common species of upland poplar woods. Trientalis arctica was collected in 1926 by Mr. John Russel, at the junction of the Nyarling and Little Buffalo Rivers. Carex Rossii grows in upland aspen woods along the Slave River, while Salix lasiandra is a rather common species in river flood plain deposits. Southern mountain and great plains floras have contributed Poa arida (Fig. 24), Spartina gracilis (Fig. 25), Fluminea festucacea (Fig. 26), Agropyron Smithii var. molle (Fig. 27), and Salix lutea (Fig. 28). Poa arida, Spartina gracilis, and Agropyron Smithii var. molle are to be found in the semi-open prairie areas along the lower Peace and west of the Slave River. Fluminea festucacea makes up an important 1The ranges in figs. 9-37 are on a base map by J. Paul Goode, published by the University of Chicago Press. 1930] Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 201 part of the flora of the flood plain meadows along the larger rivers, and is an emergent aquatic species on the gently sloping shores of Moose Lake. Salix lutea is a prominent flood plain willow in the Peace-Athabasca delta. Western mountain species which range eastward to Ontario and New York are Carex Richardsonii (Fig. 29) and C. trichocarpa var. aristata (Fig. 30). The former was collected in dry upland woods along the upper Slave River, and the latter is the most important plant cover of the meadow sloughs in the river flood plains. It here covers many square miles in nearly pure stands. At Moose Lake it was found associated with Fluminea festucacea as an emergent aquatic marsh plant. Species with a wide range from northeastern New England, New Brunswick, or the St. Lawrence district to the Cordilleran region, having their greatest northwestward extension in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake country are Pinus Banksiana, Muhlenbergia Richardsonis (Fig. 31), Carex Sartwellii (Fig. 32), C. arcta (Fig. 34), and Salix petiolaris (Fig. 33). Pinus Banksiana makes up the timber on the dry ridges of the uplands in the southern part of the district under consideration. On the northern and eastern shores of Great Slave Lake, however, it nearly disappears, and its place is taken by Picea canadensis. Muhlenbergia Richardsonis is a plant of salt-flat margins west of the upper Slave River. Carex Sartwellii and C. arcta have been collected in the prairie along the lower Peace, at Peace Pt. Salir petiolaris grows in the flood plain sloughs along the upper Slave River. 'The major trees of the Canadian forest are widely distributed from Newfoundland to Alaska, Picea canadensis, P. mariana, Populus tremuloides, and P. balsamifera. In the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district Picea canadensis is the tree which forms the deepest, most permanent timber, while the poplars are prominent in burned areas. Populus balsamifera is a notable tree, also, in the earlier stages of the flood plain and delta timber. Picea mariana is confined to muskeg forest. Glyceria grandis (Fig. 37) and Carex tenuiflora (Fig. 35) are herbaceous species of similar wide-ranging tendencies. Glyceria grandis is prominent on the margins of slough ponds, while Carex tenuiflora is an inhabitant of cold bogs. On the sandy beaches of Lake Athabasca is found Elymus arenarius var. villosus (Fig. 36). It is a widely distributed plant of extensive sandy shores, chiefly maritime. It enters the continent along the main inland waterways. 202 Rhodora [OCTOBER м t | 15 Ü 1 16 t Va ә ч Fa Y р; í = 18 ^ | / m АТ д ' t SUE 4 bi LY De c Lr Ferli ^ КӘ MEA 21 Maps showing the ranges of: (9) Carex membranacea Hook. ; (10) Salix reticulata L.; (11) Agrostis borealis Hartm.; (12) Carex glacialis Mack.: (13) C. supina Wahl.; (14) Cypripedium guttatum Swartz; (15) Salir alarensis (And.) Cov.; (16) Boschniakia glabra C. A. Meyer; (17) Stipa comata Trin. & Rup.: (18) Elymus innovatus Beal; (19) Bromus Pumpellianus Scribn.; (20) Carex Rossii Boott; (21) C. obtusata Liljebl.; (22) Salir lasiandra Benth. 1930] Raup,— The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 203 ZK | d 4 SA ay "n MN MEN 1 Cw. ag (TS at ————— Maps showing the ranges of: (23) Trientalis arctica Fisch.; (24) Poa arida Vasey; (25) Spartina gracilis Trin.; (26) Fluminea festucacea (Willd. ) Hitche.; (27) Agro- pyron Smithii Rydb., var. molie (Scribn. & Smith) Jones: (28) Salix lutea Nutt.; (29) Carex Richardsonii R. Br.; (30) C. trichocarpa Muhl., var. aristata (R. Br.) Bailey; (31) Muhlenbergia Richardsonis (Trin.) Rydb.; (32) Carex Sartwellii Dewey; (33) Salir petiolarus 8mith; (34) Carer arcta Boott; (35) C. tenuiflora Wahlenb.; (36) ммм A REL... a fO FTPa. anami m mnmemmmrlse Ulatc 204 Rhodora [OCTOBER ON THE ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CANADIAN FOREST PLANTS FROM THE ATHABASCA-GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION Four summer’s botanizing in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district, together with a study of the distribution of certain common Canadian forest species, have shown that there is a conspicuous absence of some plants which are otherwise of very wide distribution. This wide distribution is not entirely limited to temperate regions. Making use of Cooper’s studies in the flora of Isle Royale, Lake Superior,’ and more especially of Professor M. L. Fernald's extensive knowledge of the flora of northeastern North America, a list of plants has been constructed, which are common in the rich woodlands of eastern Canada. By means of the material in the Gray Herbarium and other records the ranges of these species have been arranged in five groups, as shown in the table, Fig. 38. Group A includes eastern species which reach westward only as far as the forests of northern Manitoba. They are mainly plants of the rich forests which extend from Newfoundland to Ontario. A few, such as Abies balsamea, Acer spicatum, Osmorhiza Claytoni, and Trientalis borealis, are known in northern Saskatchewan and Alberta. Group B consists of species which are known from the lower St. Lawrence district and in the mountains of British Colombia, Washington, or Oregon, but are not known in Alaska or in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district. Group C is of species ranging northwestward into the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district, but not into the British Columbia and Alberta mountains. A small group, D, contains species which range westward into the Cordillera and into the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake district, but not to Alaska. Group E contains species which extend from the lower St. Lawrence country to the mountains of British Columbia or western Alberta and north to Alaska or western Yukon, but which do not enter the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region. A sixth group, F, is of species known throughout the Canadian forest region. Carex Deweyana is recorded for the Mackenzie basin,? but the writer has not collected it in the area under discussion. 7 helypteris Dryop- teris? Trillium cernuum var. macranthum,* and Cypripedium acaule’ ! Cooper, W. S. The Climaz Forest of Isle Royale, Lake Superior, and its Development. Bot. Gaz.lv. Nos. 1, 2, 3 (1913). 2? Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains. Second edition, 127 (1922). з Hooker, W. J. Flora Boreali-Americana, ii. 259 (1840). 4 ; —. —. Ibid. ii. 180. 5 — ——, —, —. Ibid. ii. 204. 1930} Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 205 have not been collected by the writer, but are reported for the Mac- kenzie region in Flora Borcali-Americana. There are specimens of Trillium cernuum var. macranthum and Cypripedium acaule in the Gray Herbarium, collected by Richardson and labeled “Mackenzie River,” and “Fort Franklin,” respectively. The occurrence of these plants so far northward of their better-known ranges is worthy of note. Pyrola minor is reported by Dr. Richardson! as occurring in the barren country between latitude 64° and the arctic coast, but has not been turned up in the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region. TABLE SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF CANADIAN FOREST PLANTS A B C D E F Thelypteris Dryopteris (L.) Slosson . Т. Phegopteris (L.) Slosson . T. spinulosa (O. F. Muell.) Nieuwland. Osmunda Claytoniana L................. E Equisetum sylvaticum L................. Wy SEVense ое E. scirpoides Місһх..................... Lycopodium lucidulum Michx............ t онша e Hber: L.obscurum ЕИ. T L.complanatum L...................... м 'Taxus canadensis Marsh. . MEET Picea canadensis ( Mill.) BSP diu... * Abies balsamea (L.) МШ................. Ы Роа saltuensis Fernald & Wiegand........ Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb.. ........... т Carex Deweyana Ѕеһуеіп............... Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.............. x Maianthemum canadense Desf..........,. Streptopus roseus Michx................. S. amplexifolius (L.) ОС................. Trillium cernuum L............ Е: б To undulatum ҮҮШд..................... ig Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb........... Р теш OF ed SA LOWE TEE Ше. ы Habenaria orbiculata (Pursh) Torr. ....... Epipactis repens (L.) Crantz. var. ophioides (Femald A. A. атап и, M E. tesselata (Lodd.) A. A. Eaton. ......... * E. decipiens (Hook.) Ames............... Listera cordata (L.) R. Bre... m - L. convallarioides (Sw.) Torr............. Corallorrhiza trifida Chatelain............ Cremats ndi se oi cca aa as E Calypso borealis Salisb. . ANS o DER Betula lutea Michx. f.................... » Alnus crispa (Ait.) Pursh................. Laportea canadensis (L.) Gaud........... + x * ! Hooker, W. J. Ibid. ii. 45. 206 Rhodora [OcTOBER A B C D NM OE Geocaulon lividum (Richards.) Fernald... . * Ranunculus recurvatus Poir.............. d Coptis groenlandica (Oeder) Fernald...... Р Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. . E noc " Dicentra ога (Ш) (L.) Bernh........... T лу mm^ А en N TT s: Ribes lacustre (Pers.) Роіг............... м К. prostratum L’Hér.................... Е а Ae enn QE АНАН a Roe | Geum macrophyllum Willd............... х RURUS pubescens Bat. sees " Dens montana КА oes eus sieur s ДОВ ОРАО DAI s edere A. pennsylvanicum 1..................... A. saccharum Marsh.................... ae UTD eg UM. e eR eT Viola pallens (Banks) Brainerd........... : м У. incognita Вгаіпега................... ТОР ТОЛИ У A Т... 2.254... Circaea alpina [........................ Е + ++ + ok + Osmorhiza obtusa (Coult. & nes Fernald. ы; O. Claytoni (Michx.) Clarke. | EL. О, quaest all eiue eT е Conioselinum chinense (L.) ВР... ....... * Cornus canadensis L. . MERE Moneses uniflora (L.) Gray.. I en " Pyrola minor [......................... ы КАПА... :..................... е Р.оШогапШаНт=....................... ы P. elliptica Nutt. ....................... ы Каш ош Miche... ere n " er engl GNOME Verein ы Epigaca xot | РА ИИИ iogenes hispidula (L.) T. & С........... 7 Vaeeinium ovalifolium Sm.. ree NS Fe od boasts ылы ace * Viburnum pauciflorum Raf............... К Solidago macrophylla Ригвһ.............. и Petasites palmatus (Ait.) Сгау........... Prenanthes altissima 12................... id The table shows 27 species which are known in the forests of eastern Canada and in the Cordilleran region. 18 of these also range north- ward to Alaska or western Yukon, while none of the 28 enter the forests of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region. "The records of 1930] Raup,—The Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region 207 certain species in isolated localities in the more northern part of the Mackenzie basin indicate the possibility of there being a greater number of the otherwise absent species in restricted localities than is known at present. The cause for the absence or great scarcity and evident localization of so large a number of species in these forests has not been found. If temperature were a controlling factor these species would not be expected to range so widely through temperate and sub-arctic climates. Due to the absence of the vegetable remains of such a condition, it is not probable that there has been, in former post-Glacial time, a more equable climate. The most profitable line of inquiry appears to be in the edaphic factors of the environment, especially in so far as they are affected by the rigorous climate and the short time available since much of the vegetation had its inception. The small accumulation of vegetable remains in the forests, and the extremely slow rate of decay due to the severe climate have al- ready been mentioned. It is evident from the discussion of the physiographic history of the country that practically the whole region was exposed at a much later time, after the recession of the ice, than were the Cretaceous uplands that border it. An important phase in the solution of the problem will be an extended study of these uplands. It is of note that such a tree as Abies balsamea, which plays such a large part in the forests of Ontario, should find its northern limit in the Athabasca valley approximately at the margin of the Cretaceous upland. Although it has been reported at isolated spots farther northward, the records need verification. The writer has visited the site of one of these records, in the limestone gorge of the Little Buffalo River, west of Ft. Smith, but has been unable to find the trees. If there are but few individuals there, however, they could very easily have been missed. This locality has the richest forest which the writer has seen in the region, a condition probably due to the presence of the gorge with its falls, and the resulting moisture-laden atmos- sphere that prevails. Sir John Richardson reported the tree at latitude 62°, but was not specific about the locality. It is very common, however, on the uplands about the Clearwater River, as has been stated above. The break in the deep forest conditions along the lower Athabasca is not confined to the trees, although a thorough study has not been made of the situation. Such herbaceous 208 Rhodora [OCTOBER species as Disporum trachycarpum S. Wats. and Trientalis americana (Pers.) Pursh also have their northern limit in this district. Hutchinson’s studies in the forests of Ontario indicate that the advance of mesophytic conditions, embodied in the development of a deciduous forest, has lagged behind temperature changes in post- Glacial time, and awaits the slower development of soils.! The forests of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region may present the same situation in an earlier stage of successional development. Gray HERBARIUM, Harvard University. THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Joun M. Foca, JR. (Continued from page 180) Native plants. The 558 species of indigenous plants on the Eliza- beth Islands fall rather clearly into three fairly well differentiated categories. In the first place, there is the southern element—plants of the southern coastal plain which range north from Florida or the Gulf States to achieve their northern limit in southeastern Massa- chusetts, some of them passing on to Nova Scotia or Newfoundland; then there is a group of species of northern affinities, many of which have already been mentioned in speaking of Nantucket and Cape Cod, which range south or southwest to Massachusetts or, at most, New Jersey. And, finally, there is a large and very important block of plants which fall into neither of the two preceding classes, but belong rather to a continental upland flora than to that which characterizes the lowlying reaches of most of Cape Cod and the ad- jacent islands. It will be well to analyze briefly the constituents of these three groupings before proceeding further. The Southern Element. In rather striking contrast to the situa- tion found on Nantucket, where, it will be remembered, over 50% of the indigenous flora is prevailingly more southern in its hue, as well as on the middle part of Cape Cod, where, as has been seen, the na- tive flora is preéminently that of the southern coastal plain, is the 1 Hutchinson, A. Н. Limiting Factors in Relation to Specific Ranges of Tolerance of Forest Trees. Bot. Gaz, lxvi. 465—493 (1918). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 209 fact that on the Elizabeth Islands this southern element finds ex- pression in something less than 20% of the total indigenous flora. It is true that there are a few species of plants of the southern coastal plain which, on the Elizabeth Islands are near the very north- eastern limit of their distribution. Paspalum setaceum, for example, is known in Massachusetts only from the Elizabeths and Nantucket.! Panicum longifolium is found nowhere east of Pasque Island, at which place it is abundant in the peaty bog hollows,’ although it is repre- sented in Nova Scotia by var. tusketense.6 — Tipularia discolor is near the northeastern limit of its range on one of the Elizabeth Islands (Nashawena) and on Martha's Vineyard. Rumex verticillatus, long known from Block Island, but otherwise rare in New England, has recently been collected on the Elizabeths. //ydrocotyle Canbyi and H. verticillata, both known on the basis of old records from Woods Hole (for years their only known station in New England) have, during the course of the present survey, been discovered on the Elizabeth Islands as well. Solidago minor ranges from Alabama and Florida to Virginia, then “jumps” to Nantucket, where it was reported by Bicknell, and is now known to occur on Naushon, the largest of the Elizabeths. "Thus it will be seen, that these islands, as is true of nearly every other locality along the coast from New Jersey northward, are not totally lacking in records which represent interesting, or even spectacular, northern extensions of plants which are essentially southern in their affinities. In general, however, the flora of the Elizabeth Islands far from sug- gests that of the coastal plain. The following enumeration, which in- cludes the seven species just mentioned, constitutes a nearly complete list of the plants known from these islands which are also characteristic species of the coastal strip, ranging from the Gulf States, Florida or Georgia northeastward. Many of them, of course, continue farther north and east, being known from Nova Scotia, New Brunswick or even Newfoundland, but they are, for the most part, plants of a pronounced austro-riparian origin. It would be difficult to make such a list comprehensive, for, in the absence of adequate data ‘ concerning the complete ranges of every species, it is not always easy to state categorically whether a plant belongs exclusively to the southern coastal plain, or whether it enjoys an Alleghanian-Carolin- 1See Weatherby, RHODORA, xxx. 133 (1928). 2 See Fogg, RHODORA, xxxi. 39 (1929). з See Fernald, Кнорока, xxiii. 192 (1921). 210 Rhodora [OcTOBER ian distribution. All of the species listed below, with the exception of those marked with an asterisk, are known also from Cape Cod. Woodwardia virginica Thelypteris simulata Lycopodium inundatum, var. Bigelovii Chamaecyparis thyoides Sparganium eurycarpum Potamogeton Oakesianus P. pulcher Andropogon scoparius, var. polyclados A. virginicus *Paspalum setaceum P. pubescens Panicum meridionale P. albemarlense P. oricola *P. longifolium P. Commonsianum Setaria geniculata Cenchrus pauciflorus Stipa avenacea Aristida purpurascens Ammophila breviligulata Spartina alterniflora, var. pilosa *Diplachne maritima Cyperus erythrorhizos C. ferax Eleocharis rostellata Fimbristylis autumnalis Scirpus Olneyi 8. robustus Rynchospora capitellata Carex Longii C. straminea C. alata C. Howei C. Mitchelliana Xyris caroliniana Juncus effusus, var. costulatus Luzula campestris, var. echinata Smilax rotundifolia Iris prismatica Sisyrinchium graminoides Pogonia ophioglossoides Calopogon pulchellus *Tipularia discolor Myrica caroliniensis Spergularia rubra Boehmeria cylindrica, var. Drummondiana *Rumex verticillatus Polygonum glaucum P. punctatum Drosera intermedia Pyrus arbutifolia Rubus Andrewsianus Rosa palustris Prunus maritima Desmodium obtusum D. marilandicum Lespedeza capitata Polygala cruciata Euphorbia polygonifolia Ilex opaca I. glabra Hibiscus Moscheutos Hypericum virginicum Helianthemum canadense H. Bicknellii Lechea villosa L. maritima Decodon verticillatus Rhexia virginica Myriophyllum scabratum Proserpinaca palustris *Sanicula canadensis Hydrocotyle umbellata H. Canbyi H. verticillata Ptilimnium capillaceum Clethra alnifolia Rhododendron viscosum, var. glaucum Leucothoe racemosa Samolus floribundus Bartonia virginica B. paniculata Nymphoides lacunosum Asclepias verticillata Teucrium canadense, var. littorale Ilysanthes inaequalis Gratiola aurea Agalinis maritima Utricularia gibba *Plantago virginica 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 211 Pluchea camphorata Gnaphalium purpureum Coreopsis rosea Krigia virginica Lactuca hirsuta Hieracium Gronovii Eupatorium hyssopifolium Solidago Elliottii *S. minor S. tenuifolia Aster dumosus A. vimineus A point requiring particular emphasis is, that many of these species are by no means common on the islands. Indeed, a few of them, such as Thelypteris simulata, Paspalum setaceum, Panicum longi- folium, P. Commonsianum, Cenchrus pauciflorus, Diplachne mari- tima, Eleocharis rostellata, Carex straminea, C. alata, C. Mitchelliana, Luzula campestris, var. echinata, Tipularia discolor, Rumex verticil- latus, Prunus maritima, Ilex glabra, Sanicula canadensis, Hydro- cotyle Canbyi, Rhododendron viscosum, var. glaucum, Triosteum per- foliatum, Solidago minor and Coreopsis rosea, are known only from a single locality, while certain others, though less restricted, are never- theless rare and local. And seldom, if ever, are these coastal plain plants present in sufficient abundance to create the impression, inescapable on Cape Cod, of a southern flora transplanted almost en masse. Pursuing this last idea further, it will be found interesting to contrast with the list just given a list of some of the southern coastal plain plants which are known to occur on Cape Cod (most of them from the Middle Cape), but which have not yet been found on the Elizabeth Islands: Pteridium aquilinum, var. pseudocaudatum Sagittaria Engelmanniana S. graminea S. teres Paspalum psammophilum Panicum verrucosum . Bicknellii . microcarpon . annulum . mattamuskeetense . spretum . Wrightianum . auburne . tsugetorum . columbianum P. polyanthes P. Ashei P. scoparium avia Ano аз Дат шета, Aristida dichotoma A. gracilis Spartina cynosuroides Tridens flavus Cyperus filicinus, var. microdontus C. Grayii Eleocharis Robbinsii E. melanocarpa Psilocarya scirpoides Scirpus atrovirens, var. georgianus S. Eriophorum Fuirena squarrosa Hemicarpha micrantha Rynchospora macrostachya R. inundata R. Torreyana R. eapitellata, var. discutiens 212 Scleria reticularis Carex annectens C. intumescens C. bullata, var. Greenei Arisaema Stewardsonii Peltandra virginica Orontium aquaticum Xyris Smalliana Juncus subcaudatus J. aristulatus Lilium superbum Aletris farinosa Lachnanthes tinctoria Myrica asplenifolia Quercus stellata Q. prinoides Q. ilicifolia Comandra umbellata Polygonum setaceum Polygonella articulata Acnida cannabina Drosera filiformis Cassia Chamaecrista Crotalaria sagittalis Lupinus perennis Tephrosia virginiana Desmodium rotundifolium D. marilandicum Lespedeza procumbens L. Stuvei L. angustifolia Strophostyles helvola Linum floridanum, var. intereursum Polygala Nuttallii Corema Conradii Rhodora Acer rubrum, var. tridens Ceanothus americanus, var. intermedius Vitis cordifolia Hypericum adpressum Hudsonia ericoides Viola emarginata V. primulifolia Opuntia vulgaris Rhexia mariana Oenothera linearis O. longipedicellata Proserpinaca pectinata P. intermedia Lilaeopsis chinensis Sabatia campanulata Cuscuta compacta Onosmodium virginianum Stachys hyssopifolia Lycopus sessilifolius Agalinis purpurea Aureolaria pedicularia, var. 'nesariensis Utricularia inflata U. subulata Viburnum pubescens Eupatorium verbenaefolium Mikania scandens Solidago erecta 8. puberula Aster spectabilis A. subulatus A. tenuifolius Baccharis halimifolia Bidens coronata Lactuca floridana [OCTOBER Thus it will be seen that, while there occur on the Elizabeth Islands something like 100 species belonging to a wideranging southwestern flora, Cape Cod not only has practically every one of these same plants, but boasts in addition at least an equal number of species of the same class which, so far as is known, are totally lacking from the islands. It may be worth while to note, in passing, that, while an overwhelm- ingly large proportion of the more than 200 prevailingly southern species which occur on Cape Cod occur likewise on Nantucket (and a considerably smaller proportion on Martha’s Vineyard), that island has caught a number of these southern migrants which appear not to have succeeded in reaching the Cape. Several of these may be listed: 1930] — Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 213 Eleocharis tricostata Ascyron hypericoides Scleria triglomerata Lespedeza virginica Carex Walteriana Lechea Leggettii Ludvigia alterniflora Pycnanthemum verticillatum Schwalbea americana Aster concolor Habenaria ciliaris Quercus pagodaefolia Polygonum robustius Amaranthus pumilus Ranunculus laxicaulis Sufficient evidence has probably been adduced to bear out the contention that the relations of the flora of the Elizabeth Islands to that of the southern coastal plain are anything but prominently marked, and that this southern, or southwestern, element is much more strongly represented in the closely adjacent regions, especially Cape Cod and Nantucket. An attempt to determine the causes which account for this break in distribution will shortly be made. The Northern Element. Although lacking many of the northern types which distinguish the floras of parts of Nantucket and the " Lower" Cape, the Elizabeth Islands are not entirely without their representation of plants whose affinities are prevailingly boreal. In all, about 50 such species, constituting nearly 9% of the total native flora, may be considered as belonging to this class. It is significant to contrast this number with the 150 northern plants (over 20%) listed by Bicknell for Nantucket. In general, these northern species which occur on the Elizabeth Islands are plants which range from Labrador and Newfoundland south to Massachusetts and New Jersey or, in a few cases, Delaware or Maryland. Many of them range south of New England along the mountains but reach the coastwise southern limit of their distri- bution in Massachusetts, Long Island or New Jersey. In the list which follows those species marked with an asterisk are to be looked upon as essentially maritime. *Ruppia maritima, var. subcapitata *Triglochin maritima * Agrostis stolonifera, var. compacta Spartina Michauxiana Glyceria obtusa G. canadensis *Puccinellia paupercula, var. alaskana Eleocharis uniglumis Scirpus campestris, var. paludosus Eriophorum tenellum Rynchospora fusca Carex hormathodes C. silicea C. canescens, var. disjuncta C. limosa C. lanuginosa Eriocaulon septangulare Juncus pelocarpus J. militaris J. articulatus Sisyrinchium angustifolium Liparis Loeselii Betula populifolia 214 Rhodora [OCTOBER *Rumex maritimus, var. fueginus Hypericum boreale Arenaria lateriflora Epilobium palustre, var. monticola Sagina procumbens Myriophyllum tenellum *Ranunculus Cymbalaria *Ligusticum scothicum Drosera rotundifolia *Coelopleurum lucidum Fragaria virginiana, var. Menyanthes trifoliata, var. minor terrae-novae Chamaedaphne calyculata *Potentilla pacifica Vaccinium macrocarpon *Lathyrus maritimus Limosella subulata Rhus glabra, var. borealis *Plantago juncoides, var. decipiens Ilex verticillata, var. fastigiata Anaphalis margaritacea The Elizabeth Islands, then, appear to have received their share of those far-ranging northern types which probably owe their existence in coastal New England, and southwestward, to the former presence of the broad continental shelf, already referred to, which permitted of their extension to the southwest and then, following its submerg- ence, left them stranded at isolated localities along the coast. "This would also explain why these islands possess fewer such plants than Martha's Vineyard (see p. 173) and still fewer than either Nantucket or the outer portion of Cape Cod. For, if these boreal species reached southeastern New England from off the elevated coastal bench to the eastward, then it seems logical to assume that a greater number of them would have found a refuge on Nantucket and the “Lower” Cape and that a smaller proportion would have succeeded in finding their way to the areas inland to the west, especially if, as may well have been the case, the retreat of the glacial ice from the latter region lagged appreciably behind its retreat from Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard and Cape Cod. The Continental Element. It is only when we come to consider the continental element as it appears on the Elizabeth Islands that we find ourselves dealing with the type of vegetation which lends a dominating color to their flora. Probably more than 400 plants (about 70% of the total indigenous flora) from these islands are neither prevailingly southern nor northern in their distributional affinities but belong, rather, to a widespread continental flora which might be characterized, somewhat arbitrarily, as Canadian-Alleghan- ian in nature. This, it will be recognized immediately, is an attribute which the Elizabeths share in common with the upper or inner part of Cape Cod, and, indeed, there is every reason to suppose that the flora of these islands may, until comparatively recent geologic times, have been continuous with that of the line of hills which runs from 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 215 Falmouth to Bourne, and even north nearly to Plymouth. This entire ridge represents a terminal moraine which, beyond Cuttyhunk, dips below sea level reappearing, as some geologists believe, to form Block Island and, farther west, a portion of Long Island. The separation of the Elizabeth Islands from the mainland and their division into the seven present members of the chain are, as has already been indicated, relatively modern events. So it is entirely in keeping with the past history of this region that so many of the types which are abundant throughout the Falmouth area should likewise be common on the islands. 'The relation of the flora of the Elizabeth Islands to that of the mainland comes out most clearly upon an examination of the forest types. The trees have already been listed (p. 151), but it seems entirely justifiable to repeat in this place that the native woods of the islands are made up not only of beech, Fagus grandifolia (surely not a coastal plain type), but also contain Carya alba, Ostrya virgin- iana, Quercus alba, Q. velutina, Sassafras officinale, Hamamelis virgin- iana, Acer rubrum, Cornus florida and Nyssa sylvatica. Now these trees, while they may and do occur on the coastal plain, are neverthe- less more common and more clearly at home on the richer soils of the Piedmont and the areas inland, often reaching their finest develop- ment on wet wooded slopes and the alluvia of river valleys. Under the trees listed above, on the wetter parts of the forest floor, occur such plants as Carex lupulina, Arisaema triphyllum, Oakesia sessilifolia, Maianthemum canadense, Medeola virginiana and Trientalis borealis. These again are types more commonly associated with an Alleghanian woodland flora. The beech drops, Epifagus virginiana, a rare plant in southeastern Massachusetts, occurs everywhere in the wooded parts of Naushon and Nashawena, and many other cases of this sort might be cited. It would be superfluous to list here all of the species of Canadian- Alleghanian affinities which occur on the Elizabeth Islands. An enumeration of them would include most of the names of native plants in the Catalog that follows which have not been listed above in dealing either with the Southern or Northern Elements. A few of the most typical, however, not including the few trees mentioned above, may be given for the sake of comparison: Polypodium virginianum Athyrium angustum Asplenium platyneuron Osmunda cinnamonea 216 Ophioglossum vulgatum Isoetes Engelmanni Sparganium americanum Sagittaria latifolia ‘Andropogon furcatus Glyceria striata G. pallida Elymus virginicus Cyperus diandrus C. rivularis Scirpus cyperinus Eriophorum virginicum Carex rosea, var. radiata C. cephalophora C. erinita C. virescens C. communis C. pennsylvanica, var. separans C. digitalis C. debilis, var. Rudgei C. lupulina Arisaema triphyllum Symplocarpus foetidus Acorus Calamus Juncus effusus, var. solutus Oakesia sessilifolia Lilium philadelphicum Maianthemum canadense Medeola virginiana Habenaria bracteata H. clavellata H. orbiculata Arethusa bulbosa Boehmeria cylindrica Polygonum scandens Phytolacca americana Ranunculus delphinifolius Anemone virginiana Coptis groenlandica Spiraea tomentosa Rhodora [OCTOBER Amelanchier oblongifolia Geum canadense Geranium maculatum Acalypha virginica A. digyneia Callitriche heterophylla Rhus typhina R. Vernix R. Toxicodendron Ilex verticillata Impatiens biflora Vitis labrusca V. aestivalis Viola papilionacea V. pallens Ludvigia palustris Cicuta maculata Sium suave Heracleum lanatum Monotropa uniflora M. Hypopithys Epigaea repens Gaultheria procumbens Lysimachia quadrifolia L. terrestris Trientalis borealis Apocynum androsaemifolium Verbena hastata Scutellaria galericulata Pycnanthemum muticum P. flexuosum Epifagus virginiana Cephalanthus occidentalis Triosteum perfoliatum Sambucus canadensis Lobelia cardinalis Solidago juncea S. canadensis Aster divaricatus Cirsium discolor The great bulk of these plants are species primarily of the interior; they attain their fullest development in the Piedmont and the Up- lands and their occurrence on the coastal plain may be regarded, in most cases, as rather casual. In summing up, it need merely be pointed out that the Elizabeth Islands, while serving, as does every other locality along the Atlantic coast, as a meeting ground for both northern and southern species of plants, exhibit both qualitatively and quantitatively a very strong 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 217 relationship with a widely dispersed flora of a continental nature, a fact which seems readily explicable upon the basis of the close connec- tion existing between these islands and the inner, hilly part of Cape Cod, both as regards geologic history and general topography. Finally, there remains to be considered, as briefly as may be, the subject of the last glacial advance over this region and its possible effects in influencing the present-day distribution of the flora. Glacial History. Probably the greatest student of the geology of southeastern Massachusetts since the days of N. S. Shaler, was the late J. B. Woodworth of Harvard University. Professor Wood- worth had prepared, shortly before his death, an exhaustive treatment of the glacial history of the Cape Cod region. This manuscript, unfortunately, still awaits publication and the details which it em- bodies are not yet available. Happily, however, Woodworth had related his broader conclusions to A. P. Brigham, geologist to Colgate University, and the main arguments are set forth by Brigham in his popular book entitled “ Cape Cod and The Old Colony.” According to Woodworth, the advance of the last or Wisconsin ice over southeastern Massachusetts took place not as a solid sheet, but in the form of three tongues or lobes. One of these, the * Buzz- ards Bay Lobe," came down over the region now occupied by Buzz- ards Bay and deposited as a frontal moraine much of the material which now forms the line of high hills along the northwest shore of Martha's Vineyard, from Menemsha to West Chop. Then, following an interval which represented a retreat and a second advance of the ice, this lobe laid down, as a secondary moraine, the ridge which made the Elizabeth Islands and the “Upper Cape." The line of the islands, as may be seen from a map, almost exactly parallels the line of the morainal hills on the northwest shore of the Vineyard. The second lobe, which lay to the east of the “ Buzzards Bay Lobe,” advanced southward over what is now the middle section of Cape Cod and laid down, as a terminal moraine, the sand, gravel and boulders which form the northeast shore of Martha's Vineyard and the higher, crescent-shaped portion of Nantucket. This Woodworth terms the " Cape Cod Lobe." This lobe then retreated, as did the Buzzards Bay Lobe and, as its secondary moraine, deposited the till which com- poses the “backbone” of Cape Cod from Sandwich to Brewster and Orleans. Thus, Martha’s Vineyard was built by the combined action of two lobes and the central and southern parts of the island 218 Rhodora represent an outwash or apron plain derived from two separate moraines. The southern and southeastern parts of Nantucket and almost the entire south shore of the Cape likewise represent outwash plains, both formed from the materials deposited by the Cape Cod Lobe. Still further to the eastward, the third, or “South Channel Lobe” advanced over the area now submerged and known as Georges Banks. With the deposits of this lobe we are not so much concerned, as they now lie mostly beneath the sea, save for such materials as may have contributed to the building of the outer or lower part of Cape Cod. How far this lobe may have extended eastward over the then elevated continental shelf is apparently not definitely known. It now becomes pertinent to inquire into the relative ages of these deposits and as to whether any evidence is forthcoming to indicate at what time and in what manner the various lobes retreated. Probably Woodworth’s report, when it becomes available, will throw much light on this question. However, the writer has it on the authority of Dr. Wigglesworth of the Boston Society of Natural History, who is conversant with Woodworth’s views, and who is himself a student of the geology of Martha’s Vineyard, that in all probability the middle or Cape Cod lobe was the first one to retreat. If this was the case, it then means that Nantucket, the eastern part of Martha’s Vineyard and the central part of Cape Cod were free of ice at a time when the regions to the east and to the west were still covered by the South Channel and Buzzards Bay lobes respectively. Remembering that the coastal shelf was probably considerably higher at that time than it is today, and that the Vineyard, Nantucket and the Cape may well have been continuous dry land, it at once becomes apparent that there was thus opened up an area which soon became available as a refuge for that migration of southern coastal plain species of plants which probably began as soon as the ice commenced to retreat. It is necessary to point out here that there is a lack of complete agreement as to the exact period of subsidence of the continental shelf and as to whether this migration might have occurred previous to the advent of the Wisconsin ice or whether it could not possibly have taken place until after the glacier had receded. Douglas Johnson, the eminent student of coastal phenomena, in discussing the date of submergence of the Banks cuesta (i. e., the New England-Acadian portion of the outer coastal shelf) states that 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 219 * we should expect the subsidence to be at least post-Miocene and more probably post-Pliocene."! And further, "It seems probable that the date of submergence of the drowned topography must be post-Tertiary.”? Johnson, then, is inclined to view the elevation of the continental shelf as pre-glacial rather than post-glacial, a condition which would have necessitated the plant migration having antedated the advent of the Wisconsin ice. And, indeed, Fernald sees no reason why these plants should not have moved northeast- ward along the exposed shelf before the coming of the Wisconsin glaciation and "have persisted outside the subsequently glaciated area, finally taking possession of their present isolated habitats on the receding of the ice. '? In connection with the present study, however, it matters little whether these species of the southern coastal plain reached the New England area before or after the last glaciation. In either case they must have moved inland from off the broad shelf to the eastward to take the places left vacant for them by the recession of the ice, and if we are justified in assuming that it was the Cape Cod Lobe of the glacier which receded first, then we are in a position to understand why so many of these species are to be found upon Nantucket and the * Middle" Cape, and, to a lesser degree, upon the eastern portion of Martha's Vineyard and are so generally lacking from the Elizabeth Islands and inner Cape Cod. Even if the western half of the Vineyard, the Elizabeth Islands and the “Upper” Cape were free from ice at the time when this migration was operative, it seems likely that they offered a type of habitat which was less attractive to these coastal plain plants than the low-lying silicious areas of Nantucket and the * Middle" Cape which they must have reached first and where they today abound, seldom exhibiting a tendency to widen their ranges into the neighboring regions. And although, as Fernald suggests, these plants may have persisted upon the outer shelf while the ice still covered the area inland, it is nevertheless probable that the Nantucket-“ Middle" Cape region would have been the first to wit- ness their return. Conclusion: In summing up, it may be said that, considered from the viewpoint of broad, geographie origins, the native flora of the 1Johnson, D. The New England-Acadian Shoreline. New York. 302 (1925). ? Ibid. 312, 313. 3 Fernald, M. L. A Preliminary Statement of Results of Studies on the Northeast- ward Distribution of the Coastal Plain Flora. Amer. Jour. Sci. 4th Ser. xl. 18 (1915). 220 Rhodora [OCTOBER Elizabeth Islands is seen to consist of three distinct elements. In the first place, there are those species (less than 20%) which exhibit a relationship with the flora of the southern coastal plain. Their presence upon these islands is to be explained upon the basis of a former land connection with New Jersey and southward which took the form of an elevation of the outer coastal bench, now submerged, and which, either prior to or following the Wisconsin glaciation, permitted of the migration of plants from the southwest to the New England area and even farther north and east. That so many more of these southern plants occur upon Cape Cod and Nantucket than upon the Elizabeth Islands is probably to be explained by the be- havior of the glacial lobes which covered this area and which, by their differential recession, seem to have rendered the former areas access- ible to occupation by plants at an earlier date. Secondly, there is a small percentage (less than 9%) of plants displaying a boreal affinity, the occurrence of which may be attributed to a counter extension southward along this same uplifted shelf. And the fact that the Eliza- beth Islands have received a smaller number of these northern repre- sentatives than either Cape Cod or Nantucket is probably to be accounted for on the basis of their inland position and the character of the habitat which they offer, which is, in general, less favorable for these northern plants than the situations which they occupy on the “Lower” Cape. And, finally, there is the overwhelming majority (over 70%) of plants occurring on the Elizabeth Islands which show an essential relationship with the flora of the mainland and which give to the islands the dominating character of a Canadian-Alleghan- ian region. Тһе prevalence of this continental element is doubtless due to the close geologic and physiographic similarity existing between these islands and the “Upper” Cape. "Thus it will be seen that the evidence derived from a study of the geographic origin of the flora of the Elizabeth Islands fits rather well into what is already known concerning the history of the neighboring territory and that these islands take their place botanically as an extension of the adjacent mainland rather than as a link in that chain of outposts of a formerly continuous but now highly disrupted coastal plain flora extending from the South Atlantic States to Newfoundland. Acknowledgements. The writer desires to express his profound and grateful appreciation of the stimulating genius of Professor M. L. Fernald under whose guidance this study has been conducted and without whose inspiration it could never have been completed. 1930] Fernald,—Gentiana procera 221 Mr. С. A. Weatherby and Mr. Bayard Long have both rendered invaluable assistance in their willingness to aid in the determination of critical material. To them the writer's deepest thanks are due. He is also indebted to Professor L. H. Bailey, who has kindly examined several specimens of Rubus, to Professor К. M. Wiegand, who has looked over some of the Amelanchier material, and to Mrs. Agnes Chase who has given her opinion on a few sheets of Panicum. (To be continued) GENTIANA PROCERA Holm, forma laevicalyx, n. f. calycium carinis, glabris.—Locally in Michigan and Indiana. MicuiGawN: shore of Lake Superior, Whitney; low wet grounds, Detroit, September 26, 1901, Farwell, no. 1447 c. INDIANA: frequent in one place in the sedge border of the north side of Bruce Lake, Fulton County, Sep- tember 21, 1928, Deam, no. 46,341 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). G. procera Holm, Ott. Nat. xv. 111, 179, t. xii. figs. 3-5 (1901), ordinarily has the keels of the calyx scabrous at least at base. Forma laevicalyx appears to be inseparable from it in any character except the quite glabrous calyx; but on account of this character it is likely to be mistaken for the much smaller С. Victorinit Fernald, RHODORA, xxv. 87, t. 139 (1923) of the estuary of the St. Lawrence. G. Victor- inii, however, besides by its much smaller flowers, is distinguished from С. procera, forma laevicalyx by its shorter and more erect branches and peduncles, much less fringed corolla-lobes and stipitate (instead of essentially sessile) capsule.—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Her- barium. THE IpENTITY OF ALOPECURUS AEQUALIS.—Following the lead of Schinz & Thellung,! progressive botanists have taken up the name Alopecurus aequalis Sobol. Fl. Petrop. 16 (1799) in place of the later A. aristulatus Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 43 (1803) or A. fulvus Sm. Engl. Bot. xxi. t. 1467 (1805). A discussion of the question was published by me in Raopora, xxvii. 196 (1925). More recently, however, Jansen & Wachter, in a detailed study of the genus, Floristische Aanteekeningen XXIV (Alopecurus), attempt to show? that the iden- 1 Schinz & Thellung, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2me sér. vii. 396 (1907); Viertelj. Naturf. Gesells. Zürich, Ixvi. 291 (1921). 2 Jansen & Wachter, Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief, Jaarg. 1929, Afl. i. 69 (1929). 222 Rhodora [OCTOBER tity of A. aequalis is open to question. Their chief point is that, since species no. 44, Alopecurus geniculatus, of Sobolewski was really not an Alopecurus at all but Agrostis stolonifera, with “corollis muticis,” we are not fully justified in inferring that Sobolewski's species no. 45, "ALOPECURUS AEQUALIS. Aristis gluma aequalibus (Sob.)" has been correctly identified. Although Jansen & Wachter feel that the identity of A. aequalis is uncertain, they admit that the brief diagnosis given of it, “ Aristis gluma aequalibus” is a characteristic mark of the species (“Dit is inderdaad een karakteristiek kenmerk der soort”). Sobolewski misidentified plate 564 in Flora Danica as Alopecurus geniculatus, whereas it really represents Agrostis stoloni- fera with a tightly contracted panicle. Surely any one else looking casually at the plate, without noting the details, might readily pass it as Alopecurus. Its habital resemblance to plate 861, representing Alopecurus geniculatus, is striking enough. Consequently, when Sobolewski described a new species as Alopecurus aequalis, which differed from his conception (Fl. Dan. t. 564) of A. geniculatus by having “ Aristis gluma aequalibus” and which “In lacubus natans est,” he was giving a rather vivid account of the plant subsequently described as A. aristulatus Michx. (1803) and as A. fulvus Sm. (1805). Unless some more convincing objection is brought forward we shall be justified in continuing the use of the name A. aequalis in this sense. —M. L. Fernatp, Gray Herbarium. Volume 32, no. 381, including pages 167 to 186, was issued 4 September, 1930. Hodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. November, 1930. No. 383. CONTENTS: The Case for Polygonum cuspidatum. A. N. Steward ............ 223 Exceptionally Large Onoclea sensibilis. А. T. Jackson ........... 225 Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts (continued). J. M. Fog, Jt. nnn 226 A Carex new to New England. А. S. Реаѕе..................... 258 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (ifavailable) 20cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. А work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. 8. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 їп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. November, 1930. No. 383. THE CASE FOR POLYGONUM CUSPIDATUM SIEB. & ZUCC. ALBERT N. STEWARD A COARSE almost shrubby herb reaching a height of from one to three meters, rather commonly planted in North American gardens and perhaps more often escaped from cultivation, is this remarkable Polygonum from eastern Asia which Siebold and Zuccarini named for the characteristic cuspidate form of the leaf blade.! During recent studies in the Polygoneae of eastern Asia the writer has found certain practices in nomenclature which have led some authors to reject this and other well known names without apparent valid reason under either the International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature or the American Code. Dr. L. H. Bailey has referred to the bibliography accompanying Bot. Mag. t. 6503 as the basis for his use of “ Polygonum Sieboldüi De Vriese."? This bibliography appears to be a literal copy of that given by Meisner in DC. Prodr. xiv. 136, which is as follows: “Р. Sieboldi hort. nonnull. De Vriese in Nederl. Kruidkund. Archief. 2, p. 254* et in Jaarb. d. Koninkl. Nederl. Maatschap. van Tuinb. te Leyden 1850, cum іс. Flora 1851, p. 523. Lindl., et Paxt. mag. 1, p. 137 cum fig. Paxt. Fl. Gard. 1852, 1, p. 137, fig. 90." The meaning of the * following the first reference is not clear. АП of the references, however, are to the cultivated form of P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. The name Р. Sieboldi occurs only in the second of the three references, a photograph of which has been seen through the kindness of Dr. Bailey, and there it is given only as a synonym in a bibliography which is in full as follows: 1 Siebold & Zuccarini, Fl. Jap. Fam. Nat. Pt. 2, p. 84 [n. 731] (1846). ? Bailey, Cyclop. Amer. Hort. 1393, f. 1880 (1901). 22 Rhodora [NOVEMBER POLYGONUM CUSPIDATUM 5. er Z. Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. & Zuce. Fl. Jap. fam. nat. in Aet. Monoc. IV. Bd. 1844-1846. р. 208. Polygonum pictum Sieb. Cat. des pl. du Japon, ef. Jaarboek der Koninkl. Nederl. Maatsch. tot Aanam. van den Tuinbouw. 1848. р. 44. Polygonum Sieboldi Rwdt. in Mss.! The name P. cuspidatum Willd., because of which P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zuce. is displaced by Small? and following him by Bailey, l. c., occurs, so far as is known to the writer, only as an herbarium name given by Sprengel (Syst. ii. 256) as a synonym for P. acuminatum Kunth. The use of the name P. Sieboldi hort. by Meisner as а synonym for P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. is preceded (p. 133) by the regular use of P. Sieboldi Meisn. for a plant of § Echinocaulon. It has been the practice of a number of botanists to consider a name non-valid for later use if it has previously occurred in print, regardless of whether or not such occurrence was in a form which could be considered proper publication. This procedure may be illustrated by the three examples from the literature of the genus Polgonum which are cited below: 1. Polygonum Zuccarinii Small. Polygonum cuspidatum Siebold & Zuccarini, Fl. Japon. Fam. Nat. 2: 84 (1846), not Willd.—Small, 1. c. 2. POLYGONUM Sieboldii, De Vriese (P. cuspidatum, Sieb. & Zucc., not Willd. P. Zuccarinii, Small).— Bailey, 1. c. 3. Polygonum Portoricense Bertero. Polygonum densiflorum Meisner in Mart. Fl. Bras. 5: 13 (1855), not Blume; - - - . Polygonum Portoricense Bertero; Meisn. in DC. Prodr. 14: 121 (1856), as synonym.—Small, op. cit. 46. In the first two examples P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. is thrown down because of Willdenow's herbarium name given only in synonymy by Sprengel. In the third example P. densiflorum Meisn. is dis- placed by P. portoricense, an herbarium name given by Meisner as a synonym, because of a supposed P. densiflorum Blume. Weatherby has pointed out (Кнорока xxv. 20) that P. densiflorum Blume began with an error in Index Kewensis, apparently based on Blume's P. corymbosum var. densiflorum (Віа. 534). Neither the International Rules nor the American Code gives support to such procedures, for (1) Article 50 of the International ! De Vriese in Jaarb. Koninkl. Nederl. Maats. Aanmoed, 'Tuinb. 1849, p. 31 (1850). ? 8mall in Mem. Bot. Col. Coll. i. 158 t. 66 [Monogr. Polygon.] (1895). 1930] Jackson,—Exceptionally Large Onoclea sensibilis 225 Rules states that a name shall not be rejected “because of the exist- ence of an earlier homonym which is universally considered as non- valid" (p. 48) and Article 37 states that “Citation in synonymy or incidental mention of a name is not effective publication." (p. 43). (2) Although Canon 16 of the American Code states that “ А name is rejected when preoccupied (homonym). (a) A specific name is a homonym when it has been published for another species under the same generic name,”! it is nevertheless true that the names used in the cases just cited above cannot be considered as homonyms under Canon 16 because Canon 12 states that “A name is not published by its citation in synonymy or by incidental mention." (1. c. 171) and one of the examples given presents Acrostichum Plumieri Desv. herb. given as a synonym of A. viscosum Fée, stating that the former name is not “ published" and does not invalidate A. Plumieri Fée. Neither P. cuspidatum Willd. nor P. densiflorum Blume have, then, been "published" according to either the International Rules or the American Code, so P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. and P. densiflorum Meisn. should not be displaced because of them. GRAY HERBARIUM. An EXCEPTIONALLY LARGE ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS.—On the 11th of August, 1929, I found on Pine St., Peterborough, New Hampshire, an exceptionally large Onoclea sensibilis Linn. that seems worth recording. The plant was in a damp situation and growing out from an Arbor Vitae hedge, which doubtless in part caused the elongation of the fronds. A sterile frond, from the base of the stalk to the tip of the frond, measured 5114 inches in length, the frond at the broadest part near the base measured 1616 inches in width, and the leafy expansion from base to tip measured 1915 inches in length. Several other fronds on the same plant were of nearly or quite the same dimensions. In Eaton's Ferns of North America it is recorded of the sensitive fern that the tallest fronds are often fully three feet in height. This height is much exceeded by the specimen here cited.—RonsERT TRACY JACKSON, Peterborough, New Hampshire. [Dr. Jackson's Onoclea certainly far exceeds the conventionally published maximum measurements. The recording of his extremely large specimen will, 1Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxiv. 174 (1907). 226 Rhodora [NOVEMBER naturally, challenge others. As a first record of still larger individuals we may note one in the Club herbarium, from the alluvium of the Penobscot River, with stipe 45 inches tall and leafy expanded frond 2034 inches long, giving a total length from base of stipe to tip of frond of 6534 inches (5 feet, 534 inches). This frond has a breadth of 1914 inches, but another frond from the same region with the stipe broken off (consequently disqualified for com- petition) measures 2315 inches broad. The fertile fronds of these plants stand exactly 2 feet high. A frond in the Gray Herbarium, collected by the late William Boott “near Boston," has the leafy half 2014 inches long.—Ebs.] THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Joun M. Foce, Jr. (Continued from page 221) Part П. ANNoTATED List oF THE VASCULAR FLORA In the Catalog of Vascular Plants of the Elizabeth Islands which follows several conventions and abbreviations have, for the sake of convenience, been adopted; these are here explained: NOMENCLATURE. Тһе International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature have been followed. ELEMENTS IN THE FLORA. ‘The various elements constituting the flora have been differentiated thus: Indigenous species appear in capital letters. Introduced species are given in italics. Discredited records are included in brackets. CITATIONS AND SYNONYMY. Synonyms are given in italics and, in general, are included only when they represent names which have been superseded since the last edition of Gray’s Manual (Ed. 7, 1908). Usually, in such cases, a reference is given to the place where the new name was published or its status discussed. LOCALITIES. The seven main islands are indicated by taking the first three letters of the name of each; thus: NON: Nonamesset, including Pine Island. UNC: Uncatena NAU: Naushon, including Captain’s Island, Ram’s Head, Mono- hansett, Buck, East Buck, West Buck and the Weepeckets. PAS: Pasque. NAS: Nashawena. CUT: Cuttyhunk. PEN: Penikese, including Gull Island. 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 227 COLLECTORS. Those who have collected specimens from the islands, or who have reported plants from there, are designated by the use of the surname; this is followed by the serial collection number, where the collector has employed a numbering system, otherwise by the date. A list of the chief collectors is here given in alphabetical order: Cushman, J. A. (1906) Northrop, Alice R. (1901, 1903) Duggar, B. M. (1911) Pennell, F. W. (1911) Faxon, C. E. (1875) Sanford, S. N. F. (1917) Faxon, Walter (1873) Simons, Elizabeth A. (1901) Fernald, M. L. (1927) Sipe, S. B. (1901) Hervey, E. W. (no date) Svenson, H. K. (1926) Hollick, Arthur (1898) Taylor, W. R. (1919-1921) Jordan, David S. (1873) Weir, “ Miss” (1890) MacRae, Lillian (1904) Williams, E. F. (1911) Moore, A. H. (1904) Further information concerning these collectors and the distribu- tion of their material may be found in the section on Previous Botan- ical Work on the Islands (Pages 123-125). N. B. Serial numbers unpreceded by a name are to be taken as representing material collected by the present writer. HERBARIA. The following system of initials has been employed to designate the herbaria in which specimens have been seen or to which they are known to have been distributed: (A) Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (B) Boston Society of Natural History (C) Cornell University (G) Gray Herbarium, Harvard University (J) Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (M) Missouri Botanical Garden (N) New England Botanical Club (P) University of Pennsylvania (U) United States National Museum (W) Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. (Y) New York Botanical Garden (0) no specimen seen POLYPODIACEAE PoLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM L. P. vulgare of eastern American authors. See Fernald, Кнорока, xxiv. 125 (1922). Rare; seen growing only upon a large boulder in the woods on Naushon. NAU: Hollick (o), 2489 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). PrERIDIUM AQUILINUM (L.) Kuhn, var. LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Underwood. Pteris aquilina of the Manual. Apparently not common; sandy woods. NON:2672 (N); NAU: 3329 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). 228 Rhodora [NOVEMBER WoopwARDIA VIRGINICA (L.) Sm. Locally abundant; forms considerable growth around the dune ponds on Nashawena. NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); NAS: Northrop, July, 1901 (Y), 1772 (N,P). W. AREOLATA (L.) Moore. Locally abundant; with Thelypteris palustris, var. pubescens occupying boggy hollows in open hills. PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 3492 (N,P); CUT: 2324 (G,N,P,M). ASPLENIUM PLATYNEURON (L.) Oakes. Reported by Mrs. North- rop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM (Willd.) Presl. Asplenium filix-femina of American authors in part. See Butters, RHopora, xix. 190 (1917). Boggy woods and open hillsides. NAS: 3515 (P); CUT: 2535 (N). A. ANGUSTUM, var. ELATIUS (Link) Butters. RHODORA, xix. 191 (1917). Dry, exposed hillside. PEN: 459 (N,P,W). THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS (Salisb.) Schott, var. PUBESCENS (Lawson) Fernald. Aspidium Thelypteris of Manual. See Fernald, RHODORA, xxxi. 34 (1929). Common in low, boggy ground and around borders of ponds. NON: 2238 (N); UNC: 2993 (N); NAU: Sipe, Aug. 1901 (W); NAS: Northrop (0), 2349 (N,P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2323 (N); PEN: 460 (N,P,W,M). T. вымотАТА (Dav.) Nieuwl. Aspidium simulatum Dav. See Weatherby, Rnopona, xxi. 174, 178 (1919). Apparently rare on the islands. NAU: Sipe, July, 1901 (W); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N). T. NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) Nieuwl. Aspidium noveboracense (L.) Sw. Moist woodland. NON: 2907 (G,N,P,M,C); NAS: Northrop (о), 3514 (P). Т. seINULOSA (О. Е. Müller) Nieuwl. Aspidium spinulosum (О. Е. Müller) Sw. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. DENNSTAEDTIA PUNCTILOBULA (Michx.) Mette: Dicksonia punc- tilobula (Michx.) Gray. Rocky, open hillsides. NAS: Northrop (o), 3509 (P); CUT: 2534 (N,P); PEN: 461 (N,P,W,M). ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS L. Apparently not abundant. N AS: North- rop (o); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). OSMUNDACEAE OsMUNDA REGALIS L., var. sPECTABILIS (Willd.) Gray. Occasional in open bogs. NAS: Northrop (о), 1777 (P). О. cINNAMOMEA L. Bogs and wet hollows. NON: 2881 (N); UNC: 3029 (№); NAS: Northrop (о), 3513 (Р); CUT: 3450 (P). OPHIOGLOSSACEAE OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. Found only in a sandy field at the east end of Cuttyhunk, near Cuttyhunk Pond. NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 3582 (N,P). 1930] Fogg.—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 229 [BoTRYCHIUM MATRICARIAE (Schrank) Spreng. is reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena. This may refer to B. dissectum Spreng. or one of its allies, but in the absence of herbarium material it seems best to disregard the record entirely.] EQUISETACEAE EQUISETUM ARVENSE L. Seen only in a boggy clearing in the woods at the east end of Naushon. МАП: 701 (P,W). LYCOPODIACEAE LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM L., var. BiGELovir Tuckerm. Peaty mar- gins of ponds. NON: 3381 (№; NAU: 3865 (P). . ISOETACEAE IsoETES ENGELMANNI A. Вг. А single sheet of this species collected on Nashawena by C. E. Faxon, but bearing no date, is in the Gray Herbarium. PINACEAE Pinus SrRoBus L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena, where probably introduced; no specimen seen. P. корал Mill. A small group of these trees grows at the extreme east end of Naushon near the West Gutter. Seen nowhere else, although perhaps more common. NAU: 3425 (N,P). P. sylvestris L. Scotch Pine has been introduced on several of the islands but seems nowhere to be spreading. NAU: 3871 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 3482 (P); PEN: 462 (W). Larix decidua Mill. Planted at several localities along the north shore of Naushon. NAU: 3870 (N,P,M,C). Picea Abies (L.) Karst. Р. excelsa Link. This and the next two have been planted extensively along the north shore of Naushon. NAU: 3692 (J,P). P. glauca Voss. Р. canadensis B. S. Р. NAU: 3690 (J,P), 3691 (J, P), 3869 (J,N). P. pungens Engelm. NAU: 3868 (J,P). CHAMAECYPARIS THYOIDES (L.) B. S. P. Of infrequent occurrence on the islands, although plentiful around a large pond near Tarpaulin Cove on Naushon. NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 3884 (P,M,C). JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS L., var. DEPRESSA Pursh. Collected only on the north shore of Naushon, where it may possibly have been intro- duced. NAU:3872 (N,P). J. VIRGINIANA L. Plentiful in the woods near the East Gutter on Nonamesset; not seen elsewhere. NON: 2668 (N, P); NAS: Northrop (o). TYPHACEAE ТҮРНА LATIFOLIA L. Swamps and pond borders. NON:2675 (М); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 463 (N,W). 230 Hhodora ' [NovEMBER T. ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Mostly in brackish areas near the shore. NON:3165 (№); NAU: 3887 (P); NAS: Northrop (о), 1766 (P). SPARGANIACEAE SPARGANIUM EURYCARPUM Engelm. Found at two stations; both of them swampy hollows in woods at east end of Naushon. NAU: 3153 (N,P), 3678 (P,M). S. ANDROCLADUM (Engelm.) Morong. S. lucidum Fernald & Eames. See Fernald, Ruopona, xxiv. 27 (1922). Growing in swampy area at east end of Naushon near Hadley Harbor. NAU: 2469 (N,P). S. AMERICANUM Nutt. Including var. androcladum of the Manual. Swampy woods and pond holes; rather common. NON: 2904 (N,P); UNC: 3015 (N,P), 3113 (P); NAU: 2382 (P,C), 2383 (N,P,M); NAS: 3527 (N,P,M). NAJADACEAE POTAMOGETON OAKESIANUS Robbins. In a small pool bordered by Decodon verticillatus along the north shore of Naushon, near the east end. NAU: 3867 (N,P,M). P. PULCHER Tuckerm. The commonest Pondweed on the islands; met with frequently in the small pond holes, where it often continues to grow upon the mud after the ponds become dry in late summer. This species produces fruit rather abundantly. UNC: 2997 (G,N,P), 3013 (P,M); NAU: 711 (P); PAS: 710 (P,M); NAS: Fazon, C. E., no date (G), 3505 (N). P. BUPLEUROIDES Fernald. Found growing abundantly in Gosnold or West End Pond on Cuttyhunk on July 15, 1925. This pond, formerly fresh, had evidently been inundated by the sea the preceding winter; it has remained brackish ever since. CUT: 1001 (P,W). [P. pusttuus L. is reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena but no specimen has been seen. Inasmuch as P. pusillus has been a source of considerable confusion and there is no way of deciding the correct application of this name without material this record can not be allowed. ] P. nivERsrFOLIUS Raf. Р. hybridus of the Manual, in part. Col- lected only from the sandy borders of the dune ponds on Nashawena, but probably more widespread. NAS: 1083 (P,W), 1775 (N,P). P. rEcrINATUS L. Abundant in a somewhat brackish pond along the south shore of Nonamesset; should be found elsewhere. NON: 2875 (N,P). Ruppia MARITIMA L., var. LONGIPES Hagström. See Fernald & Wiegand, Кнорока, xvi. 125 (1914). NON: 2246 (N,P,M,C), 2876 (N); NAU: Pennell 3151 (W); CUT: 2333 (G,N,P,M,C). All of the material of R. maritima with long podogynes (1-6 cm.) seems to have, at least in maturity, peduncles which are well over 3 em. in length and which are often much longer and usually spiralled. 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 231 If var. rostrata Agardh, with mature peduncles 0.5-3 cm. long, occurs on these islands it has still to be collected. R. MARITIMA L., var. SUBCAPITATA Fernald & Wiegand. RHODORA, xvi. 126 (1914). NON: 2251 (N,P); NAU: Duggar, July, 1911 (G); Pennell 3152 (P,W); PAS: 712 (N,P,W). This variety with very short podogynes (2-6 mm.) was Bally described from material collected on Naushon. Its range has since been extended from Quebec and Prince Edward Island to Block Island, Rhode Island. ZOSTERA MARINA L. Frequent in the shallow coves and small tidal streams. NON: 2285 (G,N,P); NAS: Northrop (o); PEN: 464 (W), 1762 (N,P). Material collected in Sheep Pen Harbor on Nonamesset and from near the landing on Penikese is remarkable for the copiousness with which it produces flowers and fruits; this fact has been observed without fail for several seasons. JUNCAGINACEAE TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA L. Apparently rare on the Elizabeth Islands, although common in brackish marshes on the adjacent main- land. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). ALISMACEAE SAGITTARIA LATIFOLIA Willd. Not common; swampy hollow in woods near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2384 (N). S. LATIFOLIA Willd., forma mastara (Pursh) Robinson. Form with very narrow, acute leaves. ОМС: 3003 (N). HYDROCHARITACEAE VALLISNERIA AMERICANA Michx. V. spiralis of Manual; see Fernald, Кнорова, хх. 108 (1918). Abundant in “Sheep Pond" near west end of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 2532 (G,N,P,M). GRAMINEAE ANDROPOGON SCOPARIUS Michx., var. FREQUENS Hubbard. See Кнорока, xix. 103 (1917). Abundant everywhere on open hills and sandy lowlands. NON: 2585 (P,C), 2911 (N,P,M); UNC: 3109 (N), NAU: 3924 (N,P,M); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N), 3753 (Р); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). A. SCOPARIUS Michx., var. POLYCLADOS Scribn. & Ball. A. littoralis Nash. A. scoparius, var. littoralis (Nash) Hitche. See RHODORA, xix. 103 (1917). Collected on the white sand beach bordering West End Pond on Naushon. NAU: 2940 (G,N,P). 232 Rhodora [NOVEMBER A. GLOMERATUS (Walt.) B. S. P. Seen only in a low brackish marsh near the east end of Naushon; probably more abundant. NAU: 3333 (N,P,M). A. vireinicus L. Open grassland and pond borders: material collected on Nonamesset has conspicuously hairy lower leaves and sheaths. МОМ: 3915 (N,P,M,C); UNC: 3118 (№). A. FURCATUS Muhl. Sandy fields and clearings; not common. UNC: 3011 (N,P); NAU: 2603 (N,P). Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Disturbed sandy areas. UNC: 3107 (P,M), 3053 (N,P); PEN: Jordan (o). PASPALUM SETACEUM Michx. Found growing abundantly on the exposed grassy slopes at the extreme east end of Nashawena. NAS: 3549 (N,P). This grass, rare in New England, is known elsewhere in Massa- chusetts only from Nantucket. See Weatherby, Кнорока, xxx. 133 (1928). P. pusescens Muhl. Including P. Muhlenbergii Nash. See Weatherby, RHODORA, xxx. 134 (1928). Abundant everywhere on open grassy hillsides. UNC: 2967 (N,P), 3642 (P); NAU: 2599 (N), 3885 (P,C); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2538 (N,P,M). PANICUM CAPILLARE L. Seen growing only along border of salt marsh at west end of Nonamesset. NON: 2899 (N,P,M). P. DICHOTOMIFLORUM Michx. Occasional in moist grassy hollows. NON: 3197 (N,P). P. vinGATUM L., var. sprssuM Linder. Кнорока, xxiv. 14 (1922). This variety with densely tufted culms seems entirely to replace the species on the Elizabeth Islands. Common in open grassland, wet hollows and sandy clearings. NON: 2632 (P); UNC: 3030 (N,P,M); NAU: 3908 (N,P); PAS: 3763 (P,C), 3786 (N,P,M); NAS: 2360 (N,P); PEN: 1093 (P,W). P. LoNarFOLIUM Torr. This species, known elsewhere in Massa- chusetts only from Marion, Plymouth County, was collected in the peaty and boggy hollows at the east end of Pasque on August 28, 1928. See Fogg, Ruopora, xxxi. 39 (1929). PAS: 3787 (N,P,W). P. DEPAUPERATUM Muhl., var. PSILOPHYLLUM Fernald. RHODORA, xxiii. 193 (1921). This species is represented on the islands only by the smooth-leaved variety. Grassy and sandy slopes. NON: 2579 (N); NAU: 2491 (N,P), 3319 (P). P. ріснотомом L. Mostly in open sandy woods. NON: 2650 (N), 3423 (P,M); NAU: 2478 (N,W), 2483 (P), 3906 (N,P,C). P. LiNpuEmMERI Nash, var. FASCICULATUM (Torr.) Fernald. Р. P. huachucae Ashe. Р. huachucae, var. silvicola Hitche. & Chase. P. tennesseense Ashe. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 223 (1921). NON: 2295 (N,P,W), 2301 (W,C), 2589 (P), 2633 (P,M), 2648 (P,W), 2660 (N), 3176 (P), 3374 (P,U), 3375 (P), 3376 (P,U), 3420 (P,U); NAU: 2931 (N,P), 3903 (P,U); CUT: 2266 (N,P,M), 3433 (P,U,C), 3456 (P,U); PEN: 478 (N,P,W), 3405 (P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 233 This is the most ubiquitous and the most variable Panicum on the islands. Of the specimens cited Mrs. Agnes Chase, who has kindly examined some of the material from the Elizabeths, has designated no. 3374 as P. implicatum Scribn., no. 3420 as typical P. huachucae Ashe, and nos. 3376, 3433, 3456 and 3903 as P. huachucae, var. silvi- cola Hitche. & Chase. In speaking of no. 3420 Mrs. Chase says, “The pubescence on upper surface of blades varies from very scant or almost wanting to fairly copious.” Thus, degree of pubescence varies, not only as between separate plants, but in different parts of the same plant and, in view of the many intermediates which make it impossible here to draw sharp specific or even varietal lines, it seems best to follow the more conservative treatment of this species pro- posed by Fernald, l. c. p. 226. Viewed in this light, the Elizabeth Islands material with spikelets 1.5-2.1 mm. long and leaf-blades short-pilose to glabrous above, falls into the variety fasciculatum. P. MERIDIONALE Ashe. Abundant on exposed grassy slopes. Often very slender with leaves not over 1.5 mm. wide. NON: 2582 (P); NAU: Taylor, July 24, 1917 (P); NAS: 2452 (N), 3550 NGP); CUT: 2537 (N,P); PEN: 3404 (P). . P. ALBEMARLENSE Ashe. ‘This southern species, found abundantly in recent years on the “ Middle" Cape, is known from two stations on the Elizabeth Islands, both of them exposed sandy areas. UNC: 3082 (N,P); CUT: 2264 (N,P,W). P. ов1согА Hitche. & Chase. Sandy woods, hillsides and pond borders. МАП: 718 (W), 2492 (P), 2714 (ЇЧ), 3681 (P); NAS: 2359 (N), 3466 (P); PEN: 479 (P,W). The lines between this and P. meridionale are not always sharp; in fact, the two behave more like varieties of one polymorphic species. Differences in size of spikelets are trivial, pubescence cannot be relied upon, and habit varies with the situation in which these plants grow. To be sure, there is a well marked meridionale extreme and an equally characteristic oricola one, but between them an almost complete series of integradations. P. Commonstanum Ashe. Met with only on an open sandy bank along the north shore of Naushon, west of Kettle Cove. NAU: 3875 (N,P,M,C). P. SPHAEROCARPON Ell. Occasional on open grassy downs. NON: 2647 (N,W), 3419 (P); NAS: 3556 (N). P. CLANDESTINUM L. Sandy woods and clearings; not common. UNC: 3041 (N); NAU: 3148 (N,P). Echinochloa Crusgalli (L.) Beauv. A weed near cultivated areas. UNC: 3063 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1092 (P, W). 234 Rhodora [NovEMBER E. Watrert (Pursh) Nash. Moist, usually brackish, situations. NON: 3188 (№); UNC: 2992 (N); NAU: 3156 (C), 3888 (Р,М,С). SETARIA GENICULATA (Lam.) Beauv. See Hitche. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 168 (1920). Open grassland and around borders of brackish areas. NON: 2695 (N,P); UNC: 3033 (N,P), 3103 (N,P). This species is in urgent need of further study, for even a casual examination of a large series of specimens is sufficient to indicate that our perennial Foxtail of the salt marshes of New England is distinct from the far-ranging southern plant which occurs in tropical and subtropical America. 5. glauca (L.) Beauv. See Ruopora, xxxi. 109, 110 (1929). Dis- turbed sandy area near beach. UNC: 3098 (N). S. viridis (L.) Beauv. Reported by Jordan from Penikese; no specimen. CENCHRUS PAUCIFLORUS Benth. C. carolinianus of Manual. See Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb., xxii. 67 (1920). Seen only in sandy field near east end of Pasque. РАЅ: 3766 (N »P,M,C). [C. rRIBULOIDES L., reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena, probably refers to the preceding. C. tribuloides is unknown east of Long Island.] LEERSIA ОКҮ20ІрЕЗ (L.) Sw., forma INCLUSA (Wiesb.) Fogg. See Кнорока, xxx. 81 (1928). The only material of the Rice Cut-grass seen on the islands grew on the sandy margin of Mary's Lake and had the panicles enclosed within the upper leaf-sheaths. NAU: 3135 (G,N,P,M). Phalaris canariensis L. Sandy area near landing at east end of Pasque. PAS: 1794 (P). Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Everywhere in open grassland. NON: 2250 (N,P,M); NAU: 3315 (P,C); PEN: 468 (N,P,W,M). STIPA AVENACEA L. Apparently rare and local. NAS: Northrop (о), 3560 (P). ARISTIDA PURPURASCENS Poir. Abundant on exposed hillsides, especially on Naushon. NAU: 1010 (P,W), 3140 (№), 3683 (P). Phleum pratense L. Seemingly only on outer islands, where abund- ant on open slopes. CUT: 2280 (№; PEN: 480 (W). AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. А. alba of most American authors, not L. See Malte, Canada Dept. Mines, Bull. no. 50. (1926). Grassland and sandy fields. NON: 2653 (N), 3418 (P); PAS: 3772 (P); NAS: Pennell 2914 (P); PEN: 3390 (N,P). A. STOLONIFERA L., var. compacta Hartm. A. alba, var. maritima (Lam.) Mey. See Malte, l. c. Beaches and brackish situations. NON: 2721 (P), 3417 (№); NAU: 2713 (№); PEN: 3397 (N,P,M,C). A. TENUIS Sibth. A. vulgaris With. A. alba, var. vulgaris (With.) Thurb. Doubtfully A. capillaris L. See Malte, 1. c. Dry hillsides and hollows. NON: 3352 (P); PEN: 466 (P,W), 3391 (P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 235 A. HYEMALIS (Walt.) B. S. P. Sandy woods; occasional. NAU: Pennell 3124 (W,P), 3918 (N). A. PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm. Sandy woods and clearings; more frequent than the preceding. NAU: 2679 (P), 3881 (N,P), 3904 (N). CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv. Wet hollows and borders of ponds. NON: 3359 (N); NAS: 1007 (P,W), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); CUT: 3453 (P,M). C. ciNNOIDES (Muhl.) Barton. Seen only in a boggy thicket near Job's Neck. NAU: 2604 (N,P). AMMOPHILA BREVILIGULATA Fernald. A. arenaria of Manual. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxii. 70 (1920). Cobble and sandy beaches. NON: 2698 (N,P,M,C); UNC:3058 (N); PEN: 467 (W). Holcus lanatus L. Ubiquitous in grassland and sandy fields and clearings. NON: 2291 (N,P); NAU: 2709 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: Taylor 2408 (P), 3455 (P,C); PEN: 477 (N,P,W,M). DESCHAMPSIA FLEXUOSA (L.) Trin. Dry woods near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 1009 (N,P,W). Avena sativa L. Sandy soil near cultivated area. PEN: 469 (W). DawTHONIA SPICATA (L.) Beauv. Abundant on dry knolls and open clearings. NON: 2249 (N,P), 2658 (P); PEN: 473 (P,W). Several trends are evident in material of this species from these islands and elsewhere in eastern North America. Specimens collected from the beach near French Watering Place, Naushon, for example, have lemmas with the aristate teeth of D. sericea, although lacking the pubescence of that species. This material can be satisfactorily referred to nothing included in our existing treatments of the genus. It is hoped that the intensive study of our American material already embarked upon by the writer may lead to a better understanding of these puzzling forms. A large series of collections is being held for critical examination and comparison with types, but the preceding may be referred to as fairly typical of D. spicata as it is commonly understood. SPARTINA МІСНАОХІАХА Hitche. Boggy hollows and pond margins, often near shore. NON: 2908 (N); NAU: 2380 (N); NAS: 2341 (N,P); CUT: 3440 (P). S. ALTERNIFLORA Loisel., var. PILOSA (Merrill) Fernald. S. glabra, var. pilosa Merrill. See Fernald, Кнорока, xviii. 179 (1916). Brack- ish marshes and upper borders of beaches. NON: 2896 (P), 2909 (P), 2910 (N,P,M); UNC: 3095 (N,P); NAU: 3685 (N); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); PEN: 482 (P,W). S. PATENS (Ait. Muhl. Brackish marshes; fairly common. NON: 2292 (N,P,M,C); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 483 (P,W). S. PATENS (Ait.) Muhl., var. JUNCEA (Michx.) Hitche. Seen grow- 236 Rhodora : [NOVEMBER ing only on sandy upper beach on Uncatena. NON: Cushman 126 (B); UNC: 3049 (N). S. PATENS (Ait.) Muhl., var. cAEsPITOSA (A. A. Eaton) Hitche. This variety, characterized by its densely tufted habit, was collected in a brackish marsh near Tarpaulin Cove, where it formed a dense turf. NAU: 2377 (N,P). DiPLACHNE MARITIMA Bickn. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 195 (1908.) Found only along a brackish ditch near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 3889 (N,P,M). PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin. Occasional in swampy situations. NAU: 1803 (N,P,W), 2608 (P); NAS: W. Faxon, Aug. 1873 (G), Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). TRIPLASIS PURPUREA (Walt.) Chapm. Abundant on beaches and low sandy stretches. МОМ: 2871 (N,P,W,M,C); UNC: 3009 (N,P,M); NAU: 2510 (N), 2732 (P); PAS: 3754 (P). ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Michx.) Steud. Common everywhere on open grassland and in sandy clearings, except on the outer islands. NON: 2580 (P,W), 3167 (N); UNC: 3651 (P); NAU: 3919 (N,P,C); PAS: 3765 (P,M); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). An intensive search has failed completely to reveal var. spectabilis Gray with smooth sheaths, which is abundant on Martha’s Vine- yard and Nantucket. DisTIcHLis SPICATA (L.) Greene. With Spartina patens in brackish marshes. NON: 2901 (P), 3208 (N); UNC: 2694 (P), 3097 (N); PAS: 3737 (P,M); PEN: 1091 (P,W). Dactylis glomerata L. Sandy soil near cultivated area on Penikese; otherwise not seen, although probably more general. PEN: 472 (N,P,W,M). Poa annua L. Not common. Disturbed sandy areas on two of the islands. NAU: 3311 (P); PEN: 3389 (P). [P. seroTINA Ehrh. Reported by Jordan from Penikese. This may refer to P. palustris L. (P. triflora Gilib.), but, in the absence of material, it seems best to disregard the record. |] P. pratensis L. Fairly common on open downs. NON: 3249 (N,P), 3351 (P); PEN: 481 (P,W), 3388 (N,P,M). GLYCERIA OBTUSA (Muhl.) Trin. Pond borders and moist hollows. NAU: 2934 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 2348 (N,P,C). G. CANADENSIS (Michx.) Trin. Border of Decodon swamp near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2396 (N,P). С. STRIATA (Lam.) Hitchc. G. nervata (Willd.) Trin. Boggy woods; apparently local. NAU: 2479 (№). G. PALLIDA (Torr.) Trin. Swampy woods and wet hollows. NON: o (N,P), 3358 (P), 3371 (P); NAU: 2470 (P); NAS: 3525 (N,P,M, C). G. ACUTIFLORA Torr. Found almost completely submerged in several small ponds on Nonamesset and one on Nashawena. NON: 2243 (G,N), 3344 (Р), 3380 (P,C); NAS: 3524 (NP, M). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 237 [PUCCINELLIA MARITIMA (Huds.) Parl. Reported by Jordan from Penikese but probably refers to the following which, though unknown from Penikese, grows on the neighboring island of Cuttyhunk.] P. PAUPERCULA (Holm) Fernald & Weatherby, var. ALASKANA (Scribn. & Merr.) Fernald & Weatherby. Ruopora, xviii. 18 (1916). Abundant on mud flats bordering Cuttyhunk Pond. CUT: 3572 (N,P,W,M,C). Festuca Myuros L. Edge of sandy road leading to Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2509 (N,P). Е. ocroFLoRA Walt. Apparently not general. NON: Pennell 2847 (W). Е. RUBRA L. One of the commonest grasses on the islands. Gravel banks, borders of beaches, open downs, sandy clearings, etc. NON: 2845 (W,P), 3349 (P), 3350 (N,P), 3370 (P), 3416 (P); NAU: 2712 (N,P,M), 3877 (N,P,C); CUT: 2279 (N,P); PEN: 476 (N,P,W). Extremely variable as to habit, texture of foliage and degree of glaucousness. F. ovina L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena and by Jordan from Penikese. No material seen, but this record is allowed to stand for the present. F. elatior L. Found only on Penikese, where abundant in certain areas. PEN: 475 (P,W). Bromus secalinus L. Growing in dry sandy ground along east shore of Penikese. PEN: 470 (W). B. hordeaceus L. Disturbed sandy areas on Nonamesset and along path near landing on Penikese. NON: Pennell 2839 (W), 3304 (N,P), 3347 (P,M,C); PEN: 3412 (N,P). Agropyron repens L. Apparently not abundant except on outer islands, where it takes possession of large sandy areas. CUT: 2278 (N,P,M); PEN: 465 (W), 3387 (N,P). ErxMvs vircinicus L. Collected only on Gull Island, Penikese, where the plant is unusually robust. Reported by Jordan from Penikese proper, but not seen there recently. PEN: 474 (N,P,W). E. virainicus L., var. HALOPHILUS (Bickn.) Wiegand. RHODORA, xx. 83 (1918). Dry sandy banks facing the sea at west end of Un- catena. UNC: 3119 (№), 3648 (P). CYPERACEAE CYPERUS DIANDRUS Torr. Wet depressions and pond borders. NON: 3198 (N); UNC: 3021 (N); NAU: 2737 (N,P,W). C. RIVULARIS Kunth. Seen only growing with the preceding on grassy bank bordering French Watering Place. NAU: 2739 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). C. FILICINUS Vahl. C. Nuttallii Eddy. Borders of fresh ponds and low brackish areas. NON: 2700 (N,P), 2889 (P); UNC: 3007 (N,P), 3048 (P); NAU: Cushman 313 (B), 2725 (N), 3864 (P). 238 Rhodora [NovEMBER C. penratus Torr. Not common; sandy margins of several ponds on Naushon. NAU: 2467 (C), 2920 (P,M), 2935 (N,P,M). C. ERYTHRORHIZOS Muhl. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. C. FERAX Rich. Borders of brackish marshes and low swales; not common. NON: 2897 (№; NAU: 2369 (G,P,C), 3155 (N,P,W,M). C. srRIGOSUS L. Of rather frequent occurrence in pond-holes, borders of salt marshes, upper beaches, and moist clearings. NON: 2665 (P); UNC: 2982 (P), 2991 (N,P), 3057 (W); PAS: 3781 (P). C. STRIGOSUS L., var. RoBUsTIOR Kunth. Moist depression in open hills. UNC: 3083 (N,P,W). C. STRIGOSUS L., var. composirus Britton. Small pond-hole at west end of island. ОМС: 3020 (N,P,W). C. riLICULMIS Vahl., var. MACILENTUS Fernald. Dry open ground and sandy clearings everywhere. NON: 2587 (N); UNC: 3061 (N); МАС: 742 (P,W); PAS: 3769 (ЇЧ); NAS: Northrop, as “С. filiculmis” (0), 3553 (P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2265 (P,M). DuLICHIUM ARUNDINACEUM (L.) Britton. Swampy hollows. NAU: 745 (W); PAS: 744 (W); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 2343 (N,P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). ELEOCHARIS PARVULA (К. & S.) Link. Scirpus manus Spreng. See Svenson, Кнороква, xxxi. 168 (1929). Brackish ponds and salt marshes. NON: 2287 (P,M), 2708 (N,P); UNC: 3050 (P); NAU: 1804 (N); NAS: Pennell 2924 (W). E. oprusa (Willd.) Schultes. Moist hollows and pond margins. NON: 2574 (P,M), 3204 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901, labelled “С. ovata” (Y); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (№); PEN: 485 (W). E. acıcuraris (L.) R. & S. Peaty and sandy pond borders: apparently not common. NON: 2913 (N,P); NAU: 2507 (N,P,M); PEN: Jordan (o). E. Бмаіллі Britton. See Fernald & Brackett, RHODORA, xxxi. 57-77 (1929). Peaty and boggy pond margins and low swampy areas. UNC: 3002 (N,P); NAS: 3498 (N,P,M,C); CUT: 746 (P,W); PEN: 849 (P,W). E. омісілмі (Link.) Schultes. See Fernald & Brackett, l. c. 71. This essentially boreal sedge is near the extreme southern limit of its range on Cuttyhunk where, on August 11,.1927, it was collected from the peaty margin of Sheep Pond. CUT: 2526 (N). E. uNiGLUMIS (Link) Schultes, var. HALOPHILA Fernald & Brackett, l.c. 72. Sandy or peaty margins of brackish ponds; rather frequent. NON: 2703 (N,P,M,C), 2912 (P,M); NAU: 1028 (N,P,W), 3316 (P); NAS: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 1029 (P,W). E. nosrELLATA Torr. Apparently infrequent. Seen only from a low brackish marsh along the north shore of Naushon near Kettle Cove. NAU: 3878 (N,P,M,C). FIMBRISTYLIS AUTUMNALIS (L.) В. & S. Е. Frankii Steud. See Blake, Ruopora, xx. 25 (1918). Grassy pond borders. NON: 3199 (N,P); NAU: 2738 (N,P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 289 SCIRPUS AMERICANUS Pers. Everywhere bordering ponds, both fresh and saline. NON: 2239 (P), 2888 (M); UNC: 2998 (P), 3025 (N); NAU: 2375 (P), 2921 (N), 2923 (P), 2723 (P,C); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), Pennell 2910 (W), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 2355 (P,M); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2277 (P,M); PEN: 486 (P,W). S. Otney1 Gray. Seen growing at edge of salt marsh along south shore of Nonamesset; probably more general. NON: 2898 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). S. varpus Vahl. Common in wet depressions and swampy borders of ponds. NON: 2244 (N,P); UNC: 2999 (N,P); NAU: 1033 (P,W); NAS: Northrop, as “ 8. lacustris” (о); CUT: 3573 (P); PEN: 488 (N,P,W,M). S. ковоѕтоѕ Pursh. Notcommon. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y) S. CAMPESTRIS Britton, var. PALUDOSUS (A. Nelson) Fernald. Occasional in brackish marshes. NON: 2288 (P,M), 3209 (N,P); PEN: 487 (N,P,W,M,C). S. CAMPESTRIS Britton, var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE (Britton) Fernald. Collected only from swampy clearing in woods near Job’s Neck. NAU: 3154 (N,P). S. cyPERINUS (L.) Kunth. Everywhere in wet depressions and around ponds. NON: 2566 (N,P), 3169 (P,M); UNC: 2990 (N,P); NAU: 2922 (N,P,M), 3149 (P); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (№), 3791 (C); NAS: Northrop (o), 2340 (N,P); CUT: 2308 (N,P). S. cyPERINUS (L.) Kunth, var. PELIUS Fernald. Found only along the edge of a swamp near Tarpaulin Cove. МАО: 2395 (№). ERIOPHORUM TENELLUM Nutt. Occasional in boggy situations. NAU: Pennell 2905 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901, labelled “Е. gracile” (Y); CUT: 1030 (N). E. vircinicum L. Rather frequent in open bogs and wet peaty hollows. NON: 2879 (N,P,M), 3180 (P); PAS: 3792 (N,P), Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 3497 (P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 1014 (P,W), 2517 (P,C). Ryncuospora FUSCA (L.) Ait. f. Apparently rare; seen only in a low, boggy hollow near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2512 (P,W). R. ліва (L.) Vahl. Open bogs and peaty depressions; seemingly not abundant, although plentiful in an extensive bog at the west end of Cuttyhunk. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); CUT: 2319 (N,P). R. cAPITELLATA (Michx.) Vahl. А. glomerata of Manual in part. See Blake, Ruopona, xx. 25 (1918). Much more common than the preceding. Bogs, pond-holes and pond borders. NON: 2644 (N); UNC: 3014 (N,P), 3116 (P,M,C); NAU: 2393 (N); PAS: 1782 (N,P); NAS: 3471 (P). Mariscus MARISCOIDES (Muhl.) Kuntze. Cladium mariscoides Torr. See Ruopora, xxv. 49 (1923). Mostly on sandy beaches bordering ponds. NAU: 2924 (N); PAS: 3776 (P); NAS: Pennell 2917 (W), 2339 (N); CUT: 740 (P,W). 240 Rhodora [NovEMBER CAREX SCOPARIA Schkuhr. Not common on the Elizabeth Islands. m border of small pond. NON: 3384 (N,P,M,C); PEN: Jordan (o). i: ` С. scoPARIA Schkuhr, var. suBTURBINATA Fernald & Wiegand. Кнорока xiv. 115 (1912). Seen around margin of Decodon swamp near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2399 (№). C. Lonau Mackenzie. С. albolutescens of Manual. See Macken- zie, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xlix. 372 (1922). Frequent in open grassland. UNC: 3078 (N), 3099 (P); NAS: 3469 (Р); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 1013 (N,P,W,M); PEN: 848 (N,P,W). C. sTRAMINEA Willd. This is the plant with obovate perigynia selected by Mackenzie as true C. straminea; see Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xlii. 603 (1915). It has been found growing only on the edge of a bog at the west end of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 2327 (N,P). C. HoRMATHODES Fernald. Moist, occasionally brackish, situa- tions as well as dry slopes near shores. NON: 2297 (N); UNC: 3644 (P); NAS: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); CUT: 726 (P,W); PEN: 1754 (N,P). C. srLICEA Olney. Dry, sandy banks and hillsides. PAS: 1780 (N,P); CUT: 2258 (N), 2267 (P,M,C); PEN: 1497 (P), 1498 (N,P,W). C. ALATA Torr. Plentiful around edge of an extensive boggy area near the center of Nashawena. NAS: 2486 (N,P). C. FESTUCACEA Schkuhr. This is the small-fruited sedge retained by Mackenzie as genuine C. festucacea. See Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xli. 604 (1915). Apparently rare and local on the islands. NAU: 736 (N,P). C. Hower Mackenzie. С. scirpoides, var. capillacea (Bailey) Fernald. See Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxvii. 245 (1910). Abundant in boggy woods and pond borders. NON: 2654 (N,P,M), 2659 (P), 3377 (C), 3299 (P); NAU: 728 (W), 1018 (P,W), 1088 (P,W); NAS: Pennell 2922 (W), 3542 (N,P); CUT: 727 (P,W). C. INCOMPERTA Bicknell. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxv. 494 (1908). NAU: Pennell 2907 (G,W). C. seorsa E. C. Howe. Seen growing only in a boggy wooded hollow on the south shore of Nonamesset. NON: 3379 (N,P). C. CEPHALANTHA (Bailey) Bicknell. C. stellulata, var. cephalantha (Bailey) Fern. See Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 1. 346 (1923). Boggy woods at east end of Nashawena. NAS: 3643 (P). C. CANESCENS L., var. DISJUNCTA Fernald. Boggy woods and wet borders of ponds. МОМ: 3378 (ЇЧ), 3398 (P); МАО: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 1019 (P,W). C. BRUNNESCENS Poir., var. SPHAEROSTACHYA (Tuckerm.) Kükent. See Fernald, Кнорока, xxviii. 162 (1926). Rare. Boggy hollow in woods at east end of Naushon, NAU: 2480 (P,W). C. rosea Schkuhr, var. raptata Dewey. Apparently local. cw in dry sandy woods at east end of Naushon. NAU: 2475 (P,W). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 241 C. contigua Hoppe. C. muricata of most American authors. See Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 1. 236 (1923). Dry, open, sandy ground. МАП: 734 (P,W); CUT: 2283 (N,P), Taylor 2413 (P); PEN: 484 (P,W). C. MUHLENBERGII Schkuhr. Rather frequent on exposed downs and in sandy clearing. NON: Pennell 2838 (W), 2245 (N), 3361 (P,M); NAU: 733 (W). C. cEPHALOPHORA Muhl. Sandy oak and beech woods; local. NON: 2594 (N,P,W); NAU: 2463 (P). C. vuLPINOIDEA Michx. Wet depressions. NAU: 2394 (N,P,M, C); NAS: 3485 (N). C. LAEVIVAGINATA (Kükent.) Mackenzie. See Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. 371. (1913). Low, wet hollows; local. NAS: 3473 (P); CUT: 2281 (N). C. cmiNITA Lam. Swampy and boggy depressions. NAU: 723 (W); 2398 (P), 2936 (N); NAS: 3475 (P). С. MrrcHELLIANA Curtis. See Weatherby, RHODORA, xxv. 17 (1923). Rare on the Elizabeths. NAS: Pennell 2921, labelled “C. crinita” (W). A species of the southern coastal plain ranging north to Cape Cod and Plymouth County. C. virescens Muhl. Boggy woods; rare and local. NAU: 1020 (P,W), 3141 (N,P,M). C. Swani (Fernald) Mackenzie. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxxvii. 246 (1910). C. virescens, var. Swanii Fernald. Dry, open ground and sandy woods. NON: 2588 (N,P), 3354 (P,C); NAU: Pennell 3132 (W), 3680 (N); CUT: 1012 (N,P,W,M), 3452 (P). C. communis Bailey. Dry, sandy beech woods; rare. NAU: 3324 (N,P). C. varta Muhl. Sandy clearings, exposed knolls and hillsides; widespread. Some of the material approaches the scarcely separable forma colorata (Bailey) Kükent. NON: 3284 (N,P,C), 3300 (N,P), 3301 (P), 3285 (P); NAU: 3322 (N,P); NAS: 2361 (N,P,W,M). C. PENNSYLVANICA Lam. Sandy banks and open grassland. NON: 3283 (N,P), 3353 (P,C); NAU: 3321 (N,P,M). C. PENNSYLVANICA Lam., var. SEPARANS Peck in E. C. Howe, N. Y. State Mus. 48 Ann. Rep. 174 (1896). Var. lucorum (Willd.) Fernald. Seen only in dry beech woods at east end of Naushon. NAU: 2476 (P,W,M,C). C. umosa L. A far northern sedge which reaches the southern limit of its coastwise distribution in a bog at the west end of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 2311 (N,P,W). C. piqrrauis Willd. Apparently not common; sandy beech woods near Hadley Harbor. NAU: 2461 (P), 3323 (N,P). C. nEBILIS Michx., var. RupGetr Bailey. Collected only in a moist hollow on the hillsides of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 1011 (P). 242 Rhodora [NovEMBER C. LANUGINOSA Michx. Peaty margin of a slightly brackish pond at the extreme west end of Nashawena. NAS: 3500 (N,P). C. comosa Boott. Swampy clearings and wet depressions; locally abundant. NON: 2905 (N,P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 722 (W). C. LURIDA Wahlenb. Pond borders and moist hollows. UNC: 2989 (N,P), 3646 (P,C); NAU: 2385 (N,P,M); NAS: 3474 (N,P). C. LuPULINA Muhl. Boggy clearings and low moist situations. NAU: 2486 (N,P), 3882 (P,M,C); PAS: 519 (P,W); CUT: 731 (P,W). ARACEAE ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM (L.) Schott. This seems to be the only Arisaema on the islands. It is abundant in the boggy and swampy woods at the east end of Naushon, and in similar situations on Nasha- wena. NAU: 752 (N), 3133 (W), 3317 (Р,М,С), 3331 (Р); NAS Northrop (o), 3528 (N,P). SYMPLOCARPUS FOETIDUS (L.) Nutt. Seen only in a low swampy area at the extreme west end of Nashawena. NAS: N. orthrop (o), 3496 (N,P). AcoRUS CaLAMUS L. Wet grassy hollows and swampy pond bor- ders; locally abundant. NAS: Northrop (o), 3565 (P); CUT: 2282 (N). i LEMNACEAE LEMNA MINOR L. Occasional in small ponds in clearings. NAU: 2376 (N,P). ERIOCAULACEAE ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE With. E.articulatum (Huds.) Morong. Sandy and peaty pond margins. NAU: Pennell 3118 (P), 2508 (P,M), 2942 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). XYRIDACEAE XYRIS CAROLINIANA Walt. Apparently not sommon. Sandy beach bordering West End Pond, Naushon. NAU: 2919 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). X. TORTA Smith. X. flexuosa Muhl. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. PONTEDERIACEAE PONTEDERIA CORDATA L. Collected only in swampy border of dune ponds on Nashawena. NAS: Northrop (o), 2368 (N,P), 3547 GT JUNCACEAE Juncus BUFONIUS L. Moist sandy or peaty soil. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), Williams 1279 (N), Pennell 2918 (W), 3467 (P,M); CUT: 3575 (N,P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 243 J. GERARDI Loisel. Brackish areas; general. NON: 2877 (№); PAS: 1779 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); CUT: 2276 (N,P,M, C); PEN: 1094 (P,W), 1753 (N,P). J. tenuis Willd. Common everywhere; dry woods, gravelly shores, sandy paths and open fields. NON: 3191 (N); UNC: 3645 (P); NAU: 3136 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 3468 (P); CUT: 3441 (N,P,M); PEN: 492 (P,W), 3400 (P). Much of the material which has been collected can not satisfactorily be referred here, but is being held pending a critical comparison of our American J. tenuis with Old World collections, a comparison which may necessitate a careful revision of the entire species. The preceding few numbers are, however, cited as fairly typical. J. TENUIS Willd., var. WinLrAMsm Fernald. This phase, with strongly divergent floriferous branchlets, has been met with occasion- ally. NAU: 2400 (N), 2710 (P,M). J. nicHoroMmvus Ell. NAU: 1800 (P,W), 3162 (P); PEN: 1756 (N,P,W). Under this heading is grouped a large series of variations, of which the variety platyphyllus, perhaps specifically distinct, represents only one trend. "This matter is under consideration at present, and, until the species can be completely studied and revised, a few numbers only, out of an extensive series of collections, are cited. J. nicHoToMus Ell., var. PLATYPHYLLUS Wiegand. PAS: 1781 (P); CUT: 1039 (P). J. GnEENEI Oakes & Tuckerm. This is one of the commonest plants of the dry open hillsides, being found on all of the islands. NON: 2247 (N,P,M,C), UNC: 3130 (P); NAU: 766 (P,W), 1802 (P); PAS: 765 (W); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 2362 (N); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N); PEN: 491 (N,P,W,M). J. eFFusus L., var. cosTULATUS Fernald. Внорова, xxiii. 239 (1921). Abundant in wet hollows and around ponds. NON: 2303 (P,M,C), 2567 (N,P); NAU: 2397 (P); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 1767 (N,P), 2347 (P); CUT: 2320 (N,P,M); PEN: 852 (P,W). J. EFFUSUS L., var. soLUTUS Fernald & Wiegand. Кнорока, xii. 81 (1910). Collected by the writer only in a boggy hollow in woods near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 2883 (N,P,M,C); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901, on sheet with var. costulatus (Y). J. CANADENSIS J. Gay. Abundant in moist depressions and around ponds. UNC: 2994 (P); 3114 (N,P,C); NAU: 2918 (N,P,M); PAS: 3778 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). J. PELOCARPUS Mey. Sandy shores and sandy or peaty pond borders. NON: 2638 (P), 3203 (N); NAU: 1042 (W), 2379 (P), 244 Rhodora [NovEMBER 2724 (M,C), 2925 (N,P); PAS: 3780 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); PEN: Jordan (o). J. MILITARIS Bigel. Sandy and swampy pond margins. NAU: 1038 (P), 2917 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), Pennell 2915 (P,W), 1037 (P,W). J. ACUMINATUS Michx. Abundant in wet depressions and on boggy or peaty borders of small ponds in open hills. NON: 2242 (P,C), 2704 (N), 3163 (N,P,M); UNC: 2995 (N,P); NAU: 1041 (P,W), 2391 (N,P); PAS: 757 (W); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), Pennell 2909 (W); CUT: 3442 (P); PEN: 489 (N,P,W,M), 1757 (P,W). J. ARTICULATUS L. Occasional in boggy depressions. PEN: 490! (P), 1499 (W). J. ARTICULATUS L., var. oBrUsATUS Engelm. Peaty, usually brackish, hollows. NAU: 3866 (N); CUT: 3574 (N,P). J. MARGINATUS Rostk. Muddy borders of ponds. UNC:3117 (N); NAU: 2390 (N,P,M), 2731 (P); PAS: 3779 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 3562 (N). E LuzuLA cAMPESTRIS (L.) DC., var. MULTIFLORA (Ehrh.) Celak. Sandy bank at east end of Nonamesset. NON: 3369 (N). L. CAMPESTRIS (L.) DC., var. ECHINATA (Small) Fernald & Wiegand. Ruopona, xv. 38 (1913). Collected only in sandy beech woods on Naushon. NAU:3325 (N,P). LILIACEAE UVULARIA PERFOLIATA L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. OAKESIA SESSILIFOLIA (L.) Wats. Seen in a boggy, wooded hollow along the south shore of Nonamesset. NON: 3295 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o). LILIUM PHILADELPHICUM L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena and said by wife of caretaker there to grow abundantly at certain localities on the island today; no specimens seen. L. tigrinum Ker. Found persisting around leper cottages on Penikese. PEN: 494 (P,W). Asparagus officinalis L. In sandy soil near areas under cultivation. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 493 (N,P,W). MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE Desf. Abundant in boggy wooded hollow along south shore of Nonamesset. NON: 3296 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). MEDEOLA VIRGINIANA L. Boggy woodland on Nonamesset and edge of brackish marsh at east end of Naushon. NON: 3337 (P); NAU: 3332 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). SMILAX ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Rather abundant in thickets and wet, overgrown hollows. NON: 2296 (N,P); UNC: 3044 (N); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 495 (W). 1 This is the material erroniously reported from Penikese as J. debilis Gray in RHopona, xxvi. 223 (1924). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 245 S. HERBACEA L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. S. GLAUCA Walt., var. LEUROPHYLLA Blake. See RHODORA, xx. 78 (1918). Known only on basis of Mrs. Northrop's collection from Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, “July-Aug.” 1901 (Y). AMARYLLIDACEAE Hx»oxis HIRSUTA (L.) Coville. Abundant on open, sandy slopes and knolls at west end of Cuttyhunk. NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N); 2310 (P). IRIDACEAE IRIs VERSICOLOR L. Wet depressions and pond borders; abundant. NON: 2678 (N); UNC: 3031 (P), 3121 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 2357 (N); PEN: 496 (P,W). I. PRISMATICA Pursh. Apparently not common; reported and collected by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, * July-Aug." 1901 (Y). SISYRINCHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Mill. Seen growing only in dry sand along east shore of Penikese, where fairly plentiful. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 497 (P,W). S. GRAMINOIDES Bicknell. S. gramineum Curtis, not Lam. Grassy slopes and pond borders. NON: 2300 (P), 3360 (N,P); CUT: 3449 (N,P,C); PEN: 3408 (N,P,M), 3415 (P). S. ATLANTICUM Bickn. Wet hollows, open slopes and bogs. UNC: 001 (Р); CUT: 771 (W), 2318 (N,P,M,C), Hervey (№); PEN: 3401 P). ORCHIDACEAE HABENARIA BRACTEATA (Willd.) R. Br. Reported by Mrs. North- rop as “common in meadow” on Nashawena; no specimen seen. NAS: Northrop (o). This is one of the surprises of the Northrop list. It is hard to be- lieve that the compiler could have confused this species of the damp upland woods with H. clavellata, H. blephariglottis or H. lacera, all of which she likewise reported and the first two of which are represented by specimens at the New York Botanical Garden. It is greatly to be regretted that she did not also collect H. bracteata. As it is, however, there seems no course but to let this record stand. H. CLAVELLATA (Michx.) Spreng. Open bogs, boggy pond borders and wet, peaty depressions. NAS: Northrop, July 1901 (Y), 3540 (N,P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2527 (Р.) Н. ORBICULATA Torr. NAU: MacRae, July 25, 1904 (N). Collected by Lilian J. MacRae on Naushon, July 25, 1904. Specimen originally in the local herbarium at Woods Hole but since 246 Rhodora [NovEMBER transferred to the collections of the New England Botanical Club. This, like H. bracteata, constitutes another remarkable addition to the flora of southeastern Massachusetts, for this plant has not pre- viously been reported from nearer than Norfolk County. Н. BLEPHARIGLOTTIS (Willd.) Torr. Apparently rare; known only from Mrs. Northrop's collection on Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). Н. tacera (Michx.) К. Br. Swampy and boggy hollows. МАП: iA (N); PAS: 1787 (P); NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 2315 (P), 3576 N). PocowiA oPHroGLossoIDES (L.) Ker. Locally abundant in open peaty and boggy depressions. PAS: 1789 (P); NAS: Northrop (o), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); CUT: 524 (W). CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Вг. Not infrequent; usually with the preceding. PAS: 1788 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 523 (W). ARETHUSA BULBOSA L. Mrs. Northrop reports this from Nasha- wena with the comment “quite common in some places." Unfortu- nately, no specimen is extant, but there seems to be no good reason for questioning this record. NAS: Northrop (o). SPIRANTHES ВЕСКП Lindl. Rare; seen only on dry hillside west of French Watering Place. NAU: 2946 (N). S. GRACILIS (Bigel.) Beck. Dry, grassy, open slopes; fairly abund- ant. NON: 2622 (N); NAU: 2601 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). S. cERNUA (L.) Richard. Local; wet, peaty hollows. UNC: 3024 (N,P); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B). Liparis Lorsetm (L.) Richard. Local; Mrs. Northrop’s comment is “moist hollow in face southern cliffs.” "Taylor's sheet is from border of Sheep Pond. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); CUT: Taylor, July 15, 1919 (N). TIPULARIA DISCOLOR (Pursh) Nutt. This rare orchid, hitherto known on the islands of Massachusetts! only from an old collection on Martha’s Vineyard, is listed by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena as “quite common in З or 4 localities, c. & ne. part island.” Fortunate- ly, in this instance a specimen was preserved and is now in the herba- пап of the New York Botanical Garden. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (EX SALICACEAE [SALIX AMYGDALOIDES Andersons. Appears on Mrs. N orthrop's Nashawena list. This record probably refers to S. alba or some other willow and, in the absence of material, can scarcely be admitted.] S. pentandra L. Introduced on Naushon and Penikese; apparently thriving on latter island. NAU: 3873 (P); CUT: 590 (N,P,W,M,C). S. alba L. X? This hybrid, probably S. alba X fragilis, is abund- 1 See Fogg, Ruopora, xxxii. 114 (1930). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 247 ant around a small freshwater pond on Репікеѕе PEN: 591 (N,P,W; S. nprscoLoR Muhl. Reported by Jordan from Penikese; no speci- men. Populus alba L. In boggy woods near farmhouse on Nashawena and around dwellings on Penikese. NAS: Northrop (o), 3511 (P); PEN: 499 (N,P,W). P. ТАСАМАНАССА Mill. P. balsamifera of most American authors. See Sargent, Jour. Arn. Arb. i. 61 (1919). Reported by Mrs. North- rop for Nashawena; no specimen seen. P. BALSAMIFERA L. Р. deltoides Marsh. See Sargent, Jour. Arn. Arb., i. 62 (1919). Small clump near landing on Penikese. PEN: 500 (P,W). MYRICACEAE Myrica Gate L. Only locally abundant, as around dune ponds on Nashawena. NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 1773 (N,P,W,M). M. caROLINIENSIS Mill! A common shrub on the Elizabeths; thickets, pond margins, and sheltered hollows in open hills: NON: 2237 (N,P); UNC: 2951 (N); PAS: 1783 (N,P,W); NAS: Northrop (o), 2342 (N); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (№); PEN: 498 (N,P,W). JUGLANDACEAE JUGLANS CINEREA L. On Mrs. Northrop's list for Nashawena; no specimen seen. CARYA ALBA (L.) Koch. Occasional in mixed woods. UNC: 2454 (N,P); NAU: 777 (P,W); NAS: Northrop (o). BETULACEAE CORYLUS cornuta Marsh. C. rostrata Ait. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena; no specimen seen. OsrRYA VIRGINIANA (Mill. К. Koch. An important constituent of the native woods, especially on Nonamesset and Naushon. NON: 2593 (№); NAU: 779 (PW); NAS: Northrop (o). BETULA LUTEA Michx. Mrs. Northrop reports two specimens near Choptauk Lake, Nashawena; no material seen. B. PoPULIFOLIA Marsh. Bordering woods and in protected hollows, where it often forms dense thickets. NON: 2635 (N,P,M); UNC: 3043 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: Jordan (o). B. pendula Roth. Planted and established near eastern end of Naushon. NAU: 2471 (N,P). B. pubescens Ehrh. В. alba, var. pubescens Spach. With the last. NAU: 2472 (N,P,M). 1 Tbis was the original spelling employed by Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8 (1768) and not carolinensis, as usually given. 248 Rhodora [NovEMBER FAGACEAE FAGUS GRANDIFOLIA Ehrh. "The most important tree on the islands. Forms a pure stand over large areas on Naushon and Nonamesset, and occurs mixed with other trees on these two islands as well as parts of Uncatena and Nashawena. When growing in the heavier woods this tree apparently does not form fruit, but an occasional isolated speci- men in the open will be found laden with nuts. NON: 2592 (N); NAU: 3147 (N); NAS: Northrop (0), 3532 (P,M). F. GRANDIFOLIA Ehrh., forma PUBESCENS Fernald & Rehder. See Rehder, Кнорока, ix. 111 (1907). Occasional with the species. UNC: 3125 (N); NAU: 3137 (P), 3693 (N,P). Quercus ALBA L. Abundant; dry sandy woods. NON: 2657 (P); UNC: 3127 (N); NAS: Northrop (0), 3531 (P). Q. RUBRA L. А single tree near landing on Penikese, where possibly introduced. PEN: 592 (N,P,W). Q. vELUTINA Lam. Next to the Beech the most important constit- uent of the wooded areas. NON: 2656 (N), 3309 (P,M), 3916 (P); UNC: 3126 (P); NAU: 780 (P,W), 3880 (P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3530 (N,P). [Q. MaRILANDICA Moench is reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop but is not represented by a specimen. The Black Jack Oak is unknown northeast of Long Island and it seems probable that this record refers to some other species, possibly a sapling of Q. velutina.] URTICACEAE ULMUS AMERICANA L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena, no specimen seen. Urtica urens L. Listed by Mrs. Northrop as growing “about houses" on Nashawena; no specimen seen. BoEHMERIA CYLINDRICA (L.) Sw. Moist woods and pond borders. Extremely variable and its relation to the variety Drummondiana not |. clearly understood. Ап extensive series has been collected and is being held for further study. The following is typical. NAU: 3151 (N,P,M,C); NAS: Northrop (o). B. cvnmvpRICA (L.) Sw., var. DmuMMOoNDIANA Weddell. Var. scabra Porter. See Fernald, Кнорока, xii. 10 (1910). Borders of salt marshes; perhaps distinct from var. Drummondiana of the south Atlantic states. CUT: 2523 (N). POLYGONACEAE Rumex ВвітАММІСА L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashaw- ena; no specimen seen. R. crispus L. Waste places and pond margins; often appearing indigenous. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 598 (N,P,W,M), 3399 (P). R. obtusifolius L. Occasional; the Nashawena collection was made from the swampy margin of thick woods. NAS: Northrop (0), 3566 (N); PEN: Jordan (o). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 249 К. VERTICILLATUS L. Swampy margin of woods at east end of Nashawena with the last. NAS: Northrop (o), 3529 (N). This and Block Island are the only stations for the plant in south- eastern New England. К. MARITIMUS L., var. FUEGINUS (Phil. Dusén. R. persicaroides, in part, of the Manual. See St. John, RHopona, xvii. 73 (1915). Brackish situations or muddy pond borders. NAU: 2372 (N,P); PEN: Moore 1917 (N), 450 (P,W). R. Acetosella L. Exposed knolls, slopes and sandy clearings. NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2262 (N); PEN: 597 (N, P, W). PoLYGONUM GLAUCUM Nutt. P. maritimum of Manual. See Fer- nald, Ruopora, xv. 69 (1913). Sand and cobble beaches. NON: 2868 (P); UNC: 3051 (N); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). P. AvicULARE L. Sandy patches; not common. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 594 (P,W). P. PENSYLVANICUM L. Not common; borders of small ponds. UNC: 2987 (N). P. PENSYLVANICUM L., var. LAEVIGATUM Fernald. RHODORA, xix. 70 (1917). Moist situations; local. PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N). P. HYDROPIPER L., var. PRoJECTUM Stanford. RHODORA, xxix. 86 (1927). Seen only from margin of small pond near east end of Nona- messet. NON: 3202 (N). P. puncratum Ell. P. acre НВК. See Stanford, RHODORA, xxix. 71 (1927), where, in a footnote, reason is given for attributing priority to P. punctatum over P. acre. Pond borders, margins of swamps and wet situations generally. NON: 2893 (N,P,M), 2699 (Р,М,С); UNC: 2986 (N,P), 3018 (P); NAU: 2371 (P), 2460 (P,C), 3150 (N,P,M); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (№); PEN: 593 (N,P,W). P. Persicaria L. Pond margins and moist depressions. UNC: 3017 (N); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 596 (N,P,W,M). P. HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx. Apparently not common. PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N). P. opeELousanuM Riddell, var. ADENOCALYX Stanford. See RxHo- DORA, xxviii. 28 (1926). Pond borders. NON: 3207 (P); PAS: 3747 (N,P). P. Convolvulus L. Trailing over thicket and low growth surrounding pond. PEN: 595 (N,P,W,M,C). P.scaxpENs L. Covering scrub growth in swampy hollows. NON: 3172 (N,P); UNC: 3038 (N,P). P. DUMETORUM L. This species, with smaller fruit than the pre- ceding, was found only on Pine Island, Nonamesset, where it formed a dense tangle over the other vegetation on the beach. NON: 3912 (N,P). 250 Rhodora [NOVEMBER CHENOPODIACEAE Chenopodium album L. Beaches and exposed sandy areas. UNC: (PW ny NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: Pennell 2993 (P); PEN: 1401 P,W). ATRIPLEX ARENARIA Nutt. Sea beaches; not abundant. UNC: 3106 (N); PAS: 1793 (N,P), 3756 (P,M); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: Jordan (o). А. PATULA L., var. HASTATA (L.) Gray. One of the commonest plants of the sea beaches and disturbed sandy areas near the shore. UNC: 2978 (N,P); PAS: 1791 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о), 3502 (P); CUT: Pennell 2996 (P), 2272 (N); PEN: 1400 (P,W), 3386 (M,C). SALICORNIA MUCRONATA Bigel. Salt marsh areas; less frequent than the two following. NAU: Pennell 3146 (W); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N). S. EUROPAEA L. Salt marshes and brackish mud flats. NON: 2892 (N); UNC: 3094 (N,P); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); 3742 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 3570 (N,P); PEN: Jordan (o). S. AMBIGUA Michx. Same situations as last. МАП: Pennell 3112 (P), Pennell 3145 (W); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N), 3741 (N,P); CUT: 3571 (N,P,M,C). SUAEDA MARITIMA (L.) Dumort. Reported by Jordan from Peni- kese; no specimen. S. LINEARIS (Ell. Мод. Salt marshes and brackish muds. UNC: 2963 (P,W), 3076 (N); PAS: 3739 (N,P); CUT: 3567 (P,M,C). SALSOLA Karı L. Beaches and brackish marshes. NON: 2286 (N,P); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), 3886 (P); NAS: Northrop (o), 2364 (N); CUT: 2273 (P); PEN: Jordan (o). 5. Kaur L., var. cAROLINIANA (Walt.) Nutt. With the last; less abundant. UNC: 2961 (P), 3075 (N,P); PAS: 1792 (N,P). AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus retroflezus L. Dry sandy soil near cultivated area. PEN: 1402 (N,P,W,M). PHYTOLACCACEAE PHYTOLACCA AMERICANA L. Р. decandra L. See RHODORA, xvii. 180 (1915). Apparently rare; seen growing only along edge of boggy depression at east end of Pasque. NAU: Pennell 3174 (W); PAS: 3785 (N). AIZOACEAE Mollugo verticillata L. Bare, grassy slopes and sandy patches. NON: 2891 (N); UNC: 3052 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3470 (P). CARYOPHYLLACEAE SPERGULARIA RUBRA (L.) J. & C. Presl. Dry exposed slopes and sandy clearings. NAS: Northrop (o), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 3465 (P,M); CUT: 3459 (P); PEN: 1410 (P,W). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 251 S. SALINA J. & C. Presl. Sand and cobble beach along Northwest Gutter. Rare;represented on these islands usually by the next species. NAU: 3132 (N, W). S. LErosPERMA (Kindb.) Е. Schmidt. S. marina of Manual, in part. See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 157 (1910). Sandy and cobbly beaches, mud flats and brackish marshes. NON: 2290 (N); UNC: 2962 (N,P,M); NAU: 2455 (N); PAS: 3738 (N,P,C); CUT: 3569 (N,P); PEN: 1409 (P,W). Spergula arvensis L. Not common. NAS: Northrop (o); PEN: Jordan (o). SAGINA PROCUMBENS L. Upper beaches and dry, gravelly banks. NON: 2692 (N,P); NAU: 2728 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 3464 (P); PEN: 1408 (W). ARENARIA LATERIFLORA L. Seen growing only in sandy thicket along north shore of Naushon near the east end. NAU: 3318 (N); NAS: Northrop, “July-Aug.” 1901 (Y). A. PEPLOIDES L., var. ROBUSTA Fernald. See Ruopora, xi. 109 (1909). Occasional on sandy or cobbly beaches. CUT: 2274 (N,P); PEN: 1403 (W). A. serpyllifolia L. Sandy and gravelly areas; occasional. NON: Pennell 2840 (W); NAU: 3424 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). Stellaria graminea L. Grassland on Penikese. PEN: 1411 (PW); 1760 (N,P). S. media (L.) Cyrill. Dry, sterile soil and grassland on Penikese; probably more widespread. PEN: 855 (W), 3395 (N, P). Cerastium vulgatum L. Abundant on open, grassy hillsides and sandy clearings. NON: 3367 (N,P,M), 3286 (P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 3438 (P); PEN: 1404 (N,P,W). Agrostemma Githago L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena; no specimen. Lychnis alba Mill. Occasional in grassland on Penikese. PEN: 1407 (W). Gypsophila paniculata L. Persistent around leper cottages on Pen- ikese. PEN: 1406 (P,W). wor barbatus L. Same situation as the preceding. PEN: 1405 ). D. Armeria L. Seen only on edge of wet hollow at west end of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 3445 (N,P). PORTULACACEAE Portulaca oleracea L. Sandy ground, usually near cultivated areas. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1412 (W). NYMPHAEACEAE NYMPHOZANTHOS VARIEGATUS (Engelm.) Fernald. Nymphaea ad- vena, var. variegata Fernald. See Fernald, RHODORA, xxi. 183 (1919). 252 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Dune ponds on Nashawena and Sheep Pond, Cuttyhunk; possibly more general. NAS: Northrop (o), 2366 (N,P); CUT: 786 (W), 2531 (N). NyMPHAEA ODORATA Ait. Castalia odorata Woodv. & Wood. See Rnopona, xviii. 161 (1916). Rather general in smaller ponds as well as Sheep Pond, Cuttyhunk. UNC: 3004 (P); NAU: 2734 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 2367 (N,P); CUT: 2530 (N). RANUNCULACEAE RANUNCULUS CyMBALARIA Pursh. Sandy and gravelly shores; rather frequent. NON: 2302 (N,P); NAU: 528 (W,P); CUT: Hervey, no date, (№); PEN: Northrop (о), 1414 (W). К. DELPHINIFOLIUS Torr. Small, grassy-bottomed ponds in open hills. NAS: Northrop (o), 3522 (P); PEN: 451 (P,W), 1759 (N ,P,M). [R. REPTANS L. appears on Mrs. Northrop's list. It is hard to say what this may refer to in the absence of a specimen. R. reptans, var. ovalis (R. Flammula, var. reptans of the Manual) is unknown from southeastern Massachusetts and it seems hardly justifiable to report it on the basis of such an ambiguous record.] К. bulbosus L. Seen only on a steep gravel bank at the extreme east end of Nonamesset; possibly more abundant. NON: 3282 (N). К. acris L. Rather common in open grassland, especially on outer islands. NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 2325 (N); PEN: 1413 (N,P,W). THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM DC. Reported by Mrs. N orthrop as T. purpurascens, but had probably best be referred here. NAS: Northrop (o). i ANEMONE VIRGINIANA L. Collected in dry, sandy woods on “ Cap- tain’s Island,” Naushon. NAU: 3907 (P). A. QUINQUEFOLIA L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for N ashawena; no specimen seen. COPTIS GROENLANDICA (Oeder) Fernald. C. trifolia of the Manual. See Fernald, Rnopona, xxxi. 136 (1929). Included in Mrs. Northrop’s list with the comment “in one filled up pond under fern lvs. Very small, no fruit.” NAS: Northrop (o). This is an interesting addition to the flora of the islands. Coptis is unknown from Barnstable County, although represented in both Plymouth and Bristol Counties. Moreover, it is reported by Bick- nell for Nantucket, where, as on Nashawena, it may be a remnant of a formerly more dominant continental flora. There seems to be no real reason, even in the absence of herbarium material, to discredit this record. BERBERIDACEAE Berberis Thunbergii DC. Occurs scattered over the open hills at the east end of Uncatena. UNC: 2975 (N). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 253 LAURACEAE SASSAFRAS OFFICINALE Nees & Eberm. S. variifolium (Salisb.) Ktze. See Blake, RHopona, xx. 98 (1918). Scattered abundantly throughout all of the wooded areas. NAS: Northrop (o), 3533 (P). S. OFFICINALE Nees & Eberm. var. ALBIDUM (Nutt.) Blake. Кно- DORA, xx. 98 (1918). Occasional with the species. UNC: 3123 (N). BENZOIN AESTIVALE (L.) Nees. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen. PAPAVERACEAE Glaucium flavum Crantz. Established on beach near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 789 (P,W), 1798 (N). CRUCIFERAE Berteroa incana (L.) DC. Dry sandy soil near landing at east end of Pasque. PAS: 3798 (N,P,M). LEPIDIUM VIRGINICUM L. Open grassland and low sandy stretches. UNC: 3056 (N,P); PAS: 3762 (P); NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 2259 (N,P); PEN: 1417 (N,P,W,M,C). Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. Occasional in disturbed situ- ations. NAS: Northrop (o); PEN: 854 (P,W). CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook. Sandy and cobbly sea beaches, especially outer islands. NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2271 (N); 3431 (P); PEN: 1416 (P,W). Raphanus Raphanistrum L. Disturbed sandy soil near cultivated areas. NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2268 (N,P,M,C); PEN: 1418 (W). R. sativus L. Same situations as last. PEN: 1419 (N,P,W). Brassica juncea (L.) Cosson. On peninsula, east end of Penikese. PEN: 1415 (P,W). B. nigra L. Dry, sandy slope. NAU: 790 (W); PEN: Jordan (o). Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop., var. leiocarpum DC. Barren, sandy ground; waste places. PEN: (N,P,W,M). S. altissimum L. Same situations as the preceding. PEN: 1420 (W). Rorippa Nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Schinz & Thel. Radicula Nas- turtium-aquaticum Britt. & Rendle. Seen growing along a moist rill draining into Sheep Pond, Cuttyhunk. NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 1054 (P,W). DROSERACEAE DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Boggy situations and borders of ponds. NON: 2652 (N), 3362 (P); PAS: 1786 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3472 (P). D. INTERMEDIA Hayne. D. longifolia of Manual. Apparently not common; borders of dune ponds on Nashawena. NAS: 1778 (N,P), Northrop (о), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N). 254 Rhodora [NovEMBER SAXIFRAGACEAE RiBES HIRTELLUM Michx., var. CALCICOLA Fernald. See Fernald, Кнорока, xiii. 76 (1911). Seemingly rare. NON: 2844 (P). HAMAMELIDACEAE HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA L. Dry to moist woodland and thickets. Some of this material approaches the variety parvifolia Nutt. NON: 2591 (N,P); NAU: 3152 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3512 (P). ROSACEAE SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L. Pond borders and moist hollows; abundant. NON: 2564 (N); PAS: 1784 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 2345 (N,P). Pyrus AmBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f. Thickets and wet depressions; of frequent occurrence. NON: 2885 (N,P); UNC: 3046 (N,P); NAS: 1774 (N,P), 3495 (P). P. AnBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f., var. ArRoPURPUREA (Britton) Robinson. Same situations as the last but less common. NON: 3175 (N,P); UNC: 3124 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). AMELANCHIER OBLONGIFOLIA (T. & G.) Roem. Dense thickets and sheltered hollows; abundant. NON: 2630 (P), 2883 (N,P), 3205 (P), 3202 (P,C), 3308 (P,M,C); PEN: 1421 (P,W). CRATAEGUS PRUINOSA (Wendl.) C. Koch. Single tree on dry hill- side near Tarpaulin Cove. NAU: 1801 (N,P). CRATAEGUS spp. This genus is to be met with scattered through- out the dry, sandy beech woods, mostly on Naushon. Several collections have been made, but it has not been found possible to match this material with existing specimens or to reconcile it with available descriptions. Each individual plant appears to possess its own characteristics which differ from those of its neighbor, and, rather than give to these specimens names which assume a definite- ness that they do not own, the problem is here left in abeyance. FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne. Dry open slopes and hollows. NON: 3287 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1422 (W). Е. viRGINIANA Duchesne, var. TERRAE-NOVAE (Rydb.) Fernald & Wiegand. Ruopora, xiii. 106 (1911). Seen only іп а sandy meadow near Cuttyhunk Pond. CUT: 3581 (N,P). Е. vesca L. Reported by Jordan from Penikese: no specimen. POTENTILLA NORVEGICA L., var. HIRSUTA (Michx.) Lehm. P. mon- speliensis L. See Bibliot. Bot. 16, Heft Ixxi. 404 (1908). Dry open ground. PEN: 1424 (N,P,W,M). P. argentea L. Dry sandy and gravelly soil. NAS: Northrop (o); PEN: 1423 (N,P,W,M). P. recta L. Sandy clearing in woods near West Gutter. NAU: 3923 (N,P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 255 P. PACIFICA Howell. P. Anserina of Manual, in part. See Fernald, Кнорова, хі. 1 (1909). Shingle beach along south shore of Nonames- set. NON: 2874 (N,P,M); NAS: Northrop, as “Р. Anserina" (o). P. pumila Poir. Dry knolls and exposed sandy and grassy hill- sides. NON: 2677 (N,P), 3288 (P,M,C); PEN: 1425 (N,P,W). P. CANADENSIS L., var. SIMPLEX (Michx.) T. & С. The Elizabeth Islands material seen all has narrow, oblanceolate leaves and short, more or less appressed, pubescence. Dry slopes and sandy clearings. NON: 3355 (N,P,M); CUT: 2536 (N). GEUM CANADENSE Jacq. Apparently rare; boggy woods at east end of Nashawena. NAS: Northrop (o), 3544 (P). Rusus OCCIDENTALIS L. Edge of woods at west end of Nonamesset. NON: 2676 (N). К. PERGRATUS Blanchard. Thickets and margins of boggy hollows. NAS: 3487 (P); PEN: 1428 (N,P,W). R. laciniatus Willd. Well established on peninsula of Penikese. PEN: 1429 (N,P,W). R. ANDREWSIANUS Blanchard. This is the commonest Blackberry on the Islands, occurring in wet overgrown hollows and in thickets on open slopes. NON: 2577 (P). 2626 (N,P); UNC: 3034 (P); NAU: Pennell 3135 (W), 2496 (P), 2497 (P). К. нврров L. Abundant; apparently as much at home on the dry exposed hillsides as in the boggy depressions. NAS: Northrop (о), 3539 (№); СОТ: 2312 (P), 2321 (N,P,M). К. FLAGELLARIS Willd. А. procumbens of many authors. R. vil- losus of the manual. See Bailey, Gentes Herb. i. 234 (1925). Trailing over dry open sandy and gravelly ground. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1430 (N,P,W). Rosa rugosa Thunb. Established and thriving, usually along beach- es, on several of the islands. NAU: Taylor 3077 (P); CUT: 3439 (N); PEN: 1427 (P,W). R. rubiginosa L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. R. PALUSTRIS Marsh. R. carolina of Manual and most American authors. See Fernald, RHODORA, xx. 91. (1918). Wet margins of ponds. NAS: Northrop, July, 1901 (Y), 2354 (N,W); PEN: 1426 (W). В. canoLINA L. R. humilis Marsh See Fernald, 1. c. Wet hollows and pond margins. NON: 2631 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о), 3477 (P); CUT: 3461 (N). R. NANELLA Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxii (pt. 6), 497 (1918). Material collected from sandy thicket on Uncatena has dwarf stature and very narrow leaflets and corresponds in all essentials to Rydberg’s descrip- tion of this species. UNC: 3112 (N). К. vinGINIANA Mill. Moist hollows and swampy borders of ponds. NON: Pennell 2843 (P), 3173 (N,P), 3346 (P,M); PAS: 3746 (N,P). Prunus sEROTINA Ehrh. Sheltered hollows, thickets and sandy woods. NON: 2671 (N,P); UNC: 3108 (P); NAU: 2501 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3519 (P); PEN: 1431 (W). 256 Rhodora [NOVEMBER P. maritima Wang. Apparently not very common; forms a dense thicket at east end of Nonamesset. NON: 3206 (N), 3303 (P,M); NAS: Northrop (o). LEGUMINOSAE Gleditsia triacanthos L. Sandy woods near dwellings at east end of Naushon; originally introduced. NAU: 3925 (E). Genista tinctoria L. Well established and spreading in fields at east end of Naushon and on Uncatena. UNC: 2976 (N); NAU: 796 (N, P,W). Cytisus scoparius (L.) Link. Abundant and spreading on parts of Naushon (see p. 155); local elsewhere. NAU: Miss Weir, June 22, 1890 (N), Moore, 1903 (N); PAS: Hollick, Aug. 1898 (Y); NAS: North- rop (o). Ulex europaeus L. A single large clump along road near Mary's Lake. NAU: 797 (W). Trifolium arvense L. Dry open ground and sandy areas. NON: 2669 (P); UNC: 3012 (№); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2257 (N); PEN: 1434 (P,W). T. pratense L. Grassland; occasional. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1435 (P,W). T. repens L. Open fields and grassy levels. NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 2261 (N,P); PEN: 3402 (N,P). T. hybridum L. Open grassland; occasional. NAS: Northrop (o); PEN: 1436 (P,W). T. agrarium L. Disturbed sandy soil near areas under cultivation. PEN: 1433 (N,P,W). Coronilla varia L. Abundant on grassy hillside toward west end of Pasque. PAS: 795 (P,W). Robinia Pseudo-Acacia L. At several localities along the north shore of Naushon, where doubtless planted but now spreading. NAU: 3874 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o). Реѕморіом RIGIDUM (Ell) DC. Sandy woods and hills; not com- mon. UNC: 2977 (N,P); NAU: 2600 (N,P). D. овтовом (Muhl.) DC. Sandy woods and clearings. МАП: 3910 (P,M,C), 3928 (N,P). LESPEDEZA PROCUMBENS Michx. Not abundant; seen only in sandy woods on “ Captain's Island.” МАО: 3909 (N,P,M). L. vioLACEA (L.) Pers. Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. North- rop; no specimens seen. L. нівтА (L.) Hornem. On Mrs. Northrop's Nashawena list; no specimen seen. L. САРІТАТА Michx. Apparently not abundant; open, sandy bank on Uncatena, west end. UNC: 3129 (N). Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench. Disturbed sandy area near landing. PEN: 1438 (W). V. Cracca L. Dry, open ground. CUT: Taylor 3076 (P); PEN: 1437 (N,P,W,M,C). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 257 V. villosa Roth. Dry sandy strip near Cuttyhunk Pond. CUT: 3579 (N,P). LATHYRUS MARITIMUS (L.) Bigel. Sea beaches; commoner on outer islands. NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 2263 (N,P); PEN: 1432 (N,P,W). L. PALUSTRIS L. Known only from single collection on Nashawena. This material approaches var. pilosus. NAS: Northrop, “ July-Aug." 1901 (Y). Aptos TUBEROSA Moench. Occasional in wet hollows and around ponds. UNC: 3089 (№; NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2328 (N,P). AMPHICARPA MONOICA (L.) Ell. Sandy woods near Hadley Harbor. МАП: 3917 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о). LINACEAE Linum striatum Walt. Dry hillsides and peaty pond margins. CUT: 2330 (P), 2538 (N,P). L. viRGINIANUM L. Dry sandy woods. NAU: Williams & Collins, July 10, 1911 (N), 2381 (N,P). OXALIDACEAE Oxauis srRICTA L. Open sandy hillsides and sandy clearings. UNC: 3096 (P); NAU: Pennell 3142 (W), 2498 (P), 3682 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1439 (N,P,W). GERANIACEAE GERANIUM MACULATUM L. Seen only on an exposed gravel bank at upper margin of beach along north shore of Nonamesset. NON: 3364 (N,P). С. CAROLINIANUM L. Burnt-over ground near hospital building on Penikese. PEN: 1440 (W). SIMARUBACEAE Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Naturalized and spreading at several localities on Naushon and Nashawena. NAS: Northrop (0), 3481 (P). POLYGALACEAE PoLYGALA POLYGANA Walt. Open sandy and grassy hillsides. NAU: 2477 (№); NAS: Northrop, “ July—Aug.” 1901 (Y). P. saNGUINEA L. Low boggy ground. Not common. NAS: Northrop (o), 3563 (N). P. crucrata L. Peaty and boggy pond borders; apparently not widespread. CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (№), 2514 (N,P). EUPHORBIACEAE ACALYPHA VIRGINICA L. Known only from a sheet of Dr. Pennell's collecting on Naushon. NAU: Pennell 3140 (W,P). 258 Rhodora [NOVEMBER A. DIGYNEIA Raf. See Weatherby, ВноровА, xxix. 193 (1927). Rare. Boggy depression in open hills near east end of Uncatena. UNC: 3131 (N). i A. GRACILENS Gray. Dry hillsides and moist depressions; local. UNC: 2974 (P), 3087 (N). EUPHORBIA POLYGONIFOLIA L. Sea beaches and low sandy stretches. NON: 2870 (N); UNC: 3008 (N); PAS: 3755 (P,M); NAS: Northrop, * July-Aug." 1901 (Y); PEN: Jordan (o). E. MACcULATA L. Sandy beaches and dry exposed slopes. NON: 2869 (N); NAU: 2499 (P); PEN: Jordan (o). CALLITRICHACEAE CALLITRICHE PALUSTRIS L. Apparently rare and local. NAS: Northrop (o), 3521 (P). C. HETEROPHYLLA Pursh. Small ponds in hills; more frequent than last. NON: 2235 (N); PEN: 456 (W), 1095 (P,W), 1758 (N,P). (То be continued) A CAREX NEW TO NEW ENGLAND.—On a hasty trip to Mt. Katahdin, on 2 September, 1929, I gathered a few specimens of Carex around the shores of Chimney Pond. These were later submitted to Professor Fernald, who informs me that one of them (no. 21,180, now deposited in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club) is C. anguillata Drejer, a species described from Iceland and also known from northern Labrador, northern Ungava, and Wager Inlet on the northern side of Hudson Bay.—ARTHUR STANLEY РЕАвЕ, Amherst College. Volume 32, no. 382, including pages 187 to 222, was issued 14 October, 1930. 000га JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE Associate Editors Vol. 32. December, 1930. No. 384. CONTENTS: Notes on Katahdin Plants. 5. J. Ёшбт......................... 259 Aira spicata and the Application of the International Rules. PE a Orell NN А ЕТА old foo a re eps ЧАНА Т 261 Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts (concluded). (P КО MR MM 263 КИШКЕ Оо qe qo M "DP | oo. ОСЕ S 282 ОТОКА qo ERO 283 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the бога of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will re- ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re- prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa. Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular crypto- gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- species, varieties and forms. А work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other — of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. Vol. П. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America, by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00 Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates ver space of 4 in. by 3-4 іп. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. TRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 32. December, 1930. No. 384. NOTES ON KATAHDIN PLANTS S. JupsoN EWER Dvnixc the latter part of July and the fore part of August of the summer of 1929 it was my privilege to spend approximately three weeks at Mt. Katahdin, Maine. Collections were made of the various plants met with, both in the better known regions of the Mountain and also in such little traversed portions as the Northwest Basin and the cirque containing Klondike Pond. The following is a list of those plants collected concerning which I find no reference in published lists and notes dealing with the flora of the upper slopes of Katahdin. Thanks are due to Professor M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium for his kindness in checking identifications. Speci- mens are deposited in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club and in the writer's private collection. WoopsiA ILVENSIS (L.) К. Br. One small clump in a crevice of the cliffs of the north wall of the North Basin at an altitude of about 3600 feet. The fronds were in fruiting condition at the time of collection, July 26. DICKSONIA PUNCTILOBULA Michx. Abundant along the trail just below Basin Pond Camp, 2400 feet. EQUISETUM SYLVATICUM L. Sterile stalks abundant in the grass at the head of Klondike Pond, 3440 feet. Pinus Srrosus L. One small specimen, 10 inches high, on the floor of the North Basin at approximately 3300 feet. This little tree was growing in the shelter of a rock in company with such plants as Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea, var. minus, Kalmia angustifolia, Vaccinium uliginosum and scrub birch. It appeared in flourishing condition and had much new growth. SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Occurring very sparingly in the shallow water near the outlet of Lake Cowles, Northwest Basin, 2860 feet. Also found in the shallow water along the north shore of Lower Basin Pond, 2460 feet. 260 Rhodora [DECEMBER CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv., var. ACUMINATA Vasey. According to my collections this is the variety of C. canadensis occurring commonly on the Mountain along the ponds, slides and walls. Itis very abundant in the open at the head of Klondike Pond. C. canadensis appears in lists of Katahdin plants, ? and possibly a reéxamination of this older material might reveal the specimens to be var. acuminata. GLYCERIA STRIATA (Lam.) Hitche., var. srRICTA (Scribn.) Fernald. This is the northern variety of Glyceria striata (С. nervata (Willd.) Trin. and was found on the north wall of the North Basin at an elevation of approximately 3700 feet. С. nervata is mentioned in Fernald's list? as occurring at Chimney Pond. CAREX INTUMESCENS Rudge, var. FERNALDII Bailey. Found along the trail from Chimney to Basin Ponds at about 2500 feet. С. intumescens is listed by Harvey? from the North and Northwest Basins, and from Dry Pond. CAREX PAUPERCULA Michx., var. tRRIGUA (Wahlenb.) Fernald. Occurring in the sphagnum along the southern shore of Lower Basin Pond, 2460 feet. Also in a small, boggy area at the head of Klondike Pond, 3440 feet. CAREX LEPTONERVIA Fernald. In the open, grassy area at the head of Klondike Pond, 3440 feet. Also along the southern shore of Lower Basin Pond, 2460 feet. SCIRPUS ATROVIRENS Muhl., var. GEorGIANUS (Harper) Fernald. In the opening about Chimney Pond Camp, 2914 feet. Juncus TENUIS Willd., var. WiLLiAMsm Fernald. In the opening about Chimney Pond Camp, 2914 feet. Juncus EFFUSUS L., var. PYLAEI (Laharpe) Fern. & Wieg. In the opening about Chimney Pond Camp, 2914 feet. SALIX ARCTOPHILA Cockerell. In moist sphagnous banks of the wall above Klondike Pond at approximately 3700 feet. This is a characteristic shrub of Greenland, Labrador and western New- foundland, and Professor Fernald informs me that it has not been previously collected south of the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé. It is therefore new to New England. CERASTIUM VULGATUM L. Introduced near Chimney Pond Camp, 2914 feet. А NYMPHAEA RUBRODISCA (Morong) Greene. Found sparingly along the eastern shore of Lake Cowles, Northwest Basin, and also in the shallow water near the outlet, 2860 feet. Although at a comparative high altitude Lake Cowles has surprisingly warm water and supports the most extensive aquatic vegetation of any of the ponds of Mt. Katahdin. Davis Pond, also in the Northwest Basin, and at the ! Lamson-Scribner, F. Mt. Kataadn and Its Flora. Bot. Gaz. 17: 46—54. 1892. 2 Fernald, M. L. Vascular Plants of Mt. Katahdin. Ruopora 3: 166—177. 1901. з Harvey, L. Н. An Ecological Excursion to Mt. Ktaadn. Ruopora 5: 41—52. 1903. 1930] Farwell,—Aira spicata Linn 261 same elevation as Lake Cowles, is icy cold and seems practically devoid of aquatic plant life. POTENTILLA MONSPELIENSIS L. Found along the shore of Lower Basin Pond, 2460 feet. EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Haussk. One specimen was found in the region intermediate between Lower and Upper Basin Ponds, 2460 feet. OENOTHERA PUMILA L. Found along the shore of Lower Basin Pond, 2460 feet. CIRCAEA ALPINA L. Growing rather abundantly in the shade of balsam at the edge of the grassy area at the head of Klondike Pond, 3440 feet. In bud upon July 22. ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA Link. Abundant in sphagnum on the wall above Klondike Pond, 3600 feet to 3900 feet. There are rather extensive boggy areas upon this gently sloping wall, characterized by such bog plants as Vaccinium Oxycoccus, Drosera rotundifolia, Kalmia polifolia, etc. ASTER PUNICEUS L., var. OLIGOCEPHALUS Fernald. Found com- monly in the grassy area at the head of Klondike Pond, 3440 feet. According to Professor Fernald, this plant is common in southern Labrador, Newfoundland, and the Gaspé Mts., and it also occurs in the White Mts. of New Hampshire. It has not been previously reported from Katahdin. ASTER PUNICEUS L., var. PERLONGUS Fernald. Found along the trail between Chimney and Basin Ponds, not far from the latter. This, Professor Fernald informs me, is the first collection other than the original from Table Top Mt., Gaspé. It is therefore new to New England. LEYDEN, MASSACHUSETTS. AIRA SPICATA, LINN, AND THE APPLICATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL RULES OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL Іх Кнорока for October, 1929, Mr. K. K. Mackenzie, using the Vienna Code, Article 51 (2) and Article 56, argues that Avra spicata L., Sp. Pl. p. 64, is invalidated by Aira spicata L., l. c., p. 63, hence Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter, based on the former, is also invalid. Mr. A. S. Hitcheock, commenting in ҢноровА for December, 1929, on the above paper by Mackenzie, argues under Article 50 of the International Rules, that the second Aira spicata L. was validated when Linn corrected, in an erratum, the first Aira spicata and changed it to Aira Indica, claiming that this makes the first A. spicata uni- versally regarded as nonvalid. 202 Rhodora [DECEMBER The first A. spicata has been universally regarded as a synonym of A. Indica, and rightly so, but it cannot be regarded, under the Inter- national Rules, as universally nonvalid—quite the contrary. Being a synonym is not necessarily being nonvalid, and there is no article in the International Rules that would make one of these names nonvalid; the application of these rules is intended to apply to species when found in their proper genera. It was perfectly right for Linnaeus to correct one of these names, as long as both remained in the genus Aira. He went further and discarded both for new names. But when modern botanists remove them to their proper genera, they must revert to the use of the original specific names and the secondary or substitute names become synonyms. In my estimation none of the rules for the rejection of a name under Section 7 can be applied in the present case, as under the International Rules there is no name to be rejected, each name being valid for its respective species (Article 48); also, Article 27 specifically says that the same specific name may be given in several genera. As Aira spicata on page 63 is not even congeneric with 4. spicata on page 64, the specific name "spicata" must be retained. (Article 48) for each species when removed to its proper genus, unless there is already in the genus to which it is removed a valid species under the same name (Article 53). If Aira spicata No. 1, and Aira spicata No. 2, were conspecific or congeneric, one of the names would have to go (Article 27) but since neither is the case, neither has to go, and Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter, is correct. Also, the correction of the first A. spicata to A. Indica, at a later date, only makes the latter a mere synonym (Article 50, 51) (1), and therefore a name not to be admitted. In so far as I am aware, there is no valid species of the specific name spicatum under Panicum, so that Aira spicata Linn, Sp. PL, p. 63 (A. Indica Linn) when removed to its proper genus should become (Article 48) Panicum spicatum (Linn) Farwell, n. comb. A very similar case is that of Hedysarum rotundifolium Vahl (1791) and Н. rotundifolium Mx. (1803). Here we have two distinct species published under the same generic name by two different authors at different dates but under the same specific name. Аз neither of these species belongs in Hedysarum, are not conspecific nor even congenerie, they must be removed each to its proper genus, and (Article 48) each must retain its first specific name (rotundifolium), unless it falls foul of one or another of the impediments enumerated 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 263 in the International Rules. Michaux's species becomes Desmodium rotundifolium (Mx.) DC. Vahl’s species is not so fortunate, for when transferred to Indigofera, it meets one of the impediments of the Rules. There is a valid species of the same name, Indigofera rotundi- folia Lour. (1790), and hence (Article 53) Hedysarum rotundifolium Vahl must change its specific name when referred to its proper genus (Indigofera), probably to I. prostrata Roxb. (I. echinata Willd.). Both the species of Vahl and of Michaux, having been removed from Hedysarum, the way is left open for the use of the specific name rotundifolium for some genuine species of the genus. So we have the legitimate Hedysarum rotundifolium Boiss. et Noé (Article 50). DEPARTMENT OF Botany, PARKE, Davis & Co., DETROIT, MICHIGAN. THE FLORA OF THE ELIZABETH ISLANDS, MASSACHUSETTS Jonn M. Foca, Jn. (Continued from page 258) ANACARDIACEAE Raus rvPHINA L. Occasional in sheltered hollows on hillsides. NAS: Northrop (0), 3479 (N); PEN: 1441 (P,W), 3409 (N,P). К. GLABRA (L.) Gray. No material seen; reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena. К. GLABRA (L.) Gray, var. BOREALIS Britton. See Britton's Man. Fl. No. St. Can. 601 (1901). Forming a small grove along the North- west Gutter at the west end of Uncatena. UNC: 2453 (P,M). R. coPALLINA L. Open slopes and moist depressions. UNC: 3039 (N); PAS: 3793 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 13, 1901 (Y). К. Vernrx L. Swampy woods and thickets. NAU: 2485 (N,P); PAS: 3794 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). К. Toxicopenpron L. Thickets, copses and overgrown hollows. Extremely variable as to habit, leaf-shape and fruit. NON: 3345 (N,P,M); UNC: 3040 (N,P); PAS: 1785 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 2352 (N); CUT: 2314 (N); PEN: Jordan (o). AQUIFOLIACEAE ILEX opaca Ait. Occasional in sandy wooded areas. NAU: 2488 (P,M,C); NAS: Northrop (o), 3535 (N). I. opaca Ait., forma SUBINTEGRA Weatherby. Ruopora, xxiii. 118 (1921). Sandy woods with the last; rare. NAU: 2484 (N,P,W,M,C). 264 Rhodora [DECEMBER I. vERTICILLATA (L.) Gray. Moist overgrown depressions and wet borders of ponds. NON: 3174 (N,P,M); NAS: 3490 (P). I. vERTICILLATA (L.) Gray, var. FasrIGIATA (Bickn.) Fernald. Rnopona, xxiii. 274 (1921). In similar situations as last; occasional. NON: 2884 (N, P, M); NAS; Northrop, “ July—Aug.” 1901 (Y), 3494 (N). I. LAEVIGATA (Pursh) Gray. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nash- awena; no specimen seen. I. GLABRA (L.) Gray. The Inkberry is evidently very rare on the Elizabeth Islands. Although sought for repeatedly, it is known only from a single specimen collected on Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). ACERACEAE ACER RUBRUM L. Sandy and boggy woods and thickets; var. tridens was nowhere seen. NON: 2655 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3534 (N). A. platanoides L. Planted in small grove near hospital building on Penikese. PEN: 1443 (W). A. Pseudo-Platanus L. A few trees with the preceding. PEN: 3410 (P,M). SAPINDACEAE Aesculus Hippocastanum L. Included in Mrs. Northrop's list with the comment, “Single good sized tree in midst of native trees about Choptauk Lake. Introduced." No specimen seen. BALSAMINACEAE IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt. Wet borders of ponds. NON: 2887 (N); NAU: 2735 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o). VITACEAE PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch. Psedera quinquefolia Greene. Occasional in thickets. NON: 2294 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 856 (W). P. tricuspidata (Sieb. & Zucc.) Planch. Trailing over stone wall near hospital building on Penikese. PEN: 3411 (N,P). Vitis Lasrusca L. Thickets and moist hollows. UNC: 3028 (№); NAS: Northrop, July, 1901 (Y), 3493 (P). V. AESTIVALIS Michx. Trailing over low trees, edge of sandy woods. NAU: 2490 (P). MALVACEAE Malva rotundifolia L. Dry sandy soil, waste places. NAU: Pennell 3115 (W); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1442 (P,W). Althaea officinalis L. Mrs. Northrop, in listing this species for Nashawena, says, “2 or 3 plants on different parts of shore." No specimen seen. 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 265 Нівіѕсоѕ Моѕснестоѕ L. Borders of salt marshes. NON: 2673 (P); UNC: 2985 (N,P); NAU: 2378 (N): HYPERICACEAE Hypericum perforatum L. Abundant everywhere on dry hillsides. NON: 2679 (P); UNC: 2968 (N); NAS: Northrop (0), 3552 (P); CUT: 2332 (№); PEN: 1445 (N,P,W,M,C). Н. BOREALE (Britton) Bickn. Pond borders and wet hollows; abundant. NON: 2642 (P,W), 2701 (N,P); UNC: 2983 (N); NAU: 2726 (N,P); PAS: 3738 (P); NAS: 3523 (P). Н. mutitum L. Same habitats as last; less frequent. NON: 2569 (№); NAU: Pennell 3125 (W), 2389 (P); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: Jordan (о). H. cANADENSE L. Peaty pond margins and boggy hollows. NON: 2645 (N); UNC: 3023 (N,P), 3085 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). Н. aENTIANOIDES (L.) BSP. Dry sandy hillsides and clearings. NON: 2694 (P); UNC: 3086 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). Н. virarnicum L. Sandy and peaty pond borders, often partly immersed. NON: 2640 (P), 3171 (N,P,C); UNC: 3022 (N); NAU: 2927 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 2351 (P,M); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). ELATINACEAE EraTINE MINIMA (Nutt.) Е. & M. See Fernald, Кнорока, xix. 10 (1917). Sandy bottoms and borders of ponds. NON: 2706 (N,P); NAU: Pennell 3202 (W), 2727 (P), 2943 (N); PAS: 1061 (P), 1064 (P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2533 (М). CISTACEAE HELIANTHEMUM CANADENSE (L.) Michx. Open grassland and dry sandy clearings; abundant. NON: 2625 (N,P), 2578 (P,M), 2903 (N); NAU: 2474 (P,M), 2598 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3558 (P). Н. рвкоріхооом Bickn. See Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xl. 615 (1913). Seen only on sandy bank bordering West End Pond. NAU: 2915 (N,P). Н. BICKNELLII Fernald. H. majus of Manual. See RHODORA, xxi. 36 (1919). Dry, open, grassy slopes. NAU: 2493 (P), 2945 (N); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). Н. ромоѕом (Bickn.) Fernald. See Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xl. 613 (1913), and Кнорока, xix. 60 (1917). Grassland and sandy clearings. NAU: 2494 (P,W), 2944 (N); PAS: Svenson, Sept. 8, 1926 (N); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 3557 (P,M). Hupsonia TOMENTOSA Nutt. Open sandy areas. NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); PAS: 800 (N,P,M); NAS: Northrop, “July-Aug.” 1901 (Y), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), Pennell 2916 (W), 2365 (P,M). Lecuea viLLOSA Ell. Apparently not common; sandy woods on Naushon. NAU: 2462 (P). 206 Rhodora | [DECEMBER L. MaRITIMA Leggett. Abundant on open downs and sandy stretch- es. NON: 2584 (N), 2624 (P); NAU: 2473 (P), 2481 (P), 2597 (N); PAS: 3770 (P). L. Гессетти Britton & Hollick. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. VIOLACEAE VIOLA PAPILIONACEA Pursh. Not common; seen only in sandy beech woods on Naushon. NAU: 3314 (P), 3326 (N,P). V. FIMBRIATULA Sm. Abundant on open downs and dry, grassy slopes. NON: 2581 (N), 3289 (P); NAU: Pennell 3129 (W), 3126 (P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 2457 (P,M); PEN: 1444 (N,P,W). [V. saarrrATA Ait. Reported by Jordan for Penikese and by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena but probably refers to the preceding. | V. LANCEOLATA L. Open bogs and peaty borders of ponds. NON: 2568 (P,M), 2894 (N), 3307 (P); UNC: 3088 (N); NAU: Pennell 3122 (W), 2511 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). V. PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd. Peaty and boggy hollow at west end of Nashawena. NAS: 3499 (N,P). [V. BLANDA Willd. Appears on Mrs. Northrop's Nashawena list. In absence of specimens it seems most likely that this refers to the preceding.] LYTHRACEAE ГРесором vEnTICILLATUS (L.) Ell. Abundant in swamps, borders of ponds and low wet thickets. NON: 2563 (N,P), 3170 (N,P); NAU: 2387 (N); PAS:3795 (P); NAS: Northrop (o), 2338 (N,P,M,C); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). MELASTOMACEAE КнехІА virRGINICA L. Wet, peaty depressions and borders of small ponds. NON: 2639 (N,P,M); NAS: Northrop, *July-Aug." 1901 (Y), Northrop, Sept. 1901 (Y), 3548 (P); CUT: 2522 (P). ONAGRACEAE LupviaiA PALUSTRIS (L.) Ell. Floating or growing on moist mud; small pond holes. NON: 2240 (C), 2571 (P,M), 3164 (N,P); NAU: 2468 (N,P); PAS: 3784 (P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3526 (N,P); CUT: 3447 (P); PEN: 457 (P,W). EriLoBrUM pensum Raf. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nash- awena as E. lineare; no specimen seen. E. PALUSTRE L., var. MoNTICOLA Haussk. Collected in an open sphagnum bog at the west end of Cuttyhunk on July 28, 1927. CUT: 2307 (N). E. cotoratum Muhl. Seen only on the shingle at French Watering Place; perhaps more general. NAU: 2718 (N). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 267 E. GLANDULOSUM Lehm., var. ADENOCAULON (Haussk.) Fernald. E. adenocaulon Haussk. See Кнорока, xx. 34 (1918). Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. OENOTHERA MURICATA L. Dry sandy soil, east end of Pasque; probably more common. PAS: 3761 (P). О. BIENNIS L. Dry sterile ground, occasionally in grassland. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1446 (N,P,W). O. grandiflora Ait. On Penikese, where probably introduced. PEN: 1447 (W). HALORAGIDACEAE MyRIOPHYLLUM SCABRATUM Michx. Rather frequent; small ponds and wet pond holes. NON: 2241 (G,N,P), 3363 (P); UNC: 2996 (N,P,M,C), 3647 (P); NAU: 801 (№); NAS: C. E. Faxon, Sept. 1875 (G), Northrop (o); PEN: 453 (N,P,W), 3398 (P). M. umile (Raf. Morong. Abundant and variable; forma capil- laceum and forma natans have both been met with but appear to be nothing more than mere ecological variations. NON: 2705 (N,P, M,C); NAU: 2503 (N,P,M); PAS: 845 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3520 (N,P); CUT: 3448 (P). M. TENELLUM Bigel. Muddy borders and bottoms of several small ponds. NAU: 2401 (N), 2753 (N,P); PAS: 1068 (W); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Hervey, no date (N). PROSERPINACA PALUSTRIS L. Ponds and pond borders, often sub- merged. NON: 2570 (P), 2643 (N,P), 3382 (P,M); UNC: 3026 (N); PAS: 554 (PW); NAS: Northrop, July, 1901 (Y); CUT: 803 (W), Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). UMBELLIFERAE SANICULA CANADENSIS L. Dry sandy woods; not common. NAU: 2459 (Р,М), 3927 (N,P,C). HYDROCOTYLE UMBELLATA L. Shallow water of ponds and muddy or grassy pond margins. UNC: 3001 (N); NAU: Williams et al., July 10, 1911 (N), 1805 (N), 2502 (N,P), 2729 (M), 2947 (N,P,C); NAS: Northrop, “ July-Aug." 1901 (Y), Pennell 2923 (W); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N). Н. Cansyı Coult. & Rose. NAU: 1069 (С), 2948 (N,P). In the Gray Herbarium there is a specimen of H. Canbyi labelled H. umbellata, var. ambigua which was collected at “Woods Holl, Sept. 10, 1876, on shores of Nobska Pond.” This sheet is further labelled “Herb. W. С. Farlow,” and, though no collector’s name appears, may have been collected by Farlow himself. It constituted the only known record for this plant north of southern New Jersey until 1925 when, on July 14, Dr. H. K. Svenson and the writer found it growing around the shores of French Watering Place on Naushon. 268 Rhodora [DECEMBER On Aug. 31, 1927, the writer again visited this locality and found the plant, this time along another portion of the shore of the same pond. Н. Canbyi is thus definitely established as a member of the flora of New England. Н. vkRTICILLATA Thunb. NON: 2895 (G,N,P); UNC: 2981 (G, N,P,W), 3000 (P). The reported occurrence of this species in Massachusetts has apparently been based upon a sheet collected by Thomas Morong at Woods Hole on Aug. 10, 1877. This sheet, which is in the Gray Herbarium, bears the determination “ H. interrupta Muhl.” and is perfectly typical H. verticillata as understood today. Also, there is a sheet of this species in the herbarium of the Boston Society of Natural History collected at New Bedford and further labelled merely “Oakes Coll." Southwest of Massachusetts the plant has been known only from Block Island before “jumping” to southern New Jersey (Cape May County). On August 30, 1927, while exploring the west end of Nonamesset, the writer came upon a small pond in the open hills which was filled with a species of Hydrocotyle. This, upon examination, proved to be H. verticillata. Three days later, September 2, this same species was found growing in profusion in two small grassy ponds along the north shore of Uncatena toward the east end. Thus, a second member of this genus is restored to our list for this region after a lapse of half a century. PTILIMNIUM CAPILLACEUM (Michx.) Raf. Borders of brackish ponds and salt marshes. NON: 2595 (N), 2664 (P); UNC: 3019 (N,P); NAU: 2370 (P,M,C), 2715 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3501 (P). CicUTA MACULATA L. On Mrs. Northrop’s list for Nashawena; no specimen seen. SruM SUAVE Walt. S. cicutaefolium Schrank. See Blake, RHODORA, xvii. 131 (1915). Swampy hollows in woods and borders of ponds. UNC: 2988 (P); NAU: 2386 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0), 2350 (N,P); CUT: 3443 (P). Licgusticum scorHiCUM L. Sandy and gravelly beaches. NON: 3210 (N); UNC: 2979 (N,P); PAS: 557 (P,W); PEN: 1449 (P,W). COELOPLEURUM LUCIDUM (L.) Fernald. С. actaeifolium (Michx.) C. & К. See Fernald, RHODORA, xxi. 144 (1919). Sand and cobble beaches; not very common. CUT: 3435 (N,P); PEN: Jordan (o). Pastinaca sativa L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. HERACLEUM LANATUM Michx. Seen growing only on gravelly bank along East Gutter. NON: 3310 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 269 Daucus Carota L. Dry grassland; apparently not common. NAS: Northrop (o); CUT: 2326 (N,P); PEN: 1448 (P,W). CORNACEAE Cornus FLORIDA L. Fairly abundant in boggy woods in hollows along south shore of Nonamesset; perhaps elsewhere. Seen in full “flower” on May 28,1928. NON:3302 (N,P,M,C); NAS: Northrop (о). Nyssa sytvatica Marsh. A common tree both in the wet wooded hollows and in the moist portions of the beech-oak forests. NON: 2636 (P), 2667 (W,M), 2886 (N,P); NAU: Simons, July 23, 1901 (W), 2932 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 3517 (P). ERICACEAE CLETHRA ALNIFOLIA L. Thickets and pond borders; abundant. NON: 2293 (P,C), 2627 (N,P), 2882 (N,M); UNC: 3649 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o), 1771 (P); CUT: 2309 (P). CHIMAPHILA MACULATA (L.) Pursh. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. PynoLA ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. AMERICANA (Sweet) Fernald. Р. americana Sweet. See RnHopona, xxii. 122 (1920). Mrs. Northrop, who reports this from Nashawena, says, “ Few plants in one station." No specimen seen. Monorropa UNIFLORA L. Dry sandy beech and oak woods. NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (№), 806 (PW); NAS: Northrop (о), 3537 (P). M. нүрорїтнүз L. Seen only in sandy woods at east end of Nash- awena; perhaps more common. NAS: 3538 (N). M. uyporiruys L., var. RUBRA (Torr.) Farwell. See Amer. Midl. Nat., x. 39 (1926). The crimson variety was collected in dense beech woods near Witches’ Glen on Naushon; seen nowhere else. NAU: 3687 (N). RHODODENDRON viscosum (L.) Torr. Thickets and pond borders. NON: 2629 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 1769 (N,P,M); CUT: 2317 (N). R. viscosum (L.) Torr, var. GLAucuM (Michx.) Gray. Known only from a single specimen collected by Williams on Nashawena; probably more abundant. NAS: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N). KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Apparently rare; reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena, but no specimen seen. LEUCOTHOE RACEMOSA (L.) Gray. Occasional around sandy mar- gins of ponds. NAU: 2482 (P,M), 2938 (N,P). LYONIA LiaustriIna (L.) DC. Dense thickets and wet borders of ponds. NON: 2628 (N,P); UNC: 3650 (N,P,M); NAS: Northrop (o), 1768 (N,P). CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) Moench. Seen growing only around borders of dune ponds on Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 1770 (N,P,W). EPIGAEA REPENS L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena with the remark, “On bank near Mirror Lake.” No specimens seen. 270 Rhodora [DECEMBER GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS L. Apparently not common. Reported from Nashawena and found there growing sparingly in boggy woods at east end. NAS: Northrop (0), 3545 (N). GAYLUSSACIA DUMOSA (Andr.) T. & G., var. BiGELoviANA Fernald. See Кнорока, xiii. 95 (1911). Also Ruopora, xxiii. 248 (1921). Decidedly not common; so far known only from Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, July, 1901 (Y), Northrop, *July-Aug." 1901 (Y), Taylor, July 6, 1920 (P). С. FRONDOSA (L.) T. & С. Occasional in thickets and about ponds. NON: 2236 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). G. BACCATA (Wang.) C. Koch. This is the commonest Huckleberry on the islands; it is everywhere in the open areas, often forming an impenetrable growth in the hollows or under the lee of protecting hills. NON: 2576 (N,P), 2651 (P); NAU: 2504 (P,C), 2941 (N,P, M), 3689 (P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3559 (P). VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM L. Abundant around ponds, in moist depressions and in boggy woods. NON: 2637 (P); NAS: Northrop (o), 3516 (P). V. arrococcum (Gray) Heller. Same situations as last but appar- ently less common; flowers and fruit earlier. NAS: 1776 (P). V. MACROCARPON Ait. Open bogs and peaty hollows. NAS: North- rop (о); CUT: 2313 (P), 2519 (N,P,M). PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium Nasar Small, var. ткісновохом Blake. L. carolinianum of the Manual. See Кнорока, xxv. 58 (1923). The following num- bers, out of a large series being held for study, may be cited. UNC: 3122 (P); NAU: 2456 (P). In his recent revision of the Sea Lavenders Blake characterizes the New England material as having the calyx densely pubescent, at least at the base. Nevertheless, specimens collected from the Eliza- beth Islands show the calyx nearly smooth or with a few scattered hairs and, according to Blake's treatment, would come closer to L. carolinianum, which name he restricts to the southern material with glabrous calyx. It is obvious that the last word has not yet been said concerning this genus as it is represented in the eastern United States. PRIMULACEAE SAMOLUS FLORIBUNDUS НВК. Sandy and peaty pond margins; not common. NON:2873 (N); NAU: 1078 (W), 2722 (N). LysIMACHIA QUaDRIFOLIA L. Sandy woods; infrequent. NAU: 3327 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). L. rERRESTRIS (L.) BSP. Open bogs and pond borders. NAS: Northrop (o), 2344 (N); CUT: 2316 (P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 271 TRIENTALIS BOREALIS Raf. T. americana (Pers.) Pursh. See Blanchard, Кнорова, xi. 236 (1909). Boggy woods. NON: 3297 (N,P); NAU:3328 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (o). Anagallis arvensis L. Cobble beaches and sandy waste places. UNC: 2957 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 3434 (P); PEN: 1450 (N,P,W). OLEACEAE FRAXINUS AMERICANA L. Certainly not common; seen only on edge of swampy hollow along north shore of Nashawena. NAS: Northrop (о), 3480 (N). F. PENSYLVANICA Marsh. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. Ligustrum vulgare L. Escaped from cultivation on Penikese. PEN: 1451 (W). GENTIANACEAE BanroN1A VIRGINICA (L.) BSP. Open bogs and peaty hollows or pond borders. PAS: 3782 (P); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y), 3508 (N); CUT: 2515 (N,P). B. PaANICULATA (Michx.) Robinson. А single specimen of this species was collected in the woods on Naushon by Professor Fernald and the writer on Aug. 10, 1927, but the material was subsequently mislaid. The plant is surely uncommon on the Elizabeth Islands. MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L., var. MINOR Michx. See RHODORA, xxxi. 198 (1929). Seen growing only in a small boggy area bordering Sheep Pond. NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Hervey, no date (N), 810 (P,W). NYMPHOIDES LACUNOSUM (Vent.) Fernald. Collected in a small pond on Nonamesset. NON: 2707 (P). APOCYNACEAE APOCYNUM ANDROSAEMIFOLIUM L. Exposed sandy bank bordering beach on Uncatena; possibly more general. ОМС: 3639 (N,P). ASCLEPIADACEAE ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA L. Sandy hillsides and clearings; rare and local. NAU: Simons, July 16, 1901 (W), 2602 (N); PAS: 589 (W). A. INCARNATA L., var. PULCHRA (Ehrh.) Pers. The commonest Milkweed on the islands. Swamps and wet pond margins everywhere. NON: 2674 (N,P); UNC: 3059 (P); NAU: 2736 (N); NAS: Northrop (о), 3478 (P); PEN: Jordan (o). A. SYRIACA L. Occasional in dry sandy ground. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1452 (W). A. PHYTOLACCOIDES Pursh. Reported by Mrs. Northrop as A. eaal- tata with the comment * Not uncommon." No specimen seen. A. VERTICILLATA L. Known only from Mrs. Northrop's collection from Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). 272 Rhodora [DECEMBER CONVOLVULACEAE CONVOLVULUS SEPIUM L. Occasional in thickets and overgrown depressions. NON: 2890 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). C. sEPIUM L., var. PUBESCENS (Gray) Fernald. On sea beaches; apparently not abundant. PEN: 1454 (N,P,W). C. arvensis L. Cobble beach of isthmus on Penikese. PEN: 1453 (W). Cuscuta GRoNovir Willd. Swamps, boggy clearings, wet thickets, ete., NAU: Pennell 3127 (W), 2495 (P), 2605 (N,P,M), 2914 (P,C), 2933 (P), 3139 (N,P,M), 3890 (P,C); NAS: Northrop (o), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 2353 (P). This is apparently the only species of Dodder on the islands. A large and variable series has been collected and has been studied in the light of T. G. Yuncker’s recent monograph of the genus (1921), but it has not been found possible to recognize more than this single polymorphic species. VERBENACEAE VERBENA HASTATA L. Collected on gravelly upper beach оп Unca- tena and in swampy clearing on Naushon. UNC: 2980 (N); NAU: 2465 (P). LABIATAE TEUCRIUM CANADENSE L., var. LITTORALE (Bickn.) Fernald. Abund- ant near beaches, borders of brackish areas, wet thickets, etc. NON: Cushman, July 27, 1906 (B), 2586 (N); UNC: 2960 (P), 3047 (N,P,C); NAU: 1797 (P), 2500 (P,M); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1460 (N,P,W). TRICHOSTEMA DICHOTOMUM L. Frequent on open downs and sandy knolls. NON: 2623 (№); UNC: 2973 (P), 3120 (№); NAS: Northrop (о). SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA L. Listed as “common” on Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. S. EPILOBIIFOLIA Hamilton. 5. galericulata of the Manual. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 85 (1921). Abundant in wet hollows and around ponds. NON: Cushman, July 27, 1906 (B), 2298 (N,P,C); UNC: 3045 (P); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), Pennell 3116 (P), 2373 (P,M), 2607 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 3476 (P); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N), 815 (W,P); PEN: 1459 (N,P,W), 3406 (P). Marrubium vulgare L. Sandy soil, waste places. NAU: Moore 1904 (N), 814 (W); NAS: Northrop (о), Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), Pennell 2911 (W). Nepeta Cataria L. Dry, sterile soil. UNC: 3054 (№); NAS: North- rop (о); PEN: 1458 (N,P,W). Prunella vulgaris L. Apparently not common; dry ground. NAS: Northrop (о), 3484 (P). P. vuraanis L., var. LANCEOLATA (Barton) Fernald. RHODORA, xv. 179 (1913). The indigenous variety was met with on dry, sandy slopes near center of Uncatena. UNC: 3032 (P). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 273 Leonurus Cardiaca L. Fairly abundant on Penikese; not collected elsewhere. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1455 (W). PYCNANTHEMUM FLEXUOSUM (Walt.) BSP. Known only from spec- imen in Woods Hole herbarium collected on Naushon. NAU: Simons, July 23, 1901 (W). P. muticum (Michx.) Pers. Reported and collected by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). LvcoPus virernicus L. Rare and local on the islands; seen growing only on the sandy beach bordering West End Pond. NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), 2926 (N). І. vxirLonUs Michx. The most abundant species of the genus here; pond margins, wet hollows, etc. NON: 2565 (N,P,W), 2663 (P); UNC: 2969 (N); NAU: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N), 2487 (P); NAS: 2346 (N); CUT: 2525 (N); PEN: 1457 (W). L. AMERICANUS Muhl. Frequent; moist situations. UNC: 2970 (ЇЧ); NAS: Northrop (о), 3749 (N,P); CUT: 2524 (N,P), PEN: 1456 (N,P,M,W,C). Mentha spicata L. Occasional in wet hollows. NAS: Northrop (o), 3491 (P,M). M. Cardiaca Gerarde. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. М. crispa L. Collected in a swampy hollow at the east end of Cutty- hunk. CUT: 2284 (N). SOLANACEAE Solanum Dulcamara L. Seen only trailing over a dense thicket bordering pond on Uncatena. UNC: 3042 (N). S. NIGRUM L. Very abundant as a littoral plant, often fringing the sandy or cobbly beaches with a solid growth. NON: Cushman, July 27, 1906 (B), 2872 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 3446 (P); PEN: 1462 (N,P,W). S. rostratum Dunal. Sandy waste areas; infrequent. NAU: Taylor, July 24, 1921 (P); PEN: Hollick (o). S. triflorum Nutt. This western species was found growing on beach near Tarpaulin Cove; possibly introduced in the days when the Cove served as a refuge for sailing vessels. NAU: 1806 (N). Datura Stramonium L. Sandy and cobbly beaches; of casual occur- rence. ОМС: 2958 (N); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (В); PEN: 1461 (W). D. Tatula L. On Mrs. Northrop's Nashawena list; may refer to the preceding; no specimen seen. SCROPHULARIACEAE Verbascum Thapsus L. Open, sandy ground and waste places. NAU: 2720 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1465 (N,P,W). Linaria vulgaris Hill. Decidedly not common on the islands; seen only on Penikese. PEN: 857 (W). 274 Rhodora [DECEMBER L. caNaApENsIS (L. Dumont. Grassy slopes and open sandy stretches. NON: 3373 (P); NAS: Northrop (0), 3483 (N); CUT: 2331 (N); PEN: 1464 (P,W), 3403 (P). LIMOSELLA SUBULATA Ives. L. aquatica, var. tenuifolia of Manual. See Кнорова, xx. 160 (1918). Sandy and muddy margins of ponds on Pasque and Nashawena. PAS: 3745 (N,P); NAS: Northrop, * July-Aug." (Y), 2356 (N). ILysaAnTHES DUBIA (L.) Barnhart. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena as /. gratioloides; no specimen seen. I. iNAEQUALIS (Walt.) Pennell. J. anagallidea (Michx.) Robins. See Pennell, Torreya, xix. 149 (1919). ‘Sandy and peaty pond borders. NON: 2702 (N); NAS: Williams, July 10, 1911 (N); PEN: 454 (N, P,W). GRATIOLA AUREA Muhl. Peaty margins of small ponds. NON: 2641 (P), 3194 (N,P), 3383 (N,P); NAU: Taylor 2347 (P), 1079 (P,W). Digitalis purpurea L. A few plants persistent around leper cottages on Penikese. PEN: 1463 (W). VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. V. PEREGRINA 1. Occasional in sandy soil. The Naushon material is very sparingly pubescent, approaching var. xalapensis (HBK.) Pen- nell. NAU:3330 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Hervey, no date (N). V.arvensis L. Seen only in a sandy field near center of Nonamesset. NON: 3306 (N,P). . AGALINIS PURPUREA (L.) Pennell. Gerardia purpurea L. See Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xl. 126 (1913). Listed by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena; no specimen seen. A. MARITIMA Raf. Gerardia maritima Raf. Seen only on border of brackish area on Uncatena; probably more general. ОМС: 3005 (N,P). MELAMPYRUM LINEARE Lam. Mrs. Northrop reports this for Nash- awena; no specimen seen. PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L. Dry, sandy beech woods near Hadley Harbor. NAU: 3313 (N,P). LENTIBULARIACEAE UrnicULARIA GEMINISCAPA Benj. U. clandestina Nutt. In a small pond on Nashawena; probably commoner. NAS: 3504 (P). U. сїввА L. Known only from sheet in Woods Hole herbarium collected on Naushon. NAU: Simons, July 23, 1901 (W). U. piFLoRA Lam. Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. U. cornuta Michx. Reported and collected by Mrs. Northrop. NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y). OROBANCHACEAE EPIFAGUS VIRGINIANA (L.) Bart. Fairly abundant in beech woods on Naushon; should be found on other islands as well. NAU: Wil- liams, July 10, 1911 (N), 2937 (P), 3138 (N). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 275 BIGNONIACEAE Catalpa bignonioides Walt. Well naturalized in certain areas on Nashawena. NAS: 3546 (P). PLANTAGINACEAE PLANTAGO MAJOR L. Cobbly beaches, grassy slopes, ete. NON: 2697 (P), 2900 (N); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1467 (N,P,W), 3407 (N,P). | P. MAJOR L., var. INTERMEDIA (Gilibert) Dene. Material so labelled was collected by A. Н. Moore on Penikese in 1904. Неге also may be referred tentatively specimens collected by Hollick on Naushon and by Mrs. Northrop (labelled P. halophila Bickn.) on Nashawena. This is done with the realization that the maritime phase of P. major is in need of very careful study in order that its status may be satisfactorily determined. NAU: Hollick, Aug. 11, 1898 (Y); NAS: Northrop, Aug. 1901 (Y); PEN: Moore 1916 (G, N). P. JUNCOIDES Lam., var. DECIPIENS (Barneoud) Fernald. Р. mari- tima of American authors in part, not L. See Fernald, Кнорока, xxvii. 100 (1925). Collected on exposed gravelly bank along north shore of Naushon west of Kettle Cove. NAU: 3876 (N,P). P. оисалхтноѕ R. & S. P. maritima of American authors in part. See Fernald, l. c. 93-104. Salt marshes and brackish muds. PAS: 3740 (N,P,M,C); CUT: 3568 (P). P. lanceolata L. Grassland; not common. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1466 (P,W), 3394 (N,P). P. lanceolata L., var. sphaerostachya Mert. & Koch. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxiv. 203 (1922). Sandy and cobbly beach on Uncatena. UNC: 3055 (N,P). P. lanceolata L., var. sphaerostachya Mert. & Koch., forma eriophora (Hoffmans. & Link) Beck von Man. See Fernald, l. c. Sandy soil at east end of Cuttyhunk. CUT: 2269 (N). P. aristata Michx. Occasional in sandy fields. UNC: 3652 (N,P); NAU: Simons, July 23, 1901 (W); CUT: Northrop (o). . P. virerntica L. Mrs. Northrop reports this from Nashawena, saying, “Common on downs, about 2 in. high." No specimen seen. RUBIACEAE GALIUM APARINE L. Listed by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena; no specimen seen. G. prtosum Ait. Dry sandy woods and clearings. NON: 2562 (Р); NAU: Pennell 3150 (W), 2930 (N), 3686 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). G. cIRCAEZANS Michx. Collected by Pennell on Naushon. МАС: Pennell 3110 (W). С. TRIFIDUM L. Borders of brackish areas; not common. NAU: 2513 (N), 3684 (P,M); NAS: Northrop (o), 3541 (P). Erroneously reported from Penikese; see RHODORA, xxvi. 228 (1924). "The Penikese material proves to be G. Claytont. 276 Rhodora [DECEMBER С. Силүтомі Michx. Wet thickets, pond margins and grassy slopes; very abundant. NON: 2572 (C), 2646 (N), 2666 (P), 2880 (P), 2906 (P); UNC: 3027 (N); NAU: 2374 (P), 2716 (N,P,M); PAS: 3748 (P); CUT: 2516 (N,P); PEN: 1468 (N,P,W). G. TRIFLORUM Michx. Collected only at edge of beach near east end of Naushon; possibly more general. NAU: 2457 (N,P). MrrCHELLA REPENS L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. CEPHALANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS L. Not common; collected in boggy pasture on Nashawena. NAS: Northrop (o), 3564 (P). CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera japonica Thunb. Occasional as an escape. UNC: 3037 (N); PEN: 1469 (N,P,W). TRIOSTEUM PERFOLIATUM L. Seen only on dry open hillside on Pasque. PAS: 567 (N,P). VIBURNUM ACERIFOLIUM L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nash- awena; no specimen seen. V. PUBESCENS (Ait.) Pursh. V. venosum Britton. See Blake, Кнорока, хх. 11 (1918). This is the only Viburnum seen growing upon the islands. It is of frequent occurrence in moist hollows and in thickets bordering ponds. UNC: 3010 (N,P); NAU: 2458 (P,M). 3320 (P,C); NAS: 3489 (N), 3518 (P). VIBURNUM DENTATUM L. is reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nash- awena. It is possible that this refers to the preceding, but in the ab- sence of specimens this record is permitted to stand. SAMBUCUS CANADENSIS L. Occasional; thickets and moist depres- sions. NAS: Northrop (о), 3488 (№); PEN: 1470 (N,P,W). CUCURBITACEAE Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Sandy soil near cultivated area on Penikese. PEN: 1471 (W). CAMPANULACEAE SPECULARIA PERFOLIATA (L.) A. DC. Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. LOBELIACEAE LOBELIA CARDINALIS L. Found only іп a swampy clearing at the east end of Naushon. NAU: 2466 (P,M). COMPOSITAE EUPATORIUM VERTICILLATUM Lam. Mrs. Northrop reports E. mac- ulatum from Nashawena, but it is probable that this refers to the plant treated by Wiegand as Е. verticillatum (See Кнорока, xxii. 57 (1920)), 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 277 a coastal plain species the general absence of which from the Eliza- beths is indeed surprising. NAS: Northrop (o). E. HYSSOPIFOLIUM L. Rather frequent on open grassy and sandy slopes. NON: 2590 (P); UNC: 2953 (N); NAU: Oakes? (Herb. Lowell) (B); PAS: 1790 (P,W). E. vERBENAEFOLIUM Michx. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. E. PERFOLIATUM L. Wet hollows; uncommon. UNC: 2966 (№); NAS: Northrop (o). CHRYSOPSIS FALCATA (Pursh) Ell. Open downs and sandy clearings. NON: 2583 (P); NAU: 2596 (N,P); PAS: 3788 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). SOLIDAGO BICOLOR L. Dry, sandy woods; not abundant. NAU: 3161 (N), 3905 (P). [S. v.IGINOSA Nutt. is reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; this doubtless refers to some other species, but since, in the absence of material, it is impossible to say which one, this record is discredited.] S. sEMPERVIRENS L. Sandy and cobbly beaches. NON: 3211 (P); UNC: 3110 (N); PAS: 3744 (P); NAS: Northrop (о); CUT: 2270 (N); PEN: 1492 (N,P,W). S. jUNCEA Ait. Known only from bare gravelly slopes on Penikese. PEN: 1489 (P,W). S. SUAVEOLENS Schoepf. S. odora Ait. See Standley, RHODORA, xxi. 69 (1919). Collected only in dryish peaty border of bog on Cutty- hunk; perhaps more abundant. NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 2520 (N,P, M). S. Егллотти T. & G. Dry thickets on Uncatena. UNC: 3105 (Р), 3111 (N,P,M). S. rucosa Mill. Dry, boulder-covered slopes on Penikese. PEN: 1491 (N,P,W). S. rugosa Mill, var. ASPERA (Ait.) Fernald. S. aspera Ait. See Ruopoma, xvii. 7 (1915). Open grassy downs and pond borders. NON: 3186 (N,P,M); UNC:3093 (P); CUT: 2521 (N,P). S. NEMORALIS Ait. Dry hillsides. UNC: 2971 (N,P); PAS: 3797 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1490 (W). S. CANADENSIS L. Collected only on dry southwest slopes of Pen- ikese. PEN: 1488 (W). S. ApTISSIMA L. Collected only in thickets on dry hillsides of Un- catena. UNC:3102 (N). S. TENUIFOLIA Pursh. Everywhere on open downs and borders of Gaylussacia thickets. NON: 2561 (P); 3168 (N,P); UNC: 3084 (N, Р,М); NAU: Cushman, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), 2505 (M,C), 2719 (N,P), 2929 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (N); PEN: 455 (N,P,W,M). S. GRAMINIFOLIA (L.) Salisb. Same situations as the preceding; somewhat less abundant. NON:3179 (N,P,M,C); UNC: 2952 (N, P); PAS: 3750 (P). 278 Rhodora [DECEMBER S. MINOR (Michx.) Fernald. This southern species, ranging from Mississippi and Florida to Virginia and reported by Bicknell from Nantucket, was collected by Professor Fernald and the writer on open grassy hillsides near the central part of Naushon. NAU: 2506 (N,P). ASTER DIVARICATUS L. Occasional in dry open woods. NON: 3193 (N); NAU: 3160 (N,P). A. PATENS Ait. Grassland and sandy thickets. NON: 3190 (P); NAU: 3142 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). A. UNDULATUS L. Dry woods; common. NON: 3183 (N,P), 3187 (P,C); UNC:3080 (N,P,M); NAU:3158 (N,P,M); PEN: 1474 (W). A. ERICOIDES L. Reported by Hollick from Pasque; no specimen seen, nor has this Aster, so abundant on the adjacent mainland, been found growing on the Elizabeth Islands, despite diligent search for it. A. MULTIFLORUS Ait. Fairly abundant on grassy slopes. NON: 3184 (N), 3192 (N,P); PAS: 3751 (P,C); CUT: 3577 (P,M); PEN: 1098 (P, W). A. ромоѕоѕ L. With the last. NON: 3178 (P), 3189 (N,P,W), 3195 (P); UNC: 2972 (N,P), 3091 (P); NAU: 3144 (P), 3159 (Р); PAS: 3764 (N,P). | A. DUMOSUS L., var. CORIDIFOLIUS (Michx.) T. & С. Clearing in dry beech woods near Mary's Lake. NAU:3145 (N,P). А. DUMOSUS X ? This plant, probably representing A. dumosus X vimineus, was collected in sandy woods on Naushon. NAU: 3143 (N). A. VIMINEUS Lam. Abundant in sandy woods and on open downs. NON: 3196 (P,M,C), 3200 (N,P,W,M); UNC: 3100 (N,P); NAU: 3134 (N,P,C), 3157 (P); PEN: 1475 (P). A. LATERIFLORUS (L.) Britton. Apparently not common; dry, shady beech woods on Naushon. NAU: 3146 (N). А. NOVI-BELGII L. Abundant in dry, open ground, especially along borders of thickets; extremely variable. NON: 3181 (W,C), 3182 (M), 3192 (N,P,C), 3201 (N,P); UNC: 3090 (N,P), 3101 (P); PAS: 3771 (P); CUT: 2518 (N). A. UMBELLATUS Mill. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nasha- wena; no specimen seen. A. LINARHFOLIUS L. Dry, open hillsides; not frequent. UNC: 3092 (N); PAS: 3790 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). ERIGERON RAMOSUS (Walt.) BSP. Open sandy slopes. UNC: 3643 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). E. canapensis L. Disturbed, sandy soil; rare. PEN; 1485 (W). E. pusiLius Nutt. See Robinson, Кнорока, xv. 205 (1913). Open, sandy slopes. NON: 2902 (N,P); PAS: 3768 (P); PEN: 1486 (P,W). SERICOCARPUS ASTEROIDES (L.) BSP. Open downs. UNC: 3062 —. (N); PAS: 3789 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). S. LiNIFOLIUS (L.) BSP. Reported from Pasque by Hollick; no specimen seen. PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) DC. Margins of brackish ponds and 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 279 borders of salt marshes. NON: 2289 (N), 2662 (P); UNC: 3036 (N); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), 1799 (N,P,W). ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA (L.) Richards. Grassy knolls and exposed hillsides. NON: 2670 (N), 3280 (N,P); UNC: 3640 (N,P); NAU: 3312 (P); NAS: Northrop (o). A. NEGLECTA Greene. Same situations as last. NON: 3281 (P); NAS: 3506 (P), 3554 (N); CUT: 3458 (N,P). ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H. Grassland and open ground everywhere. NON: 2560 (P); UNC: 3035 (N); PAS: 3796 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 3454 (N,P). GNAPHALIUM OBTUSIFOLIUM L. G. polycephalum Michx. Open, sandy and grassy slopes and clearings. UNC: 2954 (N), 3077 (P); NAU: 2730 (N); PAS: 3760 (P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: Sanford, Aug. 15, 1917 (№); PEN: 1482 (N,P,W,M,C). С. ULIGINOSUM L. Upper beaches and low sandy ground, occasion- ally bordering salt marshes. UNC: 3006 (№); NAU: Cushman & Morse, Aug. 25, 1906 (B), 2388 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1096 (N,P,W). С. PURPUREUM L. Dry, sandy soil; rare and local. NAU: 834 (W); NAS: 3507 (N); CUT: Hervey, no date (N). Iva oRaRIA Bartlett. Reported by Jordan from Penikese; no spec- imen. AMBROSIA ARTEMISHFOLIA L. Not common except on Penikese where abundant on grassy slopes of peninsula. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1473 (P,W). XANTHIUM CANADENSE Mill. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. X. ECHINATUM Murr. Occasional on beaches. NON: 3177 (№), 3914 (P); PAS: 3759 (P); PEN: 458 (W). Rudbeckia hirta L. Open grassland. UNC: 3641 (P); NAS: North- rop (0); CUT: 2329 (N); PEN: 1487 (P,W). Helianthus annuus L. Sandy ground near area under cultivation on Penikese. PEN: 1483 (P,W). COREOPSIS ROSEA Nutt. Apparently rare; seen only on sandy beach bordering West End Pond. NAU: 2916 (N,P,M,C). C. lanceolata L. Persistent around leper cottages on Penikese, where planted. PEN: 1480 (P,W). BIDENS CoNNATA Muhl. Border of small pond in hills at north end of Penikese. PEN: 1476 (N,P,W,M,C). B. connata Muhl., var. PETIOLATA (Nutt.) Farwell. See RHODORA, x. 197 (1908). Wet borders of ponds; occasional. UNC: 3016 (Р), 3115 (N,P); NAU: 3133 (N,P,W,M,C). ACHILLEA MinLEFOLIUM L. Common everywhere on open grassy hillsides and in sandy fields and clearings. NON: 3166 (N); UNC: 2959 (N); NAS: Northrop (o), 3555 (P); CUT: 2260 (P,M), 2322 (N); PEN: 1472 (N,P,W). Anthemis Cotula L. Disturbed sandy areas. UNC: 2955 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 3580 (P); PEN: 858 (N,P,W). 280 Rhodora [DECEMBER Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L., var. pinnatifidum Lecoq. & La- motte. Certainly not common; occasional on open grasslands. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1477 (N,P,W). Tanacetum vulgare L. Sandy soil near habitations. PAS: 3767 (N); PEN: 1097 (W). Artemisia Stelleriana Bess. Occasional on sandy and cobbly beaches. NON: Cushman, July 27, 1906 (B); CUT: 2275 (N,P,M). ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIA (L.) Raf. Sandy clearings; moist pond margins and depressions. NON: 2696 (N); NAU: 2928 (N); NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1481 (W). i E. nikRACIFOLIA (L.) Raf., var. PREALTA (Raf.) Fernald. See Ruopora, xix. 27 (1917). Moist hollow. NON: 2661 (N,P). E. MEGALOCARPA Fernald. See Ruopora, xix. 24 (1917). Moist depressions; local. UNC: 2965 (P,C); 2984 (N,P,W,M). Arctium minus Bernh. Reported by Mrs. Northrop for Nashawena; no specimen seen. Cirsium lanceolatum (L.) Hill. Sandy and gravelly banks and hill- sides. NON: 2693 (N,P), Cushman, July 28, 1906 (B); NAU: 2717 (N,P); NAS: Northrop (0); CUT: 827 (P,W); PEN: 1479 (P,W). C. noRRIDULUM Michx. С. spinosissimum of the Manual. See Robinson, Ruopora, xiii. 239 (1911). Occasional in open exposed situations. NON: 2299 (N); NAU: Miss Weir, June 22, 1890 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). C. piscotor (Muhl.) Spreng. Occasional in sandy clearings and borders of thickets. UNC: 3104 (N); PAS: 3752 (P). C. PUMILUM (Nutt.) Spreng. Not common; met with only in grassland on Naushon. NAU: 828 (P,W); NAS: Northrop (o). C. arvense (L.) Scop. Abundant on Penikese, where it forms a fringe on the upper beach to the south; local elsewhere. NAS: North- rop (о); PEN: 1478 (N,P,W). Centaurea arenaria Bieb. Reported from Nashawena by Hollick as the first record for North America;! no specimen seen. Cichorium Intybus L. Listed by Mrs. Northrop from Nashawena; no specimen seen. KnrGrA vrRGINICA (L.) Willd. Sandy fields. NON: 3305 (N,P); NAU: 3879 (N,P). К. BrFLoRA (Walt.) Blake. K. amplexicaulis Nutt. See RHODORA, xvii. 135 (1915). Оһ Mrs. Northrop's Nashawena list; no specimen seen. Leontodon autumnalis L. Occasional in grassland ог on dry banks. UNC: 3060 (N); NAU: 2392 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). L. autumnalis L., var. pratensis Koch. In tall grass on slopes at west end of Penikese. PEN: 1484 (W). Taraxacum officinale Weber. Not common; collected only near landing on Penikese. NAS: Northrop (0); PEN: 1496 (N,P,W). Sonchus arvensis L. Occasional on beaches and sandy areas. NAS: Northrop (о); PEN: 1493 (N,P,W,M,C). 1 Hollick, A. Cont. Geol. Dept. Columbia Univ. xi. no. 72. (1901). 1930] Fogg,—Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts 281 S. oleraceus L. Seen mostly growing in the litter of upper sea beaches. CUT:3432 (P); PEN: 1495 (N,P,W), 1755 (P). S. asper (L.) Hill. With the last; less common. CUT: Pennell 2992 (W); PEN: 1494 (W). LACTUCA CANADENSIS L. Reported by Mrs. Northrop from Nash- awena; no specimen seen. L. cANADENSIS L., var. INTEGRIFOLIA (Bigel.) Gray, forma ANGUS- ТАТА Wiegand. See Ruopora, xxii. 10 (1920). Collected in dry, sandy soil at east end of Pasque. PAS: 3773 (P). L. HIRSUTA Muhl. Seen growing only in sandy woods on Naushon; probably more common. NAU: 2464 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). PRENANTHES SERPENTARIA Pursh. Mrs. Northrop reports this from Nashawena; no specimen seen. P. rRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fernald. Sandy woods; apparently rare. NAU: 3921 (P). HIERACIUM PANICULATUM L. Dry, sandy woods; not common. NAU: 3920 (N,P). Н. MaRIANUM Willd. Reported from Nashawena by Mrs. Northrop; no specimen seen. Н. scaBRUM Michx. On Mrs. Northrop’s list for Nashawena; no specimen seen. Н. С̧кохоуп L. This is the commonest member of the genus on these islands; dry woods, sandy clearings, etc. NON: 2634 (Р), 3185 (P); NAU: 2939 (N); PAS: 572 (W), 3775 (N); NAS: 3536 (P). Н. cANADENSE Michx. Apparently not abundant; collected only in dry, sandy soil at east end of Pasque. PAS: 3774 (N); NAS: Northrop (o). UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. Volume 32, no. 383, including pages 223 to 258, was issued 3 November, 1930. 282 | Rhodora [DECEMBER ERRATA Page 2, line 26, for (plate —), read (plate 192) п 7, last line, for (t.), read (t. 194) Ы 8, line 6 from bottom, for (Plate —), read (Plate 193) z a7" E “ —,for (Plate —), read (Plate 194) “ — 13, “ 48, for laurentiana, read laurentianus " 82, " 9, for Muhlenburg, read Muhlenberg " 82, “ 28, for Chesteton, read Chesterton " 40, " 12, for blanda, read pallida " — 75, “ 29, for Presl., read Presl, " — 76, “ 14, for dilitata, read dilatata “ 81, " 5,for alpinis, read alpinus " — S4, “ 19, for brecivaudatus, read brevicaudatus " 89, " 4from bottom, for Salviastrium, read Salviastrum " 104, “ 16, for achrostichoides, read acrostichoides " 105, " 3 from bottom, for Hierochole, read Hierochloe “ 051, “ 35, for virginica, read virginiana “157, “ 15, for Vahl, read Vahl " 162, “ 1, for Ceanthus, read Ceanothus " 163, “ 4 from bottom, for 1845, read 1847 “ 177, “ 18, for E., read Eleocharis " 199, “ 30, for 1876, read 1875 " 202, “ 6 of legend, for Boott, read Boott " 203, " 6“ ог petiolarus, read petiolaris " 215, " 1 from bottom, for cinnamonea, read cinnamomea " 232, “ 41, end of line, delete P. " 238, “ 14, for Vahl., read Vahl " 238, “ 27, for "C. ovata," read “ E. ovata” " 257, “ 31, for POLYGANA, read POLYGAMA 1930] Index 283 INDEX TO VOLUME 32. New scientific names are printed in full-face type. Abies balsamea, 60, 113, 199, 204, 205, 207 Acalypha digyneia, 216, 258; graci- lens, 258; virginica, 216, 257 Acer pennsylvanicum, 206; platan- oides, 13, 160, 264; pleistocenium, 13; Pseudo-Platanus, 160, 264; rubrum, 127, 152, 206, 215, 264, var. tridens, 212, 264; saccharum, 99, 206; spicatum, 204, 206 Aceraceae, 264 Achillea Millefolium, 151, 279 Aenida cannabina, 177, 212 Acorus Calamus, 216, 242 Acrostichum Plumieri, 225; visco- sum, 225 Actaea rubra, 173, 176, 206 Adlumia fungosa, 108 Aesculus Hippocastanum, 264 Agalinis maritima, 210, 274; pur- purea, 212, 274 Agropyron repens, 150, 157, 237; Smithii, var. molle, 200, 203 Agrostemma Githago, 251 Agrostis alba, 234, var. maritima, 234, var. vulgaris, 234; borealis, 200, 202; capillaris, 234; glauca, 47; hyemalis, 235; mexicana, 40; perennans, 235; stolonifera, 222, 234, var. compacta, 213, 234; sylvatica, 118; tenuis, 234; vul- garis, 234 Ailanthus glandulosa, 152, 156, 257 Aira, 262; indica, 261, 262; spicata, 261, 262, and the Application of the International Rules, 261 Aizoaceae, 250 Akebia quinata, 107 Aletris farinosa, 212 Alisma Plantago-aquatica, var. par- viflorum, 104, 105 Alismaceae, 11, 231 Allen, A. F. Some Cladonieae from the Valley of the Cap Chat River and Vicinity, Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, 91 Allium Bolanderi, 22, 23; Brandegei, 22; canadense, 178; Geyeri, var. graniferum, 22; mirabile, 22; parvum, 22; punctum, 23; Rob- insonii, 22 Alnus crispa, 61, 205; incana, 62; noveboracensis, 176 Alopecurus aequalis, 221, 222, the Identity of, 221; aristulatus, 221, 222; fulvus, 221, 222; geniculatus, 222 Alpine Station for Hieracium auran- tiacum, 113 Althaea officinalis, 264 Altingia, 95 Amaranthaceae, 250 Amaranthus pumilus, 213; retro- flexus, 250 Amaryllidaceae, 245 Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 279 Amelanchier Bartramiana, 61, 206; oblongifolia, 151, 161, 216, 254 Ammophila arenaria, 11, 235; brevi- ligulata, 11, 147, 157, 169, 210, 235 Amphicarpa monoica, 257; Pitcheri, 177 Amphigean Species of Osmunda, Some Varieties of, 71 Anacardiaceae, 95, 263 Anagallis arvensis, 271 Anaphalis margaritacea, 151, 214, 279 Ancylatherae, subsect. of Calama- grostis, 36, 39, 56 Andromeda glaucophylla, 261 Andropogon furcatus, 216, 232; glomeratus, 147, 232; littoralis, 231; scoparius, var. frequens, 150, 231, var. littoralis, 231, var. polyclados, 178, 210, 231; virgini- eus, 176, 210, 232 Aneimia flexuosa, 74 Anemone quinquefolia, 252; riparia, 4; virginiana, 4, 107, 216, 252 Antennaria eucosma, 13; fallax, 178; isolepis, 62; neglecta. 151, 279; petaloides. 177; plantaginifolia, 279 Anthemis Cotula, 157, 279 Anthoxanthum odoratum, 150, 234 Apios tuberosa, 257 Apocynaceae, 271 Apocynum androsaemifolium, 216, 271; cannabinum, 18; medium, 177 Aquifoliaceae, 263 Aquilegia canadensis, 176 Arabis pulchra, 26; Wyndii, 25 Araceae, 242 284 Rhodora Aralia nudicaulis, 206 Archangelica Gmelini, 159 Arctium minus, 280 Arctostaphylos alpina, 60; Uva- ursi, var. coactilis, 173, 179 Arenaria lateriflora, 173, 214, 251; peploides, var. robusta, 147, 251; serpyllifolia, 251 Arethusa bulbosa, 124, 216, 246 Arisaema Stewardsoni 177, 212; triphyllum, 124, 153, 215, 216, 242 Aristida dichotoma, 211; gracilis, 211; purpurascens, 150, 210, 234 Arnica Griscomi, 13 Artemisia canadensis, 18; discolor, var. glandulifera, 27; Stelleriana Arundo agrostoides, 40; canadensis, 40, 47; cinnoides, 47; coarctata, 47; fissa, 40; glauca, 47; groen- landica, 55; Langsdorfi, 43; lapponica, 56; neglecta, 53; stricta, 47, 53 Asclepiadaceae, 271 Asclepias exaltata, 271; incarnata, var. pulchra, 150, 158, 271; phyto- laccoides, 271; syriaca, 18, 161, 271; tuberosa, 271, f. bicolor, 33, f. з 33; verticillata, 124, 210, 271 Ascyron hypericoides, 213 Asparagus officinalis, 159, 244 Aspidium noveboracense, 228; sim- ulatum, 228; spinulosum, 228; Thelypteris, 228 Asplenium cryptolepis, 76; Filix- femina, 228; platyneuron, 215, 228; Ruta-muraria, 76 Aster acuminatus, 176; amethy- stinus, 1-3, 185, A New Form of, 3, An Obvious Hybrid, 1, A Note on, 185, f. leucerythros, 3; an- gustifolius, 138; columbianus, 137, 139; concolor, 144, 213, A Glabrous Variety of, 144, var. devestitus, 145; divaricatus, 216, 278; dumosus, 211, 278, var. co- ridifolius, 278; dumosus X vimin- eus, 278; ericoides, 1, 136-140, 278, f. caeruleus, 139, у platy- phyllus, 139, var. Pringlei, 140, var. prostratus, 138, 139, var. Reevesii, 140, var. villosus, 2, 139; ericoides pilosus, 139; exiguus, 138; foliaceus, var. frondeus, 62; glabellus, 139; hebecladus, 139; hyssopifolius, 138; kentuckiensis, 140; lateriflorus, 278; linariifolius, 151, 278; multiflorus, 1-3, 136- [DECEMBER 139, 160, 185, 278, var. caeruleus, 137, 139, var. columbianus, 139, var. exiguus, 138, а normalis, 139, var. pansus, 138, 8 prostratus, 138, 139, 8 stricticaulis, 138; nemoralis, 104, 173, 176; novae- angliae 1-3, 185; novi-belgii, 278; oblongifolius, 2, 3; patens, 151, 278; pilosus, 138-140, var. demotus, 139, 140, var. platy- phyllus, 139, var. Pringlei, 140, var. Reevesii, 140; Priceae, 140; Pringlei, 140; puniceus, var. oligo- cephalus, 261, var. perlongus, 261, Reevesii, 140; scoparius, 139; spectabilis, 212; stricticaulis, 138; subulatus, 212; tenuifolius, 212; umbellatus, 278; undulatus, 160, 278; villosus, 137-139; vimineus, 160, 211, 278 Astragalus argillophilus, 5, 6; Blakei, 18; molissimus, 5, 6 Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Region, The Distribution and Affinities of the Vegetation of, 187 Athyrium angustum, 135, 161, 215, 228, var. elatius, 228; thelypter- oides, 135 Atriplex arenaria, 158, 250; patula, var. hastata, 147, 250 Aureolaria рейісшагіа, 178, var. caesariensis, 177, 212 Austin collection from the Labrador Coast, 59 Avena sativa, 160, 235 Baccharis halimifolia, 178, 212 Balsamifluae, 95 Balsaminaceae, 264 Baptisia bracteata, 108, 109; tinc- toria, 108 Bartonia paniculata, 210, 271; vir- ginica, 150, 210, 271 Bearberry, 60 Beech, 151 Bemis, E. W. A New Form of Aster amethystinus, 3 Benke, H. C. Aster amethystinus an Obvious Hybrid, 1 Benzoin aestivale, 253 Berberidaceae, 252 Berberis Thunbergii, 252 Berteroa incana, 253 Betula alaskana, 198; alba, var. pubescens, 247; glandulosa, 196; lutea, 176, 205, 247; papyrifera, 176, 247; pendula, 152, 247; populifolia, 151, 213; pubescens, 152, 247 1930] Betulaceae, 247 Bidens aristosa, 59; cernua, 179; connata, 149, 279, var. petiolata, 279; coronata, 59, 179, 212; dis- coidea, 58; hyperborea, 13; tri- chosperma, 59 Bignoniaceae, 275 Bill, J. P. Carex Knieskernii Dewey, 162 Bishop, H. The Austin Collection from the Labrador Coast, 59 Bittersweet, Climbing, 108 Blake, S. F. A Glabrous Variety of Aster concolor, 144; The Names Aster ericoides and A. multiflorus, 136; The Typification of Scirpus capitatus L., 182 Blueberry, High-bush, 152 Boehmeria cylindrica, 216, 248, var. Drummondiana, 210, 248, var. scabra, 248 Boschniakia glabra, 200, 202 Botanical Notes from Northern Ver- mont, 17 Botrychium lanceolatum, 134, 136, var. angustisegmentum, 134; ma- tricariaefolium, 134, 136; min- ganense, 13; ramosum, 136; ter- natum, var. rutaefolium, 134, 136; virginianum, 14, 136, 176 Brasenia Schreberi, 12 Brassica juncea, 253; nigra, 253 Braya humilis, var. novae-angliae, 18 Bromus altissimus, 66; asper, 70, 71;canadensis, 67, 68, 70; ciliatus, 63-70, The Complex, 63, f. de- nudatus, 64, 66, 68-70, var. denudatus, 66, 68-70, var. gen- uinus, 70, 71, var. intonsus, 70, 71; Dudleyi, 63-68, 71; hordeaceus, 160, 237; Kalmii, 67, 71; Porteri, 67, 71; Pumpellianus, 200, 202; purgans, 66, 70; ramo- sus, 67, 71; Richardsoni, 66, 67; secalinus, 160, 237 Broom, Scotch, 129, 155 Butomaceae, 19 Butomus, 15; umbellatus, 18-20, At Lake Champlain, 18, In the Lake Champlain Basin, 19 Cakile edentula, 147, 253 Calamagris, sect. of Calamagrostis, 36-38, 56 Calamagrostis, 35, A Revision of some North American Species of, 35; agrostoides, 40; alaskana, 43; americana, 50; anomala, 46; Index 285 arenaria, 157; blanda, 46; borealis, 55; californica, 53; canadensis, 37-44, 46, 48, 57, 235, 260, var. acuminata, 42, 260, var. arcta, 40, 45, 56, 57, var. Langsdorfi, 40, 43-45, 55, 57, var. Macouni- ana, 39, 41, var. pallida, 40, 45, var. robusta, 39, 42-44, 47, 57, 61, var. typica, 39, 40; canaden- sis campestris, 40; canadensis dubia, 46; cinnoides, 38, 47, 235; coarctata, 47, 53; columbiensis, 43; confinis, 48; crassiglumis, 38, 52; dubia, 46; elongata, 50; glauca, 47; groenlandica, 55; Halleriana, 46; hirtigluma, 43, 55; hyperborea, 18, 39, 48, 49, 52, 56, 57; hyperborea americana, 50; hyperborea elongata, 50, 51; hyperborea stenodes, 50, 51, 53; inexpansa, 38, 45, 48, 49, 52, 54, var. barbulata, 48, 49, var. brevior, 48-51, 57, var. novae- angliae, 48, 51, var. robusta, 48, 49, 52, var. typica, 48; inex- pansa cuprea, 40; .labradorica, 39, 53, 57; lactea, 45; Langsdorfi, 37, 43-45, var. lactea, 45, var. Scribneri, 46; Langsdorfi mary- landica, 47; lapponica, 39, 45, 53, 56, var. brevipilis, 56, 57, var. groenlandica, 45, 56; laxiflora, 45; lucida, 38, 47; Macouniana, 37, 41, 42; mexicana, 40; Michauxii, 40; micrantha, 37, 55, var. Sierrae, 55; montanensis, 49, 56; neglecta, 37, 39, 45, 48, 51-53, 55-57, var. borealis, 51, 55, var. candidula, 56, var. crassiglumis, 52, var. hyperborea, 52, var. in- expansa, 48, var. micrantha, 53, 55, var. Wrightii, 53; nutkaen- sis, 45, 52; Nuttalliana, 47; oregonensis, 43; pallida, 45, 46; purpurea, 44, 45; robusta, 50; scabra, 43; scopulorum, 38, 47, var. Bakeri, 47, var. lucidula, 47; Scribneri, 36, 38, 46, 57, var. imberbis, 46; stricta, 50, 53, var. borealis, 55, var. brevior, 50, var. robusta, 48; Suksdorfi, 49; Trinii, 43, villosa, 44; wyoming- ensis, 50 Callitrichaceae, 258 Callitriche, 15, A, New to Massa- chusetts, 15; deflexa, var. Austini, 15; heterophylla, 148, 160, 216, 258; palustris, 148, 177, 258 Calopogon pulchellus, 150, 210, 246 286 Rhodora Calypso borealis, 205 Campanula rotundifolia, 18 Campanulaceae, 276 Cape Cod Ceanothus, The, 161 Caprifoliaceae, 276 Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 253 Cardamine parviflora, var. areni- cola, 178; Pattersoni, 25 Carex, 199, 258, A, New to New England, 258; alata, 177, 210, 211, 240; albolutescens, 150, 240; anguillata, 258; annectens, 177, 212; anthericoides, 9-11; arcta, 201, 203; arctata, 164-166; arc- tata X flexilis, 164; arctata X formosa, 164; brunnescens, 61, var. sphaerostachya, 153, 240; bullata, 178, var. Greenei, 212; canescens, var. disjuncta, 150, 153, 172, 213, 240; castanea, 165, 166; cephalantha, 150, 240; ce- phalophora, 152, 216, 241; com- munis, 216, 241; comosa, 242; contigua, 160, 241; crinita, 216, 241; debilis, var. Rudgei, 216, 241; Deweyana, 14, 204, 205; digitalis, 216, 241; eburnea, 18; exilis, 62, 172; festucacea, 240; flexilis, 164-166; formosa, 165, 166; glacialis, 200, 202; gracilli- ma, 164; gynocrates, 61; horma- thodes, 148, 158, 161, 169, 213, 240; Hostiana, var. laurentiana, 13; Howei, 150, 153, 210, 240; incomperta, 240; intumescens, 212, 260, var. Fernaldii, 260; Knieskernii, 162-165; laevivagi- nata, 177, 241; lanuginosa, 172, 213, 242; lasiocarpa, 178; lep- talea, 61; leptonervia, 260; limosa 150, 172, 178, 213, 241; livida, 172, var. Grayana, 62; Longii, 158, 210, 240; lupulina, 153, 215, 216, 242; lurida, 149, 242; Lind- begrii, 62; macrocephala, 9-11; membranacea, 200, 202; Mitchel- liana, 177, 210, 211, 241; Muhlen- bergii, 150, 241, var. enervis, 179; muricata, 241; obtusata, 200, 202; oligosperma, 178; pauper- cula, var. irrigua, 260; pennsyl- vanica, 241, var. lucorum, 241, var. separans, 216, 241; Pseudo- Cyperus, 178; pubescens, 164; Richardsonii, 201, 203; rosea, var. radiata, 216, 240; Rossii, 200, 202; rostrata, var. utriculata, 172; salina, var. kattegatensis, 13; Sartwellii, 201, 203; scabrata, [ DECEMBER 176; scirpoidea, 18; scirpoides, var. capillacea, 240; scoparia, 240, var. subturbinata, 240; seorsa, 240; silicea, 150, 158, 161, 169, 172, 213, 240; stellulata, var. cephalantha, 240; straminea, 158, 177, 210, 211, 240; Sulli- vantii, 163, 164; supina, 200, 202; Swanii, 151, 241; sylvatica, 164; tenuiflora, 201, 203; tribuloides, 105, 106, 176; trichocarpa, 172, var. aristata, 201, 203; vaginata, 61; varia, 151, 241; vesicaria, var. Grahami, 13; virescens, 150, 216, 241, var. Swanii, 241; vul- pinoidea, 241; Walteriana, 213 Carica Papaya, 99 Carya alba, 152, 215, 247; glabra, 99 Caryophyllaceae, 250 Case for Polygonum cuspidatum, 223 Cassia chamaecrista, 212 Castalia odorata, 252 Catalpa bignonoides, 152, 275 Ceanothus, 161, The Cape Cod, 161; americanus, 162, var. inter- medius, 162, 177, 212; intermed- ius, 162 Cecropia peltata, 99 Celastrus scandens, 18, 108, 176 Cenchrus carolinianus, 234; pauci- florus, 177, 210, 211, 234; tribu- loides, 234 Cenomyce fimbriata, 8 conista, 92 Centaurea arenaria, 280 Cephalanthus occidentalis, 133, 150, 216, 276 Cerastium viscosum, 157; vulgatum, 151, 157, 251, 260 Ceratiola, 170 Ceratophyllum demersum, 107 Chamaecyparis thyoides, 152, 210, 229 Chamaedaphne calyculata, 150, 214, 269 Changing the Direction of Sap-con- ducting Tissues, 145 Chenopodiaceae, 250 Chenopodium album, 250; lepto- phyllum, 177; rubrum, 173 Chestnut, 145, 146 Chicory, 14 China, A New Lepidium from, 28 Chimaphila maculata, 269 Chiogenes hispidula, 206 Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, var. pinnatifidum, 151, 280 Chrysopsis faleata, 151, 177, 277 1930] Chrysosplenium americanum, 176 Chrysothamnus Blumeri, var. pu- bescens, 27 Cichorium Intybus, 280 Cicuta bulbifera, 177; maculata, 216, 268 Cinna arundinacea, 176; latifolia, 205; Purshii, 40 Circaea alpina, 179, 206, 261; lati- folia, 176 Cirsium arvense, 280; discolor, 216, 280; horridulum, 280; lance- olatum, 280; pumilum, 280; spinosissimum, 280 Cistaceae, 265 Cladium mariscoides, 239 Cladonia acuminata, 92-94; al- pestris, 60; amaurocraea, 92, f. oxycera, 92; bacillaris, 91, 92; borbonica, 93, 94; caespiticia, 93; cariosa, 93, f. corticata, 92, f. cribrosa, 92; cenotea, var. cros- sota, 92; chlorophaea, 92; coccif- era, 92, f. stemmatina, 92; con- iocraea, 93, f. ceratodes, 93, f. pyenotheliza, 93, f. truncata, 93; conista, 92, 94; cornuta, 92; cornutoradiata, 93, f. subulata, 93; erispata, 92, f. dilacerata, 92, f. Kairamoi, 92, f. virgata, 92; cristatella, 93, f. Beauvoisu, 91, f. ochrocarpa, 91, f. vestita, 91; deformis, 91, f. crenulata, 91, f. extensa, 91; degenerans, 92, f. phyllophora, 92; digitata, 92, var. glabrata, 92-94; fimbriata, f. conista, 92, f. simplex, 93; furcata, 92, var. racemosa, 92; gracilis, f. anthocephala, 92, f. mesotheta, 92, var. chordalis, 92, var. chordalis-aspera, 92, var. dilatata, 92; impexa, var. lax- iuscula, 91; invisa, 92, 93; mitis, f. prostrata, 91; multiformis, 92; nemoxyna, 93; pleurota, 92, 94, m. decorata, 92; rangiferina, 91; scabriuscula, f. surrecta, 92; squamosa, 92, f. denticollis, 92; uncialis, 92; verticillata, 92, f. phyllophora, 92, var. evoluta, 92 Cladonieae from the Valley of the Cap Chat River and Vicinity,’ Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, 91 Clark, J. F. Ferns of the Red River Country, Maine, 133 Clematis verticillaris, 18 Clethra alnifolia, 150, 151, 210, 269 Clintonia borealis, 205 Index 287 Coelopleurum actaeifolium, 109, 268; lucidum, 109, 159, 214, 268 Collins, J. F. On Changing the Direction of — Sap-conducting Tissues, 145 Color Variation in Gentiana line- aris, 143 Comandra umbellata, 177, 212 Complex Bromus ciliatus, The, 63 Compositae, 276 Conioselinum chinense, 206 Convolvulaceae, 272 Convolvulus arvensis, 160, 272; sepium, 272, var. pubescens, 147, 272 Coptis groenlandica, 61, 124, 206, 216, 252; trifolia, 252 Corallorhiza striata, 205; trifida, 62, 205 Coral-root, 62 Corema Conradii, 169, 170, 173, 179, 212 Coreopsis lanceolata, 159, 279; rosea, 149, 211, 279; tripteris, 32, 34, var. Deamii, 33, 34, var. intercedens, 34 Cornaceae, 269 Cornus canadensis, 61, 179, 206; florida, 125, 152, 215, 269 Coronilla varia, 256 Cory, V. L. A New Lesquerella from Western Texas, 110; New Loco from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, 4; A New Sal- viastrum from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, 89 Corylus cornuta, 247; rostrata, 247 Cotyledon glandulifera, 26 Crataegus, 12, 14, 254; pruinosa, 254; rotundifolia, 177 Crepis biennis, 4 Crotalaria sagittalis, 212 Crowberry, 60 Cruciferae, 253 Cryptogramma Stelleri, 18 Cubelium concolor, 140, f. sub- glabrum, 141 Cucumber, Bur, 110 Cucurbita maxima, 276 Cucurbitaceae, 276 Cuscuta compacta, 177, 212; Gronovii, 272; pentagona, 177 Cynanchum nigrum, 28 Cyperaceae, 31, 237 Cyperus dentatus, 149, 237; diand- rus, 216, 237; erythrorhizos, 124, 210, 238; ferax, 105, 147, 210, 238; filicinus, 237, var. micro- dontus, 178, 211; filiculmis, 238, 288 Rhodora var. macilentus, 150, 238; Grayii, 211; Nuttallii, 237; rivularis, 216, 237; strigosus, 147, var. composi- tus, 238, var. robustior, 238 Cypripedium асаше, 204, 205; guttatum, 200, 202; parviflorum, 205; passerinum, var. minganense 13; reginae, 205 n, 179; scoparius, 129, 155, 56 Cystopteris bulbifera, 136; fragilis, 136 Dactylis glomerata, 160, 236 Daisy, 14 Dalibarda repens, 173 Damasonium californicum, 21, var. Biddlei, 21 Dandelion, 14 Danthonia intermedia, 61; sericea, 235; spicata, 161, 235 ор Stramonium, 273; Tatula, 3 Daucus Carota, 151, 160, 269 Deam, С. C. Grasses of Indiana (review), 117 Decodon verticillatus, 149, 153, 210, 230, 266 Dennstaedtia punctilobula, 150, 157, 228 Deschampsia flexuosa, 235 Desmodium marilandieum, 210, 212; obtusum, 210, 256; rigidum, 256; rotundifolium, 212, 263 Deyeuxia, 36-38, 56; borealis, 55; crassiglumis, 52; dubia, 46; Langs- dorfii, 43; Macouniana, 41; ne- glecta, 53, var. americana, 50, var. brevifolia, 53, var. gracilis, 47, var. robusta, 50; Nuttalliana, 47; vancouverensis, 55 Dianthus Armeria, 251; barbatus, 159, 251 Dicentra Cucullaria, 206 Dicksonia punctilobula, 157, 228, 259 Digitalis purpurea, 159, 274 Digitaria sanguinalis, 232 Diplachne maritima, 210, 211, 236 Disporum trachycarpum, 208 Distichlis spicata, 147, 161, 236 Distribution and Affinities of the Vegetation of the Athabasca- Great Slave Lake Region, 187 Dipterocarpeae, 95 Dodecatheon poeticum, 27 Draba arabisans, 18; lutea, var. minganensis, 13; pycnosperma, 13 Drosera filiformis, 212; intermedia, [DECEMBER 149, 150, 210, 253; longifolia, 253; rotundifolia, 61, 149, 150, 214, 253, 261 Droseraceae, 253 Dulichium arundinaceum, 12, 149, 8 Dupontia micrantha, 60 Eames, E. H. Cubelium concolor, 140 Eaton, R. J. Color Variation in Gentiana linearis, 143; Tripsa- cum dactyloides in Massachu- setts, 185 Kchinocaulon, sect. of Polygonum, 224 Echinochloa, 58; Crus-galli, 157, 233; Walteri, 57, 58, 147, 233, f. laevigata, 58 Eel Grass, 147 Elatinaceae, 265 Elatine minima, 148, 265 Eleocharis acicularis, 149, 183, 238; acuminata, 30-32; capitata, 180- 185; capitatus, 180, 181; cari- baea, 181, 182, 184, 185; com- pressa, 31; glaucescens, 31; me- lanocarpa, 211; obtusa, 181-184, 238; ovata, 238; palustris, 19, 30; parvula, 147, 238; Robbinsii, 211; rostellata, 147, 177, 210, 211, 238; Smallii, 238; tenuis, 180- 182, 184; tricostata, 213; uni- glumis, 61, 213, 238, var. halo- phila, 147, 238 Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts, Flora of, 119, 147, 167, 208, 226, 263 Elodea occidentalis, 105 Elymus arenarius, var villosus, 178, 201, 203; innovatus, 200, 202; virginicus, 216, 237, var. halophilus, 237 Empetrum nigrum, 60 Enteromorpha, 106 Epifagus virginiana, 152, 215, 216, 274 . Epigaea repens, 206, 216, 269 Epilobium adenocaulon, 261, 267; coloratum, 266; densum, 266; glandulosum, var. adenocaulon, 267; lineare, 266; molle, 177; palustre, var. monticola, 150, 214, 266 Epipactis decipiens, 205; repens, var. ophioides, 205; tesselata, 205 Equisetaceae, 229 Equisetum arvense, 205, 229; scir- poides, 205; sylvaticum, 205, 259 1930] Eragrostis pectinacea, 236, var. spectabilis, 236 Erechtites hieracifolia, 153, 280, var. prealta, 280; megalocarpa, 280 Ericaceae, 269 Erigeron canadensis, 278; loncho- phyllus, var. laurentianus, 13; pusillus, 278; ramosus, 278 Eriocaulaceae, 242 Eriocaulon articulatum, 242; sep- tangulare, 149, 150, 172, 213, 242 Eriophorum gracile, 172, 239; spis- sum, 178; tenellum, 172, 213, 239; vaginatum, 183; virginicum, 150, 183, 216, 239 Eucalamagrostis, subgen. of Cala- magrostis, 36 Eupatorium hyssopifolium, 151, 177, 211, 277; maculatum, 276; perfoliatum, 132, 133, 277, An Interesting Form of, 132, f. laciniatum, 133, f. purpureum, 33, f. truncatum, 133; purpureum, 33; urticaefolium, 18; verbenae- folium, 212, 277; verticillatum, 150, 276 Euphorbia Esula, 100-102, as a Weed in New York State, 100; maculata, 151, 158, 258; poly- gonifolia, 147, 158, 210, 258 Euphorbiaceae, 257 Ewer, S. J. Notes on Katahdin Plants, 259 Exceptionally Large Onoclea sen- sibilis, 225 Fagus grandifolia, 151, 215, 248, f. pubescens, 248, var. carolini- апа, at Farwell, О. A. Aira spicata Linn and the Application of the Inter- national Rules, 261; What is Scirpus capitatus Linn?, 180; What is Scirpus glaucescens Willd.?, 30 Fassett, N. C. Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, V, 57 Felicia angustifolia, 138, а hyssopi- folia, 138 Fernald, M. L. Тһе Cape Cod Ceanothus, 161; Carex macro- cephala and C. anthericoides, 9; The Complex Bromus ciliatus, 63; Gentiana procera, f. laevi- calyx, 221; Identities of Juncus canadensis and of J. brevicauda- tus, 83; Identity of Alopecurus Index 289 aequalis, 221; Ligusticum scothi- eum of the North Atlantic and of the North Pacific, 7; A New Willow from the Céte Nord, Quebec, 112; Potamogeton al- pinus and P. microstachys, 76; Some Varieties of the Amphigean Species of Osmunda, 71; Willde- now’s Type of Scirpus glauces- cens, 31 Ferns of the Red River Country, Maine, 133 Festuca elatior, 237; myurus, 237; octoflora, 237; ovina, 237; rubra, 150, 237 Fimbristylis autumnalis, 210, 238; Frankii, 238 Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts, 119, 147, 167, 208, 226, 263 Fluminea festucacea, 200, 201, 203 Fogg, J. M. A Few Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massa- chusetts, 103; Flora of the Eliza- beth Islands, Massachusetts, 119, 147, 167, 208, 226, 263; Tipularia discolor in Dukes County, Mass- achusetts, 114 Fragaria vesca, 254; virginiana, 254, var. terrae-novae, 214, 254 Fraxinus americana, 12, 176, 271; pennsylvanica, 271 Fuirena squarrosa, 177, 211 Galinsoga, 14 Galium Aparine, 275; boreale, var. typicum, 59; circaezans, 275; Claytoni, 161, 276; kamtschati- cum, 206; pilosum, 152, 276; tinctorium, 177; trifidum, 105, 275, var. halophilum, 179; tri- florum, 206, 276 Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec; Some Cladonieae from the Valley of the Cap Chat River and Vicinity, 91 Gaultheria procumbens, 216, 270 Gaylussacia, 127; baccata, 151, 270; dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, 270; frondosa, 151, 270 Genista tinetoria, 156, 256 Gentiana linearis, 143, 144, Color Variation in, 143, f. Blanchardii, 143, 144; nesophila, 13; procera, 221, f. laevicalyx, 221; Victor- inii, 221 Gentianaceae, 271 Geocaulon lividum, 206 Geraniaceae, 257 290 Rhodora Geranium carolinianum, 257; mac- ulatum, 216, 257; Robertianum, 173 Gerardia maritima, 274; purpurea, 274 Geum canadense, 216, 255; macro- phyllum, 206; strictum, 173 Gingko biloba, 13 Glabrous Variety of Aster con- color, 144 Glaucium flavum, 180, 253 Glaux maritima, 173 Gleditsia triacanthos, 152, 256 Glyceria acutiflora, 105, 148, 176, 230; canadensis, 172, 213, 236; Fernaldii, 177; grandis, 105, 106, 172, 176, 201, 203; laxa, 177; maritima, 159; nervata, 236, 260; obtusa, 149, 150, 172, 213, 236; pallida, 149, 216, 230; striata, 153, 216, 236, 260, var. stricta, 260 Gnaphalium obtusifolium, 151, 160, 279, var. micradenium, 178: poly- cephalum, 279; purpureum, 211, 279; uliginosum, 279 Goldenrod, 160 Gramineae, 231 Grass, Eel, 147; Vanilla, 61 Gratiola aurea, 149, 210, 274 Great Slave Lake Region, Distri- bution and Affinities of the Vege- tation of, 187 Gypsophila paniculata, 159, 251 Habenaria blephariglottis, 124, 245, 246; bracteata, 124, 216, 245, 246; ciliaris, 213; clavellata, 150, 216, 245; dilatata, 61, 176; flava, 170; lacera, 149, 150, 245, 246; obtusata, 88, 89, The Polliniza- tion of, 88; orbiculata, 125, 205, 216, 245 Halenia deflexa, 17 Haloragidaceae, 267 Hamamelidaceae, 254 Hamamelideae, 95 Hamamelis virginiana, 152, 215, 254, var. parvifolia, 254 Harris, S. K. An Alpine Station for Hieracium aurantiacum, 113 Hawkweed, 62, 110; Orange, 14 Hedysarum, 262; rotundifolium, 262, 263 Helianthemum Bicknellii, 151, 177, 210, 265; canadense, 151, 210, 265; dumosum, 151, 177, 265; majus, 265; propinquum, 177, [DECEMBER Helianthus annuus, 159, 279 Hemicarpha micrantha, 177, 211 Henderson, L. F. Some New Species and Varieties from Ore- gon, 20 Heracleum lanatum, 216, 268 Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, Notes from, V, 57 Hibiscus Moscheutos, 148, 210, 265 Hieracium aurantiacum, 113, An Alpine Station for, 113; cana- dense, 281; cynoglossoides, var. ursinum, 27; groenlan icum, 62; Gronovii, 151, 211, 281; marianum, 179, 281; panicula- unm 281; Pilosella, 110; seabrum, 1 Hierochloe odorata, 172, var. fra- grans, 61, 105 Holcus lanatus, 150, 235 Holm, T. Leaf-Variation in Liquid- ambar Styraciflua, 95 Homoestricha, sect. of Calamagros- tis, 36 Hudsonia ericoides, 169, 212; to- mentosa, 151, 265, var. inter- media, 179 Hydrocharitaceae, 231 Hydrocotyle americana, 4; Canbyi, 124, 125, 148, 209-211, 267, 268: interrupta, 268; umbellata, 148, 210, 267, var. ambigua, 267; verticillata, 148, 209, 210, 207, 268 : Hypericaceae, 265 Hypericum adpressum, 212; Ascy- ron, 173; boreale, 149, 173, 214, 265; canadense, 265; dissimula- tum, 177; ellipticum, 173; genti- anoides, 265; mutilum, 158, 265; perforatum, 151, 160, 265; vir- ginicum, 149, 210, 265 Hypoxis hirsuta, 245 Identities of Juncus canadensis and of J. brevicaudatus, 83 Identity of Alopecurus aequalis, 221 Пех glabra, 210, 264; laevigata, 177, 264; opaca, 152, 210, 263, f. sub- integra, 263; verticillata, 151, 216, 264, var. fastigiata, 179, 214, 264 Ilysanthes anagallidea, 274; dubia, 274; gratioloides, 274; inaequalis, 149, 160, 210, 274 Impatiens biflora, 149, 216, 264; pallida, 4 Indiana Plants, New Forms and Varieties of, 32 1930] Indigofera, 263; echinata, 263; prostrata, 263; rotundifolia, 262 Interesting Form of Eupatorium perfoliatum, 132 Iridaceae, 245 Iris bracteata, 24; californica, 24; Douglasiana, 24; innominata, 23, 24; prismatica, 210, 245; Purdyi, 23; versicolor, 149, 245 Isoetaceae, 229 Isoetes Braunii, 172; Engelmanni, 216, 229 Iva frutescens, 159; oraria, 159, 279 Jackson, R. T. An Exceptionally Large Onoclea sensibilis, 225 Jacot, A. P. A New Lepidium from North China, 28 Juglandaceae, 247 Juglans cinerea, 247 Juncaceae, 242 Juncaginaceae, 231 Juncus acuminatus, 83-87, 149, 161, 244; accuminatus, 87; alpinus, 88, var. mucroniflorus, 88; aristila- tus, 177, 212, 213; articulatus, 86, 161, 172, 244, var. obtusatus, 148, 178, 244; arcticus, 62; balti- cus, var. littoralis, 106; brachy- cephalus, 85, 86, 88; brevicau- datus, 83-88, 106, The Identity of, 83; bufonius, 148, 242; cana- densis, 83-88, 149, 243, The Identity of, 83, var. brachy- cephalus, 84, 86, var. brevicau- datus, 83-88, A. coarctatus, 84, 86, f. coarctatus, 87, B. patulus, 84, 86, var. coarctatus, 84, 86-88, var. longecaudatus, 84, var. longi- caudatus, 84, var. subcaudatus, 83, 84; coarctatus, 84, 86; debilis, 244; dichotomus, 161, 243, var. platyphyllus, 243; effusus, var. compactus, 177, var. costulatus, 149, 150, 161, 210, 243, var. Pylaei, 178, 260, var. solutus, 153, 216, 243; filiformis, 61; Gerardi, 148, 243; Greenei, 58, 151, 161, 243; inventus, 21; lampocarpus, 87, 88, var. macro- cephalus, 87, 88; longicaudatus, 85; marginatus, 149, 244; mili- taris, 149, 213, 244; nodosus, 21; paradoxus, 84, 86; pelocarpus, 86, 149, 158, 172, 213, 243; pervetus, 177; secundus, 176; subcaudatus, 85, 177, 212; tenuis, 151, 243, var. Williamsii, 243, 260; Torreyi, 21; ustulatus, 87, 88 Index 291 Juniperus communis, 13, var. de- pressa, 180, 229; virginiana, 152, 229 Kalmia angustifolia, 259, 269; poli- folia, 143, 261 Katahdin Plants, Notes on, 259 Kennedy, R. B. Some Additions to the Newfoundland Flora, 3 Knowlton, C. H. Butomus um- bellatus at Lake Champlain, 18; Dynamic Forces in the Flora of Quebec (review) 11; Note on Aster amethystinus, 185 Koenigia islandica, 60 Krigia amplexicaulis, 280; biflora, 280; virginica, 151, 211, 280 Labiatae, 272 Labrador Coast, The Austin Col- lection from, 59 Lachnanthes tinctoria, 177, 212 Lactuca canadensis, 281, var. in- tegrifolia, f. angustata, 281; flori- dana, 212; hirsuta, 211, 281; Morssii, 179 Lake Champlain, Butomus um- bellatus at, 18, in the Basin, 19 Laportea canadensis, 205 Lardizabalaceae, 107 Larix decidua, 152, 229; laricina, 196 Lathyrus maritimus, 147, 173, 214, 257; palustris, var. pilosus, 257 Lauraceae, 253 Lavender, Sea, 270 Leaf-Variation in Styraciflua, 95 Lechea Leggettii, 213, 266; mari- tima, 151, 210, 266; villosa, 210, 265 Leguminosae, 256 Lemna minor, 148 Lentibulariaceae, 274 Leontodon autumnalis, 151, 280, var. pratensis, 280 Leonurus Cardiaca, 273 Lepidium, 28, from North China, A New, 28; apetalum, 28, 29; campestre, 28; chitungense, 29; macranthum, 29; ruderale, 29; virginieum, 253; vulgatum, 151 Leptorchis Loeselii, 124 Lespedeza angustifolia, 212; Brit- tonii, 177; capitata, 210, 256; hirta, 256; procumbens, 212, 256; Stuvei, 212; violacea, 256; vir- ginica, 213 Liquidambar 292 Rhodora Lesquerella, 110, from Western Texas, A New, 110; lata, 110; lepidota, 110; montana, 110; rectipes, 110 Leucothoe racemosa, 151, 210, 269 Lichen, 60 Ligusticum Hultenii, 7-9; scothi- cum, 7-9, 161, 214, 268, of the North Atlantic and of the North Pacific, 7 Ligustrum vulgare, 159, 271 Lilaeopsis chinensis, 177, 212 Liliaceae, 244 Lilium philadelphicum, 216, 244; superbum, 117, 212; tigrinum, 159, 244 Limonium carolinianum, 159, 270; Nashii, var. trichogonum, 270 Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia, 274; subulata, 149, 173, 177, 214, 274 Linaceae, 257 Linaria canadensis, 151, 273: vul- garis, 160, 274 Linnaea borealis, var. americana, 179, 206 Linum catharticum, 17; floridanum, var. intercursum, 177, 212; stria- tum, 177, 257; virginianum, 257 Liparis Loeselii, 124, 125, 178, 213, 246 Liquidambar, 95, 98, 99; Styraciflua, 95, 98, 100, Leaf-Variation in, 95 Liquidambareae, 95 Liriodendron, 98, 99; tulipifera, 12 Listera convallarioides, 205; cor- data, 205 Lobelia cardinalis, 216, 276; inflata, 176; Kalmii, 18 Lobeliaceae, 276 Lonicera canadensis, 206; japonica, 159, 276 Loosestrife, Purple, 14; Spiked, 109 Lophiola, 170 Lotus cornieulatus, 4 Ludvigia alterniflora, 213; palustris 148, 216, 266 Luina hypoleuca, var. dentata, 28 Lupinus perennis, 212 Luzula campestris, var. echinata, 177, 210, 211, 244, var. multi- flora, 244 Lychnis alba, 28, 251 Lycopodiaceae, 229 Lycopodium annotinum, 205; clava- tum, 104, 176; complanatum, 205; inundatum, 133, 172, var. Bigelovii, 150, 210, 229; lucidu- [DECEMBER lum, 104, 176, 205; obscurum, 205; tristachyum, 14 Lycopus americanus, 273; sessili- folius, 212; uniflorus, 149, 153, 273; virginicus, 177, 273 Lyonia ligustrina, 151, 269 Lysimachia quadrifolia, 216, 270; terrestris, 150, 216, 270 Lythraceae, 266 Lythrum hyssopifolium, 177; Sali- caria, 109 ште Basin, А New Salix from 11 Maianthemum canadense, 153, 205, 215, 216, 244 Maine, Ferns of the Red River Country, 133; Scirpus Peckii in, 133 Malaxis unifolia, 176 Malva Alcea, 109; rotundifolia, 264 Malvaceae, 264 Mariscus mariscoides, 149, 239; serratus, 183 Marrubium vulgare, 272 Maruta Cotula, 157 Massachusetts, A Callitriche New to, 15; A Few Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, 103; Flora of the Elizabeth Islands, 119, 147, 167, 208, 226, 263; Tipularia discolor in Dukes County, 114; Tripsacum dactyloides in, 185 Medeola virginiana, 124, 153, 215, 216, 244 Melampyrum lineare, 274 Melastomaceae, 266 Mentha Cardiaca, 273; crispa, 273; spicata, 273 Menyanthes trifoliata, var. minor, 61, 150, 173, 214, 271 Mikania scandens, 177, 212 Milium effusum, 14 Mitchella repens, 276 Mitella nuda, 206 Mollugo verticillata, 250 Moneses uniflora, 206 Monotropa Hypopithys, 216, 269, var. rubra, 269; uniflora, 152, 206, 216, 269 Montia parvifolia, 24; Sweetseri, 24 Muenscher, W. C. Butomus um- bellatus in the Lake Champlain Basin, 19; Euphorbia Esula as a Weed in New York State, 100 Muhlenbergia mexicana, 178; race- mosa, 18; Richardsonis, 201, 203; sylvatica, 118; umbrosa, 118 1930] Myrica asplenifolia, 177, 212; caro- liniensis, 127, 151, 161, 210, 247; Gale, 151, 247 Myricaceae, 247 Myriophyllum humile, 148, 207, f. capillaceum, 267, f. natans, 267; magdalenense, 13; pinna- tum, 124; scabratum, 148, 210, 267; tenellum, 148, 169, 173, 214, 267 Najadaceae, 230 Najas guadalupensis, 104 Narcissus poeticus, 27 Negundo aceroides, 99 Nemopanthus mucronata, 176 Nepeta Cataria, 272 New England, A Carex New to, 258; Form of Aster amesthystinus, 3; Forms and Varieties of Indiana Plants, 32; Jersey Tea, 161; Lepidium from North China, 28; Lesquerella from Western Texas, 110; Loco from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, 4; Salviastrum from the Edwards Plateau, 89; Species of Salix from the Macken- zie Basin, 11; Willow from the Cóte Nord, Quebec, 112; York State, Euphorbia Esula as a Weed in, 100 Newfoundland Flora, Some Addi- tions to, 3 North American Species of Calama- grostis, A Revision of some, 35 Note on Aster amesthystinus, 185 Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, V, 57; on Katahdin Plants, 259 Noteworthy Plants from Falmouth, Massachusetts, 103 Nymphaea advena, var. variegata, 251; odorata, 148, 252; rubro- disca, 260 Nymphaeaceae, 251 NM" lacunosum, 148, 210, 271 Nymphozanthus variegatus, 148, 173, 251 Nyssa sylvatica, 127, 152, 215, 269 каа sessilifolia, 153, 215, 216, 24 Oenothera biennis, 161, 267; grand- iflora, 159, 267; linearis, 177, 212; longipedicellata, 177, 212; muri- cata, 267; pumila, 261 Oleaceae, 271 Onagraceae, 266 Index 293 Onoclea sensibilis, 136, 225, 228, Exceptionally Large, 225 Onosmodium virginianum, 212 Ophioglossaceae, 228 Ophioglossum vulgatum, 216, 228 Opuntia vulgaris, 178, 212 Orchidaceae, 245 Oregon, Some new Species and Varieties from, 20 Orobanchaceae, 274 Orobanche terrae-novae, 13; uni- flora, 206 Orontium aquaticum, 178, 212 Orthoatherae, subsect. of Calama- grostis, 36-38, 56 Oryzopsis pungens, 176 Osmorhiza Claytoni, 204, 206; di- varicata, 206; obtusa, 206 Osmunda, 71, Some Varieties of the Amphigean Species of, 71; bipin- nata, 75; cinnamomea, 74-76, 136, 215, 228, var. asiatica, 75, var. imbricata, 75, var. typica, 75; Claytoniana, 73-76, 136, 176, 205, var. lanosa, 74, var. vestita, 73-15; imbricata, 75; interrupta, 74; monticola, 73, 74, var. vestita, 73, 74; pilosa, 73-75; regalis, 72, 73, 75, 76, 228, var. pumila, 72, var. spectabilis, 72, 73, 75, 136, 150; spectabilis, 72, 73 Osmundaceae, 228 Osmundastrum cinnamomeum, 75 Ostrya virginiana, 152, 215, 247 Oxalidaceae, 257 Oxalis montana, 206; stricta, 257 Panicum albemarlense, 177, 210, 233; annulum, 177, 211; Ashei, 177, 211; auburne, 177, 211; Bicknellii 176, 211; capillare, 232; clandestinum, 233; columbi- anum, 211; Commonsianum, 118, 177, 210, 211, 233; Crus-galli, 157; Deamii, 118; depauperatum 150, var. psilophyllum, 232; di- chotomiflorum, 232; dichotomum, 152, 158, 232; elongatum, 118; huachucae, 117, 232, 233, var. silvicola, 232, 233; implicatum, 233; latifolium, 105, 176; Lind- heimeri, var. fasciculatum, 150, 158, 232, 233; longifolium, 150, 209-211, 232, var. tusketense, 209; mattamuskeetense, 177, 211, var. Clutei, 177; meridionale, 150, 158, 210, 233; microcarpon, 177, 211; oricola, 150, 158, 210, 233; polyanthes, 177, 211; sco- 294 Rhodora parium, 211; sphaerocarpon, 150, 233; spicatum, 262; spretum, 177, 211; stipitatum, 118; sub- villosum, 176; tennesseense, 117, 232; tsugetorum, 211; verruco- sum, 176, 211; virgatum, var. spissum, 150, 161, 232; Wrighti- anum, 177, 211 Papaveraceae, 253 Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 161, 264; tricuspidata, 264; vitacea, 177 Paspalum Muhlenbergii, 232; psam- mophilum, 176, 211; pubescens, 150, 210, 232; setaceum, 209-211, 232 Pastinaca sativa, 268 Pease, A. S. Botanical Notes from Northern Vermont, 17; A Carex New to New England, 258 Pedicularis canadensis, 176, 274 Peltandra virginica, 177, 212 Pennsylvania, Some Rare Intro- ductions near Harrisburg, 28 Penstemon, 89; laevigatus, var. Digitalis, 109 Petasites palmatus, 206 Phalaris americana, 47; arundina- cea, 47, 172; canariensis, 234 Phleum pratense, 150, 234 Phragmites communis, 149, 236 Phytolacca americana, 216, 250; decandra, 250 Phytolaccaceae, 250 Picea Abies, 152, 229; canadensis, 196, 198, 199, 201, 205, 229; excelsa, 229; glauca, 152, 229; mariana, 60, 196, 201; pungens, 152, 229 Pinaceae, 229 Pine, Scotch, 229 Pinus Banksiana, 196, 198, 201; rigida, 152, 229; Strobus, 229, 259; sylvestris, 152, 160, 229 Plantaginaceae, 275 Plantago aristata, 275; halophila, 275; juncoides, var. decipiens, 214, 275; lanceolata, 275, var. sphaerostachya, 275, f. eriophora, 275; major, 275; var. intermedia, 275; maritima, 275; oliganthos, 147, 173, 275; virginica, 210, 275 Platanaceae, 95 Platanus occidentalis, 99 Pluchea camphorata, 148, 211, 278 Plumbaginaceae, 270 Poa annua, 158, 236; arida, 200, 202; palustris, 236; pratensis, 150, 236, saltuensis, 205; serotina, 236; triflora, 236 [DECEMBER Pogonia ophioglossoides, 133, 150, 10, 246 Polanisia graveolens, 173 Pollinization of Habenaria obtusata, Polygala cruciata, 149, 150, 210, 257; Nuttallii, 212; polygama, 151, 257; sanguinea, 257 Polygalaceae, 257 Polygonaceae, 248 Polygonella articulata, 212 Polygonum, 223; acadiense, 13; acre, 240; acuminatum, 224; aciculare, 249; Careyi, 177; Con- volvulus, 160, 249; corymbosum, var. densiflorum, 224; cuspida- tum, 223-225, The Case for, 223; densiflorum, 224, 225; dumetor- um, 249; glaucum, 147, 210, 249; Hydropiper, 158, var. projectum, 249; hydropiperoides, 249; mar- itimum, 249; opelousanum, var. adenocalyx, 249; pensylvanicum, 249, var. laevigatum, 249; Persi- caria, 249; pictum, 224; portori- cense, 224; punctatum, 158, 210, 249; puritanorum, 177; robustius, 213; scandens, 216, 249; setaceum 177, 212; Sieboldi, 223, 224; Sieboldii, 223, 224; virginianum, 76, 104, 135, 176; Zuccarinii, 224 Polypodiaceae, 227 Polypodium virginianum, 227; vul- gare, 76, 227 Polystichum — acrostichoides, 104, 136, 176; Braunii, 76, var. Purshii, 76, 136 Pontederia cordata, 133, 242 Pontederiaceae, 242 Poplar, White, 152 Populus alba, 152, 160, 247; bal- samifera, 196, 198, 201, 247; deltoides, 247; grandidentata, 173; Tacamahacca, 247; tremu- loides, 172, 196, 201 Portulaca oleracea, 251 Portulacaceae, 251 Potamogeton alpinus, 76-82, f. ovatifolius, 79, proles microsta- chys, 79, 81, var. angustifolius, 79; amplifolius, 78; bupleuroides, 4, 106, 131, 148, 230; diversi- folius, 148, 230; epihydrus, 79; fluitans, 78; gramineus, 4; hy- bridus, 230; lucens, 78; micro- stachys, 76-80, 83, var. subellip- ticus, 82, 83, var. typicus, 80, 83; natans, 178; nerviger, 79; Oakesianus, 148, 172, 210, 230; 1930] obrutus, 77-81; pectinatus, 148, 176, 230; praelongus, 81; pulcher, 78, 148, 210, 230; pusillus, 230; Robbinsii, 176; rufescens, 76-79, 81; subnitens, 4; Zizii, 81 Potentilla Anserina, 19, 255; ar- gentea, 151, 254; canadensis, var. simplex, 255; fruticosa, 18; mon- speliensis, 254, 261; norvegica, var. hirsuta, 254; pacifica, 149, 214, 255; pumila, 151, 160, 255; recta, 254; tridentata, 176, 178 Prenanthes altissima, 206; serpen- taria, 178, 281; trifoliolata, 281 Primulaceae, 270 Proserpinaca intermedia, 177, 212; palustris, 19, 148, 210, 267; pectinata, 212 Prunella vulgaris, 272, var. lanceo- lata, 272 Prunus maritima, 151, 210, 211, 255; pennsylvanica, 179; serotina, 151, 152, 161, 255; virginiana, 179 Psedera quinquefolia, 264 Psilocarya scirpoides, 177, 211 Pteretis nodulosa, 136 Pteridium aquilinum, var. latius- culum, 152, 227, var. pseudo- caudatum, 176, 211; latiusculum, 135 Pteris aquilina, 227 Ptilimnium capillaceum, 148, 210, 268 Puccinellia fasciculata, 177; mari- tima, 159, 237; paupercula, var. alaskana, 148, 159, 213, 287; tenella, 60, 61 Pycnanthemum flexuosum, 216, 273; muticum, 216, 273; verticil- latum, 213 Pyrola americana, 269; asarifolia, 206; chlorantha, 206; elliptica, 206; minor, 205, 206; rotundi- folia, var. americana, 269; secun- da, 206 Pyrus arbutifolia, 151, 210, 254, var. atropurpurea, 254; melano- carpa, 178 Quebec, A New Willow from the Cóte Nord, 112; Some Cladonieae from the Valley of the Cap Chat River and Vicinity, 91 Quercus alba, 152, 215, 248; ilici- folia, 212; Margaretta, 177; mari- landica, 248; pagodaefolia, 213; palustris, 98; prinoides, 212, var. rufescens, 177; rubra, 98, 248; Index 295 stellata, 177, 212; velutina, 127, 152, 215, 248 Quinquenerviae, Sect. of Calama- grostis, 36, 56 Radieula Nasturtium-aquaticum, 253; sylvestris, 108 Ranunculaceae, 252 Ranunculus acris, 151, 160, 252; bulbosus, 252; Cymbalaria, 149, 173, 214, 252; delphinifolius, 124, 148, 160, 216, 252; Flammlua, var. reptans, 133, 252; laxicaulis, 213; occidentalis, 25, var. dis- sectus, 25; orthorynchus, 25; recurvatus, 176, 206; reptans, 124, 252; var. ovalis 252; scelera- tus, 178 Raphanus Raphanistrum, 253; sa- tivus, 253 Raup, H. M., The Distribution and Affinities of the Vegetation of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake Re- gion, 187; A New Species of Salix from the Mackenzie Basin, 111; Pollinization of Habenaria obtu- sata, 88 Revision of Some North American Species of Calamagrostis, 35 Rhacomitrium canescens, 93 Rhexia mariana, 177, 212; virginica, 149, 210, 266 Rhododendron canadense, 176; viscosum, 150, 151, 269, var. glaucum, 210, 211, 269 Rhus copallina, 151, 263; glabra, 263, var. borealis, 214, 263; Tox- icodendron, 18, 159, 216, 263; typhina, 161, 216, 263; Vernix, 152, 216, 263 Ribes glandulosum, 61; hirtellum, 254; lacustre, 206; prostratum, 206; triste, 206 Robinia Pseudo-Acacia, 152, 256 Roripa hispida, var. glabrata, 62; Nasturtium-aquaticum, 253 Rosa blanda, 18; carolina, 255; humilis, 255; nanella, 255; palus- tris, 149, 161, 210, 255; rubiginosa, 255; rugosa, 159, 255; virginiana, 151, 173, 255 Rosaceae, 254 Rubiaceae, 275 Rubus allegheniensis, 108, 176; amnicola, 178; Andrewsianus, 151, 210, 255; arcuans, 179; Enslenii, 177; flagellaris, 255; hispidus, 150, 255; idaeus, var. strigosus, 178; laciniatus, 159, 296 Rhodora 255; multispinus, 177; occident- alis, 255; odoratus, 18; orarius, 178; pergratus, 161, 255; pro- cumbens, 255; pubescens, 206; recurvicaulis, 178; tardatus, 177; villosus, 255 Rudbeckia hirta, 151, 160, 279 Rumex Acetosella, 151, 249; Brit- tanica, 248; crispus, 248; mariti- mus, var. fueginus, 105, 107, 148, 161, 214, 249; obtusifolius, 248; persicarioides, 249; verticillatus, 124, 209-211, 249 Ruppia maritima, 158, 230, var. longipes, 131, 148, 230, var. rostrata, 231, var. subcapitata, 148, 213, 231 Rush, Flowering, 19 Rynchospora alba, 149, 239; cap- itellata, 149, 210, 239, var. dis- cutiens, 177, 211; fusca, 150, 213, 239; glomerata, 239; inundata, 211; microstachya, 211; Torrey- ana, 177, 211 Sabatia campanulata, 177, 212; Kennedyana, 177 Sagina procumbens, 214, 251 Sagittaria Engelmanniana, 176, 211; graminea, 211; latifolia, 149, 153, 216, 231, f. gracilis, 133, var. hastata, 231; teres, 176, 211 Salicaceae, 246 Salicineae, 95 Salicornia ambigua, 148, 250; euro- paea, 148, 158, 250; herbacea, 158; mucronata, 250 Salix, 111, 199, A New, from the Mackenzie Basin, 111; alaxensis, 200, 202; alba, 152, 160, 246; alba X fragilis, 246; amygdaloi- des, 246; arctophila, 260; atha- bascensis, 111-113; Bebbiana, 173; candida, 111; cordifolia, 112; discolor, 159, 247; fuscescens, 113, var. hebecarpa, 113; glauca, 112; hebecarpa, 111, 113; lasi- andra, 200, 203; lucida, 173, 178; lutea, 200-203; myrtilloides, 112; pedicellaris, 111, 113; pentandra, 160, 246; petiolaris, 201, 203; reticulata, 200, 202; sericea, 177; simulans, 112, 113 Salsola Kali, 147, 158, 250, var. caroliniana, 250 Salviastrum, 89, A New, from the Edwards Plateau of Texas, 89; dolicanthum, 90; texanum, 90 Sambucus canadensis, 161, 216, 276 [DECEMBER Samolus floribundus, 149, 210, 270 "aes canadensis, 152, 210, 211, 6 Sap-conducting Tissues, Changing the Direction of, 145 Sapindaceae, 264 Sarracenia purpurea, 133 Sassafras officinale, 12, 152, 215, 253, var. albidum, 253; varii- folium, 253 Satureja vulgaris, 18 Saxifraga oppositifolia, 18 Saxifragaceae, 254 Scheuchzeria palustris, var. ameri- cana, 172 Schizaea pusilla, 169, 170, 172 Schoenus Mariscus, 183; mucrona- tus, 183 Schwalbea americana, 213 Scirpus acicularis, 183; acuminatus, 32; acutus, 20, 57; alpinus, 13; americanus, 149, 157, 239; atro- cinctus, 178; atrovirens, var. georgianus, 211, 260; campestris, var. novae-angliae, 177, 239, var. paludosus, 148, 157, 172, 213, 239; capillaris, 183; capitatus, 180-184, The Typification of, 182, What is, 180; one NE var. minor, 21; cyperinus, 149, 216, 239, var. pelius, 239; debilis, 106, 176; Eriophorum, 177, 211; flui- tans, 183; geniculatus, 32; georgi- anus, 133; glaucescens, 30, 31, What is, 30, Willdenow's Type of, 31; heterochaetus, 57; lacus- tris, 239; malheurensis, 20; Olneyi, 106, 147, 210, 239; alustris, 31; Peckii, 133, In aine, 133; pungens, 157; robus- tus, 210, 239; Smithii, var. seto- sus, 177; subterminalis, 172; validus, 57, 148, 149, 161, 239 Scleria reticularis, 212; triglomerata, 213 Scotch Broom, 129, 155; Pine, 229 Scrophularia lanceolata, 176 Scrophulariaceae, 273 Scutellaria epilobiifolia, 157, 272; galericulata, 149, 157, 216, 272; lateriflora, 272 Sea Lavender, 270 Senecio Balsamitae, 18; paupercu- lus, 12, f, verecundus, 12; Pseudo- Arnica, 12; Rolandii, 12; tenuis, 31 Sericocarpus asteroides, 151, 278; linifolius, 177, 278 Setaria geniculata, 210, 234; glauca, 234; viridis, 234 1930] Seymour, F. C. A Callitriche New to Massachusetts, 15 Sicyos angulatus, 109 Silene Hallii, 25; insectivora, 24; latifolia, 28; montana, 25, var. viscida, 25; Scouleri, 25 Simarubaceae, 257 Simarubeae, 95 Sisymbrium altissimum, 160, 253; officinale, var. leiocarpum, 253 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 151, 157, 172, 213, 245; atlanticum, 245; bermudiana, 157; gramine- um, 245; graminoides, 161, 210, 245 Sium cicutaefolium, 268; suave, 149, 153, 216, 268 Smilax herbacea, 176, 245; glauca, var. neurophylla, 245; rotundifolia 161, 210, 244 Solanaceae, 273 Solanum Dulcamara, 273; nigrum, 147, 273; rostratum, 273; tri- florum, 180, 273 Solidago altissima, 277; aspera, 277; bicolor, 277; californica, var. aperta, 28; canadensis, 160, 216, 277; Elliottü, 177, 211, 277; erecta, 177, 212; graminifolia, 151, 277; juncea, 160, 216, 277; macrophylla, 14, 206, var. thyrs- oidea, 61; minor, 209, 211, 278; nemoralis, 151, 160, 277; odora, 277; puberula, 14, 177, 212; rugosa, 160, 277, var. aspera, 277; sempervirens, 147, 160, 277; suaveolens, 151, 277; tenuifolia, 151, 160, 211, 277; uliginosa, 277; ulmifolia, 176, uniligulata, 173 Some Additions to the Newfound- land Flora, 3; New Species and Varieties from Oregon, 20; Rare Introduetions near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 28; Varieties of the Amphigean Species of Osmunda, 71 Sonchus arvensis, 160, 280; asper, 160, 281; oleraceus, 147, 160, 281 Sparganiaceae, 230 Sparganium americanum, 149, 153, 216, 230, var. androcladum, 230; androcladum, 230; angustifolium, 259; eurycarpum, 153, 210, 230; lucidum, 230 Spartina alterniflora, var. pilosa, 147, 157, 210, 235; cynosuroides, 177, 211; glabra, var. pilosa, 235; gracilis, 200, 203; Michauxiana, 17, 149, 213, 235; patens, 147, Index 297 235, 230, var. caespitosa, 296, var. juncea, 235; stricta, 157 Specularia perfoliata, 276 Spergula arvensis, 251 Spergularia canadensis, 177; leio- sperma, 148, 157, 251; marina, 251; rubra, 151, 210, 250; salina, 157, 251 Sphenopholis pallens, 18 Spiraea tomentosa, 149, 216, 254 Spiranthes Beckii, 246; cernua, 246; gracilis, 151, 246 Spirodela polyrhiza, 106, 107 Spruce, Black, 60 Spurge, Leafy, 100-102 Stachys hyssopifolia, 177, 212 Standley, P. C. New Forms and Varieties of Indiana Plants, 32 Statice Limonium, 159 Stebbins, G. L., Jr. An Interesting Form of Eupatorium perfoliatum, 132; Revision of Some North American Species of Calama- grostis, 35 Stellaria graminea, 151, 160, 251; media, 251 Stenophyllus capillaris, 18% Stereocaulon tomentosum, 93 Steward, A. N. The Case for Polygonum cuspidatum, 223 Stipa avenacea, 210, 234; comata, 200, 202 Streptopus amplexifolius, 14, 61, 205; oreopolus, 13; roseus, 205 Strophostyles helvola, 212 Struthiopteris cinnamomea, 75 Suaeda linearis, 148, 250; maritima, 158, 173, 250 Symplocarpus foetidus, 216, 242 Synthyris rotundifolia, var. Sweet- seri, 27 Tanacetum vulgare, 160, 280 Taraxacum officinale, 280 Taxus canadensis, 205 Tea, New Jersey, 161 Tephrosia virginiana, 212 Teucrium canadense, var. littorale, 210, 272 Texas, A New Lesquerella from western, 110; A New Loco from the Edwards Plateau, 4; A New Salviastrum from the Edwards Plateau, 89 Thalictrum purpurascens, 252; re- volutum, 107, 176, 252 Thelypteris cristata, var. Clintoni- ana, 135; Dryopteris, 135, 204, 205; fragrans, var. Hookeriana, 298 Rhodora 134, 135; marginalis, 135; nove- boracensis, 135, 152, 228; palus- tris, var. pubescens, 135, 149, 150, 161, 228; Phegopteris, 104, 135, 176, 205; simulata, 176, 210, 211, 228; spinulosa, 205, 228, var. americana, 76, 135, var. dilitata, 76, var. intermedia, 135 TON gracilis, 26; subglabra, 6 Thlaspi arvense, 28; perfoliatum, 28 Thyme, Creeping, 109 Thymus Serpyllum, 17, 109 Tiarella cordifolia, 206 Tipularia discolor, 114-117, 124, 209-211, 246, in Dukes County, Massachusetts, 114; uniflora, 114; unifolia, 114, 116 Tradescantia reflexa, f. Lesteri, 32, f. Mariae, 32 Tree of Heaven, 156 Trichostema dichotomum, 151, 272 Tridens flavus, 211 Trientalis americana, 208, 271; arc- tica, 200, 203; borealis, 61, 125, 153, 204, 206, 215, 216, 271 Trifolium agrarium, 256; arvense, 151, 256; hybridum, 256; pra- tense, 160, 256; repens, 256 Triglochin maritima, 172, 213, 231 Trillium cernuum, 176, 205, var. macranthum, 204, 205; undula- tum, 205 Triosteum perfoliatum, 176, 211, 216, 276 Triplasis purpurea, 147, 236 Tripsacum dactyloides, 185, in Massachusetts, 185 Trisetum spicatum, 261, 262 Triticum repens, 157 Tsuga canadensis, 12 Typha angustifolia, 147, 230; lati- folia, 149, 161, 229 Typhaceae, 229 uL aprum of Scirpus capitatus „ 182 Ulex europaeus, 256 Ulmus americana, 248 Umbelliferae, 267 Urtica urens, 248 Urticaceae, 248 Utricularia biflora, 177, 274; clan- destina, 274; cornuta, 133, 274; geminiscapa, 148, 169, 274; gibba, 210, 274; inflata, 212; intermedia, 173; resupinata, 133, 177; subu- lata, 177, 212 Uvularia perfoliata, 124, 244 [DECEMBER Vaccinium, 127; atrococcum, 151, 152, 270; corymbosum, 151, 152, 270; macrocarpon, 150, 214, 270; ovalifolium, 206; Oxycoccus, 143, 179, 261; pennsylvanicum, 173, var. myrtilloides, 179; stamine- um, 177; uliginosum, 259; Vitis- idaea, var. minus, 259 Vallisneria americana, 148, 231; spiralis, 231 Verbascum Thapsus, 273 Verbena hastata, 216, 272 Verbenaceae, 272 Vermont, Botanical Notes from Northern, 17 Vernonia missurica, f. carnea, 33 Veronica arvensis, 274; peregrina, 274, var. xalapensis, 274; scutel- lata, 62; serpyllifolia, 274 Viburnum acerifolium, 109, 176, 276; dentatum, 151, 276; pauci- florum, 61, 206; pubescens, 212, 276; venosum, 276 Vicia Cracca, 256; tetrasperma, 256; villosa, 257 Victorin, Fr. Marie-. Le Dyna- misme dans la Flore du Québec (review), 11 Viola arvensis, 28; blanda, 266; emarginata, 177, 212; fimbriatula, 151, 157, 266; incognita, 206, var. Forbesii, 177; lanceolata, 149, 150, 266; pallens, 61, 206, 216 266; papilionacea, 216, 266; primulifolia, 212; renifolia, 206; sagittata, 157, 266; Selkirkii, 14 Violaceae, 266 Vitaceae, 264 Vitis aestivalis, 216, 264; cordi- folia, 212; labrusca, 216, 264 Ward, H. A. Some Rare Introduc- tions near Harrisburg, Pennsyl- vania, 28 Weatherby, C. A. Deam’s Grasses of Indiana (review), 117 What is Scirpus capitatus, Linn.?, LM ; Scirpus glaucescens Willd.?, Wheeler, L. A. Scirpus Peckii in Maine, 133 Willdenow's Type of Scirpus glau- cescens, 31 Wisconsin, Notes from the Her- barium of the University of, 57 Woad Waxen, 156 Woodsia alpina, 135, 136; glabella, Ls 135, 136; ilvensis, 135, 136, 5 DULL 1930] Index 299 Woodwardia areolata, 150, 228; Xyris caroliniana, 149, 150, 210, virginica, 210, 228 242; flexuosa, 242; Smalliana, 212; torta, 242 Xanthium canadense, 279; com- mune, 173; echinatum, 147, 279 Zizania aquatica, 58 Xyridaceae, 242 Zostera marina, 147, 231